Skip to main content

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

See other formats


Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/staterecordnorth1989nort 



J^orth 

'arolina 

Itate University 




BULLETIN 



Undergraduate 

Catalog 

1989-1991 



This catalog is intended for informational purposes only. Requirements, rules, 
procedures, courses and informational statements set forth herein arc subject to 
change. Notice of changes will be conveyed to duly enrolled students and other 
appropriate persons at the time such changes are effected. 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 

(USPS 393-040) 

VOLUME 88 DECEMBER 1988 NUMBER 4 

Published four times a year in February. June. August and December by North Carolina State University. Office 
of Undor^raduale Admissions. Peele Hall. Box TIO.S. Raleigrh. N.('. 2769.'j-710:i. Second class postapre paid at 
Raleigh. N.C. 27611. 



North Carolina 




Undergraduate 
Catalog 



1989-91 



Contents 



North Carolina State University 5 

NCSU Administration and Offices 8 

Academic Calendar 10 

Academic Fields of Study and Degrees 14 

Arts Studies 20 

Honors and Scholars Programs 21 

Scholarships 22 

Special Academic Programs 23 

International Programs and Activities 27 

Admissions 31 

Orientation 36 

Registration 36 

Tuition and Fees 37 

Financial Aid 42 

Student Housing 44 

Academic Policies and Procedures 46 

Code of Conduct 59 

Student Services 60 

Student Activities 64 

Programs of Study 73 

College of Agriculture and Life Sciences 77 

School of Design 126 

College of Education and Psychology 135 

College of Engineering 158 

College of Forest Resources 189 

College of Humanities and Social Sciences 208 

College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences 231 

College of Textiles 249 

College of Veterinary Medicine 265 

Music Department 267 

Military Education and Training 267 

Graduate School 271 

University Extension 272 

University Libraries 275 

University Computing 276 

Research Centers and Facilities 277 

University Development 284 

University Relations 286 

Course Descriptions 303 

The University of North Carolina 475 

Historical Sketch of NCSU 477 

NCSU Role and Mission Statement 478 

NCSU Board of Trustees 482 

NCSU Administrative Council 482 

NCSU Faculty and Other Academic Personnel 483 

NCSU Emeritus Faculty 524 

Index 532 

Campus Map 






% 




^A 



^ 



^^ 



/^ 




I 



Above is an aerial view of the central 

campus of Notih Carolina State 

University newed east to trest. The 

strong diagonal in the foreground is 

Hillsborough Street, which forms the 

north border. In the lower left is the 

Memorial Tou-er. a prominent 

landmark which commemorates 

World War I dead. 



Dr. Bruce R. Paul ton is North 
Carolina State University's 
tenth chancellor. 



North Carolina 
State University 



North Carolina State University is a national center for research, teaching, 
and extension in the sciences and technologies, in the humanities and social 
sciences, and in a wide range of professional programs. 

Founded March 7, 1887, by the North Carolina General Assembly under the 
provisions of the national Land-Grant Act, the University has marked more than 
a century of service to the state and the nation. Sharing the distinctive character 
of Land-Grant universities nationwide. North Carolina State University has 
broad academic offerings, national and international linkages, and large-scale 
public service, extension, and research activities. 

The university is organized into eight colleges, the School of Design, and the 
Graduate School. The colleges are Agriculture and Life Sciences. Education and 
Psychology. Engineering. Forest Resources, Humanities and Social Sciences, 
Physical and Mathematical Sciences, Textiles, and Veterinary Medicine. These 
colleges and schools offer baccalaureate degrees in 89 fields, master's degrees 
in 77 fields, and doctoral degrees in 48 fields. Together with more than 30 
research centers and institutes, these colleges and schools also support a broad 
spectrum of more than L200 scientific, technological, and scholarly research 
endeavors. 

Extension units carry teaching and applied research programs to each of 
North Carolina's 100 counties and the Cherokee Indian Reservation. In 1987-88 
NCSU extension activities reached 22 states and the District of Columbia as well 
as seven foreign countries in Europe, the Middle East, and Central and South 
America. Extension credit courses also were offered by cable television in the 
Raleigh-Wake County area and by satellite to students in 21 states. 

The central campus of the University, located west of the downtown area of 
Raleigh, consists of 138 major buildings on 623 acres. Adjacent to the central 
campus are the new 900-acre Centennial Campus and the College of Veterinary 
Medicine campus. Nearby are research farms: biology and ecology sites; genet- 
ics, horticulture, and floriculture nurseries: forests: and Carter-Finley Stadium 
that together comprise 2.500 acres. Elsewhere across the state are research 
farms, a research forest of 78.000 acres, and the Chinqua-Penn Plantation. 

North Carolina State University is one of the three Research Triangle universi- 
ties along with Duke University in Durham and the University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill. Within the 30-mile triangle formed by the three universities is the 
5.000-acre Research Triangle Park, location of many public research agencies 
and private research centers of national and international corporations. The 
Triangle Universities Computation Center, a central facility for the extensive 
computing activities of the universities, also is located in the Park. 



The University has approximately 6.000 employees. Faculty and other aca- 
demic personnel total 2.900. including 1.500 graduate faculty and 250 adjunct 
faculty. Since the 1985 fall semester, the University's headcount enrollment has 
been approximately 24.000. In the 1988 fall semester, the University's headcount 
enrollment exceeded 25.500. Included in this number were 17.327 students in 
undergraduate degree programs. 3.582 in graduate degree programs, and 4,105 
life-long education students. The combined undergraduate and graduate enroll- 
ments by college were: Agriculture and Life Sciences — 3. 196; Design— 604; Edu- 
cation and Psychology— 1.360; Engineering— 7.170; Forest Resources— 635; 
Humanities and Social Sciences — 5.469; Physical and Mathematical Sciences — 
1 .244; Textiles— 757; and Veterinary Medicine— 309. There were 280 students in 
the University Undesignated Program, 163 in the University Transition Pro- 
gram, and 245 in the two-year Agriculture Institute Program. The total student 
population included 2.380 African-American students. 888 other minority stu- 
dents, and 9,908 female students. Students at the University come from 50 states, 
three U. S. territories, and 92 foreign countries. The international enrollment is a 
distinctive feature of the institution as more than 1,000 international students 
give the campus a cosmopolitan atmosphere. 

Each year the University provides its students with a wide range of opportuni- 
ties for exposure to the arts. These include the Friends of the College concert 
series in Reynolds Coliseum; the professional music, theatre, dance, and film 
series offered by Stewart Theatre; a series of exhibitions of painting, photo- 
graphy, textiles, and sculpture in the galleries of the University Student Center; 
and a Musician-in-Residence program that brings an artist to the campus each 
year for formal and informal performances and interaction with students. 

The University's "Wolfpack" athletic teams are well-known nationally. The 
men's basketball team won national championships in 1974 and in 1983. The 
football team has been the Atlantic Coast Conference champion five times and 
co-champion twice and has won five bowl games. Numerous N. C. State athletes 
have won NCAA titles, national championships, and international honors, 
including medals in the last four Olympic Games in which the United States has 
competed. The Wolfpack women's intercollegiate cross-country team won na- 
tional championships in 1979 and 1980. An N. C. State student was the first 
woman to win the coveted ACC "Athlete of the Year" award in 1980 for her 
performance in distance running; she won the award a second time in 1981. 
Another Wolfpack athlete won the first women's NCAA individual cross-country 
championship in 1981. Again in 1985 that championship was won by an N. C. 
State student. The men's track team, the women's basketball team, the wrestling 
team, and the swimming teams have ranked nationally. 

The University is a member of the National Association of State Universities 
and Land-Grant Colleges, the American Council on Education, the American 
Council of Learned Societies, the Association of (loverning Boards of Universities 
and Colleges, the Oak Ridge Associated Universities, the International Univer- 
sity Consortium for Telecommunications in Learning, the North Carolina Asso- 
ciation of Colleges and Universities, and the Cooperating Raleigh Colleges. 

North CarolinaStateUniversityiscommittedtoequalityof educational oppor- 
tunity and doe.^ not discriminate against applicants, students, or employees based 



on race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, or handicap. Moreover, North 
Carolina State University is open to* people of all races and actively seeks to 
promote racial integration by recruiting and enrolling a larger number of 
African-Americaji students. 



ACCREDITATION 

North Carolina State University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges 
of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. In addition, many of the 
university's professional programs and departments are accredited by national 
professional associations, including: 

Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology 

American Association for Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care 

American Chemical Society 

American Veterinary Medical Association 

Computer Science Accreditation Commission 

Council on Social Work Education 

Landscape Architectural Accrediting Board 

National Architectural Accrediting Board 

National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration 

National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education 

National Recreation and Park Association 

Society of American Foresters 

Society of Wood Science and Technology 



NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY 

North Carolina State University is dedicated to equality of opportunity within 
its community. Accordingly, North Carolina State University does not practice 
or condone discrimination, in any form, against students, employees, or appli- 
cants on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, or handicap. 
North Carolina State University commits itself to positive action to secure 
equal opportunity regardless of those characteristics. 

North Carolina State University supports the protection available to members 
of its community under all applicable Federal laws, including Titles VI and VII 
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. 
Sections 799A and 845 of the Public Health Service Act. the Equal Pay and Age 
Discrimination Acts, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. the Vietnam Veteran's 
Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. and Executive Order 11246. 
For information concerning these provisions, contact: 

Lawrence M. Clark 

Affirmative Action Officer 

201 Holladay Hall 

Box 7101 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27695-7101 

Phone: (919) 737-3409 or 737-3148 



NCSU Administration and Offices 



CHANCELLOR'S OFFICE 

Bruce R. Poulton, Chancellor 
Beth A. McGee, Executive 

Assistant to the Chancellor 
Becky R. French, Unirersity 

Counsel 
William H. Simpson, Secretary of the 

University 
Hardy D. Berry, Assistant Vice 

Chu ncellor. Coynmunications 
Alumni Relations 

Bryce R. Younts, Director 
Institutional Research 

Richard D. Howard, Director 
University Planning 
Karen P. Helm, Director 

PROVOST'S OFFICE 

Nash N. W instead. Provost and Vice 
Chancellor 

Lawrence M. C\ark, Associate Provost 
and Affirmative Action Officer 

Murray S. Downs, Associate Provost 
for Undergraduate Programs 

Henry E. Schaffer, Associate Pro- 
vost for Academic Computing 
Academic Skills Program 

E. Hugh Fuller, Director 
Computing Center 

Carl W. Mai Strom, Director 
International Programs 

J. Lawrence Apple, Coordinator 
Undergraduate Adm issions 

George R. Dixon, Director 
University Cooperative Education 

Progra m 

William D. Weston, Director 
University Libraries 

Susan K. Nutter, Director 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE AND 
LIFE SCIENCES 

Durwood F. Bateman, Dean 

James L. Oblinger. Associate Dean 
and Director. Academic Affairs 

Chester D. Black, Associate Dean 
and Director, Agricultural Exten- 
sion Service 

Ronald, J. Kuhr, Associate Dean 
and Director, Agricultural Re- 
search Service 

Robert E. Cook, Assi'itant Dean 

SCHOOL OF DESIGN 

Deborah Dalton, Interim Dean 
Robert P. Burns, Associate Dean 
Charles E. Jovner, As.sistant Dean 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
AND PSYCHOLOGY 

Paul W. Thayer. Interim l)ean 
Robert T. Williams. Associate Dean 
Hubert A. Exum, Associate Dean 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

Larry K. Monteith. Dean 

George F. Bland. Associate Dean for 
Un de rg raduate Progra ms 

Thomas S. EWeman, Associate Dean for 
Research 

James K. Ferrell, Associate Dean 
for Graduate Programs 

Hubert Winston, Director of Aca- 
demic Affairs 

COLLEGE OF FOREST RESOURCES 

L. W. Tombaugh. Dean 

LeRoy C. Saylor, Associate Dean for 

Acad em ic Affa irs 
Ellis B. Cowling, Associate Dean for 

Research 

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES 
AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

William B. Toole, HI. Dean 

M. Mohan Sawhney. Associate Dean 

G. David Garson. Associate Dean for 

Planning and Management 
Edith D. Sylla, Assistant Dean 
for Research and Graduate Pro- 
grams 

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL AND 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Leslie B. Sims, Interim Dean 
Robert D. Bereman, Associate Dean 

for Academ ic Affairs 
Leonard J. Pietrafesa, Interim 

Associate Dean for Research 

COLLEGE OF TEXTILES 

Robert A. Barnhardt, Dean 
David R. Buchanan. Associate Dean 
Perry L. Grady, As.^ociate Dean 
W. k. Walsh, Associate Dean 

COLLEGE OF VETERINARY 
MEDICINE 

Terrence M. Curtin, Dean 

Donald R. Howard, Associate Dean and 

Director of Academic Affairs 
Charles E. Stevens, Associate Dean 

and Director of Research and 

Graduate Studies 
William M. Adams, Associate Dean 

and Director of Veterinary 

Medical Services 



8 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Debra W. Stewart, Dean 

Donald A. Emery, Interim Associate 

Dea )t 
A. C. Witherspoon, Associate Dean 

RESEARCH 

Franklin D. Hart, Vice Chancellor 

for Research 
Philip B. Carter, Associate Vice 

Chancellor for Research 
Jimmie R. Suttle, Assistant Vice 

Chancellor 

EXTENSION AND PUBLIC 
SERVICE 

William L. Turner, Vice Chancellor for 

Extension and Public Sercice 
Grover J. Andrews, Associate Vice 

Chancellor for Extension and 

Public Serrice 
Kelly R. Crump, Director, Division 

for Lifelong Education 
Robert K. White, Director, Adult 

Credit Program Development 
Denis S. Jackson, Director, McKimmon 

Center 
John F. Cudd, Director, Summer 

Sessions 

DIVISION OF STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Thomas H. Stafford, Jr., Vice 
Chancellor 

Gerald G. Hawkins, Associate Vice 
Chancellor 

Ronald C. Butler, Associate Vice 
Chancellor 

Charles A. Haywood, Associate Vice 
Chancellor 
Career Planning and Placement Center 

Walter B. Jones, Director 
Counseling Center 

M. Lee Salter, Director 
Financial Aid 

Carl 0. Eycke. Director 
Ho\ising and Residence Life 

Cynthia P. Bonner, Director 
International Student Office 

Donald R. Roberts, Director 
Music Department 

J. Perry Watson, Director 
Registration and Records 

James H. Bundy, Registrar 
Student Development 

Evelyn M. Reiman, Director 
Student Health Services 

Jerry W. Barker, Director 
Study Abroad Office 

Cynthia F. Chalou, Director 



Universitg Din ing 

Arthur L. White, Assistant 
to the Vice Chancellor 
University Student Center 

Lee R. McDonald, Director 
Upward Bound Program 

Cynthia J. Harris, Director 
Visual A)is Programs 

Charlotte V. Brown, Director 

FINANCE AND BUSINESS 

George L. Worsley, Vice Chancellor 
for Finance and Business 

Charles D. Leffler, Assistayit Vice 
Chancellor for Facilities 
Administrative Computing Service 

H. Leo Buckmaster, Director 
Budget 

Steve Keto, Director 
Campus Planning and Construction 

Edwin F. Harris, Jr., Director and 
University Architect 
Contracts and Grants 

Earl N. Pulliam, Director 
Human Resources 

Alice R. Miller, Assistant Vice 
Chancellor 
Payroll and Benefits 

S. Jill Worthington, Director 
Physical Plant 

Charles C. Braswell, Director 
Public Safety 

James W. Cunningham, Director 
Purchasing 

Ed Sikoski, Director 
Student Accounts 

W. R. Styons, Director 
Students Supply Stores 

G. Robert Armstrong, General 
Manager 
Telecomynunications 

Miriam Tripp, Director 
Transpoiiation 

Janis Y. Rhodes, Director 

DEVELOPMENT 

John T. Kanipe, Jr., Vice 
Chancellor for University 
Development 

H. Ken DeDominicis, Assistant 
Vice Chancellor 

UNIVERSITY RELATIONS 

Albert B. Lanier. Jr.. \ 'ice Chancellor 
Information Services 

Lucy C. Coulbourn, Director 

ATHLETICS 

James T. Valvano, Director 



Academic Calendar 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1989 



January 


6 


Fri. 


January 


16 


Mon. 


January 


17 


Tues. 



January 



February 



23 Mon. 



Mon. 



February 


20 


Mon. 


March 


3 


Fri. 


March 


13 


Mon. 


March 


17 


Fri. 


March 


24 


Fri. 


April 


21 


Fri. 


April 


24- 


Mon.-Sat. 


May 


2 


Mon.-Tues. 


May 


6 


Sat. 



First day of classes 
Holiday 

Last day to add a course without permission of 
instructor 

Last day to add a course: last day to withdraw or 
drop a course with a refund: last day for under- 
graduate students to drop below 12 hours. The tui- 
tion a)Hifees charge is based on the number of hours 
and courses officially carried as of this date. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 
grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 
leyel or below 

Academic Difficulty Reports due. 
Spring vacation begins at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 
or 600 level without a grade 
Holiday 

Last day of classes 
Final examinations 

Commencement 



SUMMER SESSIONS, 1989 
First Session 



May 
May 

May 



June 



June 



23 

24 



Tues. 
Wed. 



29 Mon. 



Fri. 



Fri. 



June 23 


Fri. 


June 26-27 


Mon.-Tues. 


Second Session 




July 5 


Wed. 


July 6 


Thurs. 



July 



Julv 



10 Mon. 



14 



Fri. 



First day of classes 

Last day to add a course without permission of 

instructor 

Last day to add a course: last day to withdraw or 

drop a course with a refund. The tuition and fees 

charge is based on the number of hours and courses 

officially carried as of this date. 

Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 

grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 

level or below 

Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 

or 600 level without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



First day of classes 

Last day to add a course without permission of 

instructor 

Last day to add a course: last day to withdraw or 

drop a course with a refund. The tuition and fees 

charge is fta.scr/ on the number of hours and courses 

officially carried as of this date. 

Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 

grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 

level or below 



10 



July 21 Fri. Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 

or 600 level without a grade 
August 7 Mon. Last day of classes 

August 8-9 Tues.-VVed. Final examinations 



FALL SEMESTER, 1989 



August 

August 



23 
30 



September 4 
September 7 



Wed. 
Wed. 

Mon. 
Thurs. 



September 20 Wed. 



October 


6 


Fri. 


October 


4 


Wed. 


October 


13 


Fri. 


October 


18 


Wed. 


October 


27 


Fri. 


November 


22 


Wed. 


November 


27 


Mon. 


December 


8 


Fri. 


December 


11- 


Mon. -Sat. 




19 


Mon.-Tues, 



First day of classes 

Last day to add a course without permission of 
instructor 
Holiday 

Last day to add a course; last day to withdraw or 
drop a course with a refund; last day for under- 
graduate students to drop below 12 hours. The tui- 
tion and fees charge is based on the number of hours 
and courses officially carried as of this date. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 
grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 
level or below 

Academic Difficulty Reports due 
Honors Convocation (no classes until 12:00 noon) 
Fall vacation begins at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 
or 600 level without a grade 
Thanksgiving vacation begins at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 
Last day of classes 
Final examinations 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1990 

January 10 Wed. 
January 15 Mon. 
Januarv 17 Wed. 



January 



February 



23 



Tues. 



Tues. 



February 


21 


Wed. 


March 


2 


Fri. 


March 


12 


Mon. 


March 


16 


Fri. 


April 


13 


Fri. 


April 


27 


Fri. 


April 


30- 


Mon.-Sat. 


May 


8 


Mon.-Tues. 


May 


12 


Sat. 



First day of classes 
Holiday 

Last day to add a course without permission of 
instructor 

Last day to add a course, last day to withdraw or 
drop a course with a refund: last day for under- 
graduate students to drop below 12 hours. The tui- 
tion and fees charge is based on the number of hours 
and courses officially canied as of this date. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 
grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 
level or below 

Academic Difficulty Reports due 
Spring vacation begins at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 
or 600 level without a grade 
Holiday 

Last day of classes 
Final examinations 

Commencement 



11 



SUMMER SESSIONS, 1990 
First Session 



May 
May 

May 



June 



June 



22 
23 



Tues. 
Wed. 



28 Mon. 



1 Fri. 



8 Fri. 



June 22 
June 25-26 


Fri. 
Mon.-Tues. 


Second Session 




July 2 
July 3 


Mon. 
Tues. 


July 4 
July 9 


Wed. 
Mon. 


July 13 


Fri. 



July 

August 
August 



20 Fri. 



3 
6-7 



Fri. 

Mon.-Tues. 



First day of classes 

Last day to add a course without permission of 

instructor 

Last day to add a course; last day to withdraw or 

drop a course with a refund. The tuition and fees 

charge is based on the number of hours officially 

carried as of this date. 

Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 

grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 

level or below 

Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 

or 600 level without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



First day of classes 

Last day to add a course without permission of 

instructor 

Holiday 

Last day to add a course; last day to withdraw or 

drop a course with a refund. The tuition and fees 

charge is based on the number of hours and courses 

officially carried as of this date. 

Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 

grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 

level or below 

Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 

or 600 level without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



FALL SEMESTER, 1990 



August 22 

August 30 

September 3 

September 10 



Wed. 
Thurs. 

Mon. 
Mon. 



September 24 Mon. 



October 


3 


Wed, 


October 


5 


Fri. 


October 


12 


Fri. 


October 


17 


Wed, 


October 


26 


Fri. 


November 


20 


Tues 



First day of classes 

Last day to add a course without permission of 
instructor 
Holiday 

Last day to add a course; last day to withdraw or 
drop a course with a refund; last day for under- 
graduate students to drop below 12 hours. The tui- 
tion and fees charge is based on the number of hours 
and courses officially carried as of this date. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course without a 
grade, or to change from credit to audit, at the 400 
level or below 

Honors Convocation (no classes until 12:00 noon) 
Academic Difficulty Reports due 
Fall vacation begins at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw or drop a course at the 500 
or 600 level without a grade 
Thanksgiving vacation begins at 1:00 p.m. 



12 



November 26 Mon. 

December 7 Fri. 

December 10- Mon.-Sat. 

18 Mon.-Tues. 



Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 
Last day of classes 
Final examinations 



Note: This calendar is subject to periodic review and revision. 





w^. 



: '*<^^. 



M 



» 8 






^ *-f ig *r> 



^L 



M 






Academic Fields of 
Study and Degrees 



North Carolina State University offers more than 89 fields of study at the 
undergraduate level. These fields of study include con^prehensive academic 
programs leading to various baccalaureate degrees. Some are options within 
degree programs, such as the Microbiology Option within the B.S. in Biological 
Sciences or the Writing-Editing Option within the B.A. in English. The Individ- 
ualized Study Program in Agriculture and Life Sciences and the Multi- 
disciplinary Studies Program in Humanities and Social Sciences each provide 
opportunities for creating additional fields of study to meet the specialized needs 
of particular students. 

The following are the undergraduate fields of study available at North Caro- 
lina State University: 



Agriculture 

Agricultural Systems Technolog>' 

Agronomy 

Animal Science 

Food Science 

Horticultural Science 

Pest Management for Crop Protection 

Poultry Science 

Business 

Accounting 

Agricultural Business Management 

Business Management 

Biological Sciences 

Biochemistry 
Biological Sciences 
Botany 
Microbiology 
Zoology 

Design 

Architecture 
Environmental Design 
Landscape Architecture 
Product Design 
Visual Design 

Education (including teacher certifi- 
cation) 

Agricultural Education (grades 9-12) 
Education, General Studies 
English (grades 9-12) 
French Language and Literature 
(grades 9-12) 



Health Occupations Education 

(grades 9-12 or postsecondary) 
Industrial Arts Education 

(grades 9-12) 
Marketing Education for Teachers 

(grades 9-12) 
Mathematics Education (grades 6-9 

or 9-12) 
Middle Grades Education (grades 6-9) 
Science Education (grades 6-9 or 9-12) 
Social Studies (grades 9-12) 
Spanish Language and Literature 

(grades 9-12) 
Technical Education (postsecondary) 
Vocational Industrial Education 

(grades 9-12) 

Engineering 

Aerospace Engineering 
Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering 
Chemical Engineering 
Civil Engineering 
Computer Engineering 
Construction Engineering 
Construction Management 
Electrical Engineering 
Engineering 
Furniture Manufacturing and 

Management 
Industrial Engineering 
Materials Science and Engineering 
Mechanical Engineering 
Nuclear Engineering 
Textile Engineering 



14 



F'orestry and Natural Resources 

Conservation 

Fisheries and Wildlife Sciences 

Forestry 

Humanities 

Elnsjlish 

French Language and Literature 

History 

Philosophy 

Spanish Language and Literature 

Speech-Communication 

Writing-Editing 

Individualized Programs 

Individualized Study Program (Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences) 

Multi-disciplinary Studies (Humani- 
ties and Social Sciences) 

Mathematics and Related Sciences 

Applied Mathematics 
Computer Science 
Mathematics 
Statistics 

Medical and Veterinary Sciences 

Medical Technology 
Pre-dental 
Pre-medical 
Pre-veterinarv 



Physical Sciences 

Chemistry 
Geology 
Meteorology 
Physics 

Psychology 

Human Resource Development 
Psychology 

Recreation 

Recreation Resources Administration 

Social Sciences 

Agricultural Economics 
Applied Sociology 
Criminal Justice 
Economics 
Political Science 
Social Work 
Sociology 

Textiles 

Textile Chemistry 

Textile and Apparel Management 

Textile Science 

Textiles 

Wood Science 

Pulp and Paper Science and Tech- 
nology 
Wood Science and Technology 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 

Pre-Law Program. Law schools neither prescribe nor recommend a particu- 
lar undergraduate curriculum for prospective candidates. A student may pre- 
pare for law school by a careful use of electives within any of the baccalaureate 
curricula offered by the eight colleges with undergraduate programs. Each of 
the degree-granting departments in the College of Humanities and Social Scien- 
ces has a faculty adviser designated to assist pre-law students with the selection 
of appropriate electives and concentrations. All students interested in pre-law 
are invited to participate in the Pre-Law Students' Association. For further 
information, consult Prof. D. L. Baumer. 220 Patterson Hall. 737-2608. or Prof. T. 
V. Reid. 223 Caldwell Hall, 737-248L 

Pre-Medicine, Pre-Dentistry, and Pre-Optometry Programs. Students 
preparing for medical, dental, or optometry schools major in areas such as the life 
sciences or physical sciences (frequently biology, chemistry, biochemistry, or 
zoology), the humanities or social sciences (frequently psychology), or engineer- 
ing. Health science professional schools are more interested in the quality and 
scope of their applicants' education than in their academic major. 

The Department of Zoology offers a pre-medical/pre-dental curriculum lead- 
ing to a baccalaureate degree in zoology. The University Review Committee for 



15 



Pre-professional Applicants in Health Sciences assists students in preparing 
applications and in providing evaluations to professional schools. For further 
information, consult Dr. W. C. Grant. Zoology, chairman of the Review Commit- 
tee, or the pre-professional health science advisers in the several colleges: Prof. 
F. M. Richardson, Engineering; Dr. M. L. Miles, Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences; and Dr. J. W. Wilson, Humanities and Social Sciences. 

Pre- Veterinary Program. A pre-veterinary program of study is offered by 
the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences which may be taken by students 
majoring in animal science, poultry science, zoology, or biological sciences as well 
as in other science curricula. If a student is accepted to veterinary medical school 
before completion of his or her undergraduate degree, some course credits may 
be transferable from the veterinary program toward completion of the Bachelor 
of Science degree. Arrangements for this procedure should be made with the 
degree-granting school or department prior to entering veterinary college. For 
further information, consult the Director of Academic Affairs of the College of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. For general information concerning admission to 
the Doctor of Veterinary Medicine programs at NCSU, consult the College of 
Veterinary Medicine Admissions Office. 

UNDERGRADUATE MINORS 

The following undergraduate minors are available to all undergraduate 
degree students at North Carolina State University: 

Accounting, African-American Studies, Agricultural Business Management, 
Agricultural Economics, Animal Science, Anthropology, Applied Sociology, 
Arts Studies, Botany, Business Management, Classical Greek, Comparative 
Literature, Computer Programming, Design, Economics, English, Food Sci- 
ence, Forest Management, French, Genetics, Geology, German, Graphic Com- 
munications, History, Horticultural Science. Industrial Engineering, Integrated 
Pest Management, International Studies, Italian Studies, Japanese, Journalism, 
Mathematics, Meteorology, Nutrition, Physical Education (Coaching Empha- 
sis), Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Recreation Resources Administra- 
tion, Russian Studies, Science-Technology-and-Society, Second Language 
Acquisition, Social Work, Soil Science, Spanish, Statistics, Textile Chemistry, 
Theatre, Wood Science and Technology, and Zoology. 

AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE 

Admission to this two-year program requires high school graduation and a 
letter of recommendation. The program does not carry college credit. An Asso- 
ciate of Applied Science degree is awarded. Fields of study are: 

Agribusiness Management 

Agricultural Mechanization and Management 

Agricultural Pest Control 

Field Crops Technology 

Food Processing, Distribution, and Service 

General Agriculture 



16 



Livestock Management and Technology (Animal Husbandry and Dairy Hus- 
bandry Options) 
Ornamentals and Landscape Technology 
Turfgrass Management 

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES AND DEGREE OPTIONS 

Bachelor of: 

Scfiool of Design 

architecture (fifth-year program); environmental design; en- 
vironmental design in architecture; environmental design in 
landscape architecture; environmental design in product 
design; and environmental design in visual design. 

College of Humanities and Social Sciences 
social work. 

Bachelor of Science in: 

College of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

(Business) agricultural business management 

(Science) agricultural economics; animal science; applied sociology 

(including option in criminal justice); biochemistry; biological 
and agricultural engineering; biological sciences (including 
an option in microbiology); botany; conservation; fisheries and 
w^ildlife sciences; food science; horticultural science; medical 
technology; pest management for crop protection; poultry 
science; pre-veterinary option; and zoology (including options 
in pre-dental and pre-medical). 

(Technology) agronomy; animal science; biological and agricultural engi- 
neering; food science; horticultural science; and poultry sci- 
ence. 

(Individualized Study Program) in agriculture and life sciences. 

College of Education and Psychology 

agricultural education; education, general studies; health 
occupations teacher education; industrial arts education; 
marketing education for teachers; mathematics education; 
middle grades education; science education; technical educa- 
tion; and vocational industrial education. 

College of Engineering 

aerospace engineering; biological and agricultural engineer- 
ing; chemical engineering; civil engineering; civil engineer- 
ing, construction option; computer engineering; computer 
science; construction management; electrical engineering; 
engineering; furniture manufacturing and management; in- 
dustrial engineering; materials science and engineering; 
mechanical engineering; and nuclear engineering. 

17 



College of Forest Resourees 

conservation; forestry; pulp and paper science and technology: 
recreation resources administration; and wood science and 
technology. 

College of Humanities and Social Sciences 

economics; English; history; philosophy; and political science. 

College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences 

chemistry; geology; mathematics; meteorology; physics; and 
statistics. 

College of Textiles 

textile chemistry; textile engineering; textile and apparel 
management; textile science; and textiles. 

Bachelor of Arts in: 

College of Education and Psychology 

psychology (including option in human resource develop- 
ment). 

College of Humanities and Social Sciences 

accounting; business management; economics; English (in- 
cluding options in teacher education and writing-editing); 
French (including an option in teacher education); history; 
multi-disciplinary studies in humanities and social sciences; 
philosophy; political science (including an option in criminal 
justice); social studies education option (in history, political 
science, or sociology); sociology (including an option in crimi- 
nal justice); Spanish (including an option in teacher educa- 
tion); and speech-communication. 

College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
chemistry; geology. 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREES 

College of Engineering 

Chemical Engineer; Civil Engineer; Electrical Engineer; 
Industrial Engineer; Materials Engineer; Mechanical Engi- 
neer; and Nuclear Engineer. 

College of Veterinary Medicine 

Doctor of Veterinary Medicine 

GRADUATE DEGREES 

Master of: 

agriculture; architecture; biological and agricultural engi- 
neering; biomathematics; chemical engineering; chemistry; 

18 



civil engineering: computer studies: economics; education: 
electrical and computer engineering; engineering (off- 
campus program only); forestry; industrial engineering; inte- 
grated manufacturing systems engineering: landscape archi- 
tecture; life sciences: materials science and engineering; 
mechanical engineering: nuclear engineering; product de- 
sign; public affairs: recreation resources administration; soci- 
ology; statistics; technology for international development- 
textiles; toxicology: wildlife biology: and wood and paper 
science. 

Master of Arts in: 

archival management; economics; English; history; liberal 
studies; and political science. 

Master of Science in: 

adult and community college education; aerospace engineer- 
ing; agricultural economics; agricultural education; animal 
science: applied mathematics: biochemistry; biological and 
agricultural engineering; biomathematics: botany; chemical 
engineering: chemistry: civil engineering: computer studies; 
crop science: curriculum and instruction; ecology; educational 
administration and supervision; electrical and computer 
engineering; entomology; food science: forestry: genetics; gui- 
dance and personnel services: horticultural science; industrial 
arts education; industrial engineering: management; marine, 
earth and atmospheric sciences: materials science and engi- 
neering; mathematics: mathematics education; mechanical 
engmeering; microbiology: middle grades education: nuclear 
engineering; nutrition; occupational education: operations 
research; physics: physiology; plant pathology: poultry sci- 
ence; psychology; recreation resources administration: rural 
sociology; science education-; soil science: special education: 
statistics; technical communication; textile chemistry: tex- 
tiles; toxicology; veterinary medical sciences; vocational in- 
dustrial education: wildlife biology; wood and paper science: 
and zoology. 

Doctor of Philosophy in: 

aerospace engineering; animal science: applied mathematics: 
biochemistry; biological and agricultural engineering; bio- 
mathematics: botany: chemical engineering; chemistry; civil 
engineering; crop science; economics; electrical and computer 
engineering; entomology; fiber and polymer science: food 
science; forestry: genetics: horticultural science: industrial 
engineering; marine, earth and atmospheric sciences: mate- 

19 



rials science and engineering; mathematics; mathematics 
education; mechanical engineering; microbiology; nuclear 
engineering; nutrition; operations research; physics; physiol- 
ogy; plant pathology; psychology; science education; sociology; 
soil science; statistics; toxicology; veterinary medical sciences; 
wood and paper science; and zoology. 

Doctor of Education in: 

adult and community college education; curriculum and 
instruction; educational administration and supervision; gui- 
dance and personnel services; industrial arts education; and 
occupational education. 

Consult the Graduate Catalog for further information on graduate programs 
and admissions procedures. 



Arts Studies 



North Carolina State University is committed to providing its students with a 
broad-based education that not only prepares students for a career but also 
supplies them with aesthetic values that stimulate creative activities and enrich 
their personal lives. 

Opportunities for direct student participation in arts activities include many 
instrumental and choral music organizations, student productions in Thompson 
Theatre, and craft instruction and facilities in the Crafts Center. These activities 
are described in more detail under "Student Activities" later in this section of the 
catalog. 

Academic credit as well as aesthetic appreciation and, in many cases, student 
participation and performance are available through a large number of courses, 
most of which may be taken to fulfill humanities elective requirements in any 
undergraduate curriculum. Any of these courses may be taken as free electives. 
An academic minor in arts studies is offered. 

The courses listed below, according to various categories, are examples of arts 
courses currently offered. They are described in detail in the "Course Descrip- 
tion" section of the catalog under the indicated course prefix. 

NOTE; Courses that involve substantial "hands on" activities are indicated by 
italics. 

Dance; PE 263, 26U, 27h, 275 

Design: ARC 441, 447, 448; DP 111, 112; DN 141, 142, 212, 311, 312, 316, 

35U, 411, UU> 445, 454; LAR 23U, 443, 444; VD 242; lA 2U6, 351 

Film: ENG 375, SP 234, ;244, 334, 344 

History of 
Art: HA 201, 202. 203, 401, 402, 404 

Music: MUS 100, no, 120, 200, 210, 215, 220, 230, 240, 301, 302, 305, 

320 



20 



Philosophy 
of Art: PHI 306 

Theatre: SP 103, 203, 223, 234, 303, 323 

Honors and Scholars Programs 

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARS FROGRAxM 

The University Scholars Programs (USP) are designed to address the needs of 
students who are academically successful, highly motivated, and committed to 
excellence and intellectual exploration. Coordinated between the Division of 
Student Affairs, the University Undesignated Program, the School of Design 
and the Colleges of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Education and Psychology, 
Engineering, Forest Resources, Humanities and Social Sciences, Physical and 
Mathematical Sciences, and Textiles, the University Scholars Programs provide 
a variety of unique educational experiences for qualified undergraduates. Stu- 
dents are invited to participate on the basis of selection criteria specific to each 
school or college. 

Participants in the USP have the opportunity to enroll in sections of academic 
courses reserved for Scholars. These courses, which are taught by distinguished 
faculty members, encourage the development of a learning environment that is 
richly invigorating and intellectually stimulating. Scholars also attend a weekly 
Forum Series which includes guest speaker presentations and discussions on 
issues of contemporary social and educational significance. Through the USP. 
NCSU Scholars are members and participate in the activities of the North 
Carolina Honors Association, the Southern Regional Honors Council and the 
National Collegiate Honors Council. Extracurricular opportunities and educa- 
tional field trips are also made available to broaden the personal and cultural 
horizons of participants. In addition to these activities, there are specific aca- 
demic expectations defined by the respective schools or colleges. 

For more information contact the Coordinator of University Scholars Pro- 
grams (102 Sullivan. 737-2353) or the office of the appropriate college dean. 

HONORS PROGRAMS 

Honors programs are offered by the academic colleges. Students who complete 
an honors program are designated with a prefix "H" on the commencement 
program and their permanent records indicate honors classes. Honors partici- 
pants benefit from a more individualized and rigorous approach to their desired 
degree through special classes, seminars, and individual research. 

The Colleges of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Humanities and Social Scien- 
ces. Forest Resources. Physical and Mathematical Sciences, and Textiles have 
college-wide honors programs. Information is available from the office of the 
dean of each of these colleges. The Psychology Department has an honors 
program. 

Students who have achieved an average of 3.0 (B) or better in their first 
semester, first year, or first two years may be eligible for honors programs, but 

21 



some programs require higher averages. Students who feel they are eligible 
should take the initiative to learn about honors program opportunities. 



Scholarships 



UNIVERSITY MERIT AWARDS PROGRAM FOR 
ENTERING FRESHMEN 

N. C. State University offers a competitive scholarship program for entering 
freshmen to recognize and to encourage exceptional academic ability and 
achievement. Graduating seniors of good character and leadership potential who 
have excelled in their high school academic and extracurricular endeavors may 
apply for a large number of merit award opportunities at the university. Finan- 
cial need is not a consideration in the selection of recipients for these awards. 

Each year the Merit Awards Program conducts a nation-wide competition for 
approximately 80 university-wide scholarships (available to students entering 
any academic major) as well as over 125 other scholarships that are offered 
through individual colleges and departments. Completion of the Merit Awards 
Program application packet, which consists of the student's application as well as 
other supporting documents, assures that a student will be considered for all 
available freshman merit awards. The application packet is available by August 
preceding the student's senior year in high school, and the application deadline is 
mid-November of the senior year. 

Semifinalists are identified from the entire applicant pool in mid-January and 
are invited to North Carolina State University in February for personal inter- 
views. An interview for finalists is conducted in March, after which award 
recipients are announced in early April. 

The John T. Caldwell Alumni Scholarship, which is sponsored by the NCSU 
Alumni Association, is the university's most prestigious award for entering 
freshmen. At least 30 Caldwell Scholarships valued at $3500/year (up to $14,000 
for four years) for in-state recipients and $5000/year (up to $20,000 for four years) 
for out-of-state recipients are offered each year. This excellent scholarship seeks 
students who demonstrate both academic excellence and strong leadership 
potential. 

Yearly renewal of the Caldwell and the other university-wide renewable 
awards assumes the maintenance of a 3.0 grade point average once a recipient is 
engaged in full-time coursework at the University. 

Many other scholarships ranging from $1000 for the freshman year up to the 
Caldwells are available in each year's competition. 

Students who rank near the top of their class and who have strong SAT scores 
should request their Merit Awards application packet from: 
Merit Awards Program 
North ('arolina State University 
2118 Student Services Center, Box 7342 
Raleigh, North Carolina 27695-7342 

Phone inquiries are welcome: (919) 737-3671. 



22 



UNIVERSITY FACULTY SCHOLARSHIPS 
FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS 

Rising juniors and seniors who have outstanding records of scholarly achieve 
ment. whose college careers have been spent at NCSU (exclusive of summer 
school and exchange programs), and who have not been awarded a concurrent 
academic scholarship of over $2,000 a year are eligible to apply for one-year, 
renewable University Faculty Scholarships. For the 1989-90 academic year 
there will be four University Faculty Scholarships, each for $4,000. The Execu- 
tive Council of the Academy of Outstanding Teachers will constitute the selection 
committee. Applications for University Faculty Scholarships to be awarded for 
the 1989-90 academic year must be submitted by January 16, 1989, to Dr. Gerald 
G. Hawkins. Associate Vice Chancellor, Student Affairs, Box 7316, NCSU Cam- 
pus (737-3151). 

COLLEGE AND DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS 
FOR CONTINUING STUDENTS 

A number of scholarships based upon academic achievement are administered 
directly through some of the academic departments for students engaged in 
full-time coursework at the university. See the Colleges, Departments, and Pro- 
grams of Study section later in the catalog. A continuing student should contact 
the college/department of his or her academic major for information about 
specific scholarship opportunities that do not require the filing of financial 
information. 



Special Academic Programs 

UNIVERSITY UNDESIGNATED FRESHMAN PROGRAM 

The University Undesignated Freshman Program allows selected freshmen to 
explore the university's diverse programs of study for a year before declaring 
their academic majors. The program is coordinated by members of the Provost's 
staff, who are responsible for academic advising and other activities designed to 
help enrolled students make informed decisions in the selection of their major 
fields. 

Enrollment in the program is limited to approximately 200 new freshmen per 
year. Selected students must have shown a strong academic performance in high 
school and must declare on their application forms that they are undecided about 
the major field they wish to pursue. 

Once enrolled, students are expected to participate fully in the program during 
their freshman year, after which they will apply for the major field of their 
choice. While enrolled in the program, students will be placed in the most 
advanced courses for which they are prepared. These courses are chosen in order 
to give participating freshmen maximum flexibility in moving into a major field. 

University undesignated freshmen will be recjuired to enroll in two special 
courses during their first year at NCSU. One of these is an orientation course 



23 



specifically designed to provide a formal vehicle for the exploration of the many 
major fields of study at the university. The other is a course designed to stimulate 
and excite the intellect by exploring a body of thought and by encouraging 
critical questioning under the guidance of outstanding faculty members. 

Students who apply for this program should be prepared for a great deal of 
adviser contact, counseling, and guidance; frequent meetings with advisers are 
required. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

The Cooperative Education Program is designed to be an integral part of a 
student's educational program and is offered in all colleges. The co-op program 
enriches and expands classroom learning by providing sponsored work assign- 
ments in industry, business and government. Work experience is selected based 
on its relevance to a student's major and/or career goals and provides for alternat- 
ing semesters of study and full-time work. This alternating plan is available in all 
colleges. A parallel plan (part-time study and part-time work) is also available 
except in the Colleges of Engineering, and Physical and Mathematical Sciences. 

The co-op experience normally takes place during the sophomore and junior 
years and means that attaining a degree will take more than eight semesters. A 
grade point average of 2.25 is required for students entering this program. 
Freshmen are not eligible, and transfers must first complete at least one semes- 
ter at NCSU. Engineering students must have -been admitted to a degree pro- 
gram. To remain in the program, students must maintain a cumulative average 
of 2.00, agree to participate for a minimum of 12 months of full-time work 
experience or its equivalent, and be registered for each work period. 

EVENING UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences offers complete undergraduate 
degree programs during the evening hours for adult part-time students. Such 
degree programs are available in the departments of Economics and Business: 
English: History: Sociology. Anthropology, and Social Work: Foreign Languages 
and Literatures: and Political Science, as well as in Multi-disciplinary Studies. 
Persons interested in more information about these evening degree programs 
should contact the Coordinator of Evening Programs. College of Humanities and 
Social Sciences. Box 8101. N.C.S.U.. Raleigh. N. C. 27695-8101: (919) 737-2467. 

NON-DEGREE CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 

Non-degree certificate programs are prescribed sets of regular academic 
courses which offer limited but structured continuing education opportunities. 
They are designed expressly for Lifelong Education Students, and students 
enrolled in undergraduate or graduate degree programs at NCSU are not eligi- 
ble to participate simultaneously in these certificate programs. Satisfactory 
completion of the prescribed courses is recognized by the issuing of a certificate 
from the department or college that offers that program. 

Certificate programs are currently offered by the following academic units: 
Department of Adult and Community College Education— Studies in Gerontol- 

24 



ogy; Department of Computer Science — Computer Programming (PBS stu- 
dents only); Department of English — Professional Writing; Department of 
Occupational Education — Trainer Development; Department of Political Sci- 
ence and Public Administration — Management Development (PBS students 
only) with program areas such as Adult and Community College Administration, 
Data Management, Financial Management. Human Resources Management, 
Management Control Systems, and Public Affairs; Department of Speech- 
Communications — Human Communication, with track options in Public 
Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Organizational Communication 
and Theater Communication; and the College of Textiles — Textiles with subject 
areas including Apparel Production, Dyeing and Finishing, Fabric Production, 
Textile Fibers and Polymers, Fiber Science for Textile Conservators, Textile 
Administration. Textile Fundamentals, and Yarn Manufacturing. 

For information concerning enrollment requirements and prescribed courses 
for a particular certificate program, consult the department or college offering 
that program or the Division for Lifelong Education (737-2265). 

METCALF LIVING-LEARNING PROGRAM 

The Metcalf Living-Learning program is designed primarily for freshman 
students interested in educational and cultural development. The program 
includes 350 men and women from the freshman classes of all eight colleges of the 
University. 

Students who participate in this program live in Metcalf Residence Hall. The 
hall is arranged with a Resident Advisor and seven upperclass advisors (UC A's) 
on each floor. All staff members are chosen for their maturity, interest in the 
program, academic excellence, and interpersonal skills. 

Students in this program enjoy classes in many academic areas, known as 
cluster classes, that are set aside for Metcalf students only. Some of these classes 
are held in Metcalf Residence Hall, where a resource library is provided and 
maintained by the UCA staff. Students are involved in class discussions, study 
sessions, educational workshops, tutorials, dinners, receptions, and extracurric- 
ular activities with faculty members. Faculty members and graduate students 
provide tutorials to assist the freshman with their courses. 

Participation in this living-learning program is selective and based upon 
potential contributions to the program. Students are expected to be active partic- 
ipants, to initiate programming, and to be supportive of the program goals. 
Students interested in applying or wishing additional information should contact 
the Department of Housing and Residence Life or call 737-3902. 

COOPERATING RALEIGH COLLEGES 

The Cooperating Raleigh Colleges (CRC) is a voluntary organization com- 
prised of North Carolina State University, Meredith College, Peace College, St. 
Augustine's College, St. Mary's College, and Shaw University for the purpose of 
developing and conducting cooperative educational activities. The organization 
provides the opportunity for students to enroll at another institution for a course 
or courses not offered on their home campus. Other activities include a coopera- 



25 



tive library arrangement, joint student activities, and faculty cooperation and 
interchange. 

Any NCSU undergraduate degree student who is enrolled in at least eight 
credit hours on the NCSU campus may take a course at another Raleigh college 
during a fall or spring semester (except that men may not enroll in courses at 
Peace College) provided that (a) the course is not taught on the NCSU campus and 
(b) the adviser and dean consider the course educationally desirable. 

Students may not register for more than a total of two courses in any semester 
at other CRC colleges. Under extenuating circumstances, exceptions for an 
additional course registration may be approved by the requesting student's 
school dean. 

Home campus students have first priority in class assignment. Courses taken 
at other institutions may be used as free electives and as alternatives to restricted 
electives, if so approved by adviser and dean. Credits earned in this manner may 
apply toward fulfilling graduation requirements, but grades from other CRC 
institutions are not used in computing a student's NCSU grade point average. 
Under this agreement, regular tuition and fees are paid to NCSU. Certain special 
fees may be required for special courses at other colleges, and the student is 
responsible for paying such fees. During the summer, there is no interinstitu- 
tional program with local colleges. A student desiring to take a summer course 
must register directly with the institution offering the course. 

NOTE: Lifelong Education students may not register for courses through inter- 
institutional procedure. 

NATIONAL STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM 

North Carolina State is one of 70 colleges and universities in the United States 
belonging to the National Student Exchange Program. Each year an opportunity 
is provided for NCSU students to study at one of the other participating schools 
and still pay the same tuition and fees they pay here, thus avoiding the red tape 
normally associated with a change of school. Students returning from exchange 
reflect an increased feeling of independence, self-reliance and self-confidence, 
and a better appreciation of home region, family and home campus. A major 
impact of the exchange year has been an increased awareness and appreciation 
for the vast differences in ideas and values found in different geographic loca- 
tions. Eligible students must be an undergraduate with a 2.5 grade point average 
or better and be selected by a screening committee. Preference is given to North 
Carolina residents. For further information contact the National Student 
Exchange Office in 2120 Student Services Center. 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE FELLOWS PROGRAM 

North Carolina State University offers a special learning and self-development 
experience known as the North Carolina State Fellows Program. The program is 
designed to assist outstanding, talented students to develop their leadership 
potential at an accelerated pace, and to accomplish this in ways not usually 
afforded by the university. Each year approximately 30 new freshmen are 
selected to participate in the program as Fellows. The program seeks to identify 

26 



students of exceptional ability and motivation and to encourage their develop- 
ment as potential leaders for business, governmental, educational and other 
professional communities. The program attempts to fulfill its goal by providing 
training and developmental opportunities. 

International Programs 
and Activities 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

About 1.100 students from approximately 90 countries attend the university 
and enrich the campus and community. The International Student Office assists 
these students with immigration and passport matters, currency permits, and 
medical, personal, and social concerns. 

International applicants are carefully screened for evidence of English lan- 
guage proficiency, adequate finances, and academic credentials indicating 
excellent potential for success. The minimum TOEFL requirement for admission 
consideration to North Carolina State University is 550 with scores of at least 50 
on two sections and no score lower than U5. The Lifelong Education Student 
category is not available to persons on temporary visas. The university has 
authority to issue Forms 1-20 for F-1 visas and forms I AP-66 for J-I visas to fully 
qualified individuals. 

An orientation program for new international students students is conducted 
during the week preceeding the fall and spring registration. 

International students are required to purchase the university student in- 
surance policy or provide proof of agency sponsor coverage. Special courses in 
English for Foreign Students (FLE) are required for those whose scores on the 
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) are sufficiently high for admis- 
sion but who need further instruction to perform well academically. 

The International Student Committee of the University Student Center spon- 
sors a variety of social and cultural programs for international and American 
students. 

SUMMER INSTITUTE IN ENGLISH FOR SPEAKERS 
OF OTHER LANGUAGES 

The Summer Institute in English for Speakers of Other Languages is a five- 
week, intensive English language program for students from other countries 
who intend to pursue university studies or specialized training programs in the 
United States in the fall. The institute, which is jointly sponsored by the Depart- 
ment of Foreign Languages and Literatures and the Division for Lifelong Educa- 
tion, is held from early July to early August each summer. It is designed to 
provide students with intensive instruction and practice in the use of the English 
language. Emphasis is on developing fluency in speaking and understanding oral 
English as well as reading and writing skills. 



27 



The institute also offers orientation to American life and institutions to give 
students insight into life in the U.S. and to help them to adjust to the new 
environment. There are films, lectures by guest speakers, and field trips on 
weekends to places of historic, cultural and scenic interest. 

Prospective students should have studied English and acquired some facility in 
the use of the spoken language prior to enrolling in the institute since its curricu- 
lum is not designed for beginners. 

Admission to the institute does not imply admission as a degree candidate at 
North Carolina State University or any other campus of the University of North 
Carolina System. 

The TOEFL Test (Test of English as a Foreign Language) is administered to 
students who wish to take it on the last day of the program. Since this is an 
institutional administration of the test, scores may not be sent to other institu- 
tions but are accepted by the Admissions Office and Graduate School at NCSU. 

ALEXANDER INTERNATIONAL PROGRAM 

The Alexander International program is a residence hall community for both 
American and international students. The 190 resident members of the program 
share the common goal of developing their understanding of different cultures 
and countries and developing cross-cultural relationships. The 95 American 
students and the equal number of international students, representing approxi- 
mately 40 foreign countries, become more sensitive to the values of different 
peoples, systems of government, economic structures, and religions. These goals 
are achieved through informal interactions, social and educational program- 
ming, and American and international roommate pairing. 

Program activities in past years have included both an international dinner 
and international coffeehouse series, emphasizing customs, foods, and enter- 
tainment from various cultures. Workshops on cultural differences, cross- 
cultural communication and relationships, international employment opportuni- 
ties, and overseas studies are regularly included in the annual calendar of pro- 
grams and activities. These activities provide an opportunity for American 
students to add an international dimension to their education while attending 
NCSU. 

Participation in this international program is selective and based upon poten- 
tial contributions to the program. Students are expected to be active partici- 
pants, to initiate programming, and to be supportive of the program goals. 
Students interested in applying or additional information should inquire at the 
Programs Office, 105 Alexander International Hall (737-2925). 

STUDY, TRAVEL, AND SHORT-TERM EMPLOYMENT ABROAD 

The Study Abroad Office assists students interested in overseas study and 
travel, short-term employment in foreign countries, and national and interna- 
tional scholarship competitions for study abroad. The staff provides personal and 
group advising, sponsors program presentations and information sessions, con- 
ducts orientation programs, and maintains a resource library. 

Many students participate in study abroad programs sponsored by NCSU, 
other U.S. colleges and universities, U.S. educational institutions, and foreigil 

28 



universities. The Study Abroad Office maintains descriptive literature and 
directories for over 1.000 individual programs. The staff advisors will assist 
students in selecting and evaluating various programs, assist in the procedure for 
approval of academic credit transfer, and suggest basic orientation readings and 
activities. The resource library materials include information on grant sources 
and competitions. These include annual competitions such as Fulbright Grants 
for graduate study. Marshall Scholarships for graduate study in the United 
Kingdom. Rhodes Scholarships for Oxford University, England, and many pro- 
grams which award specific country or specific academic curriculum grants for 
foreign study. 

Short-term employment and internship positions in a foreign country are also 
available. A program sponsored by the Council on International Educational 
Exchange assists students interested in summer or short-term (3-6 months) 
employment in Great Britain, France, Ireland, West Germany, New Zealand and 
Costa Rica. The U.S. Student Travel Service coordinates similar programs in 
Australia, Austria, Finland, France, Norway, Switzerland, West Germany and 
Yugoslavia. Both of these programs provide for employment visas and assistance 
in obtaining short-term employment. 

For students interested in summer and vacation period travel, the Study 
Abroad Office can provide assistance in planning a trip. Information is available 
concerning passport and visa applications, low cost accommodations, group 
travel programs. Eurail and other public transportation discount programs, 
International Student Identity Cards, overseas travel arrangements, and back- 
ground information on specific countries. 

Students interested in discussing study, travel, and short-term employment in 
other countries should contact the Study Abroad Office located at 2118 Student 
Services Center (737-2087). 

International Student Exchange Program. North Carolina State Univer- 
sity is one of 70 colleges and universities in the United States participating in the 
International Student Exchange Program. Through ISEP, undergraduate stu- 
dents may attend any of 78 member institutions in Africa, Asia, Australia, 
Canada, Europe, and Latin America on an exchange student basis for a single 
academic year. Past NCSU student participants have studied in Western Can- 
ada. Australia. Britain. Spain, Ireland, France, Germany, Belgium, and Colom- 
bia. The ISEP program opportunities provide flexibility in country site, second 
language proficiency, academic disciplines, and participating institutions. 

North Carolina State students pay a program fee for their year abroad which is 
based on their regular tuition and fees plus the cost of room and board at North 
Carolina State for one year. Aside from travel expenses and health coverage, 
ISEP makes it possible for NCSU students to have a year of study outside the 
country for the same cost of continuing studies for one year at NCSU. This 
arrangement also allows students to maintain their eligibility for financial aid. 
While abroad, ISEP students are entitled to all the benefits and services of 
regular full-time students at their host institutions. Room and board are provided 
for the full academic year and an ISEP coordinator on each campus is available to 
students for assistance with any problem. 

To apply to participate in ISEP at NCSU a student should have a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.5 and have already studied at NCSU for two 

29 



semesters. Applicants must be proficient in the language of instruction at the 
study sites they choose. A campus selection committee, made up of faculty 
members, chooses those applicants as North Carolina State's program partici- 
pants for that particular year. Applicants are not in competition with each other. 
The ISEP Selection Committee bases its decision on the feasibility of each appli- 
cant's proposed course of study, on academic background, application and refer- 
ences. The selection process for each academic year takes place in the fall of the 
preceding year. Students begin the application process by requesting a copy of 
the ISEP Directory from the Study Abroad Office. 

Semester in Santander, Spain. The University of North Carolina at Charlotte 
and North Carolina State University, in cooperation with the University of 
Santander, offers a Fall Semester Abroad program in Spain. Undergraduates 
from both North Carolina institutions, as well as qualified students from other 
institutions, can spend a semester in the coastal city of Santander, taking classes 
in Spanish language, literature, art, and history. Students entering the program 
are expected to have completed four semesters of college Spanish or the equival- 
ent with a grade of C or better. Overall academic average should be at least 2.5. 
Students may enroll for 12 to 15 credit hours. Further information may be 
obtained from the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, 120 1911 
Building (737-2475). 

Summer Study at Oxford, England. This program offers North Carolina 
State University students a four-week summer experience at Oxford, England. 
The program is limited to 30 participants and students may take one or two 
courses. Academic transfer credit is granted for this work by NCSU. Courses 
usually include Shakespeare, British History, Contemporary British Novel, and 
History of Art. All courses are taught by British scholars. Ample time is made 
available for independent travel in order to maximize the British experience. 
Contact the Study Abroad Office, 2118 Student Services Center (737-3151), for 
full details. 

Summer Study in London, England. The School of Humanities and Social 
Sciences and the Division of Student Affairs offer a four-week summer study 
program in London. Students live at Canterbury Hall, University of London, and 
take one or two credit courses in British history or British literature offered by 
NCSU faculty. The courses are illustrated by group visits to various literary and 
historical sites in the London area as well as two all-day tours outside of London. 
Evening sessions include plays, concerts, and lectures by British authorities. 
Weekends are free for independent travel. For specific details contact the Study 
Abroad Office. 

Summer Study in France. The Department of Foreign Languages and Liter- 
atures offers a five-week program in intensive French language studies with a 
concentration in French civilization, mass media, or art. Students should have at 
least minimal knowledge of French. Students are lodged in private homes during 
their stay. For details, contact the Department of Foreign Languages and Litera- 
tures, 120 1911 Building (737-2475). 

Summer Study in Germany. In cooperation with the University of North 
Carolina at Charlotte, NCSU offers a month-long program which includes inten- 
sive instruction in the German language (intermediate level) and lectures on 



30 



German culture and civilization. Instruction is by the Program Director (from 
UNC-C) and staff of the Institute in Germersheim. The program is open to 
students with two prior semesters of university level German or equivalent. 
Contact the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, 120 1911 Build- 
ing (737-2475). 

Summer Study in Mexico. The Department of Foreign Languages and Liter- 
atures sponsors a five-week Summer Study Program in Mexico, through which 
students can gain up to six academic credits. The program for both beginning 
and advanced students is designed to foster an oral command of the language and 
to provide enrichment through a first-hand knowledge of Mexican civilization 
and culture. While in Mexico, students visit places of interest, attend daily classes 
and have the opportunity to live with a Mexican family. Further information 
may be obtained from the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, 
120 1911 Building (737-2475). 

In addition to the study abroad programs described above, NCSU sponsors a 
bi-annual excavation project in Jordan through the Department of History, and 
three NCSU colleges sponsor semester exchange programs with universities in 
Europe. The College of Textiles sponsors a semester exchange program with the 
Scottish College of Textiles in Galashiels, Scotland; the College of Humanities 
and Social Sciences has a one year exchange program with Hiroshima Shudo 
University in Japan; and the School of Veterinary Medicine has an exchange 
program with the State University of Utrecht in the Netherlands. 



Admissions 



The application deadline for the fall semester and summer sessions is May 1; 
however, students are encouraged to apply during the fall of the senior year in 
high school, as students will be accepted until the classes have been filled. 
Applicants for the School of Design should submit applications by January 1. 
Applications for the spring semester should be submitted prior to November 1. 

Each applicant must complete an application form which may be obtained 
from high school counselors or by writing to: 

Director of Admissions 

Box 7103 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27695-7103 

A nonrefundable $25 ($27 for transfer students) fee must accompany the 
completed application. 

FRESHMAN ADMISSION 

Admission to the university is competitive and, as those programs in high 
demand are more competitive, it is possible to be admissible to some programs 
but not to all programs at N.C. State. Applicants are asked to indicate their first 
and second choices for a curriculum, including undeclared majors within a 

31 



college, or to indicate their choice of participating in the University Undesig- 
nated Freshman Program. Applications which are not admissible in the first 
curriculum choice will be reviewed for admissibility in the second curriculum 
choice. 

The admissions decision is based on the completion of the minimum entrance 
requirements set forth below and on the evaluation of the high school record, 
including the level and difficulty of the courses taken, the overall grade point 
average, rank in class and scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. These factors 
are reviewed with the curriculum choice to determine the likelihood of success as 
a freshman at N.C. State. 

In addition to a high school diploma or its equivalent, the following high school 
courses are the minimum entrance requirements set for students entering N.C. 
State. 

English— 4 units; 

Social Studies— 2 units, including 1 unit in U. S. History; 
Mathematics— 3 units of math are required including algebra I, algebra II, 
and geometry or a third math for which algebra II is a prerequisite. 
Additional advanced math courses are strongly recommended. 
Science— 2 units, including 1 unit in a life or biological science and 1 unit in a 

physical science; 1 must be in a laboratory course. 
Foreign Language — 2 units recommended. 

The Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina System has 
determined that, beginning with the 1990 fall semester, the minimum under- 
graduate admissions requirements for all constituent institutions, including 
North Carolina State University, shall be: 
—A high school diploma or its equivalent 

—English - four (4) course units in English, emphasizing grammar, composi- 
tion, and literature 
—Mathematics— three (3) course units in mathematics, including algebra I, 
algebra II, and geometry, or a higher level mathematics course for which 
algebra II is a prerequisite 
—Social Studies - two (2) course units in social studies, including one ( 1 ) unit in 

U.S. history 
— Science - three (3) course units in science, including at least one (1) unit in a 
life or biological science; at least one (1) unit in a physical science (for 
example, physical science, chemistry, physics), and at least one (1) laboratory 
course. 
— In addition, it is recommended that prospective students complete at least 
two (2) course units in one foreign language, and take one (1) foreign lan- 
guage course unit and one (1) mathematics course unit in the twelfth grade. 
Any additional entrance requirements for admission to North Carolina State 
University will be set forth in the Freshman Admissions Bulletin for that year. 

Applicants are accepted on either junior or senior test scores, although senior 
scores are recommended, especially if the applicant is also applying for financial 
aid. An interview is not required and does not weigh in the admissions decision; a 
prospective student is always welcome to visit the Admissions Office, 112 Peele 
Hall. The Admissions Office conducts group information sessions every Monday, 

32 



Wednesday and Friday at 10:80 a.m. and on Tuesday and Thursday at 1:30 p.m. 
Campus tours led by students are conducted each weekday, weather permitting, 
at 12:00 noon, starting at the Memorial Bell Tower. 

Two- Year Agricultural Institute 

Requirements for admission to the Agricultural Institute, a two-year terminal 
program, include graduation from an accredited high school or successful com- 
pletion of the high school equivalency examination administered by the State 
Department of Public Instruction. The application should include either a copy of 
the high school record or a letter indicating the applicant has passed the equival- 
ency examination and a letter of recommendation. Each application is reviewed 
and evaluated by the Institute Director. SAT scores are not required but are 
recommended. Course work is not transferable into the four-year degree 
programs. 

Scholastic Aptitude Test 

Applicants for admission as freshmen must take the College Board Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that their scores be sent directly from the Board 
to North Carolina State University (Code No.— R5496). Information booklets and 
application forms may be obtained from school counselors or by writing: 

The College Board ATP 

Box 592 

Princeton, New Jersey 08541 

Achievement Tests 

Freshman students should take the Mathematics Achievement Test adminis- 
tered by Educational Testing Service to ensure proper math placement at 
NCSU. Students in curricula for which the normal /irsi mathematics course is 
calculus should take the Level II test. Students in all other curricula should take 
the Level I test. Current admissions information and the application contain 
information about appropriate achievement tests for each curriculum. 

Students who have not taken the Mathematics Achievement Test at the time of 
enrollment will be required to take the test during Freshman Orientation. 

The English Achievement Test is not required but students who have taken it 
will receive more accurate placement in beginning English classes. 

Advanced Placement 

A student may qualify for advanced placement by one or more of the following 
means: 1) by passing a proficiency examination administered by a teaching 
department; 2) by attaining a sufficient predicted grade in English (PGE) which 
is based on the SAT Verbal score and the high school record, including grade 
point average and class rank; 3) by attaining a sufficient score on the Mathe- 
matics Achievement Test which is administered during Freshman Orientation if 
the student has not already submitted scores; 4) by meeting a specific minimum 
score on certain of the CEEB Advanced Placement Program (APP) examina- 
tions; and 5) by attaining at least a minimum score on certain of the College Level 
Examination Program (CLEP) subject tests. 

33 



OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS 

Undergraduate applicants from outside North Carolina may be required to 
meet more competitive standards for admission than N. C. residents. North 
Carolina State University is limited to accepting not more than 18 percent of total 
undergraduate admissions from outside the State. 

TRANSFER STUDENTS 

North Carolina State University welcomes transfer applicants, and in recent 
years, more than 25 percent of our graduates started their college programs at 
other institutions. 

A transfer student should present at least 28 semester hours (or 42 quarter 
hours) of satisfactory (C or better) college-level work with a minimum overall 2.0 
(C) average on all college work attempted and be eligible to return to the last 
institution regularly attended. Programs that are experiencing space limitations 
require a higher minimum grade point average for admission. Individual official 
transcripts must be submitted from each institution attended. The college credits 
must have been earned at a regionally accredited institution and should include a 
college-level math or the high school record must be submitted to show proper 
background. Applications of students from non-regionally accredited institu- 
tions will be reviewed by the Admissions Committee. 

Applications from technical institutes, technical colleges, and technical pro- 
grams at community colleges are evaluated on an individual basis. Credits from 
such programs are generally not considered for automatic transfer, but qualified 
students who are otherwise admissible may receive transfer credit by prescribed 
procedures. These procedures include credit by examination and/or validation 
by the appropriate subject matter academic unit on the North Carolina State 
University campus. 

Once applicants have been accepted and have indicated their intention to 
enroll, their transcripts are evaluated by the college to which application is made 
to determine the exact amount of credit applicable toward a degree at North 
Carolina State. A grade of C or better is required before a course may be 
considered for credit. Transcripts are not evaluated until applicant has been 
admitted. International students are carefully screened for evidence of English 
language proficiency, adequate financial backing and academic credential indi- 
cating potential for success. 

UNCLASSIFIED STUDENTS 

Unclassified students are those working for college credit but not enrolled in a 
degree-granting program. Admission as an unclassified student requires the 
recommendation of the dean of the school in which the student wishes to enroll. 
Unclassified students must meet the same entrance requirements as regular 
degree students and must meet the same academic requirement to continue. If, at 
a later date, unclassified students wish to change to regular status, their credits 
will be evaluated in terms of the requirements of their intended curriculum. 



34 



LIFELONG EDUCATION STUDENTS 

The Lifelong Education Student classification is designed for residents of the 
Triangle area who are interested in taking college courses, but who do not desire 
to work toward a degree at North Carolina State University. Lifelong Education 
Students are limited to a maximum of two courses each semester or summer 
session. 

Lifelong Education Student applications should be made through the Division 
for Lifelong Education, at the McKimmon Center, corner of Western Boulevard 
and Gorman Street. If Lifelong Education Students wish to become degree 
candidates at a later date, they must make application through the Admissions 
Office. Lifelong Education Students who are considering a degree program are 
encouraged to make an appointment with the Admissions Office to discuss 
entrance requirements. 

SERVICEMEN'S OPPORTUNITY COLLEGES 

NCSU has been designated as a member of the Servicemen's Opportunity 
Colleges (SOC) General Registry — a network of institutions sponsored by the 
American Association of State Colleges and Universities and the American 
Association of Community and Junior Colleges. Servicemen are encouraged to 
take college level courses offered by accredited institutions and made available to 
military personnel through SOC. Records are evaluated, files are retained, coun- 
seling is provided, and recognition is given for learning through noninstitutional 
sources when appropriate. Transcripts must be sent to the Director of Admis- 
sions directly from the institution offering the course. 

COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM 

CLEF primarily serves non-traditional students who have acquired knowl- 
edge through university extension courses, educational television, non-credit 
adult education programs, on-the-job training, and independent study by en- 
abling them to demonstrate their knowledge and receive college credit on the 
basis of examinations, as well as providing measures of college equivalency for 
use by business, industry, and organizations other than institutions of higher 
learning. 

There are two types of examinations. The General Examinations are designed 
to provide a comprehensive measure of undergraduate achievement in five basic 
areas (English composition, mathematics, natural sciences, humanities, social 
sciences-history). NCSU makes very limited use of this portion of CLEF. The 
main source of CLEF credit at NCSU stems from the Subject Examinations 
which are designed to measure achievement in specified undergraduate courses. 
The examinations are given at NCSU during the third calendar week of each 
month except February and December. Candidates who plan to take the exami- 
nations should register three weeks before the test date. 

For further information write or telephone the Counseling Center, North 
Carolina State University, Box 7312, 200 Harris Hall. Raleigh, N.C. 27695-7312; 
(919-737-2423). 



35 



GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Procedures and policies governing graduate admission are outlined in a separ- 
ate catalog issued by the Graduate School. For a copy of the Graduate School 
catalog write: 

Dean of the Graduate School 

104 Peele Hall 

Box 7102 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh. North Carolina 27695-7102 



Orientation 

The University provides a series of orientation programs for all new freshmen. 
Students attend their program with other freshmen who have been admitted to 
the same college, the University Undesignated Program, or the University Tran- 
sition Program. Meetings and conferences with faculty and student leaders 
acquaint new students with the academic opportunities and expectations asso- 
ciated with their chosen curriculum and with the extracurricular activities and 
organizations available on campus. 

For more information, contact the Department of Student Development, 2007 
Harris Hall (737-2443). 

REQUIRED IMMUNIZATION DOCUMENTATION 

North Carolina state law requires all new enrollees in the university system to 
present proof of immunization prior to completion of registration. 

Verified proof of immunization against rubella, measles, tetanus and diphthe- 
ria must be presented to the University Student Health Service no later than 30 
days prior to registration. 

If this requirement is not met, dismissal from school is mandatory under the 
law. For assistance, contact the Student Health Service (919 737-2563). 



Registration 



Registration is conducted by using the Telephonic Registration Access to Compu- 
terized Scheduling (TRACS) system. This system allows students to use any 
touch-tone telephone to register for classes. A Schedule of Courses is available for 
every semester prior to the beginning of the registration period. This contains all 
necessary instructions for completing registration. 

Registration consists of three steps: (1) Meeting with advisers to determine 
course requirements and to obtain a Personal Identification Number (PIN); (2) 
Registering for courses using the TRACS system; and (3) Paying tuition and fees 
and all other debts to the University by the established deadlines. Instructions for 
completing registration are issued each semester and summer session. 

For more information, contact the Department of Registration and Records, 
1000 Harris Hall, 737-2572. 

36 



INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION 

A regularly enrolled undergraduate degree student who is enrolled in at least 
eight credit hours at North Carolina State University may take, under certain 
conditions, course work at one of the Raleigh colleges, at the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro or at 
Duke University. Interinstitutional registration forms and all registration 
procedures are available from Registration and Records. 

SCHEDULE CHANGES-DROPS AND ADDS 

Courses may be added during the first two weeks of a regular semester. All 
courses may be dropped without regard to course load during the first two weeks 
of a regular semester. During the third and fourth weeks of a semester, full-time 
undergraduate students who wish to drop courses at any level and whose aca- 
demic load would thereby fall below the twelve-hour minimum course load may 
do so only for documented medical reasons or other verified, unforeseen grounds 
of personal or family hardship. 

For undergraduate students, exceptions to the drop policies require the 
recommendation of a student's adviser (or the departmental coordinator of advis- 
ing or the department head) and approval by the dean of the student's college. 
Students who wish to drop all courses for which they are enrolled, must withdraw 
from the university for the remainder of the semester or summer term in which 
they are enrolled. 



Tuition and Fees 



North Carolina Resident— $461.00 per semester ($252 tuition plus $209 fees). 

Nonresident— $2,438.00 per semester ($2,229 tuition plus $209 fees). 

A statement of tuition and fees is mailed to each preregistered student 20-30 
days before the beginning of any term. The statement must be returned with full 
payment or complete financial assistance information by the due date appearing 
on the statement. Normally the due date is ten days before classes begin. Non- 
preregistered students are required to pay their tuition and fees at registration. 
Fees are the same for both residents and nonresidents and are required of all 
students. Nonresident students are required to pay an additional $1,977 per 
semester for tuition. 

ESTIMATED ANNUAL UNDERGRADUATE EXPENSES 

First Second 

Tuition and Fees Semester Semester Year 

(a) N.C. Residents $ 461.00 $ 461.00 $ 922.00 

(b) Out-of-state Residents 2,438.00 2,438.00 4,876.00 
Room Rent 625.00 625.00 1,250.00 
Meals 760.00 760.00 1,520.00 
Books and Supplies 225.00 225.00 450.00 

37 



Other personal expenses 450.00 450.00 900.00 
TOTAL 

(a) N.C. Residents $2,521.00 $2,521.00 $5,042.00 

(b) Out-of-state Residents $4,498.00 $4,498.00 $8,996.00 

NOTE: All charges are subject to change without notice. 

EXPENSES OTHER THAN TUITION AND GENERAL FEES 

Application Fee: A non-refundable fee of $25 must accompany each application 
for admission. Transfer students must pay an additional $2 ($27 total) as a 
transcript evaluation fee. 

Room Rent: New incoming students receive room reservation instructions in the 
letter of acceptance. Continuing students are provided a card with instructions 
at their residence hall rooms. The 1988-89 charge for room rent ranged from 
$625 per semester for most residence halls to $860 for North Hall and $880 for 
South Hall. 

Meals: During their first academic year, new freshmen electing to reside on- 
campus are required to participate in one of the university's available meal 
plans. Meal plan costs in 1988-89 ranged from $650 to $760. Other students pay 
for meals individually at the various dining facilities available both on and 
near the campus. 

Books and Supplies: Books and supplies are usually purchased during the first 
week of classes directly from the Students Supply Stores. Allow approximately 
$225 per semester for purchasing books and supplies. 

Personal Expenses: Personal expenses vary widely among students but the esti- 
mate of $450 is based on what students report that they spend on these items. 

Administrative Management Fee: A special administrative management fee of 
$250 per semester and $150 per summer session is required from a contracting 
agency sponsoring international students whose programs are coordinated 
through the University's Office of International Visitors. 

Cooperative Education Program Fee: Required of all participating co-op students 
for each semester in which they are enrolled in an off-campus work assign- 
ment. This fee, set at $130 for the 1988 fall semester, the 1989 spring semester, 
or the combined 1989 summer sessions, is used for partial support of the 
Cooperative Education Program staff in job development and placement activ- 
ities. Students paying this fee are entitled to all university services, facilities, 
and programs during the semester or combined summer sessions for which 
they are enrolled. 

Fees Related to Laboratory and Computer Courses: Students enrolled in desig- 
nated lab or computer courses must pay a course fee of $15 to offset partially the 
cost of necessary supplies, equipment, and operation. The maximum course fee 
to be charged to any student will be $30 per semester or summer session 
regardless of the number of designated courses taken. These fees will be 
assessed for courses carried at the end of the official enrollment period, i.e., the 
end of the second week of a semester or the end of the fourth class day during a 
summer session. 



38 



Departments may waive a course fee when: students are auditing a desig- 
nated course in which the conditions of the audit preclude any usage of lab or 
computing resources; or students in special projects, independent research, 
and similar courses which have a designated fee, are not using a university lab 
course but who mistakenly are registered for the lab section; or students are 
taking only the lecture portion of a designated lab course but are mistakenly 
registered for the lab section. 

Departments may not waive a course fee when: a designated lab or computer 
fee course is dropped after the official enrollment date, or withdrawal from the 
university occurs after the official enrollment date, or state law or policy allows 
for a waiver of tuition (i.e.. faculty/ staff, over 65 years of age, exchange pro- 
grams, etc.) 

Students who withdraw from the university after the official enrollment date 
may petition the Fee Appeals Committee, and refunds of course fees will be 
handled on a prorated basis as are refunds of other fees. 

NOTE: All charges are subject to change without notice. 

REQUIRED FEES 

Required fees are levied for services, facilities, and programs available to all 
students whether or not the student takes advantage of them. Students are 
assessed fees based on the course load they are taking. An itemization of required 
fees and other detailed information concerning expenses or related data can be 
obtained by contacting the University Cashier's Office, Box 7213, Raleigh, North 
Carolina 27695-7213 (919-737-2986). 

REFUND POLICY 

A student who officially withdraws from school during the first two weeks of 
classes will receive receive a tuition and fees refund of the full amount paid less a 
registration fee. The withheld registration fee amounts to $15 the first week and 
$25 the second week. After the two-week period, no refunds will be made. 

In some instances, circumstances justify the waiving of rules regarding 
refunds. An example might be withdrawal because of sickness. Students have the 
privilege of appeal to the Fee Appeals Committee when they believe special 
consideration is merited. Applications for such appeals may be obtained from the 
University Cashier's Office, 1101 Student Services Center. 

RESIDENCE STATUS FOR TUITION PURPOSES 

The basis for determining the appropriate tuition charge rests upon whether a 
student is a resident or a nonresident for tuition purposes. Each student must 
make a statement as to the length of his or her residence in North Carolina, with 
assessment by the institution of that statement to be conditioned by the following. 

Residence. To qualify as a resident for tuition purposes, a person must become 
a legal resident and remain a legal resident for at least twelve months imme- 
diately prior to classification. Thus, there is a distinction between legal residence 
and residence for tuition purposes. Furthermore, twelve months legal residence 
means more than simple abode in North Carolina. In particular, it means main- 

39 



taining a domicile (permanent home of indefinite duration) as opposed to "main- 
taining a mere temporary residence or abode incident to enrollment in an institu- 
tion of higher education." The burden of establishing facts which justify 
classification of a student as a resident entitled to in-state tuition rates is on the 
applicant for such classification, who must show his or her entitlement by the 
preponderance (the greater part) of the residentiary information. 

Initiative. Being classified a resident for tuition purposes is contingent on the 
student's seeking such status and providing all information that the institution 
may require in making the determination. 

Parents' Domicile. If an individual, irrespective of age, has living parent(s) or 
court-appointed guardian of the person, the domicile of such parent(s) or 
guardian is, prima facie, the domicile of the individual; but this prima facie 
evidence of the individual's domicile may or may not be sustained by other 
information. Further, nondomiciliary status of parents is not deemed prima facie 
evidence of the applicant child's status if the applicant has lived (though not 
necessarily legally resided) in North Carolina for the five years preceding enrol- 
lment or re-registration. 

Effect of Marriage. Marriage alone does not prevent a person from becoming 
or continuing to be a resident for tuition purposes, nor does marriage in any 
circumstance insure that a person will become or continue to be a resident for 
tuition purposes. Marriage and the legal residence of one's spouse are, however, 
relevant information in determining residentiary intent. Furthermore, if both a 
husband and his wife are legal residents of North Carolina and if one of them has 
been a legal resident longer than the other, then the longer duration may be 
claimed by either spouse in meeting the twelve-month requirement of in-state 
tuition status. 

Military Personnel. A North Carolinian who serves outside the state in the 
armed forces does not lose North Carolina domicile simply by reason of such 
service. Students from the military may prove retention or establishment of 
residence by reference, as in other cases, to residentiary acts accompanied by 
residentiary intent. 

Active military personnel assigned to North Carolina and their military 
dependents may be eligible to receive the benefit of the in-state tuition rate under 
G.S. 116-143.3. A student who qualifies for the in-state tuition rate solely under 
this statute is not considered a resident but merely eligible for the benefit of the 
in-state tuition rate. Application for eligibility to be charged the in-state tuition 
rate under G.S. 116-143.3 must be made prior to initial enrollment or re- 
enrollment for which the student claims the benefit. Further, application for 
such eligibility must similarly be made prior to the outset of each successive 
academic year of enrollment. Appropriate applications for the benefit of the 
in-state tuition rate are available in the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, 112 
Peele Hall. 

Grace Period. If a person (1) has been a bona fide legal resident, (2) has 
consequently been classified a resident for tuition purposes, and (3) has subse- 
quently lost North Carolina legal residence while enrolled at a public institution 
of higher education, that person may continue to enjoy the in-state tuition rate for 
a grace period of twelve months measured from the date on which North Carolina 
legal residence was lost. If the twelve months ends during an academic term for 

40 



which the person is enrolled at a state institution of higher education, the grace 
period extends, in addition, to the end of that term. The fact of marriage to one 
who continues domiciled outside North Carolina does not by itself cause loss of 
legal residence, marking the beginning of the grace period. 

Minors. Minors (persons under 18 years of age) usually have the domicile of 
their parents, but certain special cases are recognized by the residence classifica- 
tion statute in determining residence for tuition purposes. 

(a) If a minor's parents live apart, the minor's domicile is deemed to be North 
Carolina for the time period(s) that either parent, as a North Carolina legal 
resident, may claim and does claim the minor as a tax dependent, even if other 
law or judicial act assigns the minor's domicile outside North Carolina. A minor 
thus deemed to be a legal resident will not, upon achieving majority before 
enrolling at an institution of higher education, lose North Carolina legal resi- 
dence if that person (1) upon becoming an adult "acts, to the extent that the 
person's degree of actual emancipation permits, in a manner consistent with bona 
fide legal residence in North Carolina" and (2) "begins enrollment at an institu- 
tion of higher education not later than the fall academic term next following 
completion of education prerequisite to admission at such institution." 

(b) If a minor has lived for five or more consecutive years with relatives (other 
than parents) who are domiciled in North Carolina and if the relatives have 
functioned during this time as if they were personal guardians, the minor will be 
deemed a resident for tuition purposes for an enrolled term commencing imme- 
diately after at least five years in which these circumstances have existed. If 
under this consideration a minor is deemed to be a resident for tuition purposes 
immediately prior to his or her eighteenth birthday, that person on achieving 
majority will be deemed a legal resident of North Carolina of at least 12 months 
duration. This provision acts to confer in-state tuition status even in the face of 
other provisions of law to the contrary; however, a person deemed a resident of 12 
months duration pursuant to this provision continues to be a legal resident of the 
state only so long as he or she does not abandon North Carolina domicile. 

Lost but Regained Domicile. If a student ceases enrollment at or graduates 
from an institution of higher education while classified a resident for tuition 
purposes and then both abandons and reacquires North Carolina domicile within 
a 12-month period, that person, if he or she continues to maintain the required 
domicile into re-enrollment at an institution of higher education, may re-enroll at 
the in-state tuition rate without having to meet the usual 12-month duration 
requirement. However, any one person may receive the benefit of this provision 
only once. 

Change of Status. A student admitted to initial enrollment in an institution (or 
permitted to re-enroll following an absence from the institutional program which 
involved a formal withdrawal from enrollment) must be classified by the admit- 
ting institution either as a resident or as a nonresident for tuition purposes prior 
to actual enrollment. A residence status classification once assigned (and final- 
ized pursuant to any appeal properly taken) may be changed thereafter (with 
corresponding change in billing rates) only at intervals corresponding with the 
established primary divisions of the academic year. 

Transfer Students. When a student transfers from one North Carolina public 
institution of higher education to another, he or she is treated as a new student by 

41 



the institution to which he or she is transferring and must be assigned an initial 
residence status classification for tuition purposes. 

Prevailing North Carolina Law. General Statute (G.S.) 116-143.1 is the 
prevailing statute governing residence status classification. Copies of the appli- 
cable law and of the implementing regulations are available for inspection in the 
Office of Undergraduate Admissions. 112 Peele Hall. 



Financial Aid 



To be considered for assistance by the Financial Aid Office, a student and his or 
her parents must complete and return for calculation purposes the College 
Scholarship Service Financial Aid Form (FAF). The form is available from both 
high school guidance counselors and from the N. C. State University Financial 
Aid Office. All undergraduate applicants for financial aid must indicate on the 
FAF that they wish consideration for the Pell Grant. This is done automatically— 
at no additional charge— if the appropriate Pell Grant items are marked on the 
FAF. The FAF should be completed preferably by March 1 of the year prior to 
fall semester enrollment and no later than October 1 of the year prior to spring 
semester enrollment. Transfers and continuing students should check with the 
Financial Aid Office regarding any other information which may be needed for 
aid consideration. North Carolina residents with substantial need should apply 
for the N. C. Student Incentive Grant by listing College Foundation, Inc., to 
receive a copy of the FAF. Information about this program is available from the 
high school counselors, from the Financial Aid Office, and from College Founda- 
tion, Inc. (P.O. Box 12100, Raleigh, N.C. 27605) administrators of the program. 

Awards are made to applicants on the basis of financial need, satisfactory 
academic progress, and timely submission of the FAF to Princeton, N.J. Deter- 
mination of a student's need is based on estimated educational costs and a consid- 
eration of the family's financial strength, which primarily includes consideration 
of the family's income as well as the student's summer savings, size of family, 
number of children in post-high school institutions, family asset holdings and 
debts, and other resources that may be available for use such as veterans' bene- 
fits, Vocational Rehabilitation assistance, etc. 

Aid is available on a non-discriminatory basis to all qualifying students. These 
awards are usually offered in financial aid "packages" which consist of a combi- 
nation of scholarship or grant, loan, and/or a work-study award, depending upon 
the degree of need. Continuing students must have a satisfactory record of 
academic progress in order to renew their aid. The Policy on Satisfactory Aca- 
demic Progress for Financial Aid Eligibility is available in the Financial Aid 
Office. A new application must be submitted each year for continued aid. 

NEED-BASED SCHOLARSHIPS FOR FRESHMEN 
AND CONTINUING STUDENTS 

There are a large number of special scholarships which are based upon both 
demonstrated financial need and academic achievement. These scholarships are 



42 



administered by the university's Financial Aid Office as well as by various 
academic departments on campus. Some of these scholarships have curricular, 
geographic and other restrictions. A list of these scholarships and the specific 
criteria which may apply to them may be found in the handbook published by the 
N. C. State Financial Aid Office. Filingthe Financial Aid Form by early March 
will assure that the student is considered for all need-based scholarships for 
which he/she is eligible. 

GRANTS 

Pell Grants. All applicants for financial aid who have never received a bache- 
lor's degree must apply for this program. Eligibility for a Pell Grant is deter- 
mined by the Federal Government. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants. These grants are made 
from federal funds to undergraduate students from low-income families. They 
are especially useful in assisting promising students who demonstrate need. 
These grants are determined by the University Financial Aid Office. 

Minority Presence Grants. Under the Board of Governors' general Minority 
Presence Grant Program, black students may be eligible for special financial 
assistance if they are residents of North Carolina, enrolled for at least three hours 
of degree-credit coursework, and demonstrate financial need. 

The N. C. Student Incentive Grant. This program provides grants to legal 
residents of North Carolina with substantial need. Entering freshmen and stu- 
dents who have received the grant before have priority for future grants. Grants 
range up to $1,500 per academic year. 

ATHLETIC GRANTS-IN-AID 

Athletic awards are made by the Department of Athletics to students who meet 
the established qualifications for such awards. These awards are based upon 
athletic ability, rather than upon need. 

LOANS 

Perkins Loans (formerly National Direct Student Loans). Both under- 
graduate and graduate students carrying at least half-time academic loads may 
be awarded these long-term, low-interest loans. These loans are need-based. Six 
months after ceasing to be enrolled at least half-time, a student must begin 
paying interest on his or her loan at 5% per year as well as assuming a $30 per 
month minimum repayment obligation. In order to establish a repayment sche- 
dule, borrowers are expected to have exit interviews at the Student Accounts 
Office in Suite 1101 Student Services Center just prior to graduation or other 
termination of studies. 

Institutional Loans. A limited amount of other long-term loan money is avail- 
able in several funds, and loans made therefrom are on essentially the same 
liberal terms as the National Direct Student Loans. 

Insured Student Loan Programs. 

Robert T. Stafford Loan Program (formerly Guaranteed Student Loan): These 

low interest, deferred payment funds are Federal need-based assistance. 

43 



Interest rate will vary (approximately 8%). Application for this program beg- 
ins with the FAF. Further application is necessary through the individual 
lender and requires college certification. The North Carolina lending agency is 
College Foundation. Inc. (919) 821-4771. 
Supplemental Loan for Students (SLS) and 
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS): 

These loan programs are designed for independent students (SLS) and for 
parents of dependent students (PLUS). These programs are not need-based. 
Payment options along with interest rates will vary from 10-12%. Application 
requires college certification and is then submitted to the individual lender. 
The North Carolina lending agency is College Foundation. Inc. (919) 821-4771. 

Emergency Short-Term Loans. These loans are available in small amounts 
(usually not exceeding $100) to enable any full-time enrolled student with a 
previous good repayment record to meet unexpected expenses. These loans are 
usually to be repaid within 30 days and are not extended beyond the end of a term 
or graduation. 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM 

The federally supported College Work-Study Program provides jobs on cam- 
pus for students who qualify with need in the same manner as is required for 
scholarship or long-term loan assistance. Though individual pay rates vary with 
the job, basic hourly pay rates comply with the current minimum wage 
requirements. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

The Financial Aid Office coordinates an employment service to assist students 
with information about the possibilities for part-time or summer work. No 
particular academic or economic qualifications are required to obtain jobs on-or 
off-campus outside the College Work-Study Program. A current listing of job 
openings is maintained at the Financial Aid Office. 

A handbook which gives a detailed explanation of the need-based aid applica- 
tion and award process and the types of aid available may be obtained upon 
request from the Financial Aid Office, 2005 Harris Hall. 



Student Housing 



North Carolina State University furnishes housing for approximately 7,221 
students. The university operates residence halls which house 3,834 men and 
2,517 women students. In addition, 300 apartments are available for married 
students in E. S. King Village, and 15 university-owned fraternity and sorority 
houses accommodate 570 students. 



44 



RESIDENCE HALLS 

The residence halls are operated to provide opportunities through a variety of 
group living experiences w^hich complement and expand the residents' educa- 
tional experiences. Each hall is staffed with selected students, both graduate and 
undergraduate, who report directly to professionally trained people in their area 
and to the Director of Housing and Residence Life. Staff members are available 
to help students initiate programs and activities and to advise and assist residents 
in any way possible. 

Living arrangements in buildings vary. Six high-rise buildings are arranged 
in suites of four or five rooms that share a bath; the other buildings have a center 
corridor with rooms opening on to it. Rooms are furnished but residents must 
provide bed linen, pillows and towels. 

To be eligible for university housing one must enroll as a regular full-time 
student (an undergraduate must carry a minimum of 12 credit hours per 
semester). 

Room Rentals and Reservations. The rental payment for 1988-89 was $625 
per semester for main-campus double rooms; this rate is subject to change on a 
year to year basis. 

Refund of Room Rent. Cancellation of housing applications must be made in 
ivriting as follows: 

a. In person at the Housing Assignments Office, Department of Housing and 
Residence Life, 1112 Student Services Center, Monday through Friday 
between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.; or 

b. mail addressed to the Housing Assignments Office, Department of Housing 
and Residence Life, Box 7315, NCSU, Raleigh, NC 27695-7315. 

The effective date of cancellation is the date notification is received by the 
Housing Assignments Office or the date the room is vacated, whichever is later. 
Cancellation notices received on or before May 1 for the fall semester and Janu- 
ary 2 for the spring semester will be eligible for a refund of the fee paid less an 
administrative processing fee. 

HOUSING FOR STUDENTS WITH FAMILIES 

The University operates 300 apartments in E. S. King Village for students with 
families. The 1988-1989 rental is $220 for a studio, $212 for a one-bedroom, and 
$235 for a two-bedroom including water only (gas is included in studio units). 
This rate is subject to change on a year to year basis. Information on availability 
and applications should be requested from E. S. King Village Office, Department 
of Housing and Residence Life, Box 7315, Raleigh, N.C. 27695-7315. 

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING 

Raleigh has a variety of privately owned apartments and houses available for 
rent to university students. A partial listing is located in the Off-Campus Housing 
Office, 1112 Student Services Center. No listing is published because of the rapid 
turnover. 

The university does not operate a trailer parking area; however, privately 
owned parks are available within a reasonable distance of the campus. 

45 



FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES 

Twenty of the 24 general college fraternities and four of the eight general 
college sororities chartered at the university maintain chapter houses. Thirteen 
of the fraternities and two of the sororities are housed on Fraternity Court, a 
university-owned project; the remaining fraternities and sororities are located 
throughout the immediate community. 

Rental fees vary in fraternity and sorority houses depending on the individual 
chapter, but are approximately the same as the residence hall rates. 

Academic Policies and 
Procedures 

ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Every regularly enrolled student is assigned for academic advising to a faculty 
member who is normally a member of the department which is, or is most likely 
to become, the student's major department. 

Responsibilities of the Student 

Students have the primary responsibility for planning their individual pro- 
grams and meeting graduation requirements. This involves: (1) keeping up-to- 
date with university, school, and departmental curricular requirements through 
materials available from the faculty advisers or departmental coordinator of 
advising; (2) keeping informed of academic deadlines and changes in academic 
policies as printed in the Student Affairs Bulletin; and (8) consulting with the 
faculty adviser or departmental coordinator of advising during each preregistra- 
tion period, following notification of academic warning status, and at other times 
as needed. 

Responsibilities of the Faculty Adviser 

Although students have the primary responsibility for planning their pro- 
grams, faculty advisers are expected to: (1) be available for conferences at 
appropriate times and places about which their advisees have been informed; (2) 
provide accurate information about academic regulations and procedures, 
course prerequisites, and graduation requirements; (3) assist students in plan- 
ning academic programs suited to their interests and abilities and their career 
objectives; (4) discuss with their advisees appropriate course choices in fulfilling 
curriculum requirements as well as possible consequences of various alternative 
course choices: (5) inform their advisees when the advisee's proposed course 
selections conflict with university academic or curricular regulations; (6) assist 
advisees with following proper procedures for such things as exceptions to the 
course drop deadlines, auditing a course before or after taking it for credit, 
taking a course under the credit by examination policy, registering for 19 or more 
credit hours, registering for CRC interinstitutional courses, or repeating a course 



46 



previously passed; (7) refer their advisees for special testing or counseling as 
needed; (8) assist their advisees in considering the appropriateness of academic 
adjustments where these become necessary in cases of serious injury or illness. 

Responsibilities of the Coordinator of Advising 

Each college or department has a coordinator of advising who is responsible 
for: (1) assigning, training, and supervising faculty advisers; (2) providing up-to- 
date, printed course and curriculum information for advisers and students; (3) 
reassigning to another adviser any student who so requests; and (4) assisting any 
student who wants to major in the coordinator's area of study but is ineligible at 
the time to transfer into it. Students in this category keep their adviser in the 
department in which they are enrolled but consult additionally with the coordi- 
nator of advising for the department offering the curriculum in which they wish 
to enroll. Whenever appropriate, the coordinator will advise students that they 
should consider alternative curricula. 

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

Regular undergraduate degree students are classified at the beginning of each 
semester and summer session. The required number of hours of each classifica- 
tion is: 

Classification Semester Hours of Earned Credit 

Freshman (FR) Fewer than 28 

Sophomore (SO) 28 or more, but fewer than 60 

Junior (JR) 60 or more, but fewer than 92 

Senior (SR) 92 or more 

Agricultural Institute students are designated as first (01) year if they have 
earned fewer than 28 semester credits and second (02) year if they have earned 28 
or more semester credits. 

Unclassified Students (UN) are those working for college credit but not 
enrolled in a degree-granting program. Admission as an unclassified student 
requires the recommendation of the dean of the school in which the student 
wishes to enroll. Unclassified students must meet the same entrance require- 
ments as regular degree students and must meet the same academic require- 
ments to continue. If, at a later date, unclassified students wish to change to 
regular degree status, their credits will be evaluated in terms of the require- 
ments of their intended curriculum. 

Undergraduate Studies (UGS) is the classification used for U. S. citizens who 
have not obtained a baccalaureate degree and who wish to take courses but who 
are not currently admitted to a degree program. To be eligible to register as a 
UGS student, a person should: (a) have acquired a high school diploma or a GED 
certificate; and (b) not have been suspended from any college or university 
(including NCSU) for two full semesters not including summer sessions; and (c) 
not be a degree candidate at NCSU; or (d) be a high school student who has been 
recommended by his/her school and approved by the Undergraduate Admissions 



47 



Office to take lower level courses. Visiting summer sessions students and visiting 
interinstitutional students do not necessarily have to meet the above criteria. 

Post-Baccalaureate Studies (PBS) is the classification used by U.S. citizens 
who wish to take courses beyond the baccalaureate degree but who are not 
currently admitted to a degree program. This classification is closed to interna- 
tional students with the following exceptions: (a) spouses of regularly enrolled 
NCSU degree students; or (b) students enrolled in special programs such as AID, 
FAO. etc., who are approved in advance by the International Student Office and 
the Graduate School. 

All UGS and PBS students must register through the Division for Lifelong 
Education which is located in the Jane S. McKimmon Center for Extension and 
Continuing Education. Persons found eligible to study as UGS or PBS students are 
not to assume that they have received formal admission to the University as either 
undergraduate or graduate degree candidates. To become a degree candidate, 
formal application must be made through the Undergraduate Admissions Office 
or the Graduate School. 

The maximum course load for all UGS and PBS students is two courses plus 
one physical education course each semester or summer session. They may enroll 
in any course offered by the University, provided they have satisfied any required 
prerequisites and space is available. The academic standards applicable to 
undergraduate degree candidates at the University, including the Suspension 
Policy, apply to UGS and PBS students. 

SEMESTER COURSE LOAD 

For undergraduate degree students the maximum course load is 21 credit 
hours a semester and two courses plus PE in a summer session. To carry more 
than the maximum, students must obtain the approval of their academic adviser 
and of their school dean. Undergraduate students who propose to register for 19 
or more credit hours a semester must obtain approval from their academic 
adviser. First semester freshmen with a UPGA of less than 2.0 and continuing 
students with a GPA of less than 2.0 are advised to carry no more than 16 credit 
hours a semester. 

For undergraduate studies students (UGS) the maximum course load is two 
courses plus PE in a regular semester or summer session. Exceptions must be 
approved by the Admissions Office. 

The minimum course load for full-time undergraduate degree students is 12 
credit hours, except in their final semester when a lesser number may be taken if 
that is all the student needs to fulfill the requirements for a degree. In all cases, to 
receive financial aid a student must meet the minimum course load requirements 
of the appropriate funding agency. 

The number of hours for which a student is officially enrolled is that number in 
which the student is enrolled for credit at the end of the second week of classes (i.e., 
the last day to withdraw or drop a course with a refund). 



48 



GRADING SYSTEM 

(Definition of Letter Grades and Grade Points) 

Grade Definition Grade Points Per Credit Hour 

A Excellent 4 

B Good 3 
C Satisfactory ("Passing" for graduate 

students) 2 

D Marginal 1 

NC No Credit 

(The following grades are not used in the calculation of grade point averages.) 

S Satisfactory (Credit-only and certain other courses) 

U Unsatisfactory (Credit-only and certain other courses) 

CR Credit by Examination or Advanced Placement 

IN Incomplete 

LA Temporarily Late 

AU Audit 

NR No Recognition Given for Audit 

W Withdrawal or Late Drop 

Explanation of Letter Grades 

D— Marginal. This grade will be used to recognize that a student's performance 
was marginal but clearly better than that of students who receive NC. 

NC— No Credit. This grade will be used to indicate that the student is not to 
receive course credit. 

S— Satisfactory. This is a passing grade to be awarded only when the quality of 
the student's work is judged to be C or higher level. It is used as the passing grade 
for students who are taking free elective courses under the credit-only option. It 
may also be used for certain courses such as orientation courses, seminars, and 
research problems, in which A, B, and C grades are not appropriate. 

U— Unsatisfactory. This is used to indicate that the student is not to receive 
credit for a credit-only or other course for which the passing grade would be S 
(Satisfactory). 

CR— Credit. This is used by the registrar to indicate course credit received by 
examination or advanced placement as certified by appropriate departments or 
schools. This grade shall be awarded only when the advanced placement testing 
indicates that the quality of the student's work in the course would have been 
expected to be of C or higher level. 

IN— Incomplete. This is a temporary grade. At the discretion of the instructor, 
students may be given an IN grade for work not completed because of a serious 
interruption in their work not caused by their own negligence. An IN must not be 
used, however, as a substitute for an NC when the student's performance in the 
course is deserving of No Credit. An IN is only appropriate when the student's 
record in the course is such that the successful completion of particular assign- 
ments, projects, or tests missed as a result of a documented serious event would 
enable that student to pass the course. Only work missed may be averaged into 
the grades already recorded for that student. An IN grade must be made up by 

49 



the end of the next regular semester (not including summer sessions) in which the 
student is enrolled, provided that this period is not longer than twelve months 
from the end of the semester or summer session in which the work was due. In the 
event that the instructor or department offering the course is not able to provide a 
student with the opportunity to make up the incomplete work by the end of the 
next regular semester in which the student is enrolled or within twelve months, 
whichever is shorter, the instructor or department offering the course must 
notify the student and the Department of Registration and Records of the date of 
the extended deadline for removing the IN grade. 

Any IN grade not removed by the end of the next regular semester in which the 
student is enrolled or by the end of twelve months, whichever is shorter, or by the 
extended deadline authorized by the instructor or department offering the 
course and recorded by the Department of Registration and Records will auto- 
matically become a No Credit (NC) grade and will count as a course attempted. 

Students must not register again for any courses in which they have IN grades; 
such registration does not remove IN grades, and the completion of the course on 
the second occasion will automatically result in an NC for the incompleted course. 

LA — Temporarily Late. The LA is an emergency symbol to be used only when 
grades cannot be reported by the teaching department or the professor on time. 
The LA differs from the IN grade in that the student receiving the LA has 
completed the work of the course including the examination. 

AU — Audit. This is used to indicate that a student has successfully audited a 
course by attending class regularly and completing the instructor's require- 
ments. 

NR — No Recognition Given for Audit. This grade is given if the instructor 
concludes that the auditor has gained little from the course due to poor attend- 
ance or failure to fulfill the instructor's requirements. 

W — Withdrawal or Late Drop. The W will be used to indicate on all students' 
academic records all courses for which they have received official approval to 
drop or from which they have received official approval to withdraw after the 
deadlines. for dropping 100- through 400-level or 500- and 600-level courses. 

GRADE POINT AVERAGE 

The number of credit hours attempted in a semester or summer session (for 
which grades of A, B. C, D, or NC are received) is divided into the total number of 
grade points earned to arrive at the Grade Point Average (GPA). The Grade Point 
Average will be calculated to three decimal points. 

For example, if a student takes 16 credit hours, earning an A in two 3-credit 
courses, a B in one 3-credit course, and a B in one 2-credit course, a C in a 3-credit 
course, and a NC in a 2-credit course, the grade point average would be: 

6 (credits of A) x 4 (grade points per credit hour) = 24 

5 (credits of B) x 3 (grade points per credit hour) = 15 

3 (credits of C) x 2 (grade points per credit hour) = 6 

2 (credits of NC) x (grade points per credit hour) = 

45 
50 



The total number of grade points earned (45) divided by the number of credit 
hours attempted (16) equals the grade point average in this case 2.813. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 

High ranking students in their freshman year are eligible for membership in 
Phi Eta Sigma and Alpha Lambda Delta. Both of these national scholastic 
honoraries require a 3.5 semester grade point average or better during the first 
semester or a cumulative average of 3.5 for both semesters during the freshman 
year. Juniors ranking in the top three percent of their class, seniors ranking in the 
top sixth of their class and outstanding graduate students are eligible for election 
to membership in Phi Kappa Phi. a national scholastic honor society. 

Semester Dean's List — A full-time undergraduate student who earns a 
semester average of 3.5 or better on 12 to 14 hours of course work for which grade 
points are earned or a semester average of 3.25 or better on 15 or more hours of 
course work for which grade points are earned shall be placed on the Dean's List 
for that semester. 

Students are not eligible for the Dean's List in any semester in which they 
receive an NC or IN grade. When IN grades are resolved, however, students who 
are otherwise eligible shall be added retroactively to the Dean's List for that 
semester. Dean's List recognition shall be noted on the student's semester grade 
report and permanent academic record. 

Graduation with Honors— Undergraduate degree honor designations are: 

Cum Laude— for GPA 3.250 through 3.499 

Magna Cum Laude— for GPA 3.500 through 3.749 

Summa Cum Laude — for GPA 3.750 and above 
To be eligible for degree honor designations students must have completed at 
least two semesters and at least 30 credit hours at NCSU. 

Valedictorian, Salutatorian, and Highest Ranking Scholar in a School — 

To be eligible for consideration as valedictorian, salutatorian, or highest ranking 
scholar in a school, an undergraduate student must have received at least 100 
academic credits at North Carolina State University (including credit by exami- 
nation, advanced placement credit, and S/U courses.) These 100 credits may 
include no more than 20 transfer credits through programs officially sponsored 
by North Carolina State University. Specifically, these programs are Cooperat- 
ing Raleigh Colleges, National Student Exchange, International Student Ex- 
change, NCSU sponsored study abroad programs, and the affiliated hospital 
programs in Medical Technology. 

All students whose accumulated grade point averages, based on all courses 
attempted at North Carolina State University, make them eligible for one of 
these honors shall be so recognized. That is, in the case of ties, more than one 
student will receive the honor. However, in the case of ties for valedictorian, no 
salutatorian will be recognized. 



51 



GRADE REPORTS 

At the end of each semester or summer session, Registration and Records issues 
a grade report showing all grades earned during that grading period, as well as 
the record of all previous work taken at this university. 

As part of the registration process students will be asked to verify and/or 
complete an address form giving a mailing address to which grade reports and 
other university correspondence will be mailed. Students have the choice of 
having their grade reports sent either to their parents or guardians, or directly to 
themselves. 

Change of Name or Address— It is the student's responsibility to inform 
Registration and Records of any changes in name or address. Failure to do this 
may prevent prompt delivery of important university correspondence. Also, 
news stories about Dean's List students are sent to N.C. newspapers based on 
hometown information furnished Registration and Records. 

ACADEMIC WARNING 

At the end of any regular semester or summer session a notice of " AC ADEMIC 
WARNING" shall be placed on the grade report of any undergraduate student 
who is not suspended at that time but whose accumulative GPA for courses taken 
at NCSU is less than 2.0. "ACADEMIC WARNING I" shall mean that a student's 
accumulative GPA at NCSU is below the 2.0 minimum required for graduation. 
"ACADEMIC WARNING 11" shall mean that a student's accumulative GPA at 
NCSU is below the minimum required for retention under the next step in the 
graduated GPA suspension policy. 

ACADEMIC SUSPENSION POLICY 

All undergraduate students in any classification must maintain a grade point 
average which will assure that they are making progress toward the 2.0 grade 
point average minimum requirement for graduation. Students will be suspended 
at the end of any regular semester in which they do not meet the minimum 
required accumulative grade point average on all courses taken at NCSU accord- 
ing to the following graduate schedule: 



Total of Hours Attempted at 
NCSU Plus Transferred Hours 

1-27 
28-59 
60-91 
92-123 
124 or more 



Minimum Required Accumulative 
GPA on All Courses Taken at NCSU 

No requirement 

1.25 

1.55 

1.75 

1.95 



Students whose hours attempted at NCSU plus transferred hours total 160 or 
more will not be permitted to register for courses subsequent regular semester 
until their academic record has been reviewed by their school dean in consulta- 
tion with their major department or program. Students who in the judgment of 
their school dean are making appropriate progress toward the fulfillment of 
their degree requirements may be authorized to continue for an additional 



52 



semester without conditions, or with conditions specified in writing. Authoriza- 
tion for these students to continue to register in subsequent semesters may be 
made by the school dean following similar reviews. 

The preceding statements notwithstanding, students shall not be suspended at 
the end of their first regular semester at NCSU. 

Suspended students who are attending a summer session for the purpose of 
improving their academic standing in order to regain eligibility for readmission 
to NCSU will have their suspension continued unless their performance in that 
summer session is sufficient to make them eligible for automatic readmission. A 
student who is not in a suspended status prior to a summer session will not be 
suspended because of performance in that summer session. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

An official withdrawal means that a student is allowed to drop, without aca- 
demic penalty, all of the courses for which he/she is registered in a given semester 
or summer session. For each semester, the official academic calendar indicates 
the dates for withdrawing with a refund (less a registration fee) and for with- 
drawing without academic penalty. After the refund deadline, prorated refunds 
will only be authorized by the Fee Appeals Committee for medical or unusual 
hardship cases. After the official withdrawal period, withdrawals without aca- 
demic penalty are granted only for unforeseeable, unavoidable and exceptional 
grounds. 

The student's record will show the date of withdrawal followed by a list of the 
registered courses marked with a "W", but academic grades and quality points 
are not recorded. Regular (degree candidate) undergraduate and unclassified 
students initiate the official withdrawal process with the Counseling Center, 200 
Harris Hall. Special (i.e., UGS and PBS lifelong education) students initiate their 
withdrawal process with the Division of Lifelong Education, McKimmon Center. 

For degree students, some colleges may require approval or notification of the 
Dean within the official withdrawal period. In cases of withdrawals granted for 
hardship reasons. Dean's approval, and in some cases, approval of the advisor 
and/or coordinator-of-advising is required. Cases of withdrawals granted for 
medical or emotional reason must be approved by the Counseling Center after 
evaluation of available documentation or special situation. 

Parential approval to withdraw may be required for single students who are 
under eighteen. Withdrawal during a semester does not constitute a break in 
residency if the student returns the semester immediately following. In cases 
where a student has obligations to the university for such matters as housing, 
board plan and financial aid, the withdrawal will not be processed by Registra- 
tion and Records until the student has officially cleared the obligations. It is 
highly recommended that students considering withdrawal consult their faculty 
advisor or departmental coordinator-of-advising before initiating the with- 
drawal process. 

READMISSION OF FORMER OR SUSPENDED DEGREE STUDENTS 

A Former Degree Student Returning is one who was not in attendance at all 
during the fall or spring semester prior to applying for re-admission. All former 

53 



degree students returning, both graduates and undergraduates, must apply for 
readmission to the Department of Registration and Records, North Carolina 
State University, Box 7318, Raleigh, North Carolina 27695-7313. Readmission 
applications should be submitted as soon as possible but no later than 30 days 
prior to the date of desired enrollment. Former students returning should be 
aware that enrollment restrictions may be imposed at any time which may affect 
their readmission. A student who received a bachelor's degree must (a) apply for 
admission to the Graduate School; or (b) apply for acceptance as a Post- 
Baccalaureate Studies (PBS) Student through the Division of Lifelong Educa- 
tion; or (c) apply for readmission as a candidate for a second bachelor's degree or 
for a professional degree or as an undergraduate Unclassified Student. Preregis- 
tration alone is not sufficient to enable the student to be readmitted. 

Readmission of Former Degree Students 

Studentfi who were eligible to continue at North Carolina State University at the 
time of their leaving are eligible to be readmitted to their former program 
provided they have a grade point average of 2.00 on all courses taken at NCSU 
and provided there is space available. 

Students who were eligible to continue at North Carolina State University at 
the time of their leaving and who have a grade point average of less than 2.00 on 
all courses taken at NCSU may be determined to be eligible for readmission 
through one of the following procedures: 

a. Students whose grade point average on all courses taken at NCSU is less 
than 2.00 but greater than that required for continuation under the next 
step in the graduated suspension policy are on Academic Warning I. Appli- 
cation for readmission from former students who are or would be on Aca- 
demic Warning I will be reviewed by the Office of Registration and Records. 

b. Students whose grade point average on all courses taken at NCSU is less 
than that required for continuation under the next step in the graduated 
suspension policy but who are not suspended are on Academic Warning II. 
Applications for readmission from former students who are or would be on 
Academic Warning II will be reviewed by the Undergraduate Admissions 
Office. 

c. Former students whose grade point average on all courses taken at NCSU is 
such that they were or would have been suspensed will have their applica- 
tions for readmission reviewed by the University Admissions Committee. If 
readmitted, their academic status will be Academic Warning II. 

Former students whose hours attempted at NCSU plus transferred hours total 
160 or more will have their application for readmission reviewed in consultation 
with the appropriate college dean. If readmitted, they will be notified of any 
applicable conditions with regard to their making appropriate progress toward 
fulfillment of degree requirements. 

Readmission of Suspended Students. 

a. Autoynatic ReodmifiHion. Students who are academically suspended may do 
one one or both of the following: (1) attend any number of summer sessions at 
NCSU; (2) enroll in NCSU Independent Study by Extension courses (for- 

54 



merly called correspondence courses) offered through the UNC Extension 
Division (Address: Independent Study by Extension, 114 Abernethy Hall 
Box 3420, UNC, Chapel Hill, N.C. 27599-3420, Phone: 919-962-1106. 

When by one or both of these methods a suspended student has improved 
his or her academic standing to the extent that the student is no longer 
academically suspended, that student becomes automatically eligible for 
readmission to a regular semester and no letter of appeal to the University 
Admissions Committee by the student is necessary. 

NOTE: Only NCSU courses offered at NCSU summer sessions or NCSU 
courses that are a part of the Independent Study by Extension program may be 
used by suspended students to regain eligibility for automatic readmission. 
Courses taken at an institution other than NCSU or offered by some other 
institution through Independent Study by Extension do not affect a student's 
suspension status at NCSU. 

b. Appeal to the University Adynissions Co7mnittee. A student who is academi- 
cally suspended, who is ineligible for automatic readmission as described 
above, and who feels that extenuating circumstances contributed to that 
suspension, may appeal to the University Admissions Committee for read- 
mission to a regular semester. A letter must be written to the Committee 
stating: 

1. the reasons for former academic difficulty with an explanation of exte- 
nuating circumstances; 

2. why the student believes he or she can now successfully meet all degree 
requirements within a reasonable length of time; 

3. the summer sessions or Independent Study by Extension courses that 
have been completed; and 

4. the address and telephone number to be used for notification of the 
Admissions Committee's decision. 

NOTE: The Admissions Committee will not act on the appeal of any student 
currently enrolled in any Summer School or Independent Study by Exten- 
sion courses. Suspended students whose hours attempted at NCSU plus 
transferred hours are equal to or greater than 160 must be recommended by 
their deans for continuation or readmission before the Admissions Commit- 
tee will review an appeal. 

The letter should be mailed to: Department of Registration and Records. 
Attention: Admissions Committee, North Carolina State University Box 
7313, Raleigh, N.C. 27695. The letter must reach the Department of Regis- 
tration and Records by the following deadlines: 

1. No later than 2 weeks before the first day of classes for the fall semester 
for students who did not attend summer school or who attended first 
summer session only; 

2. No later than 1 week before the first day of classes for the fall semester 
for students who attended second summer session. 

3. No later than 1 week before the first day of classes for the spring 
semester. 

NOTE : The A dmissions Committee meets prior to the first day of classes. A II 
material must be received in accordance with the above dates. 



55 



Intra-Campus Transfers (curriculum change). 

A former student returning who desires a change of curriculum must have his 
or her records transferred to the new college and submit a properly validated 
Curriculum Change Form to the Department of Registration and Records, 1000 
Harris Hall, before readmission can be processed. 

TRANSFER CREDIT 

Transcripts of college course credit for new transfer students and for North 
Carolina State University students who have taken course work at another 
institution are evaluated by the dean of the appropriate school to determine how 
the work applies toward fulfilling the graduation requirements of each student's 
intended curriculum. 

Students admitted to an NCSU undergraduate degree program who wish to 
take courses at another institution must obtain prior endorsement from their 
academic department and prior written approval from their school dean in order 
to insure that the transfer credits will apply toward fulfilling specific graduation 
requirements. 

Transfer credit is not recorded on former students' permanent records until 
after they have been readmitted and have reenrolled. 

REPEATING COURSES 

Students who repeat a course, regardless of the grade previously made, will 
have both grades counted in their cumulative Grade Point Average, except as 
indicated below. Undergraduate students may be allowed as many semester 
hours as are appropriate in the departmental curriculum for courses that: 1) are 
titled seminar, special problems, special topics, independent study or research 
(usually numbered 290-299, 490-499 or 590-599) and 2) cover topics different 
from those studied when the courses were previously taken. Unless a course 
satisfies one or the other of the above conditions, the semester hours will be 
counted only once toward the number of hours required for graduation even 
though students repeat and pass the course both times. 

The adviser's approval is required for students to repeat any course previously 
passed with a C or better. Such approval should not be given when students wish 
to repeat a course which they have already passed with a grade of A or B. Nor 
should it be given when: 1) students wish to repeat a lower division course that 
they have passed with a grade of C or better after having successfully completed 
an advanced course covering the same material, 2) students wish to repeat a 
lower level course that they have passed with a C or better which is a prerequisite 
for an advanced course that they had already successfully completed, (3) students 
wish to take an introductory course after they have successfully completed an 
advanced course dealing with similar material, or (4) students wish to repeat a 
course in which they have an outstanding grade of IN. 

Students must not register again for any courses in which they have IN grades. 
Such registration does not remove IN grades, and the completion of the course on 
the second occasion will automatically result in an NC for the incompleted course. 
For information, contact the Department of Registration and Records, 1000 
Harris, 737-2572. 

56 



A student is eligible to repeat without penalty a maximum of three courses (but 
not more than 12 credit hours) at the 100- and/or 200-level provided all of the 
following criteria have been satisfied: (1) each course to be repeated was com- 
pleted for the first time in the 1984 fall semester or during any regular semester 
or summer session thereafter at NCSU, (2) the student received a grade of D or 
NC on each course to be repeated, and (3) the student completes each repeated 
course at NCSU no later than twelve months from the date on which he or she 
completed the course on the first enrollment or when the course is next offered, 
whichever is later. (4) The student can receive the benefits of this policy only once 
for each course repeated. 

To repeat a course without penalty under this policy means that an eligible 
student who completes for the second time a 100- or 200-level NCSU course may 
have the grade points and the credit hours attempted and earned on the first 
completion of the course removed from the calculation of his or her cumulative 
GPA, and from the calculation of the total hours attempted under the provisions 
of the suspension policy. The course title and grade on the first completion will 
continue to be shown on the official record. 

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

Undergraduate students currently registered at NCSU (degree, unclassified, 
or special) may request an examination for course credit in a course whether 
enrolled in that course or not, under the conditions described below. Students 
must initiate a request with their adviser (except when a teaching department 
awards credit based upon group testing for placement purposes). Should the 
adviser approve, the student must arrange for the examination with the depart- 
ment offering the course. The department may administer the examination in 
any manner pertinent to the materials of the course. Departments are encour- 
aged to offer credit by examination in all courses but have the prerogative of 
excluding certain courses which are demonstrably unsuited for credit by 
examination. 

The academic standards for credit by examination will be commensurate with 
the academic standards for the course. If a student's performance on the exami- 
nation is judged to be of C or higher quality, the department will notify the 
Department of Registration and Records on a Late Grade Report Form that the 
student has received Credit by Examination for the course. The Department of 
Registration and Records will enter the appropriate number of credit hours on 
the student's permanent academic record. Credits earned through Credit by 
Examination are not used in the computation of a student's grade point average. 

The Department of Registration and Records will post course credit by exami- 
nation to a student's permanent academic record only if that student is currently 
registered at NCSU. However, if the course credit by examination would enable 
a student to complete the requirements for a degree, that student would not have 
to be registered in order to receive the credit. 

If a student fails to achieve C or higher quality work on an attempted credit by 
examination, no action is required other than the department's notifying the 
student. However, that student is not eligible for another such examination in the 
same course. 



57 



Once a student has failed a course or has completed for credit or audited more 
than fifty percent of a course, the student may not attempt credit by examination 
for that course. Under unusual circumstances, exceptions may be made upon the 
written recommendation of the student's adviser and the approval of the depart- 
ment offering the course. A student who receives credit by examination in a 
course in which that student is currently enrolled must officially drop that course 
no later than mid-semester. 

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION THROUGH INDEPENDENT STUDY 

Persons who are not currently enrolled on campus and who have gained 
through study or experience, knowledge of the content of undergraduate credit 
courses offered through Independent Study may (with the approval of the Inde- 
pendent Study staff and the academic department offering a course) receive 
credit for that course by special examination. Students may request approval to 
attempt credit by examination by completing and submitting a form available 
from the Independent Study Office, 114 Abernethy Hall, Box 3420. UNC-CH, 
Chapel Hill, N.C. 27599-3420 (962-1106). 

Currently enrolled students are not eligible for credit by examination through 
Independent Study. These students should go directly to the appropriate aca- 
demic department to request credit by examination under the regular proce- 
dures in effect on campus. 

CREDIT-ONLY OPTION FOR FREE ELECTIVE COURSES 

Each undergraduate student has the option to count toward graduation 
requirements a maximum of 12 semester hours in the category of credit-only 
courses (exclusive of courses authorized to be graded on Satisfactory-Unsatis- 
factory basis). The student may select as credit-only any course offered by the 
university except those in Military Science and Aerospace Studies. Selected 
course must be included under the free elective category of the specified curricu- 
lum in which the student is enrolled. The student will be responsible for attend- 
ance, assignments, and examinations. 

The student's performance in a credit-only course will be reported as S (satis- 
factory grade for credit-only course and given when course work is equivalent to 
C or better) or U (no-credit grade for credit-only course). The grade for a credit- 
only course will have no effect on the student's Grade Point Average. The course 
and its grade will be counted in the cumulative hours attempted. Credit-only 
courses do not count in the calculation of eligibility for the Semester Dean's List, 
which requires either twelve hours or fifteen hours of course work for which grade 
points are earned. 

Lifelong Education Students may take on a credit-only basis any course for 
which they satisfy prerequisites. 

AUDITS (UNDERGRADUATE) 

Students wishing to audit a course before or after taking it for credit must have 
the approval of their adviser and of the department offering the course. Auditors 
are expected to attend class regularly. The degree to which an auditor must 

58 



participate in class beyond regular attendance is optional with the instructor; 
any such requirements should be clearly explained in writing to the auditor at the 
beginning of the semester. Should the instructor conclude that poor attendance 
has resulted in an auditor's gaining little from the course, the instructor should 
mark NR (no recognition given for an audit) on the final grade report. Students 
who have taken a course for audit may, with their adviser's approval enroll in the 
course for credit during a subsequent semester or summer session. For tuition 
cost purposes, audits are treated as full credit value. For all other purposes, hours 
of audit do not count in calculating undergraduate course loads. 

NOTE: Veteran's benefits are governed by Veterans Administration regulation 
concerning audits. Public Law 9U-502 (G.I. Bill) and Public Law 634^ (sons and 
daughters of deceased or disabled veterans) consider only courses being taken for 
credit when determining a student 's load for benefit purposes. See Veterans Affairs 
Office, Harris Hall. 

INTRA-CAMPUS TRANSFERS 

Undergraduate students wishing to change from one curriculum to another 
must report to the dean's office of the college offering the curriculum in which 
entrance is desired and request acceptance into the new college or curriculum. 

A student who has attempted fetver than tivelve credit hours at NCSU may 
transfer to another curriculum provided that student meets the admission 
requirements of the intended new curriculum. A student who has attempted twelve 
or more credit hours at NCSU may transfer to another curriculum provided that 
student is eligible to do so under the intra-campus transfer policy which pertains to 
the intended curriculum. 

If acceptance is approved, a Curriculum Change Form will be issued, bearing 
the signature of the accepting dean. If the former curriculum was in a different 
school, the Curriculum Change Form should be submitted for the signature of the 
releasing dean with the request that all records be transferred to the new college 
and department. From the standpoint of advising, preregistration, and adding 
and dropping courses, the student is considered to be in the new curriculum as 
soon as the Curriculum Change Form is completed and filed with the Depart- 
ment of Registration and Records and the records of the student have been 
transferred to the new department. 



Code of Conduct 



All students who enroll at North Carolina State University are required to 
adhere to the Student Body Code of Conduct. This code prescribes that University 
students must not lie, cheat, or steal nor exhibit behavior which does not reflect 
the standards of the Student Body. Students charged with and found guilty of 
committing such acts will be subject to disciplinary action. Sanctions include oral 
reprimand, written reprimand, in-kind restitution, restriction of privileges, dis- 
ciplinary probation, disciplinary eviction, interim suspension, suspension, and 
expulsion. 



59 



Student Services 

ACADEMIC SKILLS PROGRAM 

The Academic Skills Program, located in 528-A Poe Hall (737-3163) and in 124 
Reynolds Coliseum (737-2464), provides a variety of academic support services 
for undergraduate students. Free tutorials are available in many subject areas, 
with emphasis being placed on freshman and sophomore courses in English, 
foreign languages, mathematics, and sciences. However, students needing such 
assistance in any course may contact the Academic Skills Program staff. 

A comprehensive and integrated program of academic support is available for 
those students whose educational backgrounds are such that thay are likely to 
experience difficulty in making the transition to the rigorous demands of the 
university. Through tutoring, reading and study skills improvement programs, 
counseling, vocational guidance and special interest workshops, participants can 
be helped to get off to a good start in their college work. 

The Academic Skills Program also provides academic advising for University 
Undesignated Freshmen, students who have enrolled at NCSU without having 
chosen a major field of study. The objective of this activity is to introduce unde- 
cided students to the wide variety of academic disciplines on campus and to help 
them make informed decisions about their major fields of study. 

Study Skills Training. Seminars designed to assist students in developing more 

effective study techniques are conducted periodically upon request by the Aca- 
demic Skills Program. Handouts on this subject are also available to students. 
Contact the Academic Skills Program, 528-A Poe, 737-3163. 

ACCIDENT AND HEALTH INSURANCE 

The university offers a student accident and health insurance program. The 
insurance covers the surgical, accident, and hospital needs of the student as a 
supplement to the Student Health Service. Each year complete information will 
be made available to students before school opens. 

Health Educators offers a variety of information, programs and services to 
students. Health topics include weight-control, alcohol and drug education, 
stress management, first aid, sexually transmitted diseases, women's issues and 
more. 

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT CENTER 

The Center offers assistance to all students at the university on a year round 
basis. Advice on the relationship of professional goals to various programs of 
study and assistance in identifying individual aptitudes and abilities affecting 
career potential are available. Students are encouraged to participate in a Career 
Planning Workshop in the freshman or sophomore year. 

The center coordinates job interviews between students and employer repre- 
sentatives. Seniors are urged to use this placement service for interviewing with 
potential employers. The staff also recommends contacts with employers not 
scheduled to visit the campus. 

60 



COUNSELING 

The Counseling Center assists individuals in gaining a better understanding of 
themselves. Psychologists, professional counselors, and psychiatrists are availa- 
ble to work with students who desire assistance with concerns such as: choosing a 
career; academic planning; identifying and overcoming educational difficulties; 
developing greater self-understanding; developing more satisfying personal 
relations; and coping with stress or emotional crisis. All counseling is strictly 
confidential. 

In addition to one-to-one and group counseling for individuals and couples, 
workshops are offered throughout the year in a variety of areas, including 
vocational exploration, study skills, anxiety-reduction, and assertive behavior. 

Counseling services are available without cost to all enrolled NCSU students, 
and some services are available to prospective students. Appointments may be 
scheduled over the telephone by calling 737-2424 or in person by coming to 200 
Harris Hall. (Evening appointments are available.) 

FOOD SERVICE 

Meal Plans. University Dining's meal plans offer students flexibility and 
convenience. The four meal plan choices are: the Gold Card, 20-meal plan, any-15 
meal plan, and 15-meal plan M-F. Participation in the meal plan program is 
required for all freshmen living on campus. Students other than freshmen may 
participate as space permits. 

Dining Services. University Dining operates 15 locations across campus offer- 
ing a wide variety of food choices. The Dining Hall serves as the main hub for the 
meal-plan programs and offers an all-you-can-eat menu. Also located on campus 
are convenience stores, ice cream parlors, a deli, cafeteria-type areas, the cater- 
ing division, and the Special Edition steakhouse. A debit card program, the 
AllCampus Money Card, provides the opportunity to eat in all areas of the 
campus without carrying cash. 

HANDICAPPED STUDENTS 

Students requiring special assistance because of visual, hearing, learning or 
motor handicaps should contact Handicapped Student Services, NCSU, Box 
7312, Raleigh, NC 27695-7312 (200 Harris Hall), 737-7653. Interpreter, tutorial, 
notetaker and/or reader services are available by contacting the center. 

Direct services for all learning disabled students, such as assessment, educa- 
tional counseling, and arrangements for appropriate academic support can also 
be initiated by the Handicapped Student Services. 

Those students needing special assistance in scheduling courses should make 
contact as far as possible in advance of preregistration deadlines. 

HEALTH 

The university seeks to safeguard the health of the students in every way 
possible. The Student Health Service, located in Clark Hall Infirmary, offers 
medical care to students on an outpatient and inpatient basis. The facility is 



61 



staffed by full-time physicians, registered nurses and other medical support 
personnel. 

During most of the fall and spring semesters, the Health Service is open 24 
hours a day, seven days a week. Only an outpatient clinic is operated during the 
summer session, some student holidays, and semester breaks. Physicians main- 
tain regular office hours Monday through Friday and are on call at all times to 
assist the nurses on duty when a patient's condition warrants immediate 
attention. 

All registered students pay a medical fee which covers both inpatient and 
outpatient professional services; i.e., visits to nurse or M.D., routine laboratory 
procedures and some medications available in the student pharmacy. There is a 
nominal charge for x-rays, some lab tests, allergy injections, some medications 
and special clinics. Students are responsible for the cost of laboratory tests and 
x-rays which must be performed by an off-campus agency, medications not 
available in the student pharmacy, and expenses incurred when referred to an 
off-campus M.D. or hospital. 

All health and medical information is confidential and is not divulged to 
anyone without the written consent of the patient. 

LAUNDRY AND DRY CLEANING 

The University operates a laundry and dry cleaning facility on campus at 
reasonable prices. Branch offices are located in the residence halls for the conven- 
ience of the students. 

LINEN RENTAL 

During the regular academic year and summer school students may rent a 
linen bundle (consisting of 2 twin bed sheets, 3 towels, pillowcase) and/or pillow 
at a reasonable rate. The students may exchange linen weekly at the branch 
offices in the residence halls or the main laundry on Yarborough Drive. 

CLOTHESLINE 

Clothesline offers a convenient and economical way to keep clothes clean. 
NCSU Laundry and Dry Cleaners will wash, dry and fold laundry, wash and 
press shirts or blouses, and dryclean items, all for a reasonable bulk rate. 

These services are available to both on- and off-campus students. Application 
forms are mailed in July to each resident student. Questions about the Clothesline 
or Linen Rental programs should be directed to the Manager of the Laundry, 
Yarborough Drive, N.C. State University. 

Upon withdrawal from the program, and at the request of the user, refunds are 
made based on weeks used, less a small handling charge. 

T(;t^ PEER MENTOR PROGRAM 

The Peer Mentor Program is a student-peer-helper program through which 
academically talented upperclass African-American students serve as "mentors" 
to entering African-American students. This program stresses the mentoring 



62 



process as a prime motivating factor in the recruitment, retention, and gradua- 
tion of minority students from this university. It assists the freshmen in making a 
successful transition to campus life by providing them with a supportive contact 
person who acts as a sounding board for personal adjustment problems; inter- 
prets university policies; makes proper referrals; and generally, provides them 
with strategies for academic, emotional, and social success at NCSU. 

All incoming African-American freshmen are assigned a peer mentor prior to 
their arrival on campus. These freshmen are paired with upperclass students 
who are in the same major whenever possible. Because the peer mentors are 
trained in "helping skills" and possess a working knowledge of the campus 
environment, they play a significant role in influencing students' perceptions of 
themselves and of the potential benefits and rewards which can be gained from 
the post-secondary learning experience. 

NCSU BOOKSTORES 

The official campus source for all course-books is NCSU Bookstores, consisting 
of the main store, located on East Dunn Avenue, and the North Campus Shop, 
located in the lower level of Erdahl-Cloyd Annex of the D. H. Hill Library. At the 
main store, the book division provides textbooks, fiction, non-fiction, technical 
and reference titles, publishers' overstock and remainders, college outlines, 
paperbacks, book reviews, periodicals and calendars. The merchandise division 
carries school supplies, personal computers with accessories and supplies, art 
and engineering supplies, greeting cards, health and beauty aids, imprinted 
sportswear, souvenirs, and convenience items. Special orders are accepted for 
books and merchandise. Purchases may be charged by VISA, MasterCard, or 
AllCampus Money Card. During the opening of fall and spring semesters, the 
main store is open specified evenings, in addition to each Tuesday evening and 
Saturday when classes are in session. North Campus Shop specializes in compu- 
ter supplies, sale books, magazines, college outlines, greeting cards, souvenirs, 
gifts, and convenience items. The entire operation of NCSU Bookstores is com- 
pletely self-supporting, with its annual surplus transferred to NCSU Scholar- 
ship Fund. 

TRANSPORTATION 

Operation and parking a vehicle on campus is a privilege, not a right. There are 
very few parking spaces for the number of people with on campus parking needs; 
therefore, students are encouraged to use transportation other than personal 
automobiles. There are various alternatives that may be chosen such as motorcy- 
cles, mopeds, bicycles, and carpools. Each alternative is both economical and 
convenient. 

The university's special transit service, Wolfline, accommodates students liv- 
ing off-campus in nearby apartment complexes. Tickets for Wolfline may be 
picked up at the Parking Services Office and at both NCSU Bookstores. The 
Capitol Area Transit Service (CAT) is available for students living throughout 
Raleigh. 



63 



Any student parking a car on campus is required to have a permit. Freshman 
residents and off-campus students living within a one mile radius of campus are 
not eligible for campus parking permits. Continuing students are encouraged to 
register for the appropriate parking permit during the Permit Pre-registration 
Program offered each spring. Parking permits are sold on a seniority basis 
(graduate, senior, junior, etc.) to most students who live off-campus. 

Any person who brings a vehicle on campus is responsible for compliance with 
campus Parking and Traffic Rules and Regulations. 

For more information on parking and transportation, please contact the Divi- 
sion of Transportation, NCSU Campus. Box 7221, Raleigh, North Carolina, 
27695-7221, (919) 737-3424. 



Student Activities 

The University makes every effort to provide surroundings which are pleasant 
and conducive to intellectual growth. In addition, a wide variety of athletic, 
cultural, and social opportunities are available to students. Through the services 
and activities affiliated with campus life, as well as through extra-curricular 
organizations and functions, the student at N.C. State may acquire experience in 
group leadership and community living to supplement and enrich the academic 
component of his education. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

Every NCSU student is a member of a community which exercises executive, 
legislative, and judicial authority in matters of student affairs. Students have a 
voice in government through participation in campus-wide elections of officers, 
legislators, and judiciary members. 

CLUBS AND SOCIETIES 

Honorary. University-wide honorary societies include Golden Chain, senior 
leadership; Thirty and Three, sophomore leadership; Phi Eta Sigma and Alpha 
Lambda Delta, freshman scholarship; Gamma Beta Phi, scholarship and service; 
and Phi Kappa Phi, junior, senior, and graduate student scholarship. 

Professional and Technical Organizations. The colleges and departments of 
the university sponsor or supervise a large number of professional and technical 
societies and clubs. These organizations contribute substantially to students' 
professional and social growth. 

Fraternities and Sororities. Twenty-four national general college fraterni- 
ties have chapters at State. They are Alpha Gamma Rho, Alpha Phi Alpha, Delta 
Sigma Phi, Delta Upsilon, FarmHouse, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Alpha Psi, Kappa 
Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Omega Psi Phi, Phi Beta Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, Phi 
Kappa Tau, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Alpha 
Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Tau Kappa Epsilon, 
Theta Chi, and Theta Tau. 



64 



State has eight national general college sororities. They are Alpha Delta Pi, 
Alpha Kappa Alpha, Alpha Xi Delta, Chi Omega, Delta Sigma Theta, Sigma 
Gamma Rho, Sigma Kappa, and Zeta Tau Alpha. 

Other Organizations. There are over 250 other student organizations, most of 
which are open to all interested students. 

STUDENT MEDIA 

North Carolina State students have the opportunity to edit and manage a 
variety of student-oriented media. By working with these media a student may 
gain valuable extra-curricular experience in journalism, broadcasting, produc- 
tion and design, leadership, and management. 

There are four media supported in large part by a designated portion of each 
student's non-academic fees and staffed by students. 

The Agromeck, the University yearbook, provides a record in words and 
pictures of student and campus activities during the past year. 

The Technician, the student newspaper, is published three mornings a week. 

The Windhover,the campus literary magazine, is published each spring. 

WKNC (88.1-FM), the student radio station, operates at 3000 watts, enabling 
it to be heard within a 42-mile radius of Raleigh. The station operates 24 hours a 
day with a full staff of engineers, disc jockeys, and news personnel. 

Several of the colleges have their own publications dealing with material of 
special interest to students in these areas. The publications include Agri-Life, 
Agriculture and Life Sciences; the Pi-Ne-Tum, Forest Resources; The Southern 
Engineer, Engineering; The Textile Forum, Textiles; The Publications of the 
School of Design; and The Scientist, Physical and Mathematical Sciences. 

MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS 

Since the early days of North Carolina State, musical organizations have 
played an important part in campus life presenting concerts, furnishing music 
for official university functions and performing at athletic events. The combined 
membership of these organizations constitutes the largest voluntary student 
organization on campus. Students may join the bands, choral organizations, 
orchestras, and pipes and drums by reporting for an audition at the time and 
location indicated in the orientation schedule. Rehearsals are arranged to avoid 
conflicts with other classes or with study time. Membership in all musical organ- 
izations is open to any regularly enrolled student. 

Bands. The Symphonic Band, the Fanfare Band, the British Brass Band and 
the Marching Band make up the four divisions of the N. C. State bands. Each 
band serves a specific purpose and assignments are made according to individual 
interests and abilities. The Symphonic, Fanfare and Brass Bands are concert 
organizations. The Marching Band is active only during football season. 

Choral Groups. The Varsity Men's Glee Club, the University Choir, the 
Rehearsal Choir, the Chamber Music Singers and the New Horizons Choir make 
up the five choral divisions. Placement in an organization is made according to 
the student's abilities and interest. These groups present concerts each year, both 



65 



on and off campus, as well as making radio and television appearances, record- 
ings, tours and providing small ensembles for special occasions. 

Orchestras. Members of the Raleigh Civic Symphony and the Concert Orches- 
tra include NCSU students and faculty, students and faculty from area colleges 
and universities, and community members. Placement is according to individual 
ability, interest, and time to practice and rehearse. A wide range of orchestral 
music is read and performed, with concerts given on and off campus. Provisions 
are made for those with an interest in string quartet and other small ensemble 
experience. An Intermediate String Class is available for those who desire to 
improve their technical skills and who seek further playing experience before 
performing with one of the orchestras. 

NCS Pipes and Drums. Students may learn to play the bagpipes, an instru- 
ment known to many of North Carolina's early settlers, and represent the univer- 
sity through this unique and distinctive medium. The NCS Pipes and Drums 
performs several times throughout the year at University and community func- 
tions. Pipes, drums, and equipment are furnished. 

Musician-in-Residence. North Carolina State University established this 
special chair in the Music Department to facilitate the university's cultural 
development. Performing musicians are appointed to this position on a rotating 
basis. They are available without charge to all university classes and organiza- 
tions for concerts and presentations. 

UNIVERSITY STUDENT CENTER 

The University Student Center provides a focal point for much of the extra- 
curricular life on campus featuring lounge areas, vending areas, a game room, 
dining facilities, meeting rooms and much more. 

The majority of the activity in the student center focus on the arts. Stewart 
Theatre presents an extensive professional performing arts season of music, 
dance, theatre, comedy and more during the Center Stage season. Students may 
attend performances by some of the world's greatest actors at reduced rates. 
Lectures, films, debates and other special events are also held in the 816-seat 
facility. 

The Visual Arts Programs Office maintains the University's permanent art 
collection. Many exhibitions and special educational programs are presented in 
the center each year. 

The University Student Center is guided by the student officers of the Union 
Activities Board, committee chairmen and a student-faculty board of directors. 
Student committees are involved in all of the arts areas in addition to committees 
on lectures, films, game tournaments, black cultural programs, international 
student programs, coffee houses, dances and more. 

The center also houses the student newspaper offices, the yearbook office, radio 
station. Student Government offices, the International Student Office, the Inter- 
Fraternity Council office, and space for religious workers, volunteer services, 
and the student leadership center. 

Other cultural programs and opportunities provided by branches of the Stu- 
dent Center include: Thompson Theatre, where students participate in acting, 
producing, and writing their own theatre productions; Price Music Center, 

66 



where students participate in a wide range of choral and instrumental groups; 
and the Craft Center, where students receive instruction in a broad range of 
crafts. 

THOMPSON THEATRE 

Thompson Theatre is a student oriented theatre with an emphasis on flexibility 
and experimentation. Each production is open to all NCSU students, whether 
experienced or not, as actors, technicians, crew members and directors. 

Major productions are directed and produced by the professional theatre staff. 
Experimental studio theatre productions are completely produced by students 
under the guidance and supervision of the professional staff. There are also black 
theatre and children's theatre productions. 

Thompson Theatre works closely with the Department of Speech-Communi- 
cation which offers several courses for those interested in theatre. 

The University Players is the student organization within the theatre which 
recommends theatre operating policies and helps to determine the theatre's 
program. 

STEWART THEATRE 

Stewart Theatre, located in the University Student Center, offers an opportun- 
ity for students and other members of the university community to see and hear 
the best in professional performances: plays, jazz, pops, folk and chamber music 
concerts, both modern dance and ballet, films and lectures. Special rates are 
available to NCSU students. 

CRAFTS CENTER 

Located on the ground floor of the Thompson building is one of the finest crafts 
facilities on any southeastern university campus. Instruction is offered in ceram- 
ics, woodworking, photography, textile design, weaving and a host of other 
crafts. The facilities are also available for independent work. The Crafts Center is 
open year-round. Supplies for most crafts can be purchased at the center. 

LEADERSHIP TRAINING 

The Student Leadership Center, sponsored by the University Student Cen- 
ter, offers a variety of programs such as the Leadership Development Series and 
the Role Model Leader's Forum that are designed to give all NCSU students the 
opportunity to explore the nature of leadership and to develop their own leader- 
ship potential and skills in living. The Leadership Development Series consists of 
approximately 50 non-credit three-hour modules that focus on different aspects 
of leadership. These modules are normally offered on Monday and Tuesday 
evenings and at least once each semester. Further information may be obtained 
from 3111 University Student Center (737-2452). 

A Leader's Reaction Course is maintained and operated by the Military 
Science Department. This course is designed to provide practical experience in 
problem-solving, decision-making, and directing the activities of small groups. 



67 



The course is available to all student organizations and activities officially recog- 
nized by the university. Its use must be coordinated through the Professor of 
Military Science. 

The Pershing Rifles is a student organization open to all students at North 
Carolina State University. Members of the Pershing Rifles participate in drill 
and ceremony activities to include the colorguard at home football and basketball 
games. Additionally, they participate in parades in the local area and regional 
drill meets. The Pershing Rifles is sponsored by the Army ROTC, though partici- 
pants are not required to be enrolled in the ROTC program. 

The Ranger Challenge Team is a cadet organization open to members of the 
Wolfpack Battalion. Members of the Ranger Challenge Team participate in 
many physically and mentally demanding activities throughout the school year, 
including tactical exercises, rope bridging, road marching, land navigation, 
helicopter flights, and competitions. The Ranger Challenge Team is sponsored by 
Army ROTC. 

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS 

The Department of Athletics conducts the university's intercollegiate athletics 
program involving 13 varsity sports for men and 11 for women. 

The athletics program is administered by the Athletics Director with the 
Athletics Council, made up of seven faculty, three alumni and three students, 
serving in an advisory capacity to the Athletics Director and Chancellor. The 
program is self-supporting and is operated through gate receipts, radio and 
television revenues, and student fees. Funds for athletics grants-in-aid are pro- 
vided through the North Carolina State Student Aid Association (Wolfpack 
Club). Grants-in-aid are based upon the recommendation of the coach of each 
sport and approved by the Athletics Director and awarded by the university's 
Financial Aid Office. 

Men's varsity sports include soccer, cross country, and football in the fall; 
basketball, swimming, fencing, rifle, indoor track, and wrestling in the winter; 
and track, golf, tennis, and baseball in the spring. Varsity sports for women are 
soccer, cross country, and volleyball in the fall; basketball, indoor track, swim- 
ming, fencing, rifle, and gymnastics in the winter; and track, and tennis in the 
spring. 

The university facilities include Carter-Finley Stadium (45,600 seats); Rey- 
nolds Coliseum (12,000 seats for basketball); Doak Field (3,800 seats for baseball); 
the Paul H. Derr Track Stadium (3,000 seats), with a nine-lane tartan track; a 
2,200 seat swimming stadium, with a 25-yard by 25-meter pool and a 50-meter 
practice pool; a soccer field (6,000 seats); and a 12-court all-weather tennis 
complex. In addition, the Wolfpack athletics administrative offices, women's 
intercollegiate coaches offices, several men's sports coaches offices, and an athlet- 
ics dining hall are housed in the Case Athletics Center. The Weisiger-Brown 
General Athletics Facility houses the football, track and wrestling coaches' 
offices, a weight room, a wrestling room, a training room, an equipment room, 
and dressing rooms for football, wrestling, and track. Reynolds Coliseum has a 
weight room, training room, and locker and dressing facilities for the women's 



68 



sports and dressing rooms for the men's sports of basketball, baseball, soccer, and 
tennis. 

INTRAMURAL-RECREATIONAL SPORTS 

North Carolina State University maintains an extensive program of intra- 
mural-recreational sports administered by the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion. This program is divided into the areas of intramural sports, extramural 
sports, club sports, and special events. 

The intramural sports program is available to all students, faculty, and staff. 
Twenty-three individual and team sports are offered and participants may join 
through different programs; i.e.. residence halls, fraternities, sororities, open 
and co-recreational divisions. 

Club sports programs are available to those interested in specialized activities 
that provide opportunities for instructional experiences, a higher level of compe- 
tition. or recreational and social benefits. At present, the active clubs recognized 
are: Aerobics. Archery. Association of Retired Faculty Exercise Club, Badmin- 
ton. Bowling. Country & Western Dance. Cricket, Frisbee. Handball. Ice Hockey, 
Judo. Lacross (Men). Lacrosse (Women), Outing. Racquetball. Rodeo, Rugby, 
Sailing. Snow Ski. Soccer (Men). Tae Kwon Do (Chung Do Kwon). Tae Kwon Do 
(Moo Do Kwon). Volleyball. Water Polo, and Water Ski. 

"Big Four Sports Day" is an extramural event for men and women represent- 
ing North Carolina State. UNC-Chapel Hill. Duke, and Wake Forest. The compe- 
tition includes the sports of badminton, basketball, bowling, cross country, golf, 
racquetball, Softball, swimming, table tennis, tennis, and volleyball. 

The Intramural-Recreational Sports Program is comprehensive in scope and 
committed to meeting the sports and physical activity needs of the students, 
facultv. and staff at North Carolina State Universitv. 



Policy on Illegal Drugs 

The following policy on illegal drugs was adopted by the North Carolina State 
University Board of Trustees on April 16, 1988: 

Purpose 

Reflecting its concern over the threat which illegal drugs constitute to higher 
education communities, the Board of Governors of the University of North Caro- 
lina adopted a policy on illegal drugs on January 15, 1988. The Board of Gover- 
nors' policy requires each constituent institution's Board of Trustees to develop a 
policy on illegal drugs applicable to all students, faculty members, administra- 
tors, and other employees. The policy for each campus must address particular 
circumstances and needs while being fully consistent with specified minimum 
requirements for enforcement and penalties. 

To assist North Carolina State University in its continuing efforts to meet the 
threat of illegal drugs, and to comply with the Board of Governors' policy, the 
Board of Trustees adopts the policy set forth below. This policy is intended to 

69 



demonstrate the University's primary commitment to education, counseling, 
rehabilitation, and elimination of illegal drugs, as well as ite determination to 
impose penalties in the event of violation of state and federal drug laws consistent 
with all due process protection rights. 

Education, Counseling, and Rehabilitation 

North Carolina State University shall maintain a program of education 
designed to help all members of the University community avoid involvement 
with illegal drugs. The educational program shall emphasize the incompatibility 
of the use or sale of illegal drugs with the goals of the University, the legal 
consequences of involvement with illegal drugs, the medical and psychological 
implications of the use of illegal drugs, and the ways in which illegal drugs 
jeopardize an individual's present accomplishments and future opportunities. 
Specific elements of the education program are: 

1. Publicizing the University's policy in the Student Code of Conduct, the 
undergraduate and graduate catalogs, and other publications distributed to 
students, faculty, administrators, and other employees. The latter publications 
include the official bulletin, the Student Handbook, the Faculty Handbook, the 
Advisers' Handbook, and the Human Resources newsletter. 

2. Continuing and expanding the drug education program conducted by Stu- 
dent Health Service. 

3. Continuing development of courses on drug education. 

4. Continuing the drug education component of the employees' Wellness 
Program. 

5. Increasing the awareness and utilization of the University's Employee 
Assistance Program (EAP). 

The University shall disseminate information about drug counseling and 
rehabilitation services that are available to members of the University commun- 
ity. Persons who voluntarily avail themselves of such services shall be assured 
that applicable professional standards of confidentiality will be observed and 
that such participation will not be the basis for disciplinary action. Specific 
counseling and rehabilitation efforts include: 

1. Continuing the evaluation and referral services of the Counseling Center for 
out-patient and in-patient rehabilitation. 

2. Continuing the consultation and evaluation portions of the Student Health 
Service's drug education program. 

3. Utilizing the Employee Assistance Program's referral to existing com- 
munity-based counseling and rehabilitation services. 

Enforcement and Penalties 

Students, faculty members, administrators, and other employees are responsi- 
ble, as citizens, for knowing about and complying with the provisions of North 
Carolina law that make it a crime to possess, sell, deliver, or manufacture those 
drugs designated collectively as "controlled substances" in Article 5 of Chapter 
90 of the North Carolina General Statutes. The University will initiate its own 
disciplinary proceeding against a student, faculty member, administrator, or 
other employee when the offense is deemed to affect the interests of the Univer- 

70 



sity. Penalties will be imposed by the University in accordance with procedural 
safeguards applicable to disciplinary actions against students, faculty members, 
administrators, and other employees, as required by Section 502D(3) and Section 
603 of the University Code, by Board of Governors' policies applicable to other 
employees exempt from the State Personnel Act. and by regulations of the State 
Personnel Commission. The penalties to be imposed by the University may range 
from written warnings with probationary status to expulsions from enrollment 
and discharges from employment. However, the following minimum penalties, 
as prescribed by the Board of Governors, shall be imposed for the particular 
offenses described. 

Trafficking in Illegal Drugs 

1. For the illegal manufacture, sale or delivery, or possession with intent to 
manufacture, sell or deliver, of any controlled substance identified in Schedule 1, 
N. C. General Statutes 90-89. or Schedule 11. N. C. General Statutes 90-90 
(including, but not limited to, heroin, mescaline, lysergic acid diethylamide, 
opium, cocaine, amphetamine, methaqualine), any student shall be expelled and 
any faculty member, administrator or other employee shall be discharged. 

2. For a first offense involving the illegal manufacture, sale or delivery, or 
possession with intent to manufacture, sell or deliver, of any controlled substance 
identified in Schedules III through VI, N. C. General Statutes 90-91 through 
90-94 (including, but not limited to, marijuana, penobarbital, codeine), the mini- 
mum penalty shall be suspension from enrollment or from employment for a 
period of at least one semester or its equivalent.* For a second offense, any 
student shall be expelled and any faculty member, administrator, or other 
employee shall be discharged. 

Illegal Possession of Drugs 

1. For a first offense involving the illegal possession of any controlled sub- 
stance identified in Schedule I. N. C. General Statutes 90-89. or Schedule II. N. C. 
General Statutes 90-90. the minimum penalty shall be suspension from enroll- 
ment or from employment for a period of at least one semester or its equivalent.* 

2. For a first offense involving the illegal possession of any controlled sub- 
stance identified in Schedules III through VI. N. C. General Statutes 90-91 
through 90-94. the minimum penalty shall be probation, for a period to be 
determined on a case-by-case basis. A person on probation must agree to partici- 
pate in a drug education and counseling program, consent to regular drug 
testing, and accept such other conditions and restrictions, including a program of 
community service, as the Chancellor or the Chancellor's designee deems 
appropriate. Refusal or failure to abide by the terms of probation shall result in 
suspension from enrollment or from employment for any unexpired balance of 
the prescribed period of probation. 



* Employees subject to the State Personnel Act are governed by regulations of the State Personnel Commission. Because 
the minimum penalty specified in this section and required by the Board of Governors exceeds the maximum period of 
suspension without pav that is permitted by the State Personnel Commission regulations, the penalty for a first offense for 
employees subject to the State Personnel Act is discharge. 

71 



3. For second or other subsequent offenses involving the illegal possession of 
controlled substances, progressively more severe penalties shall be imposed, 
including expulsion of students and discharge of faculty members, administra- 
tors or other employees. 

Suspension Pending Final Disposition 

When a student, faculty member, administrator, or other employee has been 
charged by the University with a violation of policies concerning illegal drugs, he 
or she may be suspended from enrollment or employment before initiation or 
completion of regular disciplinary proceedings if, assuming the truth of the 
charges, the Chancellor or, in the Chancellor's absence, the Chancellor's designee 
concludes that the person's continued presence within the University community 
would constitute a clear and immediate danger to the health or welfare of other 
members of the University community; provided, that if such a suspension is 
imposed, an appropriate hearing of the charges against the suspended person 
shall be held as promptly as possible thereafter. 

Coordinator of Drug Education 

The University Counsel will serve as coordinator of drug education and, acting 
under the authority of the Chancellor, will be responsible for overseeing all 
actions and programs relating to this institutional policy. 

Implementation and Reporting 

This North Carolina State University policy on illegal drugs shall be effective 
on the beginning of the fall semester of 1988. 

Annually the Chancellor shall submit to the Board of Trustees a report on 
campus activities related to illegal drugs for the preceding year. The report shall 
include, as a minimum, the following: (1) a listing of the major education activi- 
ties conducted during the year; (2) a report on any illegal drug-related incidents, 
including any sanctions imposed; (3) an assessment by the Chancellor of the 
effectiveness of the campus program; and (4) any proposed changes in the policy 
on illegal drugs. A copy of the report shall be provided to the President. 



72 



COLLEGES, DEPARTMENTS, 
AND PROGRAMS OF STUDY 



Undergraduate programs of study are offered by the College of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences, the School of Design, the College of Education and Psychology, 
the College of Engineering, the College of Forest Resources, the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences, the College of Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences, and the College of Textiles. 

GENERAL EDUCATION DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 

A university education should prepare students for a full life in their profes- 
sions and occupations by means of curricula that provide both practical founda- 
tions for future careers and such intangibles as intellectual flexibility, broad 
knowledge, and a basic comprehension of human achievements. To accomplish 
these ends, all baccalaureate programs at NCSU include the following general 
education requirements: 
English Composition — Satisfactory completion of ENG 111 and ENG 112. 
Mathematics — Six credit hours of mathematics and/or work in the closely 
related fields of statistics, computer science, and logic. At least one of these 
courses must be a course in mathematics. 

Humanities and Social Sciences — Eighteen credit hours not including ENG 
111 and ENG 112. Within the minimum of eighteen credit hours, at least six 
credit hours must be in the humanities and at least six credit hours must be in 
the social sciences. A list of courses appropriate for use as humanities courses 
and a list of courses appropriate for use as social science courses are issued 
periodically by the Provost's Office. Courses not on the list may not be used to 
fulfill humanities or social science requirements in any curriculum. Colleges 
and departments may specify groups of courses or specific individual courses 
from the list to be used by their students in fulfilling the humanities and social 
science requirements in their curricula. 

Natural Sciences — Eight credit hours, including at least one basic course 
from the biological, earth, or physical sciences. 

Free Electives — All curricula must include at least nine credit hours of free 
electives. No other limitations should be imposed upon the student's choice of 
these electives, provided the student has satisfied the prerequisites and pro- 
vided that no elected course should cover material that is considered remedial 
or that covers material at an elementary level after the student has taken 
comparable material at an advanced level. Students are encouraged to use 
their free electives to explore fields of study different from those required in 
their curriculum. Free electives may be taken on a credit-only basis up to a 
maximum of 12 credit hours. Types of courses that are frequently selected as 
free electives include environmental awareness courses, fine arts, introduc- 
tions to a discipline or technology designed for non-majors, additional humani- 
ties and social sciences, and courses that are part of a minor, a second major, or 

73 



a dual degree. Any elective in a curriculum is interpreted as a free elective 
unless qualifications are specifically listed. 

Physical Education— Four credit hours of physical education (PE 100 and 
three credit hours of activity courses). Required physical education courses 
may be taken on a credit-only basis. Students with appropriate skills, expe- 
rience, and knowledge may satisfy three of the four required physical educa- 
tion credits (PE 100 not included) through credit by examination. 
The full requirements for completion of each undergraduate program of study 
at NCSU reflect the general education distribution requirements described 
above, additional college requirements, and departmental requirements particu- 
lar to a given major or degree program. Throughout this section the degree 
requirements are frequently shown as particular courses or categories of courses. 
The course prefix abbreviations (e.g., ANS, CSC, HI, and PSY) provide a key 
for locating the basic information for individual courses in the Course Descrip- 
tion section of this catalog. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Students are eligible for graduation when they have completed satisfactorily 
all the academic requirements of their degree program as specified by their 
major department, their college, and the university. 

NCSU requires that, in addition to other university, college, and departmental 
requirements, all students must have a grade point average of at least 2.0, based 
on all courses attempted at NCSU, in order to be eligible to receive a baccalau- 
reate degree. 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation — These are shown for each cur- 
riculum and range from 124 to 141. Curricula in the high range normally are 
those involving a required summer camp or field experience. Many students take 
more hours than the required minimum. , 

Length of Time to Graduation — Many factors influence the length of time 
that it takes students to graduate. Undergraduate students frequently take more 
than eight semesters to complete an undergraduate program at NCSU and at 
most universities in the United States. This usually occurs as a result of one or 
more of the following factors: ( 1 ) part-time enrollment, (2) reduced class loads for 
health, part-time employment, or other reasons, (3) one or more changes of 
curriculum, (4) participation in cooperative education programs, (5) participa- 
tion in study abroad programs, (6) incomplete or inadequate secondary school 
background requiring some additional compensatory, developmental, or pre- 
requisite courses, or (7) poor academic performance in the freshman year or early 
semesters. Some factors that may accelerate progress towards graduation 
include (1) advanced placement for introductory courses, (2) enrollment in 
summer sessions, and (3) good academic performance in freshman and basic 
prerequisite courses. 

The University discourages students from taking heavy and unrealistic course 
loads as a means to accelerate their progress towards graduation since this may 
result in poor academic performance. Some colleges and schools have estab- 
lished maximum course load limitations for first-semester or first-year students 
depending upon their academic performance projections. 

74 



Semester-by-Semester Displays — The requirements for many curricula 
throughout this section are set forth in semester-by-semester displays. One pur- 
pose for these displays is to illustrate how certain sequences of courses and 
prerequisites may be scheduled. Another purpose is to reflect whether courses 
are normally offered in the fall or the spring semester. Otherwise, the semester- 
by-semester displays are merely advisory and not mandatory. The typical semes- 
ter schedule shown in the displays may not be the appropriate one for many 
students. Students are required to consult with their faculty advisers prior to 
registration each semester. 

Limited D Grades— Some colleges and departments have established limita- 
tions on the use of D grades in certain courses or categories of courses for 
satisfying graduation requirements. 

Grade Point Average in Major— Some departments have established gradua- 
tion requirements of a grade point average of 2.0 on all courses attempted in the 
major at NCSU in addition to the university grade point average requirement of 
a 2.0 for all courses attempted at NCSU. These include the following depart- 
ments: Chemistry: Economics and Business; History: Sociology. Anthropology 
and Social Work; and all departments in the College of Engineering. 

Residence Requirements— To be eligible for a bachelor's degree, a student 
must be enrolled in a degree program and must have earned at least 30 of his or 
her last 45 hours of credit through NCSU courses. Individual departments 
and/or colleges may have additional residence requirements. 
NOTE: The College of Engineering has a policy that transfer students normally 
must earn at least US of their last 60 hours of credit at NCSU while enrolled as 
degree candidates. 

MINORS 

Some departments at NCSU offer undergraduate minors for students wishing 
a systematic program of study in an area outside their major. All minors require 
at least 15 credit hours and may be either departmental or interdepartmental. 
Courses within the minor program may be used to satisfy any of the general 
requirements, including free electives, of a major curriculum. Minors are com- 
pletely optional, the only requirement being that a student may not minor in the 
same discipline as their major. Students pursuing a minor must consult with a 
minor advisor on a plan of work and must file a copy of this plan with their major 
advisor at least one semester before graduation. Satisfactory completion of the 
minor will be noted on the final transcript following graduation. 

TWO DEGREES 

Students who have satisfactorily completed the requirements for more than 
one bachelor's degree may, upon the recommendation of their deans, be awarded 
two bachelor's degrees at the same or at different commencement exercises. To 
earn two degrees students register in one school or department and, with the 
cooperation of the second school or department, work out their program to cover 
the requirements for both. Students must file an approved Double Majors Only 
Curriculum Change Form with Registration and Records, 100 Harris Hall. An 
Application for Degree Form must be submitted for each degree. 

75 



TRANSCRIPTS OF ACADEMIC RECORD 

A transcript is an exact copy of a student's permanent academic record at the 
time it is issued. A fee of two dollars is charged for each transcript. 

No official transcript may be issued to or for a student who is indebted to the 
university until such indebtedness has been paid or satisfactorily adjusted. 

Official transcripts are issued only upon the ivritten request of the student to 
Registration and Records. Box 7313. Raleigh. N.C. 27695-7313. 




^^. 




COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE AND 
LIFE SCIENCES 



Patterson Hall (Room 115) 

D. F. Bateman, Dea7i 

J. L. Oblinger, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

H. B. Craig, Associate Director of Academic Affairs and Director of Agricultural Institute 

J. F. Ort, AssiMant Director of Academic Affairs 

M. W. Moore, Academic and Career Advisor 

The academic programs in the College represent a unique blending of the agricultural 
and life sciences. Agriculture is a very diverse industry that touches everyone's life in some 
way or another. The continuum is founded on the principles of science, technology, and 
business. The life sciences provide foundations for studying medical and health-related 
disciplines as well as environmental sciences and molecular biology. 

The overall goals of the instructional program in the College of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences include providing relevant, scientific, and practical knowledge of the food, agri- 
cultural, and life sciences to its students. These programs emanate from a highly qualified 
and accomplished faculty committed to academic excellence and the development of the 
individual to his or her personal and professional potential. Central to the College's goals is 
the cultivation of interdisciplinary problem-solving skills which will serve its graduates 
well as they pursue a lifetime of learning and adaptation to change. 

The objectives of the academic program are as follows: 

1) To provide an opportunity for a broad university education 

2) To provide a variety of learning experiences 

3) To offer a choice of specialization in agriculture and life sciences 

4) To provide background for graduate or professional programs 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students in the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences have ample opportunities to take 
part in broadening extracurricular activities. Most departments have student organiza- 
tions that provide professional as well as social experience. Representatives of theseclubs 
form the Agri-Life Council. This council is the student organization representing the 
college. Student tours provide an opportunity to see firsthand the application of classroom 
principles. In addition, students representing agrimarketing, agronomy, animal science, 
horticultural science, food science, poultry science and soil science compete regionally and 
nationally in a number of activities providing student members a chance to learn by travel 
as well as by participation. 

CURRICULUM OFFERINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 

A freshman enrolling in Agriculture and Life Sciences has common core courses the first 
year— courses appropriate in all curricula. This approach allows the student time to 
explore various programs before selecting a curriculum. The student selects a major in a 
department, interdisciplinary program, or individualized course plan. All departments 
offer the science curricula; several the technology curricula. The Agricultural Business 
Management curriculum is offered in the Department of Economics and Business. 

Departmental majors are offered as follows: 

Science— agricultural economics, animal science, applied sociology, biochemistry, bio- 
logical and agricultural engineering (joint program with the College of Engineering), 

77 



botany, fisheries and wildlife sciences (joint program with College of Forest Resources), 
food science, horticultural science, medical technology, poultry science, and zoology. Prep- 
rofessional courses are offered in the science curriculum track. 

Technology— animal science, biological and agricultural engineering, food science, 
horticultural science and poultry science. 

Business— agricultural business management is offered through the Department of 
Economics and Business. Opportunity for double majoring in business and other programs 
is available. 

Interdepartmental and Interdisciplinary Programs — These curricula offer the opportun- 
ity to select broad curriculum majors that involve two or more departments or colleges: 

Biological Sciences— A curriculum with emphasis on biological and physical sciences, 
especially designed for graduate or professional courses requiring a biology background. 

Conservation— A curriculum concentrating on the use, management and improvement 
of natural resources. The curriculum is administered jointly by the College of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences and the College of Forest Resources. 

Pest Management for Crop Protection— A curriculum with emphasis on the applica- 
tion of chemical and biological principles in the control of plant diseases, insects and weeds. 
The curriculum is administered by the Departments of Crop Science, Entomology, Horti- 
cultural Science and Plant Pathology. 

Agronomy— A technical curriculum dealing with the fundamentals of crop production 
and soil management. The curriculum is administered by the Departments of Crop Science 
and Soil Science. 

Individualized Study Program — A curriculum planned by the student with the assist- 
ance of a faculty advisory committee. 

In addition to these cited curricula, a number of arrangements are available that provide 
the student an opportunity to select areas of course concentration. 

ACADEMIC MINORS 

Several departments in the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences offer a minor in 
their discipline. Students interested in additional information regarding a minor should 
contact the appropriate departmental office. At present, the following minors are 
available: 

Agricultural Business Management Genetics 

Agricultural Economics Horticultural Science 

Animal Science Integrated Pest Management 

Applied Sociology Nutrition 

Botany Soil Science 

Food Science Zoology 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The College of Agriculture and Life Sciences has a comprehensive Honors Program for 
qualified freshmen and sophomores interested in participating in seminar discussion 
programs on broad topics. These sessions are led by outstanding professors. 

Qualified juniors and seniors have an opportunity to participate in an independent 
research program. Faculty direction is provided on an individual basis to each student with 
the student selecting his own project. 

HONOR SOCIETIES 

Students in all majors with strong academic records are recognized by three national 
organizations that have local chapters. Gamma Sigma Delta, Alpha Zeta, and Alpha 
Epsilon Delta. 

SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM 

The College of Agriculture and Life Sciences awards approximately 200 scholarships 
each year on a combination of selection factors including merit, financial need and 
leadership. 

78 



JEFFERSON SCHOLARS IN AGRICULTURE AND THE HUMANITIES 

(See also College of Humanities and Social Sciences) 

The Thomas Jefferson Scholars Program in Agriculture and the Humanities is a joint 
program of the College of Humanities and Social Sciences and the College of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences. It is a double degree program which permits participants to have two 
concentrations: one in an area of agriculture, such as agronomy, animal science, food 
science, or horticulture, and one in an area of humanities/social sciences, such as business 
management, public policy, international studies or general humanities. The double degree 
program may be individually designed to meet each student's particular interests and 
career goals. The purpose of the program is to produce potential leaders in agriculture who 
have not only technical expertise but also an appreciation for the social, political, and 
cultural issues that effect decision-making. 

Each spring a number of entering freshmen are chosen to receive scholarships to partici- 
pate in the Jefferson program. In addition, other qualified students may choose to pursue a 
double major in agriculture and the humanities under the Jefferson program. 

Students interested in applying to the Jefferson Scholars program should contact: Office 
of the Dean, College of Humanities and Social Sciences, Box 8101, North Carolina State 
University, Raleigh, NC 27695-8101, or the Office of the Associate Dean, College of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences, Box 7642, before January 15. 

For more information, contact the program coordinator, Martha W. Moore, (111 Patter- 
son Hall, 737-3249) or Lynda Hambourger, Assistant to the Dean, Humanities and Social 
Sciences (106 Caldwell Hall, 737-2467). 

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 

An international seminar is offered to interested students. In addition, an international 
option, requiring a modern foreign language and 12 semester hours of appropriate courses 
in the social sciences, is available for students enrolled in any curricula. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory completion of one of the 
curricula in this college. 

The degrees of Master of Science, Master of Agriculture and Master of Life Sciences are 
offered in the various departments in the college. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in the following subject areas: animal science, 
biochemistry, biological and agricultural engineering, botany, crop science, economics, 
entomology, food science, genetics, horticultural science, marine sciences, microbiology, 
nutrition, physiology, plant pathology, sociology, soil science, toxicology, and zoology. 

Further information on graduate offerings may be found in the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Broad and fascinating opportunities in business, industry, education and government are 
open to graduates of this college. Some of the areas in which graduates are employed are as 
follows: 

Business and Industry — banking and credit, farm management, cooperatives, land 
appraisal, marketing, transportation, sales, food processing and distribution, and manu- 
facturing. 

Communications— writing, reporting, radio, television, newspapers, magazines, adver- 
tising, and publications. 

Conservation — soil, water, forest, fish and wildlife, parks and recreation, field sanitation, 
and education. 

Education — high school and college instruction in agriculture, biology, agricultural 
extension, and governmental and industrial agencies. 

Agricultural Production — livestock, field crops, fruits, vegetables, poultry, and orna- 
mentals. 



79 



Preprofessional and Graduate Preparation— premed\ca.] programs for training for med- 
ical, dental, optometry and veterinary colleges; graduate programs. 

/?esea re/?— production, marketing, engineering, processing, biological sciences, conser- 
vation, organizational structure, and group behavior. 

Serrice.s— inspection and regulation, production field service, health services, environ- 
mental quality, product standards, grading, agricultural technology and consulting. 

A placement office, coordinated with the University Career Planning and Placement 
Center, is maintained to assist graduates in career development and placement. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

The curricula in the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences have a common freshman 
year with the exception of the science program in biological and agricultural engineering. 
For the freshman year of that curriculum, see the College of Engineering. 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ALS 10.3 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

BS 100 General Biology or 

CH 101 General Chemistry I* 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry** 4 

PE 100 Health & F'hysical Fitness 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

(Military Science or Air Science may 
be elected) 



16 



CH 101 General Chemistry I or 
CH 107 Principles of Chemistry or 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A or 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math, with Appl 4-3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

(Military Science or Air Science may 
be elected) 

14-15 



*Both biology and chemistry are required for all ALS curricula. 

**Does not contribute to the 130 semester hours required in the biochemistry, biological sciences or fisheries and wildlife 
sciences curricula, or the science program in biological and agricultural engineering. 

CURRICULA IN AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

Science, technology and business are three curricula offered in this college. All depart- 
ments offer the science curriculum. Several departments offer the choice of either science 
or technology. In addition, several departments are participating in interdisciplinary 
programs. 

An agricultural business management curriculum is offered by the Department of 
Economics and Business. Double majors between agricultural business management and 
other subject areas may be arranged. 

All the curricula have a core of required courses on a college basis. Courses peculiar to a 
specific department are listed under the departmental requirements. Listed on the follow- 
ing pages are the required courses by curriculum on a college basis. All curricula require 
the completion of one course in literature. 



SCIENCE 

CrediUi 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Lanffiiage (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Electives (English or Modern Language) 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

Electives from Group D 21 



Physical and Biological Sciences 
(2H-S2 CrediUi) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry' 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & (j&\c A or 

MA 1 14 Intro, to Finite Math, with Appl 4-3 

PY221 College Physics or 

PY211,PY212 College Physics I, II 5-8 

Electives (60-6J, Credits) 

Restricted Electives from Group A 22-26 

Departmental Requirements & Electives 26 

Free Electives 22 

Physical Education 4 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 



80 



BUSINESS 

(See Department of Economics and Business under College of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences) 



TECHNOLOGY 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Lanffuage (12 Credits) 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

English Elective (Requirement may be satisfied 

by a modern language) 3 

SP 1 10 Public Speaking 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

Electives from Group D 21 



A B C D ELECTIVES 



Physical and Biological Sciences 
(32-33 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A or 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math, with Appl 4-3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Electives (59-60 Credits) 

Restricted Electives from Groups 

A, Bor C 20-21 

Departmental Requirements & Electives 27 

Free Electives 12 

Physical Education 4 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 



The following lists provide typical courses that may be selected from each of the four 
groups. Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and 
business; Group C, applied science and technology; and Group D, social sciences and 
humanities. Other appropriate courses may be selected by checking with the office of the 
Director of Academic Affairs. 



Group A 

PHYSICAL AND BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

Animal Science 

ANS 330 Reproductive Physiolog>' 

ANS 40.5 Lactation 

ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 

ANS (NTR) 419 Human Nutrition in Health and 

Disease 
ANS (PHY) 502 Reproductive Physiology of 

Vertebrates 
ANS (GN) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement 
ANS (NTR) 516 A.B.CD Animal Nutrition 

Research Methods 



Biochemistry 



BCH451 
BCH 452 
BCH 453 

BCH 551 
BCH 552 
BCH (GN) 561 



Introductory Biochemistry 
Introductory Biochemistry Laboratory 
Introduction to Molecular 
Biology and Metabolism 
General Biochemistry I 
Experimental Biochemistry 

Biochemical and Microbial 

Genetics 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion in Biological Systems 

Biological Sciences 

All courses listed with the BS designation. 

Biomathematicsi 

Appropriate courses 



Botany 

BO 200 Plant Life 

BO 213 Plants and Civilization 

BO(ZO)360 Introduction to Ecology 

BO (ZO) 365 Ecology Laboratory 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 

BO 413 Introductory Plant Anatomv 

BO(ZO)414 Cell Biology 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 

BO 510 Plant Anatomy 

BO 522 Adv. Morphology and Phylogeny of Seed 

Plants 
BO 524 Grasses, Sedges and Rushes 
BO 565 Plant Community Ecology 

Chemistry^ 

Appropriate Courses 

Computer Science'^ 

Appropriate Courses 

Enlomologij 

ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Entomology 

ENT (ZO) 425 General P-ntomology 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity 

ENT 503 F'unctional Systems of Insects 



81 



Fuiheriex- Wildlife 

FW (FOR) 404 Forest Wildlife Management 

FW (ZO) 420 Fishery Science 

FW (ZO) 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 

Food Science 

FS 331 Food Engineering 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 

FS 403 Food Analysis 

FS(MB)405 Food Microbiology 

FS 504 Food Proteins and Enzymes 

FS (MB) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology 

Forestry 

FOR (WPS) 273 Quantitative Methods in Forest 

Resources 
FOR (MEA. PM) 386 Agricultural and 

Forest Meteorology 
FOR (FW) 404 Forest Wildlife Management 

Genetics 

GN411 Principles of Genetics 
GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 
GN 504 Human Genetics 

GN (ANS) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement 
GN (ZO) 540 Evolution 
GN (BCH) 561 Biochemical and Microbial 
Genetics 

Marine, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences't 

Appropriate courses. 

Mathematicsi 

Appropriate Courses 

Microbiology 

MB 401 General Microbiology 

MB (FS) 405 Food Microbiology 

MB 411 Medical Microbiology 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology I 

MB 502 Advanced Microbiology II 

MB (FS) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolic Regulation 

MB (SSC) 532 Soil Microbiology 

MB 551 Immunology I 

Nutrition 

NTR (ANS. PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 
NTR (ANS) 419 Human Nutrition in Health 

and Disease 
NTR (ANS) 516 A.B.C.D Animal Nutrition 

Research Methods 

PAl/.s«-.st 

Appropriate Courses 

Physiolofjy 

PHY (ANS) 502 Reproductive Physiology of 

Vertebrates 
PHY (ZO) 503 General Physiology I 
PHY (ZO) 504 General Physiology II 
PHY (ZO) 513 Comparative Physiology 

Plant Patholoffy 



Poultry Science 

PO 405 Avian Physiology 

PO (ANS, NTR) 4 15 Comparative Nutrition 

PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology 



Soil Sciencef 



SSC 200 
SSC 511 
SSC 520 
SSC 522 



Soil Science 

Soil Physics 

Soil and Plant Analysis 

Soil Chemistry 



SSC (MB) 532 Soil Microbiology 

Statviticsf 

Apppropriate Courses 

Zooloffy 

ZO 201 General Zoology 

ZO 205 Introduction to Cellular and 

Departmental Zoology 
ZO 208 Introduction to Organismal and 

Evolutionary Zoology 
ZO 212 Basic Anatomy and Physiology 
ZO (MEA) 220 Marine Biology 
ZO 302 Invertebrate Zoology 
ZO 303 Vertebrate Zoology 

ZO 305 Cellular and Animal Physiology Laboratory 
ZO 315 General Parasitology 
ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 
ZO 345 Histology 

ZO(BO)360 Introduction to Ecology 
ZO 361 Principles of Embryonic Development 
ZO (BO) 365 Ecology Laboratory 
ZO 410 Intro, to Animal Behavior 
ZO(BO)414 Cell Biology 
ZO (FW) 420 Fishery Science 
ZO 421 Principles of Physiology 
ZO (ENT) 425 General Entomology 
Z0 441 Biology of Fishes 
ZO 442 Biology of Fishes Laboratory 
ZO 450 Evolutionary Biology 
ZO 460 Aquatic Natural History Laboratory 
ZO 480 Laboratory Techniques in Cellular Biology 
ZO (PHY) 503 General Physiology I 
ZO (PHY) 504 General Physiology II 
ZO (PHY) 513 Comparative Physiology 
ZO (FW) 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 
ZO 517 Population Ecology 
ZO (PO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology 
ZO(GN)540 Evolution 

tCourses in these blocks are considered Physical 
Sciences. 

Group B 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 



PP 501 
PP 502 



Phytopathology I 
Phytopatholgy II 



Account iny 
ACC 210 

ACC 220 

ACC 280 
ACC 310 
ACC 311 
ACC 320 
ACC 330 
ACC 340 
ACC 410 
ACC 420 



Accounting I — Concepts of Financial 

Reporting 

Accounting II— Introduction to Managerial 

Accounting 

Managerial Accounting 

Intermediate Financial Accounting I 

Intermediate Financial Accounting II 

Managerial Uses of Cost Data 

An Introduction to Income Taxation 

Accounting Information Systems 

Advanced Financial Accounting 

Production Cost Analysis and Control 



82 



ACC 430 Advanced Income Taxation 
ACC 450 Auditing Financial Information 
ACC 460 Specialized Financial Reporting 
Theory and Practice 

Economics and Businesn 

EB 303 Farm Management 

EB 306 Agricultural Law 

EB 307 Business Law I 

EB308 Business Law II 

EB311 Agricultural Markets 

EB313 Marketing Methods 

EB 320 Financial Management 

EB 325 Managerial Economics 

EB 326 Human Resource Management 

EB 332 Industrial Relations 

EB (ST) 350 Economics and Business Statistics 

EB 405 Regulatory Law 

EB 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 

EB 420 Financial Management of Corporations 

EB 422 Investments and Portfolio Management 

EB 425 Quantitative Methods of Management 

EB451 Introduction to Econometrics 

EB 460 Marketing Research 

EB (TMT) 482 Textile Marketing Management 

EB (WPS) 485 Management Development Seminar 

MathematicK 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance 

Statijstics 

ST (EB) 350 Economics and Business Statistics 

Group C 

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

AffricuUu rat C 'oni m ii ti ication,s 

AC 311 Communication Methods and Media 
AC 470 Agricultural Communications 
AC (FW) 485 Natural Resource Advocacy 

Animal Science 

ANS 100 Perspectives in Animal Science 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 

ANS 201 Techniques of Animal Care 

ANS 202 Techniques of Horse Care 

ANS (PO) 204 Feeds and Feeding 

ANS 210 Microcomputers in Animal Production 

ANS 300 Animal Production Field Studv Trip 

ANS (FS. NTR) 301 Modern Nutrition 

ANS 302 Livestock and Dairy Evaluation 

ANS 303 Principles of Equine Evaluation 

ANS 308 Advanced Livestock Judging 

ANS 310 Basic Horse Husbandr>- 

ANS 311 Livestock Breeding and Improvement 

ANS (FS.PO) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs 

ANS (FS) 324 Milk and Dairy Products 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 

ANS 403 Swine Management 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 

ANS 410 Horse Science 

ANS 412 Applied Animal Breeding 

ANS 510 Advanced Livestock Management 

ANS 520 Tropical Livestock Production 

Biological and Agricultural Enffirtferiny 

BAE 151 Elements of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering I 
BAE 201 Shop Processes and Management 



BAE 21 1 Farm Machinery 

BAE 221 Agricultural Systems I: Microcomputer 

Applications 
BAE 222 Agricultural Systems II; Soft Systems 

Approaches 
BAE 241 Computer Applications in Agriculture 
BAE 252 Elements of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering II 
BAE 311 Agricultural Power and Machinery 
BAE (PM) 312 Principles and Practices of Pesticide 

Application 
BAE (SSC) 320 Water Management 
BAE (SSC) 321 Elementary Surveying 
BAE 331 Agricultural Systems III: Quantitative 

Techniques 
BAE 332 Farm Structures 
BAE 333 Processing Agricultural Products 
BAE 340 Agricultural Electrification 
BAE 341 Circuits and Controls 
BAE 342 Agricultural Processing 
BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 
BAE 433 Processing Agricultural Products 
BAE 441 Agricultural Systems IV: Modelling and 

Analysis 
BAE 442 Agricultural Systems V: Senior Project 
BAE 471 Soil and Water Engineering 
BAE 481 Agricultural Structures and Environment 
BAE (CE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management 

Botany 

BO (CS. ENT. PM, PP) 525 Biological Control 

Ciml Engineering 

CE (BAE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management 

Crop Science 

CS211 Introduction to Crop Plant 

CS 212 Introduction to Crop Management 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 

CS 315 Turf Management 

CS 316 Soybean Production 

CS 317 Corn Production 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 

CS414 Weed Science 

CS (SSC) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems 

CS511 Tobacco Technology 

CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production 

CS (HS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science 

CS (BO. ENT. PM. PP) 525 Biological Control 

Entomology 

ENT 203 Introduction to the Honey Bee and 

Beekeeping 
ENT (BO. CS. PM. PP) 525 Biological Control 
ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control 
ENT 562 Insect Pest Management in Agricultural 

Crops 
ENT (ZO) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology 

Fisheries- Wildlife 

FW (ZO) 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 
FW (FOR) 310 Fisheries and Wildlife 

Inventory and Management 
FW (ZO) 353 Wildlife Management 
FW (ZO) 430 Fisheries-Wildlife Administration 
FW (AC) 485 Natural Resource Advocacy 



83 



/•;.,«/ .SV/.;»-. 

FS 2(11 K(M)(i Science and the Consumer 
FSlANS. NTR):«I1 Modern Nutrition 
FS ( ANS. I'O) M22 Muscle F'oods and KprRS 
FS (ANS) .'{24 Milk and Dairy Products 
FS 4011 I'rinciples of Human Nutrition 
FS 4 l(i equality Control of Food Products 
F'S421 Food Preservation 
FS A2'.i Muscle Food Technology 
F"S 42") Processinir Dairy Products 



(;N 'M)l (lenetics in Human Affairs 
CN (PO) r)2() Poultry Breeding 

Hiniiriilhinil Sciriirc 

HS 100 Home Horticulture 

lis 101 I'lants for Home and Pleasure 

US 201 Principles of Horticulture 

lis 21 1 Ornamental Plants I 

lis 212 Ornamental Plants II 

lis ;i(M I'lant Propagation 

HS.'?42 Landscape Horticulture 

11S:{71 Interior Plantscapes 

HS 400 Residential Landscaping 

HS 11 1 Nursery Management 

\\S 41() Principles of Ornamental Planting Design 

HS 421 Tree Fruit Production 

HS 422 Small PVuit Production 

HS 4;?1 Vegetable Production 

HS 440 (ireenhouse Management 

lis 441 Floriculture I 

IIS 442 Floriculture II 

HS 471 Tree and dround Maintenance 

HS (CS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science 

IIS WM Physiology of Landscape Plants 

N)itriti<iii 

NTR ( ANS. FS) :«)1 Modern Nutrition 

I'<st MdiKujiniiiit 

PM 1 1 1 Introduction to Integrated Pest Management 
I'M (BAK):-{12 Principles and Practices of 

Pesticide Application 
PM (SSC) XTO Alternative Agricultural Systems 
I'M (FOR. MKA) :?8(i Agricultural and Forest 

Meteorology 
PM 4()r) Theory and Practice of 

Integrated Pest Management 



PM 415 Principles and Systems of Integrated 

Pest Management 
PM (BO, CS. P;NT. PP) 525 Biological Control 

Plant PntholiMju 

PP :U5 Principles of Plant Pathology 

PP(F0R):il8 Forest Pathology 

PP 404 Plant Diseases and their (bntrol 

PP415 Plant Disease Control 

PP505 Histopathologv 

PP (BO. CS. KNT. PM) 525 Biological Control 

f'oultri) Siicnrc 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production 

PO (ANS) 204 Feeds and Feeding 

PO .sol P'.valuation of Live Poultry 

PO (ANS. FS.) :^22 Muscle Foods and Eggs 

PO .S51 (Irading and Evaluation of Poultry F'roducts 

PO 410 Production and Management of Came Birds 

in Confinement 

Turkey Production 

Commercial Egg Production 

Incubation and Hatchery Management 

F^roiler Production 



PO 
PO 
PO 
PO 

PO ({;N) 520 Poultry Breeding 



1420 
1421 
• 422 
I 423 



Soil Sclnirc 

SSC(BAE);^20 Water Management 
SSC (BAP]) .'?21 P'.lementary Surveying 
SSC ;-!41 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 
SSC 342 Soil Fertility Laboratory 
SSC 361 Non-Agricultural Land Use and 

Management 
SSC (PM) 370 Alternative Agricultural Sy.stcms 
SSC 452 Soil Classification 

SSC 461 Soil Physical Properties and Plant Crowth 
SSC (CS) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems 
SSC 472 Forest Soils 

Vi'liri till 111 Snnirr 

VMPMOl Poultry Diseases 

VMV 420 Diseases of Farm Animals 

ZiioloilH 

ZO (FW) 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 

ZO (FW) 353 Wildlife Management 

Z0 419 Limnology 

ZO (FW) 430 Fisheries-Wildlife Administration 

ZO (P'.NT) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology 



Group D 

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES* 

The student is retjuired to compleU' 21 semester hours of (Iroup D courses in all degree 
programs in the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences. A student may substitute one 
communication course— Speech-Communication (except SP 226 and SP 446) or English 
Language Writing— for a Group I) course in Area IIL The student must take 6 semester 
hours from Area I and 6 semester hours from Area II courses. The remaining 9 hours may 
come from any courses in Area III. Not more than 6 semester hours are to come from one 
department. A course in P^conomics and a course in Sociology are highly recommended. 



*Inclu(lc'sonly courses 
adviser. 



in humanities anil social sciences im approved Maslcf Lists available fnini 1 I.'i i'atlei-SDn Hall or 



84 



AREA I 

Humanitiex (6 ncmfstcr hours) 

Courses from approved Master List I in the following 
disciplines: 

English Lang-uaKe Literature 

Foreign Language — courses at 200-level or above** 

History 

History of Art 

Music — courses at 200-level or above 

Philosophy 

Religion 

AREA II 

Social Sciences (H semester hours) 

Courses from approved Master List II in the following 
disciplines: 

Anthropology 
Economics-Business 



Political Science 

Psychology 

Sociology 

AREA III 

Huniniiities or Social Sciences (9 semester hours) 

Courses from any of the three approved Master Lists: 

Any Master List III course— Supplemental courses 
(Architecture. Design. Education. Land- 
scape Architecture. Political Science. 
Recreation Resources Administration, 
Social Work. Speech-Communication. 
University Studies) 

**Foreign language at the 100-level may be used to 
satisfy the college language requirement. 



ADULT AND COMMUNITY 
COLLEGE EDUCATION 

(See Graduate Catalog.) 



AGRONOMY 

Professor J . C. Wvnne, Interim Teaching Coordinator — Crop SpvVhcc; Williams Hall (Room 
2210) 

Associate Professor H. J. Kleiss, Coordinator of Advising — Soil Science; Williams Hall 
(Room 2321) 

Students may earn a Bachelor of Science degree under the technology curriculum of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences with a major in agronomy. The agronomy curriculum is 
administered jointly by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil Science. For further 
information, see Crop Science or Soil Science. 

CURRICULUM IN AGRONOMY 
TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 10."? Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Latiffuages II J Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 'S 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading :i 

SP 1 10 Public Speaking A 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanities aud Social Sciences 
IJI Credits) 

Electives (EB 212 required for CP. SS. and TM: EB 212 and EB 202 for Agr B: ENc; AXi for SS) 21 



85 



Physical and Biolof/ical Sciences 
(.i.i Credits) 

BO 421 F'lant F'hysioloiTy or 

M B 401 (leneral Microbiology (SS) 4 

BS 100 Ceneral Biolopry 4 

CH 101 (ieneral Chemistry I 4 

CH UW Cleneral Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry (BS. SS) 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 121 Element-sof Calculus or 

MA i:^l Analytic tieometry and Calculus A (BS.SS and Agr-B) or 

MA 1 14 Introduction to Finite Mathematics with Applications 4-3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PF, 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education 3 

Free Electives 12 

Agronomy Requirements 
m-U Credits) 

CS 21 1 Introduction to the Crop Plant 2 

CS 212 Introduction to Crop Management 2 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production 2 

CS 413 Plant Breeding (except SS) 2 

CS 414 Weed Science 4 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science or 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 342 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers Lab 1 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 4 

SSC 461 Soil Physical Properties and Plant Growth 3 

Advised Electires 
(25 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry (CP. TM, Agr B, SS) or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I (BS) 4 

(IN 411 Priciples of (]enetics (except SS) 3 

MEA 101 (leologv I: Physical (SS) 3 

MEA 1 10 (;eology I Lab (SS) 1 

' 'onrrntratians (Students are to select one concentration and complete the requirement as listed) 15-16 

Minimum Hours Required for (iraduation 130 

CROP PRODUCTION (CP) 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

EB 303 Farm Management 3 

PP 315 Principles of Plant Pathology or 

F;NT 312 Introduction to Economic P'.ntomology 4-3 

SSC (CS) 4()2 Soil-Crop Management Systems 3 

Elective ■ ■ ■ 2-3 

16 

TURFGRASS MANAGEMENT (TM) 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 

CS 315 Turf Management 3 

EB 326 Human Resource Management 3 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 3 

PP315 Principles of Plant Pathology or 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Entomology 4-3 

Elective ■ - -2-3 

16 



86 



BASIC SCIENCES (BS) 

BCH 451 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 

MB 401 General Microbiology or 

BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology 4-3 

PP 315 Principles of Plant Pathology ur 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Entomology 4-3 

15-16 

SOIL SCIENCES (SS) 

BAE (SSC) 320 Water Management 4 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 

SSC 3(il Non-Agricultural Land Use & Management 3 

SSC 462 Soil-Crop Management 3 

Advised P^lective 3 

Statistics or Computer Sci. Elective 3 

1? 

AGRONOMIC BUSINESS (AGR B) 

Crops mid SoIIk 
PP 315 Principles of Plant Pathology or 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Entomology 4-3 

SSC (CS) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems 3 

Princlplen of Econom ics 
EB 202 Economics II* 
EB212 Economics of Agriculture* 
*Tal\e>i as Social Scienci'/Humanities (Group D) eU'ctires 

Princi pit's of Accounting 
ACC 210 Accounting I 3 

Buniness Courses (Select one course from each of two of the following six areas) 6 

16 

Ma n age rial Econom ics 

EB 303 Farm Management 

EB325 Managerial Economics 
Finance 

EB415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 

EB 420 Financial Management of Corporations 
Personnel 

EB 326 Human Resource Management 

EB 332 Industrial Relations 

EB 431 Labor Economics** 
Marketing 

EB 31 1 Agricultural Markets 

EB 313 Marketing Methods 

EB430 Agricultural Price Analysis** 
Law 

EB 306 Agricultural Law 

Public Policji 
EB410 Public Finance** 

EB 413 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy** 
EB 436 Environmental Economics** 
EB 433 U.S. Agricultural Policy** 

**RequireEB301 as prerequisite. EB 301 may be taken as an extra elective or may be substituted for EB 202 above. 



87 



ANIMAL SCIENCE 

Polk Hall (Room 211) 

Professor L. S. Bull, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor J. C. Cornwell, Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Profenxorx: J. H. Britt. E. V. Caruolo. A. J. Clawson, D. G. Davenport. E. J. Eisen. R. W. Harvey. W. L. Johnson. E. E. 
Jones. J. G. Lecce. B. T. McDaniel. R. D. Mochrie. B. R. Poulton. A. H. Rakes. H. A. Ramsey. 0. W. Robison. J. C. Wilk; 
Di xt ill g III shut I'liirerxity Research Professor: C. L. Markert: Professors Emeriti: E, R. Barriek. L. Goode. J. M. 
Leatherwood. J. E. Legates. R. M.Myers. I. D. Porterfield. F. H. Smith. L. C. Ulberg. G. H.Wise.Associate Professors: 
W. J.Croom. K. L. Esbenshade. R. M. Fetters. K. R. Pond. J. W. Spearsi/trfy'i^nfM.ssocf'a^e/'ro/fssor.s.F.C.Gunsett. E. 
C. Segerson. Jr.; Associate Professors Emeriti: E. U. Dillard. J.J. McNeil: ./Is-s/sfan/ Professors: J. D. Armstrong. U. G. 
Vi'hitwoTth: Lectiirer:T).T.Ba.rnett.Associate Menihersof the Eaculty: J. C. Burns(Crop Science). W.M. Hagler( Poultry 
Science). M. D. Whitacre (Veterinary Medicine). 

EXTENSION 

Professor R. G. Crickenberger, In Charge. Animal Husbandry 
Professor F. D. Sargent, Acting In Charge, Dairy Husbandry 
Professor J. R. Jones, In Charge, Swine Husbandry 

Professors: K. R. Butcher. CM. Stanislaw. D. P. Wesen; Professors Emeriti: A. V. Alien. R. F. Behlow. T. C. Blalock. J. S. 
Buchanan. G. Hyatt. Jr.. F. N. Knott. G. S. Parsons. J. W. Patterson. J. R. Woodard; Associate Professors: R. E. 
Lichtenwalner. R. L. McCraw. R. A. Mowrey. Jr.. L. W. Willow; Assistant Professors: M. T. Coffey, W. Flowers, W. D. 
Schoenherr. S. P. Washburn: Extension Specialists: B. C. Allison, J. S. Clay. J. H. Gregory, P. S. Holt. R. M. Hughes. D. 
C. Miller. J. W. Parker. Jr.. R. W. Swain. 

Animal Science is a broad field centered on the biology, production, and management of 
economically important farm and companion animals. Domestic livestock have, through- 
out history provided man with a major source of food, fiber, pleasure and companionship. 
Undergraduate students study subjects related to various phases of animal science. Courses 
are offered in nutrition, physiolog\', breeding and management, and there are opportuni- 
ties for the application of basic scientific training in the husbandry areas. Options for 
course selection by each student make it possible for those with varying backgrounds and 
wide-ranging interests to become involved in stimulating and rewarding experiences. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities for animal scientists are boundless and the areas of emphasis are diverse. 
Animal Science graduates are qualified for positions in a wide variety of areas such as: 
livestock management, feed and animal health product companies, livestock marketing, 
meat processing industries, feedlot managers or consultants, state and federal departments 
of agriculture, breed associations, education, financial institutions, livestock publications, 
technical service managers, animal technicians, media specialists, agricultural extension 
service and public relations. Animal scientists can be found across the nation and around 
the world in all phases of production, research, sales, service, business and education. Many 
students in pre-veterinary medicine obtain degrees in animal science. Students may elect 
graduate study, after which they will find opportunities in teaching, research and exten- 
sion. See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

CURRICULA IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in animal science may be obtained under 
either the science or technology curricula offered in Agriculture and Life Sciences. For the 
basic requirements and freshman year refer to those sections under College of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences. 



88 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Cri'dltK 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

LuMffwagcs (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric '.i 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanitieif nnd Social Sciences (21 Credits) 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

Electives 18 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(27-32 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calculus A or MA 1 14 Intro, to Finite Math with Appl 4-3 

PY 221 College Physics or PY 211 & 212. College Physics 1,11 5-« 

ZO 303 Vertebrate Zoology or ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy or 

ZO 421 Principles of Physiology 4-3 

Physical Education a)id Free Electires (16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Group A. B. C. Courses (26-29 Credits) 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Other (Recommend inclusion of BCH 451. ST 311. EB 303, ANS 210 or BAE 241 or CSC 200) 11-14 

Departmental Requirements and Electires (27 Credits) 

ANS 100 Perpectives in Animal Science 1 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 4 

ANS (PO) 204 Feeds and Feeding 4 

ANS 311 Livestock Breeding and Improvement 3 

ANS 330 Reproductive Physiology 3 

ANS (PO. NTH) 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

ANS 490 Seminar in Animal Science 1 

Select a minimum of 8 credits from: (At least 6 hrs. must be from management courses)** 

ANS 201 Techniques of Animal Care 2 

ANS 202 Techniques of Horse Care 2 

ANS 300 Animal Production Field Study Trip 1 

ANS 302 Livestock and Dairy Evaluation 3 

ANS .303 Principles of Equine Evaluation 2 

ANS 310 Basic Horse Husbandry 3 

ANS (FS) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs 3 

ANS (FS) 324 Milk and Dairy Production 3 

**ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

**ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

**ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 

**ANS 406 Sheep Management 3 

**ANS 410 Horse Science 3 

ANS 412 Applied Animal Breeding 1-4 

VMF 420 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 

(See also Pre-Professional Program in Veterinary Medicine) 



89 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

iMitgiiages (12 Creditt) 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 1 12 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 1 10 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences (21 Credits) 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

Electives 18 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28-:i2 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH lO.S (ieneral Chemistry II or CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytical Geometry & Calculus A or 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Math with AppI 4-3 

FY 221 College Physics or PY 21 1 & 212 College Physics I, II 5-8 

Biological Science Elective 4 

Physical Education and Free Electives (16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Group A. B. C Electives (25 Credits) 

ANS 330 Reproductive Physiology 3 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs or 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

Group A. B or C Electives (Recommend inclusion of ANS 210 

or BAE 241 or CSC 200) 9 

Group B Electives (Recommend inclusion of EB 303) 6 

Departmental Requirements and Electives (27 Credits) 

ANS 100 Perspectives in Animal Science 1 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 4 

ANS 204 Feeds and Feeding 4 

ANS 311 Livestock Breeding and Improvement 3 

ANS (NTR. PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

ANS 490 Seminar in Animal Science 1 

Select a minimum of 9 credits from: (At least 6 hrs. must be from management courses)** 

ANS (FS) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs 3 

ANS (FS) 324 Milk and Dairy Products 3 

**ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

**ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

**ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 

**ANS 40tJ Sheep Management 3 

•*ANS 410 Horse Science 3 

VMF 420 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 

Select a minimum of 2 hours from: 

ANS 201 Techniques of Animal Care 2 

ANS 202 Techniques of Horse Care 2 

ANS 300 Animal Production Field Study Trip 1 

ANS 302 Livestock and Dairy Evaluation 3 

ANS 303 Principles of Equine Evaluation 2 

ANS 310 Basic Horse Husbandry 3 

ANS (FS) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs 3 

ANS (FS) 324 Milk and Dairy Products 3 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 3 

ANS 410 Horse Science 3 



90 



ANS 412 Applied Animal Breeding 1-4 

VMF 420 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 

MINOR IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 

A minor in Animal Science is open to all interested baccalaureate students. This minor is 
designed primarily to complement curricula in Agricultural Business Management, Agri- 
cultural Economics, Agricultural Education, Agronomy, Food Science, Poultry Science, 
and Zoology. Students completing a minor in Animal Science will become familiar with 
animal production and with its related industries, their fundamental components, termi- 
nology, and dynamic nature. The minor requires a minimum of 15 credit hours, and its 
course of study is flexible in order that students may emphasize the discipline or species of 
their interest. 



BIOCHEMISTRY 

Polk Hall (Room 128) 

Professor- P. F. Agris, Head of the Department 

Professor F. B. Armstrong, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: H. R. Horton, J. S. Kahn, I. S. Longmuir. W. L. Miller, E. C. Sisler. E. C. Theil: Professor Emeritus: S, B. Tove; 
Associate Professor: J . A. Knopp: Assistant Professors: C. C. Hardin, E. S. M^xvieW: Associate Members of the Fandty: E. 
E. Jones (Animal Science), H. E. Swaisgood (Food Science). 

The Biochemistry program provides B.S. graduates with the scientific background and 
skills required for employment in university, industrial, state, and federal research labora- 
tories. The curriculum is especially suited to students preparing for graduate study in 
biochemistry, molecular biology, biotechnology, medical, and related fields. It emphasizes 
the fundamentals of biological and physical sciences, offering students breadth of knowl- 
edge and depth of understanding. The curriculum provides students with broad experience 
in biological and chemical laboratories and encourages the development of experimental 
skills. Opportunities are provided for highly qualified students to undertake honors 
research during their junior and/or senior years. 

BIOCHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

ALS 108 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

FL Foreign Language 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences (21 Credits) 

Electives must include 6 credit hours each from the humanities and the social sciences 21 

Also, at least one literature course must be included within the required 21 credit hours. 

Mathematical Science and Physics (21-23* Credits) 

MA 141*, 241*, 242* Analytic Geometry and Calculus I, II, and III (4,4.4) 

or 

MA 131, 231, ST 311 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A and B (4,3) and Introduction to Statistics (3) 12*-10 

Computer, Mathematics, or Statistics elective (3) 3 

PY 205*. 208* General Physics (4.4) 

or 
PY 211, 212 College Physics I, II (4,4) 8 



91 



Chemistry and Laboratory Analysis (iS-26* Credits) 

CH 101, 107 General Chemisto' (4) and Principles of Chemistry (4) 8 

CH 221. 223 Organic Chemistry I and II (4,4) 8 

CH 431*. 433* Physical Chemistry I and II (3.3) 
or 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 6*-4 

Laboratory Analysis elective: e.g.. CH 315 (4) or CH 428* (3) 4-3* 

Life Sciences (31-3U Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Life Sciences eleetives (must include both animal and plant science courses, and a course in physiology 

or cell biologj') 11-12 

BCH 451. 452 Introductory Biochemistry and Laboratory (3,2) 5 

BCH 453 Introduction to Molecular Biology and Metabolism 3 

MB 401 Genera! Microbiology 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

Laboratory or Library Research (e.g.. BCH 490) 1-3 

Eleetives (16-21 Credits) 

Technical eleetives (Advised) 0-5 

Free eleetives 12 

Physical Education (PE 100 plus Physical Education Eleetives) 4 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 

'Courses recommended for students preparing for graduate study in Biochemistry. 



BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

(Also see Engineering.) 
David S. Weaver Laboratories (Room 100) 
Professor J. H. Ruff, Head of Department 
Professor R. S. Sowell, Graduate Administrator 
Professor G. B. Blum, Jr., Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: C. F. Abrams. Jr.. H. D. Bowen. J. W. Dickens (USDA). E. G. Humphries. W. H. Johnson. G. J. Kriz. W. F. 
McClure. R. P. Rohrback. L. M. Safley. R. W. Skaggs. L. F. Stikeleather. C. W. Suggs. P. W. Westerman. T. B. Whitaker 
(USDA). D. H. Willits. Jr.. E. H. Wiser. J. H. Young: Professors Emeriti: J. M. Fore. G. W. Giles. F. J. Hassler. E. L. 
Howell. D. H. Howells, J. W. Weaver. Jr.: Associate Professor: G. R. Baughman; Assistant Professors: R. W. Bottcher. C. 
G. Bowers. Jr.: Adjunct Assistant Professors: G. M. Jividen. S. K. Seymour: Associate Members of the Faculty: D. D. 
Hamann. V. A. Jones. K. R. Swartzel (Food Science): A. E. Hassan (Forestry): Senior Researcher: S. C. Mohapatra. 

EXTENSION 

Professor: F. J. Humenik, Associate Head in Charge of Extension 

Professors:}. C. Barker. E. 0. Beasley. L. B. Driggers. J. W. Glover. R. E. Sneed: Professors Emeriti: H. M. Ellis. R. W. 
Watkins: Associate Professor: A. R. Rubin: Associate Professor Emeritus: W. C. Warrick: Extension Specialists: M. D. 
Boyette. S. L. Brichford. S. W. Coffey. R. 0. Evans. Jr.. J. N, Hunt. A. L. Lanier. R, L. McLymore. 

Biological and agricultural engineering students are trained to deal with problems of 
agriculture that are engineering in nature. Scientific and engineering principles are 
applied to the conservation and utilization of water and soil, the development of power and 
labor-saving devices for all phases of agricultural production, the design of structures and 
equipment for housing and handling livestock and field products, and the processing and 
marketing of farm products. 

Two curricula are offered, Biological and Agricultural Engineering and Agricultural 
Systems Technology, which are explained belov/. Graduates receive a B.S. in biological and 
agricultural engineering. 

92 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the Biological and Agricultural Engineering curriculum are qualified for 
positions in design, development and research in public institutions and in industry. This 
curriculum, accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc., 
also provides adequate training for post-graduate work leading to advanced degrees. (See 
listing of graduate degrees offered.) 

Those trained in Agricultural Systems Technology are qualified for positions in sales, 
services, and management of agribusinesses such as farm machinery, irrigation systems, 
etc.; as county agents or farmers; and for various types of agricultural advisory work. 

CURRICULA IN BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 
ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

The engineering curriculum provides an educational program for students which uni- 
quely prepares them for dealing with engineering problems in the biological and agricul- 
tural areas. Program emphasis is on the agricultural area while flexibility in the program 
allows the student to attain depth in special sub-areas or in biological engineering. Empha- 
sis is placed on basic science and engineering courses such as mathematics, physics, 
mechanics, biology, soils, and thermodynamics which provide a sound background for the 
application of engineering to agricultural and biological problems. 

Since biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical fields — 
agriculture and engineering— the curriculum is a joint responsibility of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences and Engineering and is so administered. Undergraduate freshmen entering 
this curriculum should enroll in the College of Engineering undesignated program and 
indicate SBU as their curriculum choice. After successfully completing the Engineering 
undesignated requirements the student will enter the Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering Department. Graduates receive a B.S. in Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

For the engineering program in biological and agricultural engineering, refer to the 
College of Engineering section of the catalog. 



AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

The Agricultural Systems Technology curriculum is intended to provide a broad over- 
view of agricultural systems. The curriculum integrates courses from the physical, biologi- 
cal, and earth sciences with courses in agricultural production, mechanization, and man- 
agement. Graduates are prepared to apply shop, mechanical, and information technology to 
the farm or agribusiness. 

Listed below are the departmental requirements in the agricultural systems technology 
program. 



Credits 

1 



ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

Group D Electives 12 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

ENG 331 Commun. for Engr. & Tech.. or 

ENG 333 Commun. for Science & Res 3 

SOC 241 Sociolog>' Agr. and Rural Life 3 



Mathematics and Statistics 
(U Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Intro, to P'inite Math 3 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

ST 350 Economics and Business Statistics or 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics for Engineers 3 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

PY 211 College Phvsics I 4 

PY 212 College Physics II 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Group A Electives (Biological Science) 4 



93 



Physical Education and Free Electh'es BAE 311 Agr. Power and Machinery 3 

(16 Credits) BAE(SSC)320 Water Management 3 

BAE (SSC) 321 ElemenUrv Surveying 1 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 g^E 331 Agr. Systems III 2 

Physical Education Electives 3 g^j- 332 Farm Structures 3 

Free Electives 12 gAE 333 Processing Agr. Products 4 

,„ . , J r,i .• BAE 340 Agr. Electrification 3 

Departmental RejruiremenU and EUctxves g^ j, 3_,^ ^^^^^.^ ^^^ ^,^^^^^,3 j 

(SSCredits) BAE441 Agr. Systems IV 3 

BAE 201 Shop Processes and Management 3 BAE 442 Agr. Systems V 2 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 3 GC 101 Engineering Graphics I ■■■■ 2 

BAE 221 Agr. Systems I 3 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation ... 130 

BAE 222 Agr. Systems II 3 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

Bostian Hall (Room 2717) 
Professor C. F. Lytle, Coordinator 

Associate Professors: R. L. Beckmann, Jr. (Botany). M. Feaver (Zoology). B. Parker (Entomology). T. E. Wynn (Botany); 
Assistant Professor: J. E. Mickle. 

The biological sciences constitute a rapidly developing field offering many challenging 
and rewarding opportunities for well-trained students. The Biological Sciences Interde- 
partmental Program offers a B.S. degree in biological sciences for students seeking a 
comprehensive training in biologj' and the supporting sciences. 

Many graduates of this program continue further studies in graduate schools in such 
diverse fields as botany, zoologj'. marine biolog>', physiology-, genetics, biochemistry, bio- 
technolog}-, pharmacology, and microbiology. Others attend professional schools in medi- 
cine, optometry, and veterinary medicine as well as other health-related fields. 

The biological science curriculum provides a modern, flexible undergraduate program 
to prepare students for rewarding careers in research and teaching as well as in business, 
industry, research institutes and governmental agencies. A wide range of career opportun- 
ities are available in technical sales, manufacturing and quality control, environmental 
management, and other positions with pharmaceutical companies, food manufacturers, 
medical laboratories, public utilities, and other industries. 

Biological science majors may elect a general program of study or one of several options 
and emphases including entomologj-. microbiolog}', and nutrition. A joint program with the 
Department of Mathematics and Science Education leads to a double major and a teaching 
certificate. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CURRICULUM AND CONCENTRATIONS 

GENERAL 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Foreign Language 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

Electives (must include one course in literature) 21 

Biological Sciences (31-3-2 Credits) 

BCH 451 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 3 



94 



BO (ZO) 365 Ecology Lab 1 

BO 421 Plant Pathology or 
BO(ZO)414 Cell Biology or 

ZO 421 Principles of Physiology 3 

BS 100 General Biolog>' 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

ZO 201 General Zoolog>' 4 

NOTE: Students electing ZO 421 or BO (ZO) 414 must also elect either 
ZO 305 Cellular and Animal Physiologj' Laboratory or 
BCH 452B Experimental Biochemistry 2 

Physical Sciences and Mathematics 
(Si-36 Credits) 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221. 223 Organic Chemistry I and II 4+4 

MA 131. 231 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A and B 4+3 

plus 
ST 311 Intro, to Statistics or 
a 3-hour credit course in computer science, or 
another approved mathematics course 3 

or 

MA 141. 241, 242 Analytic Geometry & Calculus I. II and III 4+4+4 

PY 211. 212 College Physics I. II 4+4 

Physical Education and Electives (27-31 Credits)* 

Restricted Electives from Groups A, B. C. and D 11-15 

Free Electives 12 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education 3 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 

•Group A includes the physical and biological sciences: Group B. economics and business management: Group C. applied 
science and technology': Group D. social sciences and humanities. 

ENTOMOLOGY CONCENTRATION 

In addition to the general curriculum for the biological sciences, three additional ento- 
mology electives are required: ENT 312 or ENT 425 and ENT 503, plus three additional 
hours of entomology. For graduation, 130 semester credits hours are required. 

NUTRITION CONCENTRATION 

Along with the general curricular requirements for the biological sciences program, BO 
(ZO) 360, BO (ZO) 365, BCH 452B (2 credits), and four courses in nutrition (FS 400, NTR 
415. NTR 490. and NTR 516) are specifically required. 

MICROBIOLOGY OPTION 

Along with the general curriculum for the biological sciences, three additional microbi- 
ology electives are required: MB 411 and MB 501 are usually recommended. MB 401 is 
required in the BLS curriculum. For graduation, 130 semester credit hours are required. 

(See also Pre- Professional Program in Veterinary Medicine.) 

MINOR INNUTRITION 

The minor in nutrition will provide knowledge of the principles of nutrition that are 
needed to formulate balanced diets and to evaluate information and policies concerning 
foods and dietary practicers. Students may select courses to emphasize human or animal 
nutrition or a combination of these. For additional information consult Nutrition Program, 
11 Scott Hall (737-2628). 



95 



BOTANY 

Gardner Hall (Room 2214) 

Professor E. D. Seneca, Head of Department 

Professors: C. E. Anderson. U. Blum, R. J. Downs. R. C. Files. J. W. Hardin. W. W. Heck (USDA). R. L. Mott. H. E. Patlee 
(USDA). J. R. Trover. A. M. Witherspoon; Distinfftdshed University Research Professor: W. F. Thompson: Professors 
Emeriti: D. B. Anderson. G. R. Noggle. H. T. Scofield, L. A. Whitford: Associate Professors: R. L. Beckmann. W. F. Boss, 
J. M. Stucky. J. F. Thomas. C. G. Van Dyke. T. R. Wentworth. T. E. Wynn: Assistayit Professors: R. S. Boston. J. M. 
Burkholder. J. E. Mickle; Adjunct Assistant Professors: D. E. Blume. R. A. Linthurst; Teaching Technician: D. S. 
Wright: Associate Members of the Faculty: E. C. Sisler (Biochemistry). J. M. Anderson (USDA). K. 0. Burkey (USDA), 
S.C. Huber (USDA), T.W.Rufty (USDA). H.Seltmann(USDA)(Crop Science). D.E.Moreland(USDA)(Crop Science, 
Forestry), D. H. Timothy (Crop Science, Genetics), H. V. Amerson, A. W. Cooper (Forestry). M. M. Goodman (Crop 
Science. Statistics. Genetics). R. L. Hoffman (University Studies). R. J. Thomas (Wood & Paper Science). B. J. Copeland 
(Zoology). 

The instructional program provides classroom, laboratory, and field experience in the 
major areas of plant science. Undergraduates majoring in botany are given a broad 
background in the humanities and physical sciences and are encouraged to participate in 
independent study in the senior year. Majors, as preprofessionals in the plant sciences, are 
prepared for advanced study in botany and other biological fields, as well as in the applied 
plant sciences such as horticulture, crop science, plant pathology, resource management 
and environmental biology. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The undergraduate degree is an excellent preprofessional degree in the plant sciences. 
Many majors continue with graduate studies; see list of graduate degrees. After obtaining a 
graduate degree, the undergraduate major will be qualified for teaching positions in 
community and junior colleges, colleges and universities, for research positions in federal 
and state government laboratories and in private industry. 

Research technician positions in many other life science areas in governmental and 
industrial laboratories are also career possibilities. The field of biotechnology provides 
additional technical opportunities. Field botanists and naturalists find employment in state 
and national park systems and nature interpretation programs. 

CURRICULUM IN BOTANY 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in botany is offered under the science 
curriculum of the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences. See the freshman year program 
listed. See also other basic requirements listed. 

The Bachelor of Science degree with double concentration— one in economics, English, 
history, philosophy or political science, and another in botany— is available in the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences. For details, refer to section on College of Humanities and 
Social Sciences. 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

ENG 333 Commun. for Science & Res 3 

Language or Speech Elective 3 



Humanities and Social Sciences 

(21 Credits) 

PHI 205 Problems and Types of Philosophy or 
PHI 333 Theory of Knowledge or 
PHI 340 Philosophy of Science or 
PHI 341 Topics in the Philosophy of 

Science or 
HI 321 Ancient and Medieval Science or 

HI 322 Rise of Modern Science 3 

Electives from Group D** 18 



96 



Physical and Biological Sciences 
(S2 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA HI Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A* 4 

PY 211, 212 CollegePhysicsI.il 8 

ZO 201 General Zoology or 

ZO 302 Invertebrate Zoologj' or 

ZO 303 Vertebrate Zoology- 4 

Restricted Electives from Groups A and C 
(22 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry* 4 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Three credit hours of 200 level or above course 

with the following abbreviations CS, FS, HS and 

PP or FW(ZO) 221 or FW(ZO) 353 3 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(27 Credits) 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

BO(ZO)360 Introduction to Ecology 3 

BO (ZO) 365 Ecology Lab 1 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 4 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 

BO 413 Introductory Plant Anatomy 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 131** 

*The proposed program meets the minimum require- 
ments for graduate work: however, additional courses 
are encouraged in mathematical and physical sciences 
for students who are planning advanced study. See 
adviser. 
**Completion of one course in literature is required. 



MINOR IN BOTANY 

The 15 credit minor in Botany is offered to any undergraduate degree student interested 
in gaining a basic knowledge of plants. It is intended both to complement other curricula 
that are related to the plant sciences and to give students a basic appreciation of plants. 
Such appreciation includes an understanding of plant-human interactions, plant structure 
and how plants function, plant identification, and the pervasive roles of plants and plant 
products in human society. It is not intended to prepare students for a professional career in 
Botany, and additional courses are recommended for students who plan graduate work in 
the plant sciences. 



CONSERVATION 

(Also see Forest Resources.) 
Williams (Room 2321) and Biltmore (Room 2028) Halls 

Professor H. J. Kleiss, Major Adviser, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
Professor L. C. Saylor, Major Adviser, College of Forest Resources 

Conservation is the wise use, perpetuation, or improvement of natural resources, for the 
long-time benefit of society. This baccalaureate degree program is offered jointly by the 
Colleges of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Forest Resources. Faculty members in 
several departments of the two colleges are directly involved in various aspects of education 
in conservation. 

Rapid urbanization and industrialization concomitant with population growth and 
changes in lifestyles are bringing increased pressures on the use of land for providing food, 
water, fiber, wood and recreation. These trends present challenges to resource managers 
who must be well trained in the basic concepts of several disciplines in order to apply a 
conservation philosophy to many of our current resource problems. 



97 



CONSERVATION CURRICULUM 

Students may enroll in either Agriculture and Life Sciences or Forest Resources, depend- 
ing on their primary area of interest in conservation. The freshman common core of courses 
for either college is acceptable. All students take a prescribed core of subjects in conserva- 
tion plus specified courses in one of five concentrations: soil conservation; environmental 
technology; environmental education; natural resource management and administration; 
communications. A dual degree program involving the conservation curriculum with 
another curriculum, e.g., science education, pest management, recreation, agronomy, for- 
estry is very feasible and highly recommended. 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS* 1 

Langtiages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

ENG 333 Commun. for Science & Res 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

EB 212 Econ. of Agriculture 3 

PS 201 Introduction to American Government .... 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Electives 12 

Physical and Biological Sciences (29 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 121 Elements of Calculus or 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

ZO 201 General Zoology or 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Physical Education and Electives 
(IS Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 9 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(56 Credits) 

BO(ZO)360 Introduction to Ecology 3 

BO (ZO) 365 Ecology Lab 1 

FOR 252 Fundamentals of Forest Mgmt 3 

FOR 401 Forest Hydro. & Watershed 

Mgmt 4 

FOR 472 Renew Resource Pol. & Mgmt 4 

MEA 110 Physical Geology Lab 1 

MEA 120 Elements of Physical Geology 2 

RRA 350 Outdoor Recreation Management 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

ZO(FW)221 Conservation of Natural 

Resources 3 

ZO (FW) 353 Wildlife Management or 

ZO (FW) 420 Fishery Science 3 

Biological Science Electives 6 

Conservation Electives 16 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 132 



SOIL CONSERVATION CONCENTRATION 

PM HI Integrated Pest Management 1 

SSC(BAE)320 Water Management 4 

SSC 361 Non-Agri. Land Use & Management . . 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 4 

SSC 461 Soil Physical Properties and 

Plant Growth 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 

16 

ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY 
CONCENTRATION** 

BAE (CE) 578 Agricultural Waste 

Management*** 3 

FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology 3 

SSC 361 Non-Agricultural Land Use and 

Management 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 4 

ZO 419 Limnolog>' 3 

16 

NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND 
ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION+ 

EB 307 Business Law I 3 

EB 410 Public Finance 3 

EB 436 Environmental Economics 3 

FOR 491 Sr. Problems in Forestry or 
PS 491 Internship in Political Science or 

SSC 492 Sr. Seminar in Soil Science 1 

MEA 200 Introduction to the Marine 

Environment 3 

PS 312 Introduction to Public Administration ..3 

16 

ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION 
CONCENTRATION++ 

ED 203 Intro, to Teaching Math. & 

Science 3 

ED 296D Special Topics in Science Education . . 1 

ED 475 Methodsof Teaching Science 3 

Electives 9 



16 



98 



COMMUNICATIONS CONCENTRATION+-H- ♦For students enrolled in College of Agriculture and 

Life Sciences; students enrolled in College of Forest Re- 



ENG 214 Copyediting 3 



sources not taking ALS 103 will increase free electives 



ENG 215 Prin. of News Article Writing 3 "j^y ^^^^^ y^^^^. 

SP112 Basic Principles of Inter- "MB 401 is a required biological sciences elective. 

personal Communication 6 ***or BAF (SSC) S21 

f n ooi P^"''?' °^ Persuasive Communication . . 3 + PS 202 a'nd EB 301 are required Group D electives. 

lf.I^?n, "c " D°^u'," Speech Commun. or ^^ pj^, ^-^^^ g^^ j^ ^ required Group D elective. 



+++ SOC 302 is a required Group D elective. 



FOR 491 Senior Problems in Forestry or 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 

Elective 3 

16 



CROP SCIENCE 

Williams Hall (Room 2210) 

Professor W. K. Collins, Acting Head of the Department 

Professor J . C. Wynne, Interim Teaching Coordinator 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: J . C. Burns(USDA), J. W. Burton, D. S. Chamblee, H. D. Coble. F. T. Corbin, D. A. Emery. W. T. Fike. Jr.. M. 
M. Goodman. H. D. Gross. S. C. Huber (USDA). R. C. Long. D. E. Moreland (USDA). R. P. Patterson. H. Seltmann 
(USDA). D. H. Timothy, J. B. Weber. W. W. Weeks. E. A. Wernsman. R. F. Wilson (USDA). A. D. Worsham; Adjunct 
Professors: D. T. Patterson. L. Thompson. Jr.: Professors Emeriti: C. A. Brim. J. F. Chaplin. W. A. Cope. D. U. Gerstel. 
W. B. Gilbert. W. C. Gregory. G. R. Gwynn, P, H. Harvey, J. A. Lee. R. L. Lovvorn. R. P. Moore. L. L. Phillips. J. C. Rice. 
D. L. Thompson. J. A. Weybrew; Associate Professors: D. T. Bowman. T. E. Carter. J. M. DiPaola. R. D. Kevs. J. E. 
Miller (USDA). C. Peacock. T. W. Ruftv. H. T. Stalker. Jr.; Assistant Professors: J. M. Anderson (USDA). K. 0. Burkey 
(USDA). D. A. Danehower. D. S. Fisher. S. H. Kay. P. Kwanyueh (USDA). J. P. Murphy, S. M. Reed. R. C. Rufty. P. H. 
Sisco (USDA). V. A. Sisson (USDA). A. K. Weissinger, R. Wells, G. G. Wilkerson; Associate Members of the Faculty: S. 
M. Schneider (Plant Pathologj'). T. J. Sheets (Entomology, Horticultural Science), C. T. Young (Food Science), 

EXTENSION 

Professor J. P. Mueller, Acting In Charge, Crop Science Extension 

Professors: E. J, Dunphy. J, T, Green, W. M. Lewis. F. W. McLaughlin. G. A. Sullivan; Professors Emeriti: R. R. Bennett. 
C. T. Blake, S. H. Dobson. S. N. Hawks, G. L. Jones. A. Perry. A. D. Stuart; Associate Professors:]. R. Anderson. A. H. 
Bruneau, R. L. Davis. R. E. Jarrett. G. F. Peedin. A. C. York; Associate Professor Emeritus: W. G. Toomey; Assistant 
Professors: i . M. Ferguson. D. S. Guthrie. H. M. Linker. W. D. Smith. M. G. Wagger; Assistant Professor Emeritus: R. H. 
Crouse; Extension Specialists: D. W. Daniel. G. E. Martin. Jr., F. H. Yelverton. 

The increase in human populations, the continuing evolution of pests and diseases, the 
challenge of new natural and artificial environments and the decrease of farmland are all 
critical current world issues. 

This department's curriculum is designed to give the agronomy major an awareness and 
a sense of personal involvement in these issues. The student receives a working knowledge 
of the fundamental principles of plant and soil science which tend to shape modern crop 
production practices. He or she is trained in the economics of various crop management 
procedures which may influence long-range investments. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The opportunities within the state for agronomy graduates in county extension pro- 
grams, in farm management, in the turfgrass industry, as salesmen of seed and agricultu- 
ral chemicals and in several governmental agencies remain good. Demand for qualified 
students in national and international concerns is increasing. 

For crop science graduate programs, see listing of graduate programs. 



99 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

Students may earn a Bachelor of Science degree under the technology curriculum with a 
major in agronomy. The agronomy option is administered jointly by the Departments of 
Crop Science and Soil Science. See agronomy curriculum. 



DAIRY SCIENCE 

(See Animal Science.) 



ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 

(See also Humanities and Social Sciences) 

Patterson Hall (Room 216) 

Professor D. M. Hoover, Head of the Department 

Professor R. A. Schrimper, Associate Head for Agricultural Research and Teaching 

Professor E. W. Erickson, Director for Center of Economic and Business Studies 

Professor R. E. Sylla, Associate Head for Economics and Business 

Professor C. R. Knoeber, Assistant Head and Graduate Programs Administrator 

Professor C. J. Messere, Associate Head for Accounting and Business Law 

Associate Professor S. E. Margolis, Program Director of Management 

Lecturer B. L. Puryear, Graduate Program Adviser and Program Assistant 

Lecturer S. R. Alvis, Undergraduate Program Adviser/ Student Services Coordinator 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: S. G. Allen. G. A. Carlson. R. L. Clark. R. M. Fearn, D. Fisher. A. R. Gallant. T. J. Grennes. J. D. Hess. D. M. 
Holthausen. D. N. Hyman. L. A. Ihnen. P. R.Johnson, T.Johnson. C. P.Jones. R. A. King. E.C. Pasour. Jr.. D. K. Pearce, 
R.J. Peeler. Jr.. R. K. Perrin. J. J. Sealer. V, K. Smith. D. A. Sumner. C. B. Turner. P. F. Williams. M. K. Wohlgenant; 
Professors Emeriti: A. J. Bartley. D. R. Di.xon. B. M. Olsen. J. A. Seagraves. R. L. Simmons. J. G. Sutherland (USDA). 
W. D. Toussaint: Associate Professors: D. S. Ball. J. V. Bartley. D. L. Baumer. J. C. Dutton. Jr.. D.J. Flath. K. B. Frazier, 
E. Gerstner. J. S. Lapp. S. J. Liebowitz. M. B. McElroy. R. B. Palmquist. J. C. Poindexter. Jr., J. M. Rockness, R. J. 
Rossana, W. J. Wessels, G. J. Zuckerman: Associate Professors Emeriti: H. C. Gilliam. Jr. (USDA). C. L. Harrell. Jr.; 
Assistant Professors: R. D. Ballou. J. C. Beghin. R. N. Collender. P. L. Fackler. L. B. Ferreri. A. R. Hall. A. E. Headen, 
Jr.. P. H. Kupiee. E. A. McDermed. J. A. McKee. Jr.. K. Mitchell. C. M. Newmark. R. R. Rucker. Y. E. Tang. W. N. 
Thurmsin: Assistant Professor Emeritus: 3 . C. Matthews. Jr.. O.G.Thompson: L<r(Mrfrs. J. M. Baumer. A. M. Beals. Jr., 
E. R. Carraway. M. E. Fisher. T. G. Goodwin. H. 0. Griffin. J. P. Huggard. C. B. Kimbrough. G. A. Marsh. R. L. Peace, 
S. C. Rhudy. H. A. Sampson. C. J. Skender. L. B. Thorne. 

EXTENSION 

Professor C. L. Moore, Associate Head and Extension Specialist 

Professors: R. D. Dahle, L. E. Danielson, J. E. Easley, Jr.. W. D. Eickhoff, H. L. Liner, D. F. Neuman, W. L. Turner, M. L. 
Walden, R. C. Wells: Professors Emeriti: R. C. Brooks. D, G. Harwood. Jr., T. E. Nichols. C. R. Pugh. C. R. Weathers, J. 
C. Williamson, Jr.: Associate Professors: G. A. Benson. E. A. Estes. C. D. Safley. P. S. Stone: Associate Professors 
Emeriti: J. G. Allgood, R. S. Boal, D. D. Robinson: Assistant Professors: B. A. Babcock. T. A. Feitshans, T. R. 
Fortenbery. D. L. Hoag, K. D. Zering: Assistant Professor Emeritus: E. M. Stallings: Extension Specialists: R. N. 
Barnes. S. R. Sutter. R. H. Usry: >4.'?.soria<€ Members of the Faculty: R. H. Bernhard'(Industrial Engineering), D. A. 
Dickey (Statistics). 



100 



The Department of Economics and Business serves agriculture and related industries 
through extension, research and teaching programs in agricultural economics and agricul- 
tural business. These programs apply the principles of economics and related disciplines to 
the understanding of contemporary economic problems and issues in agriculture, and 
equip students with a knowledge of the fundamentals of business organization and decision- 
making skills useful in the management of farms and agricultural business. 

The department offers two undergraduate degree programs in the College of Agricul- 
ture and Life Sciences. One is a degree in agricultural economics and the other is in 
agricultural business management. Both lead to the Bachelor of Science degree. The 
agricultural business management program prepares students for management and man- 
agement training positions in farming operations, small agriculturally-related firms, 
financial institutions, and agribusiness corporations. The agricultural economics program 
provides a similar background in economics and business courses, but provides the student 
the opportunity for more extensive coursework in the basic and applied sciences. For a 
description of other programs offered by the department, see the listings under the College 
of Humanities and Social Sciences. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The growing number of companies processing and manufacturing agricultural products 
has created an increasing demand for people trained in agricultural economics. Opportuni- 
ties include employment by companies handling farm supplies, such as feed, chemicals and 
equipment: general marketing and processing firms: agricultural cooperatives: profes- 
sional farm management agencies, banks and other credit agencies. 

Many graduates are employed in research and educational work by various agencies of 
the federal and state governments. These include the Agricultural Extension Service, the 
Agricultural Research Service, the State Department of Agriculture and other agencies of 
the United States Department of Agriculture. 

CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 



Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Lanffuages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Elective English or foreign language 

literature) 3 

Humanities and Social Scietices 
(21 Credits) 

EB 202 Economics II 3 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

Electives (Group D) 15 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(SO Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology or 

BS 105 Biology of the Modern World 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers & Their Uses or 
BAE 241 Computer Applications in Agri. & 

LifeSci 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math. AppI 3 

MA 121 Elements of Calculus, or 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Bio. Sci. Elect. (From Group A or 

GN 301. NTH 301 or SSC 200) 3 



Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(50 Credits) 

ACC 210 Accounting I. or 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 

EB 301 Intermediate Microeconomics 3 

EB 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 3 

EB 303 Farm Management, or 

EB 325 Managerial Economics 3 

EB 306 Agricultural Law, or 

EB 307 Business Law I 3 

EB 311 Agricultural Markets, or 

EB 313 Marketing Methods 3 

EB 326 Human Resource Management, or 
EB 332 Industrial Relations, or 

EB 431 Labor Economics 3 

EB(ST)350 Economics and Business Statistics ... 3 
EB 415 Farm Appraisal & Finance or 
EB 404 Money. Financial Markets & the Economy, or 
EB 420 Financial Management of Corporations or 
EB 422 Investments and Portfolio Management .. 3 

EB 433 U. S. Agricultural Policy 3 

Technical agriculture electives 

(from Group C or Forestry) 9 

Departmental or technical 

agriculture electives 11 

Minimum hours for graduation 130 



101 



MINOR IN AGRICULTURAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 

The Department of Economics and Business offers a minor in Agricultural Business 
Management to undergraduate degree students majoring in any department other than 
Economics and Business. This minor is intended to provide students an opportunity to learn 
basic concepts that are useful in a variety of jobs in agricultural businesses. This minor 
requires 15 hours of coursework consisting of EB 212. ACC 280, and EB 303 or 31 1. The two 
remaining courses can be selected from a specific list of agricultural economics and 
business-related courses. Consult the department for specific information. 

CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 
SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Elective (English or foreign language literature) ... 3 
Elective (English or foreign language) 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

EB202 Economics I 3 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

Electives (Group D) 15 

Physical Biological Sciences 
(37 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology, or 

BS 105 Biology in the Modern World 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

CSC 200 Introduction to Computers, or 
BAE 241 Computer Applications in Agri. & 

LifeSci 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathematics 3 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Bio. Sci. Elec. (From Group A or 

GN 301, NTR 301 or SSC 200) 3 

MINOR IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

The Department of Economics and Business offers a minor in Agricultural Economics to 
undergraduate degree students majoring in any department other than Economics and 
Business. This minor is intended to provide students an introduction to agricultural eco- 
nomics training that would be especially useful for further training at the graduate level. 
This minor requires 15 hours of coursework consisting of EB 212 or 201, EB 301, EB 433 
and a choice of two courses from a specific list of agricultural economics courses. Please 
consult the department for specific information. 



Physical Education & Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

(yroup A and C Electives 
(11 Credits) 

Electives 11 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(32 Credits) 

ACC 210 Accounting I, or 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 

EB 301 Intermediate Microeconomics 3 

EB302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 3 

EB (ST) 350 Economics and Business Statistics ... 3 

EB 433 U.S. Agricultural Policy 3 

Electives (Agricultural Economics, 

303, 311. 415. 4.30, 436, 515, 521, 

523, 533, or 551) 9 

Electives (Any ACC or EB or other 

course approved by departmental 
administration) 8 

Minimum hours for graduation 130 



102 



ENTOMOLOGY 

Gardner Hall (Room 2301) 

Professor E. Hodgson, Acting Head of the Department 

Professor H. B. Moore, Jr., Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: R. C. Axtell. J. R. Bradley. Jr.. W. M. Brooks, W. V. Campbell. W. C. Dauterman. M. H. Farrier. F. P. Hain, G. 
G. Kennedy, R. J. Ruhr. H. H. Neunzig. G. C. Rock. T. J. Sheets, R. E. Stinner. C. G. Wright; Adjunct Professors: A. L. 
Chasson. J. R. Fouls. J. E. Gibson, F. L. Hastings, R. A. Neal. R. M. Philpot; Professors Emeriti: F. E. Guthrie, K. L. 
Knight, W.J. Mistric, Jr., R. L. Rabb. C. F. Smith, D. A. Young. Jr.: Associate Professors: L. L. Deitz, F. L. Gould. D. M. 
Jackson (USDA), E. P. Lampert, J. R. Meyer. B. M. Parker; Adjunct Associate Professors: C. Y. Kawanishi, H. B. 
Matthews. Jr.; Assistant Professors: G. J. House. D. W. Keever (USDA), R. M. Roe, R. C. Smart; Adjunct Assi^ant 
Professor: K. G. Giroux; Associate Members of the Faculty: B. C. Haning (Plant Pathology), H. M. Linker (Crop Science). 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor P. S. Southern, Specialist-in-Charge 

Professors: J . T. Ambrose. C. S. Apperson, J. S. Bacheler. J. R. Baker. K. A. Sorensen. J. W. Van Duyn; Professors Emeriti: 
G. D.Jones. R. L. Robertson; Associate Professors: J .} . Arends. R. L. Brandenberg. R. C. UiWman: Assistant Professor: 
J. F. Walgenbach; Extension Specialists: S. B. Bambara. D. L. Stephan. S. J. Toth. 

Undergraduate instruction in entomology is designed to provide introductory and 
advanced courses in the basic science of entomology and on the management of beneficial 
and pest insects. These courses serve students majoring in biological sciences, agronomy, 
horticultural science, agricultural education, and forestry. They also provide fundamental 
training for graduate study in entomology (See listing of graduate degrees). 

OPPORTUNITIES 

For graduates with advanced degrees in entomologj', opportunities include research 
teaching, and extension positions in universities; research, development, production, con- 
trol, and sales positions in private industries; consultative positions in pest management; 
and research and regulatory positions with state and federal agencies. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

There is no entomology undergraduate major. Those students with a primary interest in 
entomology who plan to go on to graduate studies are advised to take the biological sciences 
curriculum with the entomology concentration (See curriculum under biological sciences). 
This requires three courses (10 credits) in entomology in addition to the basic biological 
sciences requirements. 



FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE SCIENCES 

Gardner Hall (Room 2115) 

Professor R. L. Noble, Coordinator of Advising 

(See curriculum in Fisheries and Wildlife Sciences under Department of Zoology. 



103 



FOOD SCIENCE 

Schaub Food Science Building (Room 100) 
Professor D. R. Lineback, Head of the Department 
Professor V. A. Jones, Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: Yl. R. Ball.Jr.. D. E. Carroll. Jr., G. L. Catignani. Jr., H. B. Craig. H. P. Fleming(USDA). D. D. Hamann. H. M. 
Hassan. T. R. Klaenhammer. T. C. Lanier. R. F. McFeeters (USDA). J. L. Oblinger. H. E. Swaisgood. W. M. Walter, Jr. 
(USDA). C. T. Young; Adjunct Professors: R. A. Neal. N. B. Webb: Professors Emeriti: L. W. Aurand. T. A. Bell. T. N. 
Blumer. M. W. Hoover. A. E. Purcell. W. M. Roberts. M. L. Speck. F. G. Warren; Associate Professors: E. A. Foegeding, 
P. M. Foegeding. A. P. Hansen. S. J. Schwartz. B. W. Sheldon. K. R. Swartzel. L. G. Turner; Assistant Professors: L. C. 
Boyd. D. L. Larick: Adjunct Assistant Professor: T. Akahane; Associate Members of Faculty: H. R. Horton (Biochemis- 
try); C. J. Lackey (Foods and Nutrition); H. E. Pattee (Botany); N. F. Tope (Foods and Nutrition). 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor D. R. Ward, Specialist In Charge 

Professors: R. E. Carawan, M. E. Gregory. F. R. Tarver, Jr., F. B. Thomas; Professors Emeriti:}. A. Christian, E. S. Cofer, 
L D. Jones, N. C. Miller, Jr.; Associate Professors: D. H. Pilkington. J. E. Rushing. D. R. Ward; Specialist: D. P. Green. 

The Department of Food Science provides undergraduate and graduate programs for the 
application and integration of chemistry, biology, and engineering to the development, 
processing, packaging, quality control, distribution and utilization of foods. The depart- 
ment maintains modern fully-equipped laboratories for teaching and research in the 
disciplines of food microbiology, food chemistry/biochemistry, food engineering, and nutri- 
tion; and the product areas of dairy, fruit, meats, poultry, seafood, and vegetable products. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Increasing consumer demands for greater varieties of nutritious and convenience foods 
of uniformly high quality create many varied career opportunities in the food and allied 
industries. 

Career opportunities in food industries are: management, research and development, 
process supervision, quality control, procurement, distribution, sales and merchandising. 
Positions include sales and services in allied industries, consulting and trade association 
activities and promotional and educational services. 

Food Science graduates hold teaching, research and extension positions with colleges and 
universities. Governmental agencies employ food scientists whose work is directed toward 
research, regulatory control and the development of food standards. 

The food industry provides both merit and financial need scholarships to encourage 
students preparing for careers in food science. Phi Tau Sigma Honor Society invites 
outstanding seniors to membership, and all students are encouraged to participate in the 
Food Science Club, a student branch of the Institute of Food Technologists. 

CURRICULA IN FOOD SCIENCE 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in food science is offered through curricula 
with a science emphasis or a technology emphasis. The science program is designed for 
students with interest in graduate school or for those desiring more rigorous science courses 
for technical careers in the food industry. Students more interested in business opportuni- 
ties for technically trained individuals find the technology program permits greater flexi- 
bility in complementing food science coursework with business and agricultural commod- 
ity courses. 

See listing of graduate degrees offered. 



104 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Language Elective 6* 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21* 

Mathematics and Statistics (H Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry' 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B 3 

ST 31 1 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Chemistry (19 Credits) 

BCH 451 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry H 4 

Biological Sciences (8 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biologj' 4 

MB 401 General Microbiologj' 4 



Physics (H Credits) 

PY 211 College Physics I 4 

PY 212 College Physics II 4 

Food Science (31 Credits) 

FS 201 Food Science and the Consumer 3 

FS 331 Food Engineering 3 

FS 400 Principles of Human Nutrition 3 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 

FS 403 Food Analysis 3 

FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology 3 

FS 421 Food Preservation 3 

FS (ANS. PO) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs or 
FS(ANS)324 Milk & Dairy Products or 
FS 423 Muscle Food Technology or 

FS 425 Processing Dairy Products 3 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar 1 

Food Science Electives 6 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . 130 



*Any English, foreign language or speech course may be used as language elective. A literature course or 200-level foreign 
language course must be included in the curriculum. 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Mathematics 111 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math. Appl. or 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B 3 

MA 121 Elements of Calculus or 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 

Chemistry (12-16 Credits) 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistn,' 4 

CH 220 Introduction to Organic Chemistry or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I and 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4-8 

Biological Sciences (8 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

'Dependent on whether CH 220 or CH 221-223 and PY 221 or PY 211-212 are elected. 



Physics 
PY 221 College Physics 5 

Groups A, B, C Electives 
(10-17 Credits)* 

Electives 10-17 

Food Science (27 Credits) 

FS 201 Food Science & the Consumer 3 

FS 331 Food Engineering 3 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 

FS 403 Food Analysis 3 

FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology 3 

FS 416 Quality Control of Food Products 3 

FS 421 Food Preservation 3 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar 1 

Food Science Elective 2 

Food Processing Elective (FS 322, 324. 

423 or 425) 3 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives' 3 

Free Electives 12 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 130 



105 



MINOR IN FOOD SCIENCE 

The minor in Food Science is designed to provide important food science principles and 
concepts to students seelcing to improve tlieir understanding of food and its manufacture 
and, especially, to those seeking employment as chemists, microbiologists, engineers, nutri- 
tionists, business specialists, or technical writers in the food and pharmaceutical industry. 
One introductory course (FS 201) is required, and 12 additional hours at the 300 or 400 level 
may be selected to complement a variety of majors. 



GENETICS 

Gardner Hall (Room 3513) 
Professor W. R. Atchley, Head of the Department 
Professor D. F. Matzinger, Assistant Head 
Professor W. H. McKenzie, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: G. C. Bewley, W. D. Hanson, W. E. Kloos, C. S. Levings, III, D. F. Matzinger, R. H. Moll. G. Namkoong(USFS), 
J. G. Scandalios. C. W. Stuber (USDA), A. C. Triantaphyllou: Adjunct Professor: M. D. Chilton: Professors Emeriti: C. H. 
Bostian. D. S. Grosch. T. J. Mann. L. E. Mettler: Associate Professors: T. H. Emigh. T. F. C. Mackay, S. L. Spiker; 
Assistant Professors: M. T. Andrews. M. A. Conkling. S. E. Curtis. J. W. Mahaffey; Associate Members of the Faculty: H. 
E. Schaffer (Academic Computing). E. J. Eisen. C. L. Markert, B. T. McDaniel. R, M. Fetters, 0. W. Robison (Animal 
Science): F. B. Armstrong(Biochemistry): R. S. Boston. W. F.Thompson (Botany); E. A. Wernsman. (Crop Science): M. 
M. Goodman (Crop Science. Statistics. Botany): D. H. Timothy (Crop Science. Botany): C. C. Cockerham. J. 0. Rawlings, 
B. S. Weir (Statistics): L. C. Saylor. R. R. Sederoff (Forestry): K. G. Tatchell (Microbiology): J. L. Apple (Plant 
Pathology): D. M. Miller (Zoology). 

The genetics faculty offers instruction at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. 
The undergraduate courses are designed to support other departments, giving students a 
background in genetics. Since there is no genetics baccalaureate program, interested 
undergraduates are encouraged to pursue a biological sciences program. The graduate 
program is designed to train scientists for research and teaching careers in basic genetics 
and in its application in plant and animal breeding. See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

MINOR IN GENETICS 

The academic minor in Genetics is intended to provide the undergraduate student with a 
strong preparation in the principles of Genetics in order to complement their academic 
major. This minor is appropriate for (but not limited to) students with majors in Animal 
Science, Biochemistry, Botany, Conservation, Crop Science, Fisheries and Wildlife Sci- 
ences, Horticultural Science, Microbiology, Pest Management, Poultry Science and Zool- 
ogy. Ten hours of required courses and 6 hours of electives are necessary to complete the 
minor. 



HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

Kilgore Hall (Room 114) 

Professor T. J. Monaco, Head of the Department 

Lecturer B. H. Lane, Coordinator of Advising 



106 



TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors:]. R. Ballington. F, A. Blazich. W. W. Collins. A. A. De Hertogh. R. A. Larson, C. H. Miller. P. V. Nelson. D. M. 
Pharr. J. C. Raulston. C. R. Unrath; Adjuyict Professors: P. L. Accatino. R. L. Sawyer (Peru): Professors Emeriti: W. E. 
Ballinger. F. D. Cochran. F. L. Haynes. J. M.Jenkins. T. R. Konsler, D.T. Pope; Associate Professors:!^. E. Bilderback, 
P. R. Fantz. W. C. Fonteno. R. G. Gardner. W. R. Henderson. L. E. Hinesley. W. E. Hooker. M. M. Peet. T. C. Wehner. D. 
J. Werner. E. Young; AdjwKt Associate Professor: P. S. Zorner; Associate Professor Emeritus: D. C, Zeiger; Assistant 
Professors: S. M. Blankenship. J. M. Davis. R. G. Goldy. S. L. Warren: Lecturer: M. E. Traer: Associate Members of the 
Faculty: D. E. Carroll. Jr. (Food Science). R.J. Downs. R. L. Mott(Botanv).T. J. Sheets(Entoniology. Crop Science). R. 
H. Moll (Genetics). R. J. Volk (Soils) 

EXTENSION 

Professor M. A. Powell. Jr.. Extension Specialist, In Charge 

Professors: J . W. Love. C. M. Mainland. D. C. Sanders. W. A. Skroch. J. H. Wilson. L. G. Wilson: Professors Emeriti: A. A. 
Banadyga. J. F. Brooks. H. M. Covington. J. H. Harris. G. R. Hughes. M. H. Ko\he: Associate Professors: A. R. Bonanno, 
K. B. Perry. E. B. Poling: Associate Professors Emeriti: T. F. Cannon. W. W. Re'\d: Assistant Professor: J . R. Schultheis: 
Extension Specialists: L. Bass, R. E. Bir. G. L. Johnson. 

Horticulture is a dynamic segment of agriculture. The development, growth, distribu- 
tion, and utilization of fruits, vegetables, flowers and ornamental plants plus the arts of 
floral design and landscaping enrich our lives with nutritious foods and more attractive 
surroundings. North Carolina's varied climatic conditions favor the production of a wide 
variety of horticultural crops on a commercial scale as well as the development of parks, 
gardens and arboreta. The population and amount of industry in the state are increasing, 
and with them the use of ornamental plants. Designers skilled in residential and commer- 
cial landscaping, interior plantscaping, and plant maintenance are in demand. All this in 
turn has created a growth in interest in academic training in horticulture. 

Undergraduate programs in horticultural science offer broad training in physical and 
biological sciences and a sound cultural background. Students can concentrate studies in 
the areas of ornamentals (nursery management), fruits and vegetable crops, floriculture or 
landscape horticulture. They are prepared for either graduate study or for diverse profes- 
sional service. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Horticulture graduates fill positions in production, processing, sales and service. Among 
these are county extension agents; vocational agricultural teachers; landscapers and land- 
scape contractors; farm operators; orchard, nursery, greenhouse and flower shop man- 
agers; research, production and promotional specialists with commercial seed, floral, 
fertilizer, chemical and food companies; inspectors and quality control technologists; 
USDA specialists and as leaders in other phases of agricultural and industrial develop- 
ments. The student may also prepare for a career in research, teaching, extension, etc. in 
horticulture. 

CURRICULA IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in horticultural science can be earned in 
either science or technology— offered by the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
Under these curricula, specialized training is offered in fruit and vegetable crops, floricul- 
ture, ornamental horticulture (nursery management), and landscape horticulture. See the 
freshman year and basic requirements. College of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 



Humanities and Social Sciences 
Credits Group D (21 Credits) 



Electives (Incl. EB 212) 21 



Physical and Biological Sciences 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 (32-33 Credits) 

ENG112 Composition and Reading 3 da oaa di . i ■» a 

SPllO Public Speaking 3 ^0 200 Plant Life 4 

Literature Elective 3 ^^ ,n^ Genera B.ology 4 

LH 101 General Chemistry I 4 



107 



CH 103 General Chemistry 11 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math. Appl. or 

MA 121 Elementsof Calculus, or 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4-3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Physical Education And Free Ekctives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Group A and C Courses 
(21 Credits) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic 

Entomology 3 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 3 

HS301 Plant Propagation (FV.OH.FL) 4 

HS411 Nursery Management (LH) 3 

HS 441 Floriculture I (FL) 3 

HS 471 Tree and Grounds Maintenance (LH) 4 

PP 315 Principles of Plant Pathology 4 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers (FV.OH) ...3 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 

(26-SJ, Credits) 

LAR 234 Intro, to Environmental Design (LH) .... 3 

LAR 430 Site Planning (LH) 3 

LAR 457 Landsc. Mat'ls & Const. I (LH) 3 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics (FV.OH.FL) 3 

HS 211 Ornamental Plants (OH.LH) 3 

HS 212 Ornamental Plants (OH.FL.LH) 3 

HS342 Landscape Horticulture (OH, LH) 3 

HS 400 Residential Landscape (LH) 6 

HS411 Nursery Management (OH) 3 

HS 416 Princ. Ornamental Plant Design or 

DN 433 Native Plants in Environ. Design (LH) ... 3 

HS 421 Tree Fruit Production (FV) 3 

HS 422 Small Fruit Production (FV) 3 

HS431 Vegetable Production (FV) 4 

HS 440 Greenhouse Management (FL) 3 

HS 442 Floriculture II (FL) 3 

HS 471 Tree and Grounds Maintenance (OH) 4 

HS 491 Horticultural Science Seminar 1 

HS(FS)562 Post Harvest Physiology (FV) 3 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape Arch. 

Design (LH) 6 

EB or ACC Elective (FV.OH.FL) 6 

Departmental Electives (FV-3-4) (OH-1) 

(FL-7-8) variable 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . 130* 



FV— Fruits & Vegetables, OH— Ornamental, FL— Floriculture, LH— Landscape Horticulture 
*Hours Required for Graduation in LH 137. 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective/Foreign Language 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences — 
Group D(21 Credits) 

Electives (Incl. EB 212) 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(29 Credits) 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Physical Education and Free Electives 

(16 Credit's) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 



Group A and C Courses 
(26 Credits) 

BCH 451 Introductory Biochemistry 3 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CH 221, 223 OrganicChemistryI.il 8 

ENT 312 Intro, to Economic Entomology 3 

PP 315 Principles of Plant Pathology 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(25 Credits) 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Genetics Lab 1 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 3 

HS211 Ornamental Plants I (OH) 3 

HS 212 Ornamental Plants II (OH.FL) 3 

HS 301 Plant Propagation (OH.FL) 4 

HS411 Nursery Management (OH) 3 

HS 421 Tree Fruit Production (FV) 3 

HS 422 Small Fruit Production (FV) 3 

HS431 Vegetable Production (FV) 4 

HS440 Greenhouse Management (FL) 3 

HS 441 Floriculture I (FL) 3 

HS442 Floriculture II (FL) 3 

HS471 Tree and Grounds Maintenance (OH) 4 

HS 491 Hort. Science Seminar 1 

HS 562 Post Harvest Physiology (FV) 3 

Departmental Elective (FV-4) (FL-1) variable 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 130 



FV— Fruits and Vegetables. OH— Ornamentals. FL— Floriculture 



108 



MINOR IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

The academic minor in Horticultural Science is offered to students who desire a strong 
foundation in the principles of horticultural science. Students may choose to enhance their 
own major by selecting courses in a specialized area of horticulture such as fruits and 
vegetables, ornamentals, floriculture, or landscape horticulture, or they may pursue a more 
general approach to the entire field of study. 



INDIVIDUALIZED STUDY PROGRAM 

Patterson Hall (Room 115) 

Professor J. L. Oblinger, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

The individualized study program entails a curriculum planned by the student with the 
assistance of a faculty advisory committee. Interested students are requested to follow 
details of the program through the Director of Academic Affairs, 115 Patterson Hall. 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Gardner Hall (Room 1627) 

Professor G. C. Miller, Coordinator of Advising 

(See Science Program in Medical Technology under Department of Zoology.) 



MICROBIOLOGY 

Gardner Hall (Room 4515) 

Professor L. W. Parks, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor G. H. Luginbuhl, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: W. J. Dobrogosz, G. H. Elkan. R. E. Johnston, J. J. Perry: Adjunct Professors: W, R. Finnerty, R. E. Kanich; 
Associate Professors: P. E. Bishop (USDA), J. M. McKenzie. Jr., T. Melton, K. G. TsitcheW; Adjunct Associate Professor: 
K. T. Kleeman: Assistant Professor: E. S. Miller; Adjunct Assistant Professor: W, S. Dallas: Associate Members of the 
Faculty: J. C. Leece (Animal Science): P. M. Foegeding. H.M. Hassan, T. R. Klaenhammer (Food Science); W. E. Kloos 
(Genetics); P. B. Hamilton (Poultry Science): E. V. Debuysscher, F. J. Fuller, P. E. Orndorff (Veterinary Medicine). 

The microbiology program provides basic preparation for professional microbiologists, a 
microbiology background for students in other sciences, and an awareness of the microbial 
world as it relates to our daily lives for non-science majors. 

Microbiology is concerned with the growth and development, physiology, classification, 
ecology, genetics and other aspects of the life processes of an array of microscopic, generally 
single-celled, organisms. These organisms frequently serve as model systems for elucida- 
tion of fundamental processes that are common to all living cells. Most of the major 
discoveries that have produced the spectacular advances in biology during the past decade 
have resulted from studies of microbial systems. Future developments in biotechnology, 
production of food and fuel, and human health, will rely heavily on understanding micro- 
bial processes. 



109 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Microbiologists are employed in university, governmental and industrial research labo- 
ratories, diagnostic and control laboratories, teaching, and technical sales and service 
positions. 

CURRICULUM 

There is a microbiology option under the biological sciences curriculum. (See curriculum 
under biological sciences.) This requires three courses (9 credits) in microbiology in addi- 
tion to MB 401, which is part of the basic biological sciences requirement. (See listing of 
graduate degree programs.) 



PEST MANAGEMENT FOR CROP 
PROTECTION 

Bostian Hall (Room 2705) 

Associate Professor B. C. Haning, Program Coordinator and Coordinator of Advising 

Pests are organisms that in some way interfere with mankind's health, happiness, or 
productivity. In fact, some insects, diseases, weeds, and vertebrates become known as pests 
only by their relationship to people. Consequently, it is important to understand two things 
about pest problems and their solutions: 1) Many human activities actually induce pest 
problems, and 2) Many species have multiple roles in nature, some of which are vital to 
species equilibria and beneficial to mankind's long-term interests. The "ecosystem ap- 
proach", which considers both the short and long-term consequences of management 
decisions, most effectively analyzes and resolves pest problems. 

Successful management of pest problems requires a thorough understanding of the 
biology, ecology, sociology, and economics of the problem, and a knowledgeable, responsible 
use of cultural, biological, and chemical management techniques. The Intergrated Pest 
Management (IPM) concept encompasses these requirements. The Pest Management for 
Crop Protection curriculum, an interdepartmental program involving the Departments of 
Crop Science, Entomology, Horticulture Science, and Plant Pathology as well as other 
departments and disciplines, provides students opportunity to study the IPM philosophy 
and component disciplines and technologies. Students study IPM, biology and ecology, 
economics and sociology, soil science, entomology, plant pathology, weed science, pesticide 
application, and crop production. Complementary course work in agricultural and forest 
meteorology, alternative agricultural systems, and computer sciences is available. A 
required internship further complements classroom experiences. Close student-faculty 
advising of elective hours permit programs tailored to students' needs. Dual degree pro- 
grams with related subject areas such as agronomy, soil science, horticultural science, 
animal science, conservation, zoology, economics and business, and botany are encouraged. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Successful completion of this curriculum prepares students well for positions as research 
assistants, crop scouts, agribusiness personnel, extension agents, pest control operators, 
gardeners and farmers, inspectors and regulatory agents, and operators and consultants of 
nursery, greenhouse, and plant and animal facilities. The curriculum is excellent prepara- 
tion for graduate school as well as a comprehensive exposure to agriculture in general. 



110 



CURRICULUM IN PEST MANAGEMENT FOR CROP PROTECTION 



The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in Pest Management for Crop Protection 
is offered under the agricultural science curriculum of the College of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. 

See the freshman year and basic requirements College of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Language Elective 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Hiimanities and Social Science 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

(Must include 3 sem. hrs. economics) 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(2i-28 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Mathematics or 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4-3 

PY 211, PY 212 College Physics I, II or 

PY 221 College Physics 5-8 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 



Group A and C Courses 
(22 Credits) 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 3 

BO (ZO) 365 Ecology Lab 1 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

ENT 312 Intro, to Economic Entomology 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

Major Requirements and Electives 
(Si Credits) 

CS 211 Introduction to the Crop Plant 2 

CS 212 Intro, to Crop Management 2 

CS 414 Weed Science 4 

ENT 550 Fund'tls of Insect Control 3 

PM 111 Intro. Integrated Pest Mgmt 2 

PM (BAE) 312 Princ. & Pract. Pesticide Appl 3 

PM 490 Pest Management Seminar 2 

PM 415 Princ. & Syst. Intergr. Pest Mgmt 4 

PP 315 Principles of Plant Pathology 4 

PP415 Plant Disease Control 3 

Advised Electives 5 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 130 



MINOR IN INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT 

Integrated Pest Management (IPM) is a philosophy that recognizes that pest species are a 
normal part of our dynamic, living environment. IPM also is a technology that requires 
treating pest problems, when necessary, in ways that are ecologically, socially, and finan- 
cially sound over both the short and long term time frames of human existence. IPM 
procedures must be knowledgeable and skillful selections of cultural, chemical, legal, and 
biological methods that emphasize prevention as a strategy of choice after studying all 
aspectsof actual or potential pest problems. IPM isbasedon the principles of ecology. IPM 
is a useful knowledge for everyone, as pests can be expected to interfere in all human 
endeavors. Its adoption requires a commitment to stewardship, which is everyone's respon- 
sibility and which can be fulfilled in unlimited ways: actual practice, communication, 
recommendations, responsible voting. A minor in IPM increases the comprehensiveness of 
students' programs of study and provides students with a competitive edge in career 
performance. Fourteen hours of required courses and three hours of electives are necessary 
to complete the minor. An internship in IPM can replace the elective requirement. 



Ill 



PLANT PATHOLOGY 

Gardner Hall (Room 2518) 

Professor W. L. Klarman, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors:J. L. Apple, K. R. Barker, D. F. Bateman. D. M. Benson, M. K. Beute. J. M. Davis. E. Echandi, G. V. Gooding, 
Jr., L. F. Grand. A. S. Heagle (USDA). J. S. Huang. L. T. Lucas. C. E. Main, R. D. Milholland, J. W. Moyer, R. A. Reinert 
(USDA), H. W. Spurr, Jr. (USDA), T, B. Sutton, H. H. Triantaphyllou. N. N. Winstead: Professors Emeriti: R. Avcock, 
C. N. Clayton. D. E. Ellis. T. T. Hebert. G. B. Lucas. L. W. Nielsen. J. P. Ross. J. N. Sasser. D. L. Strider. F. L. Wellman; 
Associate Professors: R. I. Bruck. C. L. Campbell. B. C. Haning. G. A. Payne. H. D. Shew; Assistant Professors: J. 
Beagle-Ristaino. M. E. Daub. S. Leath (USDA). P. B. Lindgren. S. A. Lommel. C. H. Opperman. S. M. Schneider 
(USDA). S. R. Shafer (USDA). R. G. Upchurch (USDA): Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. L. Imbriani (NCDA). S. 
Spencer (NCDA); dissociate Members of the Faculty: C. G. VanDyke (Botany). R. C. Rufty (Crop Science). E. B. Cowling. 
M. P. Levi (Forestry), C. B. Davey (Forestry, Soil Science), J. H. Wilson. Jr. (Horticulture). W. M. Hagler. Jr. (Poultry 
Science). 

EXTENSION 

Professor H. E. Duncan, In Charge 

Professors: C. W. Averre. IH. R. K. Jones. D. P. Schmitt. P. B. Shoemaker: Professors Emeriti: N. T. Powell. F. A. Todd. J. 
C. Wells: Associate Professors: J. E. Bailey. D. F. Ritchie: Assistant Professor: T. A. Melton. HI: Research /Extension 
Specialist: W. 0. Cline. 

Undergraduate instruction in plant pathology is designed to provide introductory and 
advanced courses on the nature and control of plant diseases to students majoring in crop 
science, horticultural science, pest management, agricultural education and forestry. It 
also provides fundamental training necessary for graduate study in plant pathology. 

The Department of Plant Pathology cooperates in training pest management for crop 
protection majors, but does not offer an undergraduate major in plant pathology. (See 
listing of graduate degrees offered.) 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Employment in research, extension and teaching is available to graduates with advanced 
degrees in plant pathology. Research openings are with the U. S. Department of Agricul- 
ture, state experiment stations and in industry. The rapid development of agricultural 
chemicals and other methods for disease control offers numerous opportunities. See pest 
management for crop protection. 



POULTRY SCIENCE 

Scott Hall (Room 120) 

Professor W. E. Donaldson, Acting Head of the Department 

Professor C. R. Parkhurst, Acting Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: R. E. Cook. F. W. Edens. J. D. Garlich, P. B. Hamilton. C.H.Hill: Adjuntt Professors: K. N. May. D. L McRee. J. 
P. Thaxton: Professors Emeriti: C. W. Barber. E. W. Glazener: Associate Professors:}. T. Brake. V. L. Christensen, W. 
M. Hagler. Jr.. J. F. Ort, J. C. H. Shih. T. D. Slopes: Adjunct Associate Professor: N. Chernoff: Assistant Professors: M. A. 
Qureshi, R. M. Shuman: Adjunct Assistant Professors: R. P. Gildersleeve, J. W. Laskey: Associate Members of the 
Faculty: W. J. Croom (Animal Science), H. R. Ball, Jr., B. W. Sheldon (Food Science). 



112 



EXTENSrON 

Professor T. A. Carter, In Charge 

Professors Emeriti: W. G. Andrews. J. R. Harris. G. A. Martin. W. C. Mills. Jr.. T. B. Morris; Associate Professors:]. B. 
Carey. F. T. Jones. M.J. Wineland: Assistant Professors: P. R. Ferket. D. V. Rives. S. E. Scheideler; Assistant Professor 
Emeritus: J. R. West: Extension Specialists: C. E. Brewer. G. S. Davis. 

The Department of Poultry Science provides instruction in the principles of poultry 
husbandry and in such related fields as nutrition, physiology, genetics, toxicology and 
biotechnology. Through teaching, research and extension, the department serves students, 
poultrymen and allied industries. Poultry production has increased rapidly during the last 
two decades and ranks first in North Carolina as a source of agricultural income. North 
Carolina ranks third nationally in the production of poultry products; the climatic and 
economic conditions in the state provide a sound base for continued expansion. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The change from small-farm operations to large commercial poultry enterprises has 
created more specialized positions than there are available poultry graduates. Production- 
oriented positions and off-the-farm operations in activities such as processing and distribu- 
tion offer new job opportunities. The allied industries— feed, equipment, financing, phar- 
maceutical and other supplies— need more employees trained in poultry science. Graduates 
hold positions as managers and field representatives for businesses identified with, or 
serving the poultry industry. Graduates are also employed in communication and public 
relations and as teachers and extension and research specialists. Some graduates have their 
own poultry businesses. 

CURRICULA IN POULTRY SCIENCE 

Students desiring the Bachelor of Science with a major in poultry science may choose 
either the science or technology curriculum offered by Agriculture and Life Sciences. (See 
listing of graduate degrees.) One may obtain a double major in certain other curricula 
through careful use of electives and/or summer school attendance. The student should 
consult the undergraduate advisers in the department(s) concerned. Currently, the pre- 
veterinary science student may utilize all requirements toward a Bachelor of Science 
degree in the science option. 

See the freshman year and basic requirements for College of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

This curriculum is for the student interested in the basic biological and physical sciences. 
The student is better prepared for advanced study in various disciplines such as genetics, 
nutrition, physiology and pathology. Several pre-veterinary students are currently en- 
rolled in this curriculum and are seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in poultry science. 
(See Pre-Professional Program in Veterinary Medicine). 

Credits Physical and Bioloffical Sciences 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 (28-32 Credits) 

Lanmages (12 Credits) BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENGlll Composition and Rhetoric 3 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 MA 114 Intro, to Finite Mathematics or 

Literature Elective 3 MA 121 Elements of Calculus or 

„ ,„.,„. ^ ,■ MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Cal. A or 

Humamtus and Social Sciences (21 Credits) MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 3-4 

Electives 21 MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PY 211-212 College Physics I. II or 

PY 221 College Physics 8-5 



113 



Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Group A. B. C Courses 
(22-26 Credits) 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry 4 

EB 306 Agricultural Law, or 
EB 307 Business Law I or 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 



Group A Electives (Biological Science) 4 

Group A Electives 1-5 

Group B or C Electives 3 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production 4 

PO (ANS. FS) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs 3 

PO 405 Avian Physiolog>' 4 

PO (ANS. NTR) 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 

PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding 3 

PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology 4 

VMF 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 130 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

The technologj' curriculum in poultry science is designed to prepare students for direct 
entry into the poultry industry upon graduation; allows a greater selection of courses in the 
applied science and technology areas: and offers a student both basic and applied knowl- 
edge in poultry husbandry which can be used directly in a family poultry operation upon 
graduation. 



Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Language (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(32-36 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biologj- 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry U or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Introd. to Finite Mathematics or 

MA 121 Elements of Calculus or 

MA 131 Ana!>'tical Geometry & Calc.A or 

MA 141 Analytical Geometry & Calc. I 3-4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PY 211-212 College Phvsics I. n or 

PY 221 College Physics 5-8 

Elective in Group A (Biological Science) 4 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health and Phystical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 



Group A. B. C Courses 
116-20 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

EB 306 Agricultural Law or 
EB 307 Business Law I or 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 

GN411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Electives in A, B. or C Courses 6-10 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(28 Credits) 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production 4 

PO 301 Evaluation of Live Poultry 2 

PO (ANS. FS) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs 3 

PO 405 Avian Physiology 4 

PO (ANS. NTR) 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

VMF 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

Select a minimum of two courses from: 4 

PO 420 Turkey Production (2) 

PO 421 Commercial Egg Production (2) 

PO 422 Incubation and Hatcher.' Management (2) 

PO 423 Broiler Production (2) 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 

PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding 3 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 130 



PREMEDICAL SCIENCES 

Premedical, predental, preoptometry, prepharmacy. preveterinary. and other allied 
health preprofessional programs are offered as foundation courses in several curricular 
tracks with emphasis on the physical and biological sciences. Requirements for most 



114 



premedical sciences are similar. A number of students are accepted each year in leading 
medical colleges: several have received outstanding scholarships. 

For the premedical, predental, and preoptometry programs, see zoology, biochemistry 
and the biological sciences curricula and consult Dr. William C. Grant, Department of 
Zoology. Chairman of the University Preprofessional Health Science Committee. 



SOCIOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY 
AND SOCIAL WORK 

(Also see Humanities and Social Sciences) 
1911 Building (Room 301) 
Professor L. B. Otto, Head of the Department 

Professor W. B. Clifford, Associate Head for CALS Programs, Research and Teaching 
Associate Professor W. C. Peebles-Wilkins, Associate Head and Director of Social Work 
Associate Professor M. P. Atkinson, Associate Head for CHASS Programs 
Associate Professor A. C. Davis, Coordinator of Advising (Applied Sociology) 
Professor E. M. Suval, Graduate Administrator 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: L. R. Delia Fave, V. A. Hiday, C. P. Marsh. R. L. Moxley. P. N. Reid, M. M. Sawhney, 0. Uzzell, R. C. 
Wimberley: Adjunct Professor: R. D. Mustian: Professors Emeriti: L. W. Drabick. H. D. Rawls, J. N. Young: Associate 
Professors: R. C. Brisson, G. D. Hill, J. C. Leiter. G. S. Nickerson. I. Rovner. M. D. Schulman. M. S. Thompson. R. J. 
Thomson. D.T. Tomaskovic-Devey, K. M.Troost. M. L.Walek. J.M.Wallace. E. M. Woodrum. M.T.Zingraft Associate 
Professors Emeriti: J. G. Peck. I. E. Russell: Assistant Professors: J. S. Brown. R. S. Ellovich. T. M. Hyman. B. J. 
Risman, M. L. Schwalbe. L. A. Smith. A. E. Thompson. L. R. Williams. C. R. Zimmer: Assistant Professor Emeritus: C. 
G. Dawson. 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor S. K. Garber, Specialist in Charge 

Professors: V. E. Hamilton. T. N. Hobgood. Jr.: Professors Em£riti: J. N. Collins, M. E. Voland; Associatf Professor: S. C. 
Lilley: Associate Professor Emeritus: P. P. Thompson: Assistant Professor: T. J. Hoban. 

This department teaches students the principles and techniques for understanding 
human group behavior. Most specifically the department seeks: (1) to educate students to 
understand communities and organizations and the people who live and work within them; 
(2) to qualify exceptional students at the undergraduate and graduate level for sociological 
research, teaching, and extension careers: (3) to solve problems in human group relations. 
Applied sociology is good training for a wide variety of careers. It is useful for any job which 
involves work with people, organizations or communities. It is also good preparation for 
professional careers in local government, personnel relations, law, the clergy, business and 
management. 

CURRICULUM IN APPLIED SOCIOLOGY 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in applied sociology is offered under the 
science curriculum of the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences. In addition to topics in 
agricultural and community sociology, majors in this department have the option of con- 
centrating in criminal justice. 



115 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credit-i 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 1 12 Composition and Reading 3 

Language or 

Literature Elective 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(21 Credits) 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 

EB201 Economics I or 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

PS 201 Introduction to American Government or 

PS 202 Sute and Local Government 3 

SOC202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Electives (Six hours must come from History, 

University Studies or any Group D, 

Area III Discipline) 9 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(30 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology or 

BS 105 Biology in the Modern World 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I or 

CH HI Foundations of Chemistry 4 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers and Their 
Uses or 

CSC Elective 3 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A or 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Physical or Biological Science Elective 3 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credit's) 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 

Group A. B, C. D Courses 
(22 Credits) 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology 3 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs or 

GN411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

SOC 351 Population and Planning 3 

Electives in A. B, C, or D Courses 13 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(28 Credits) 

SOC 241 Rural Society. USA 3 

SOC 300 Sociological Research Methods 4 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

SOC 311 Community Relationships 3 

SOC 342 Rural Soc. Around World 3 

SOC 400 Theories of Social Structure or 

SOC 401 Theories of Social Interaction 3 

SOC 410 Formal Organizations 3 

SOC 495 Ind. Field Work in Applied Soc 3 

SOC Elective at 400 level or above 3 

Strongly Recommended: For students interested in aiip- 
lied quantitative methods, PS 471, SOC 590 and addi- 
tional courses in statistics. 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 130 

CONCENTRATION IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 

EB 201 Economics I or 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

PS 201 Introduction to American Government .... 3 

PS 311 Criminal Justice Policy Process 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Electives from History, University Studies or 

any Group D, Area III discipline 6 

Group A. B. C. D Courses 
(22 Credits) 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology 3 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs or 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

SOC 306 Criminology 3 

SOC .351 Population. and Planning 3 

SOC (PS) 413 Criminal Justice Field Work 4 

Political Science Elective 3 

Electives 3 

Departmental Requirements 
(28 Credits) 

SOC 241 Rural Society USA 3 

SOC 300 Sociological Research Methods 4 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

SOC 342 Rur Soc Around World 3 

SOC 400 Theories of Social Structure or 

SOC 401 Theories of Social Interaction 3 

Criminal Justice Electives 12 

(must include one course in Sociology and one course 
in Political Science . . . See adviser for listing.) 



MINOR IN APPLIED SOCIOLOGY 

The Minor in Applied Sociology is a 15-hour program aimed at providing students the 
basic conceptual framework of sociology and the information necessary for applying this 
approach to the resolution of problems, especially in the work and organizational 
environments. 



116 



SOIL SCIENCE 

Williams Hall (Room 2234) 

Professor R. H. Miller, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor H. J. Kleiss, Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: S. W. Buol. D. K. Cassel, F. R. Cox, G. A. Cummings, C. B. Davey, J. W. Gilliam, D. W. Israel (USDA), W. A. 
Jackson. E.J. Kamprath, L. D. King, C. B. McCants, G. S. Miner, C. D. Raper, Jr., P. A. Sanchez. R. J. Volk, S. B. Weed, 
A. G. Wollum: Adjunct Professors: P. G. Hunt, R. J. McCracken; Professors Emeriti: W. V. Bartholomew, R. W. 
Cummings. J. W. Fitts, W. G. Woltz, W. W. Woodhouse, Jr.; Associate Professors: S. W. Broome, G. D. Hoyt, J. E. 
Shelton. M.J. Vepraskas; Adjunct Associate Professors: D. W. Eaddy. M. R. Tucker: Associate Professors Emeriti: W. D. 
Lee. R. E. McCollum; >4ssus<Qn/Pro/fssors; A. Amoozegar. H. P. Denton. C. K. Martin, T.J. Smyth: Assistant Professor 
Eyneritus: L. E. Aull: Senior Researcher: W. P. Robarge: Instructor: W. R. Guertal; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. 
D. Seneca (Botany): H. L. Allen, L. T. Henry, R. Lea (Forestry), S. R. Shafer (USDA) (Plant Pathology): R. W. Skaggs 
(Biological & Agricultural Engineering); J. B. Weber (Crop Science). 

EXTENSION 

Professor J. P. Zublena, In Charge 

Professors: J. V. Baird, M. G. Cook. J. A. Phillips: Associate Professors: J. P. Lilly, G. C. Naderman, Jr.: Assistant 
Professor: M. T. Hoover. 

The Department of Soil Science trains students in fundamentals of soils, develops an 
understanding and appreciation of soils as a resource, and presents principles of soil 
management and utilization for both farm and non-agricultural purposes. Soils constitute 
one of the largest capital investments in farming and proper soil management is essential 
for efficient production. Future world food needs will require people conversant in soil 
resources and use of fertilizers. Soil properties are important considerations in urban- 
suburban planning and development. Also, knowledge of soil and its interactions with 
potential pollutants is useful in conserving environmental quality. Therefore, the demand 
for people trained in soils by agribusiness, research, service, planning-development, educa- 
tion and conservation-related agencies should continue to be great. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Soil science graduates fill positions of leadership and service in agricultural, conserva- 
tion and resource planning work. Among these are opportunities as farm operators and 
managers, county agricultural extension agents and employees of other public advisory 
agencies. Soil Conservation Service and other conservation-related agencies concerned 
with soil resources, and as technical representatives and salesmen in fertilizer companies 
and other agribusiness. 

Provision is made for students wishing a more thorough training in biological sciences, 
chemistry, mathematics and physics leading to graduate study. (See listing of graduate 
degrees.) Students with advanced degrees have wide opportunities in teaching, research, 
service and extension with state, federal and private educational and research institutions 
and agencies. Also, there are increasing opportunities in support of agribusiness. 

SOIL SCIENCE CONCENTRATION 

The Bachelor of Science degree may be obtained through programs in agronomy and 
conservation. The agronomy program is administered jointly with the Crop Science 
Department. A soil science concentration is available in the agronomy curriculum. (The 
agronomy and conservation curricula are shown earlier under College of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences). 



117 



MINOR IN SOIL SCIENCE 

The academic minor in Soil Science is offered to students desiring a strong knowledge of 
the principles of Soil Science to complement their major. It is intended to strengthen the 
understanding of basic physical and chemical soil properties that would be relevant to a 
student's particular land management interest. These interests may include but are not 
limited to conservation, forestry, geolog>', landscape architecture, horticulture, biological 
and agricultural engineering, agricultural business management, pest management or 
agricultural education. Fifteen hours of required courses and three hours of electives are 
necessary to complete the minor. 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM IN 
VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Students with interests in veterinary medicine who enroll in the undergraduate pro- 
grams at North Carolina State University should pursue a baccalaureate degree in a major 
area that fulfills the requirements of the pre-professional program. Pre-professional 
courses are designed to give students a background in animal health, poultry health and 
laboratory animal care. At the present time a preveterinary curriculum is offered in the 
College of Agriculture and Life Sciences. A student may major in animal science, poultry 
science, biochemistry, zoology-, biological sciences, or biological sciences options, as well as 
in other science curricula. The choice of the degree program should be carefully considered 
to encompass alternate career objectives. If a student is accepted to veterinary college 
before completion of his or her undergraduate degree, some course credits may be trans- 
ferred from the veterinary program toward completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. 
Arrangements for this procedure should be made with the degree-granting college or 
department prior to entering veterinary college. 

The courses listed below are minimum requirements for all students applying for 
entrance to the College of Veterinary Medicine at N. C. State University. A grade of C or 
better on each course and an overall grade point average of 2.75 or above is required for 
application. 

Languauges Credits 

ENG 111, 112 English Composition 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
as per appropriate curriculum requirement 

Physical Sciences 

BCH 451 Introduction to Biochemistry 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221. 223 Organic Chemistry I & II 8 

MA 121 Elements of Calculus or 

MA 131 Analytical Geometry & Calc. A 4 

PY 211, 212 College Physics I, II or 

PY 221 College Physics 8-5 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Biological Sciences 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ON 41 1 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology' 4 

NtUrUum 

At least one course in animal nutrition is necessary. 

ANS (PO) 204 Feeds and Feeding or 

ANS (FS. NTR) 301 Modern Nutrition or 

ANS (NTR. PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 3-4 

Faculty advisors have a list of suggested courses for pre-professional students. 



118 



ZOOLOGY 

Gardner Hall (Room 1627— South Wing) 

Professor J. G. Vandenbergh, Head of the Department 

Professor G. C. Miller. Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: G. T. Barthalmus. P. C. Bradbury. B. J. Copeland. P. D. Doerr. W. C. Grant. M. T. Huish (USDI). C. F. Lytic, 
J. M. Miller. R. L. Noble, J. F. Roberts. D. E. Smith. H. A. Underwood: Adjunct Professors: F. A. Cross. J. B. 
Funderburg, Jr.. J. D. Hair. G. R. Huntsman: Professors Emeriti: D. E. Davis, W. W. Hassler. T. L. Quay: Associate 
Professors: B. L. Black, L. B. Crowder. M. N. Feaver. R. M. Grossfield. R. G. Hodson. S. C. Mozley. R. A. Powell. L. A. 
Real. G. J. San Julian. J. R. Walters: Adjunct Associate Professors: D. E. Hoss. C. S. Manooeh. Ill, D. S. Peters, L. W. 
Reiter. G. W. Thayer: Assistant Professors: J . M. Hinshaw. T. M. Losordo, D. M. Miller, III, J. A. Rice, C. V. Sullivan: 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: S. V. Chiavetta, D. R. Colby. R. J. Kavlock: Adjunct Instructors: W. D. Baker. R. B. 
Hamilton: Associate Members of the Faculty: R. A. Lancia (Forest Re.sources). K. H. Pollock (Statistics). T. G. Wolcott 
(Marine, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences). 

Affiliated Faculty. Medical Techwlogy Programs 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine/N. C. Baptist Hospital — 
Michael O'Connor, M.D., Medical Director 
Lenora Flynn, MT(ASCP), A.B.. M.Ed. 

Charlotte Memorial Hospital and Medical Center- 
Henry Wilkenson. M.D., Medical Director 
Elizabeth T. Anderson. MHDL. MT(ASCP). CLS(NCA), Program Director 

Duke University Medical Center- 
Frances K. Widmann. M.D.. Medical Director 
Margaret Schmidt. MT(ASCP). SH. CLS(NCA), M.A.. Program Director 

Moses Cone Memorial Hospital — 
Robert M. Gav. M.D.. Medical Director 
Jean G. Smith. MT (ASCP), M.Ed. 

The Department of Zoology provides undergraduate and graduate instruction in special- 
ized biological sciences areas. Undergraduates study all levels of biological organization 
from the molecular to the community. Zoolog>' majors are well prepared for graduate work 
in zoologA^ and related fields of sciences. (See listing of graduate degrees,) Participation in 
supervised programs of research is strongly encouraged. A strong science background is 
provided for students planning to enter dentistry, medicine, optometry, veterinary medi- 
cine and allied health sciences, such as medical technologJ^ Ecologj'. including wildlife, 
fisheries, parasitology and marine biology are strong areas. Cellular and molecular biol- 
ogy, including neurobiology, also are emphasized, 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Bachelor of Science graduates in zoologj^ have many career options. Graduates are well 
prepared for employment in various government agencies or private industries. Graduates 
may continue their education with studies leading to advanced degrees in many areas of 
biological sciences such as zoolog>', cell biology, wildlife and fisheries science, marine 
science and biomedical subdisciplines. Many also choose to enter professional schools for 
degrees in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine and other health related areas, 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in zoology, fisheries and wildl ife sciences or 
medical technology is offered under the science curriculum of the College of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences. Within these majors a student may specialize depending upon interest 
and ability. 

The zoology curriculum prepares students for graduate school, medical, dental, and 
veterinary schools. Certain professional schools have specific requirements which differ 
slightly from the zoolog>' curriculum. Students should consult catalogs of specific profes- 
sional schools to ensure completion of any special requirements. 



119 



Other curricula include the fisheries and wildlife sciences program and the medical 
technology program. The clinical year for the medical technolog>' program is by competi- 
tive selection at an affiliated hospital. Students are advised by faculty in their special areas 
of interest. 



CURRICULUM IN ZOOLOGY 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages 112 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language or Speech Elective 3 

Social Scietices and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives (no more than two 
in any one department) 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(1,-2 CrediUs) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

GN411 Principles of Genetics 3 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trig 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calculus A 4 

FY 211 College Physics I 4 



PY 212 College Physics II 4 

Mathematical Science Elective: second calculus or 
computer science or ST 31 1 3 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Free Electives 12 



(yroup A Electives 
(8 Credits) 



Restricted Electives 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(30 Credits) 

ZO 205 Intro, to Cellular and 

Developmental Zoology 4 

ZO 208 Intro, to Organismal and 

Evolutionary Zoologj' 4 

ZO 305 Cell & Animal Physiology Lab 2 

Selected Zoolog>' Electives* 16 

Selected Laboratory Courses** 4 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



Supraorganismal Level 



♦ZOOLOGY ELECT! VES— 16 credit hours to be selected from the following with at least one course from each category. 
Organismal Level Systems Level 

ZO302 (4) Z0 421 (3) 

ZO303 (4) Z0.323 (4) 

Z0 315 (3) Z0 361 (3) 

Cellular and Molecular Level 

BCH 451 (3) BO/ZO 360 (3) 

BO/Z0 414(3) ZO410(3) 

Z0 345(4) ZO450(3) 

••ZOOLOGY LABORATORIES-4 credit hours of 
laboratory work are to be selected from the following: 

ALS 499H (1-3)— must be labortory research 

ZO 365 (D— ZO 360 (3) is a corequisite 

ZO 460 (2) 

ZO 480 (3) 

ZO 590 ( 1-3)— must be laboratory research 



SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RESTRICTED ELECTIVES 

(SDM) Medical Schools and DenUl Schools: 

ZO 315, 323. 345: BCH 451: GN 412: MB 401. 411: CH 315 (required by many dental schools) 
(SZO) Zoology: 

BO 200; BCH 451: ENT 425; FW 221, 420; MB 401, 411;GN412:Z0212. 221. 315, 323.410, 420, 425, 441 and any 500 level 

course: and any approved computer science, statistics, or mathematics course. 

(See also Pre-Professional Program in Veterinary Medicine). 

MINOR IN ZOOLOGY 

A minor in Zoology is available to undergraduates majoring in any department other 
than Zoology. This minor will be useful to students applying to professional schools such as 
medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, and other health sciences. Basic knowledge in 



120 



animal biolog:>' may also be useful to students seeking careers in government, industry, or 
education. The minor consists of a minimum of 15 credit hours, including two core courses, 
ZO 205 and ZO 208. The remaining courses must be selected from three- or four-credit 
courses at the 300 or 400 level v^^ith at least one course having a laboratory. 

SCIENCE PROGRAM IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Professor G. C. Miller, Coordinator of Advisbig 

Two programs are available in medical technology. The first is a four-year collegiate 
curriculum with a Bachelor of Science degree in zoolog>' (see above) followed by a year of 
training in any hospital clinical laboratory approved by the American Medical Association. 
The second program is designed to be completed in four calendar years. The student takes 
the prescribed curriculum (see below) for three years at North Carolina State University 
and a fourth year (12 months) of clinical training at an affiliated hospital. Successful 
completion of this program qualifies the student for a Bachelor of Science degree in medical 
technology' from N. C. State. Acceptance by the clinical laboratory is competitive and 
students in either program outlined above must apply for clinical training. After comple- 
tion of either program the student is eligible to take the national examination for certifica- 
tion as a registered Medical Technologist. 



Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG HI Composition & Rhetoric 3 

ENG 1 12 Composition & Reading 3 

English. Speech, or Language Elective 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 
(■21 Credits) 

Eiectives (no more than two courses 

in any one department) 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistr>- 4 

MA HI Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 

PY 211. 212 College Physics MI 8 

Physical Education and Free Eiectives 
(8 Credits) 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Eiectives 3 

Free Eiectives 4 



Group A Courses 
(19 Credits) 

CH 221. 223 Organic Chem. I & II 8 

GN411 The Principles of Genetics or 

GN301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

MB 411 Medical Microbiology 4 

Departmental Requirements and Eiectives 
(11 Credits) 

ZO 201 General Zoology 4 

ZO 303 Vert. Zoolog>- 4 

ZO 414 Cell Biology or 

ZO 421 Principles of Physiology 3 

100 

plus 
Tu-elve-month course in Medical 
Technology at one of the affiliated 
hospital programs. 
Microbiology 
Clinical Chemistry 

Hematolog>' 35-50 hours 

Histology & (variable in the 

Cytology fcmr programs) 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 1,3.5 

The affiliated programs are: 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Winston-Salem, N.C. 

Charlotte Memorial Hospital. Charlotte. N.C. 

Moses H. Cone Hospital. Greensboro. N.C. 

Duke Univ. Medical Center, Durham. N.C. 



FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE SCIENCES 

Professor R. L. Noble, Coordinator of Advising 

The Departments of Zoology and Forestry jointly administer the program in Fisheries 
and Wildlife Sciences. Undergraduate education emphasizes ecological principles and 
their application to research problems and natural resource management needs. Majors 
are well prepared for graduate work and entry-level professional positions. 



121 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENGlll Composition & Rhetoric 3 

ENG112 Composition & Reading 3 

ENG 333 Commun. for Science & Res 3 

SPUO Public Speaking 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences (21 Credits) 

Economics Electives 6 

Literature Elective 3 

Political Science Electives 6 

Electives 6 

Physical and Biological Sciences (i9 Credits) 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 3 

BO(ZO)365 Ecology Lab 1 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221 and CH 223 Organic Chemistry I and II or 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry and Physical 

Science Elective (4 hours) 8 

GN411 Principles of Genetics 3 

MA112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

FY 221 College Physics 5 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics and one of the following: 

BM 511. FOR 273. MA 214, MA 231 6 

ZO 201 General Zoology 4 

Z0 421 Principles of Physiology 3 

Physical Education and Free Electives (13 Credits) 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education Electives 3 

Electives 9 

Group A. B. C Conines 
(!) hours. u-it(llif(.l (IJ hours, fisliericsl 

Credits 

ANS (PO. NTR) 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

ANS 502 Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates 3 

BO 565 Plant Community Ecology 4 

BO 574 Phycology 3 

CE 486 Sanitary Engineering Measurements of 

Water Quality 3 

ENT(ZO)425 General Entomology 3 

FOR 210 Dendrolog>'-Gymnosperms 2 

FOR 211 Dendrology-Angiosperms 2 

FOR 272 Forest Mensuration 3 

FOR 353 Air Photo Interpretation 3 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management 3 

FOR 501 Forest Influences and Watershed Management 3 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems Arranged 

FW (ZO) 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 3 

FW(ZO)554 Wildlife Field Studies 3 

FW(ZO)586 Aquaculturel 3 

FW (ZO) 587 Aquaculture I Laboratory 1 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology I 3 

MEA 200 Introduction to the Marine Environment 3 

MEA (ZO) 520 Principles of Biological Oceanography 3 

RRA 442 Wildland Recreation Environments 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

SSC452 Soil Classification 4 

ZO 315 General Parasitology 3 

ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 4 

Z0 441 Biology of Fishes 3 

ZO 442 Biology of Fishes Laboratory 1 

Z0 501 Ornithology 3 

ZO 517 Population FIcoIogy 3 

ZO 419 Introduction to Limnology 4 

ZO 544 Mammalogy 3 



Fisheries 


Wildlil 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 




X 




X 


X 




X 




X 




X 




X 


X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 




X 




X 




X 




X 


X 


X 






X 




X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 


X 



122 



Departmental Requirements and Electivcs 
(32 hours, wildlife) (29 hours, fisheries) 

Credits Fisheries Wildlife 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 X 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 X 

FW (ZO) 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 3 X X 

FW (FOR) 310 Fisheries and Wildlife Inventory 

& Management 6 X X 

FW{ZO)353 Wildlife Management 3 X X 

FW (FOR) 404 Forest Wildlife Management 3 X 

FW (ZO) 420 Fishery Science 3 X X 

FW (ZO) 430 Fish and Wildlife Administration, 

Policv and Law 3 X X 

FW(ZO)553 Principles of Wildlife Science 3 X X 

Z0 441 Biology of Fishes 3 X 

ZO 442 Biology of Fishes Laboratory 1 X 

Z0 419 Introduction to Limnology 4 X 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 136 

AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH SERVICE 

D. F. Bateman, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

R. J. Kuhr, Associate Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Director of Research 

G. J. Kriz, Associate Director of Research 

W. H. Johnson, Assistant Director of Research 

The North Carolina Agricultural Research Service is the agricultural, life sciences, 
forestry, and home economics research agency of the State of North Carolina. It is funded 
principally by appropriations from the North Carolina General Assembly, federal formula 
funds and grants and contracts. 

The purpose of the Agricultural Research Service is to conduct research on (1) the 
development and maintenance of an effective agricultural and forestry industry in North 
Carolina, including economically sound sources of supplies and equipment needed in 
agriculture and forestry and market outlets for the products of agriculture and forestry, (2) 
the improvement of rural homes, rural life and rural environment, and (3) the maintenance 
of a reliable supply of agricultural and forestry products for the consuming public. This 
requires research to solve current problems and research to provide a foundation of 
scientific knowledge in the biological, physical and social sciences. 

The Agricultural Research Service faculty brings well-trained personnel to the univer- 
sity, whose teaching in many specialized fields agricultural, biological and social sciences 
assures the maintenance of curricula of high standards. It contributes to the advanced 
training of students who are destined to become the leaders, teachers and investigators 
necessary in the maintenance of agriculture and forestry on a sound economic plane. 

PUBLICATIONS 

The Agricultural Research Service publishes bulletins and scientific papers on research 
results conducted by the staff. Copies of bulletins may be obtained from the Department of 
Agricultural Communications and scientific papers from the author. 

SERVICES 

The faculty of the Agricultural Research Service conduct original and other research 
bearing directly on and contributing to the establishment and maintenance of permanent 
and effective agricultural and forestry industries in North Carolina. This research includes 
field and laboratory experimentation in the biological, physical, social, and environmental 
sciences. Primary emphasis is given to the production, processing, distribution, and con- 



123 



sumption of the many agricultural and forestry commodities produced throughout the 
state. Also, major attention is given to research programs aimed at improving the quality of 
life of both rural and urban peoples. 



AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE 

D. F. Bateman, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

C. D. Black, Associate Dean and Director of the Agricultural Extension Service 

R. C. Wells, Associate Director of Extension 

The Agricultural Extension Service of North Carolina State University is a cooperative 
undertaking among the United States Department of Agriculture, the State of North 
Carolina, the 100 counties in the state and the Cherokee Indian Reservation. Its work is 
supported by federal funds made available under the Smith-Lever Act of 1914, as amended, 
by state and county appropriations, and by grants and contracts. 

The federal and state appropriations are used to maintain an administrative and special- 
ist staff and to pay a portion of the salary and the travel expenses of the county extension 
agents. Under this cooperative arrangement, the Agricultural Extension Service serves as 
the "educational arm" of the United States Department of Agriculture, and as the "field 
faculty" of North Carolina State University in the areas of agriculture and natural re- 
sources; family living; 4-H and youth; and, community and rural development. 

The primary purpose of the North Carolina Agricultural Extension Service is to take to 
the people of the state the latest and best information obtainable— particularly that which is 
related to agriculture and natural resources; home economics and youth: and, rural 
development— and help them to interpret and use this information in building a more 
prosperous and satisfying life. 

This program has sufficient flexibility to permit special attention to the problems, needs 
and interests of the people in each county. County Advisory Councils are utilized to deter- 
mine and prioritize the county educational program content. Assistance is given to individ- 
uals, families, communities, agricultural and seafood processing and marketing firms, 
other businesses and certain organizations. This includes work with adults and youth in 
both the city and rural areas. 

In carrying out this educational program, a variety of methods and techniques are 
employed: method and result demonstrations; meetings; visits to farms, homes and busi- 
nesses; organized groups of men, women and youth; tours; leaflets, pamphlets and other 
printed materials and mass media. 

The basic sources of information to be taught through this educational program are the 
findings and recommendations resulting from research conducted by the Agricultural 
Research Service in this and other states and by the United States Department of 
Agriculture. 



AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE 

Patterson Hall (Room 107) 

D. F. Bateman, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

J. L. Oblinger, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

H. B. Craig, Associate Director of Academic Affairs and Director of the Agricultural 
Institute 



124 



J. F. Ort, Assistant Director of Academic Affairs 

The Agricultural Institute is a two-year, terminal academic program which provides 
education and training in food, agriculture, horticulture, turfgrass management and 
agribusiness. It is part of the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences at North Carolina 
State University. This program began in 1959 and was funded by legislative appropriation. 
Its objective is to train those desiring a comprehensive education in the food and agricultu- 
ral sciences and agribusiness. 

Individuals with institute training command attractive salaries, assume a more promi- 
nent role of leadership and become a distinct asset to various segments of the industry 
related to food and agriculture. They make significant contributions to their community, 
state and nation by being involved in the world's most vital industry. 

The instructional programs are organized and conducted as a part of the over-all resident 
instruction program for Agriculture and Life Sciences. The Institute is an addition to and 
not a substitute for, the college's regular degree granting program. However, the faculty in 
residence for the four-year programs are responsible for organizing and teaching courses 
offered by the Institute. 

People with training similar to that of the Institute are in demand by food and agricultu- 
ral industries. As demand changes, courses will be evaluated and alterations will be made 
accordingly. Such a re-evaluation also aids the technical manpower needs of industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Rapid technical advancement has been important in changing agriculture from a small 
production industry to the nation's largest industry. Closely associated with production 
agriculture are those areas related to recreation and beautification such as turfgrass 
management, flowers and ornamental plants. Increased production and consumer demand 
for convenience-type foods have stimulated the food processing industry, in turn increasing 
food distribution requirements. 

Today's complex agriculture requires a larger work force. This work force must be able 
to deal with a vast array of problems and opportunities and Institute graduates can assume 
responsible positions in the total agricultural industry. Some career examples are: agricul- 
tural lending institution agent, farm and herd managers, research technicians, salesmen, 
retail farm supply and equipment outlet managers, golf course superintendents, nursery 
managers, agricultural pest control specialists, quality control technicians, food service 
supervisors and others. More job opportunities than graduates make salaries attractive. 

The college maintains a Placement Office to assist graduates in finding employment. 

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 

Any individual who has received a diploma from an accredited high school or has passed 
the high school equivalency examination administered by the State Department of Public 
Instruction is eligible for admission consideration. Each application will be reviewed and 
evaluated by the Institute Director. 

For additional information write: Director, Agricultural Institute, Box 7642, 107 Patter- 
son Hall. N.C. State University, Raleigh, N.C. 27695-7642, Telephone (919) 737-3248. 

PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

Graduates of the Agricultural Institute are awarded the Associate in Applied Science 
degree. The nine programs of study are: Agribusiness Management; Agricultural Mechan- 
ization and Management; Agricultural Pest Control; Field Crops Technology; Ornamen- 
tals and Landscape Technology; Food Processing, Distribution and Service; General Agri- 
culture; Livestock Management and Technology (animal husbandry option, dairy hus- 
bandry option, swine husbandry option); and Turfgrass Management. 



125 



SCHOOL OF DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

D. W. Dalton, Interim Dean 

R. P. Burns, Associate Dean and Coordinator of Advising 

C. E. Joyner, Assistant Dean 

G. J. Hardie, Director of Research 

V. W. Aldridge, Administrative Assistant 

C. Carltx)n, Librarian, Design Library 

W. K. Bayley, Learning Resources Specialist, Media Center 

Wayne Godwin, Acting Learning Resources Specialist, Computer Center 

R. Goldberg, Learning Resources Specialist, Materials Processing Lab 

The School of Design, since its beginning in 1948, has addressed design in the broadest 
sense involving the disciplines of architecture, landscape architecture, product and visual 
design in a context of educational innovation. While the designer's traditional role is 
understood as that of giving meaningful form to the environment, the school gives attention 
to the larger responsibility of design in human, social, economic, political and be.havioral 
terms. The school seeks to develop the designer's perception, knowledge base, skills and 
analytical problem solving abilities. 

The expanding range of career opportunities in design, professional and otherwise, is 
equaled by the varied interests possessed by our students. Through a selective admissions 
process, the school's student population is highly motivated and heterogeneous. The faculty 
represents an equally broad spectrum of educational and professional expertise. The 
diversity of the faculty, both professionally and philosophically, provides unique opportuni- 
ties for student development. These three factors in our educational matrix (career oppor- 
tunities, student interests, and faculty expertise) are supported with a curriculum which 
affords each student the ability to shape, with faculty advice, a plan of study capable of 
facilitating his or her interests. While the school embraces the design disciplines of archi- 
tecture, design, landscape architecture, product and visual design within a departmental 
structure, it functions as a unified educational center, interactive and dedicated to prepar- 
ing designers who are capable of shaping the environment in whatever scale they choose but 
in response to the needs of society. 

CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The School of Design offers undergraduate instruction leading to a Bachelor of Envir- 
onmental Design degree in the disciplines of architecture, design, landscape architecture, 
product design and visual design. 

The learning activities for our students are divided into three curriculum areas: (1) 
general education courses including English, mathematics, humanities, social sciences, 
and natural sciences; (2) core courses which deal with bodies of knowledge and skills 
applicable to design and common to all disciplines, includingcommunication and graphics, 
behavior, environment, history and philosophy, physical elements and systems, methods 
and management fthese courses are largely taught within the school but include selected 
university courses as well); (3) studio courses providing the arena in which students apply 
their skills and knowledge to problems that are both real and theoretical. These synthetic 
activities are time intensive and are fundamental to design education. 

After the common experience in first year, these studios relate to the student's declared 
disciplinary major. The flexibility of this curriculum plan affords the student the opportun- 
ity to concentrate in a single discipline but facilitates his or her contact with other design 
principles. The curriculum reflects the reality of the environmental marketplace— where, 



126 



in addition to their faculty mentors, our students are exposed to a broad range of design 
professionals— through guest lectures, juries, projects and workshops. 

Graduate studies are also offered in architecture, landscape architecture and product 
design. See the Graduate Catalog for information on the Master's programs. 



DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

Associate Professor C. E . Joyner . Head of the Department and Assistant Dean of the School of 
Design 

Professors: M. Pause. E. W. Taylor: Professors Eyneriti: G. L. Bireline. J. H. Cox. D. R. Stuart: .4s,sof!'a/e Professors: C. Cox. 
S. Toplikar. S. Wilchins: Assistant Professors: L. M. Diaz. M. Porter, D. Raymond, B. Schulman. 

In the Bachelor of Environmental Design degree, design is used as the vehicle for a 
broadly based, multidisciplinary undergraduate education experience which fully utilizes 
the range of diverse faculty capabilities. Through flexible curriculum structure and course 
sequencing, students are able to assemble optional learning paths which meet their indi- 
vidual needs. This degree provides an alternative for students who have specific interests 
and capabilities outside the school's existing degree tracks and students who desire a 
broader design education taking advantage of the range and diversity of the school's 
offerings. Additionally, a concentration in Fibers and Surface Design is available within 
this program. Those students selecting the Bachelor of Environmental Design degree may 
wish to use it as a foundation for later graduate study in a specific design discipline. 

The Department of Design firmly believes that there is an essential need for students in a 
research and technically based university to engage in course work that fosters creative 
thinking. To meet this need, the Department of Design offers a Minor in Design, available to 
majors in any field. Four specific tracks are currently available: fibers and surface design, 
painting, drawing, and sculpture. To complete the minor, 9 hours of prerequisites and 15 
hours of specified design courses are required. 

The Department of Design also provides a common first year experience for all students 
entering the School of Design. Design Fundamentals focuses on exposure to basic design 
concepts and provides a general introduction to the fields of design. 

ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Design Fundamentals Studio I 6 DF 102 Design Fundamentals Studio II 6 

EN'G 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Humanities and Social Sciences Elective^ 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences Elective* 3 Mathematics' 4/3 

Mathematics' 4 Physical Education 1 

1? 16/17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio^ 6 Studio-' 6 

Natural Science Elective' 4 Natural Science Elective' 4 

Humanities and Social Sciences Elective* 3 Humanities and Social Sciences Elective* 3 

Core^ 3 Core^ 3 

Physical Education ^ Physical Education 1 

1? Ti 



127 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio^ 6 Studio^ 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences Elective* 3 Humanities and Social Sciences Elective* 3 

Core' 3 Core' 3 

Core* 3 Core' ■ 3 

Free Elective ^ 15 

18 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio^ 6 Studio^ 6 

Core' 3 Core' 3 

Core' 3 Core' 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective _3 

li 15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130* 

'Must include one calculus course and may include any ofthe courses on the departmental listingof courses acceptable 

toward this requirement. 

-A minimum of six 400-series studios are required. No more than one studio may be taken in any semester. 
■^Selected from natural, physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. For 

further clarification, see departmental listing of courses acceptable toward this requirement. 
'The University requires 18 hours in the humanities/social sciences area, a minimum of six hours in social sciences and 

six hours in humanities. The remaining courses are not limited to any specific department. For further clarification, 

see the departmental listing of courses applicable toward this requirement. 
'Each student is required to take a minimum of 30 credit hours which are to be selected from the six cores (Graphics and 

Communications. Behavior, Environment, History and Philosophy, Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and 

Management). A student pursuing a degree in this department must have a Design faculty member as an advisor. 

•In order to receive two degrees from the School of Design, a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour 
requirement. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studios and 12 credits in core courses above those 
described above. 

MINOR IN DESIGN 

Before entering into a minor in the Department of Design, students must first complete 9 
hours of prerequisite courses which provide an essential foundation in design: 

DF 111— Two-Dimensional Design for Non-Design Majors 

DF 112— Three-Dimensional Design for Non-Design Majors 

DN 311-F— Drawing 
To complete the minor program, students will take 15 hours of design courses, 12 hours of 
which must be above the 100 level, at least 6 of which must be at the 300 level or above. Four 
specific tracks are available in the minor: fibers and surface design, painting, drawing, and 
sculpture. Courses are chosen from a list of recommended courses in each track in consulta- 
tion with the adviser. Application forms may be obtained from the department head. Each 
student will be assigned an adviser consistent with his/her track selection. 



ARCHITECTURE 

Brooks Hall 

Professor Robert P. Burns, Head of the Department and Associate Dean of the School of 
Design. 

Professurs: P. Batchelor, G. Bizios, R. H. Clark, G. J. P. Reuer, H. Sanoff, V. Shogren; Professors Emeriti: H. H. Harris, H. 
L. Kamphoefner: Associate Professors: F. Harmon, W. Place, J. P. Rand. L. Sanders, P. Tesar: Associate Professor 
Emeritus: D. W. Barnes; Assistant Professors: F. Rifki, J. 0. Tector. 

In a world of changing social and cultural conditions, economics, technology, urbaniza- 
tion and aesthetic consciousness, the central task of the architect remains— to give mean- 



128 



ingful form to the physical environment. However, these rapid changes force today's 
architects to look at their world differently than did earlier generations. Modern architects 
must concern themselves not only with traditional design issues, but also with such emerg- 
ing concerns as the preservation and adaptive use of older buildings and neighborhoods, 
energy conservation, and the form of rapidly expanding urban centers. The aesthetic 
revolution of the past few decades has freed architects from the rigidity of earlier theory, 
allowing greater diversity and expressiveness in architectural design. 

The architecture curriculum balances professional studies with a broad general educa- 
tion. University requirements in mathematics, English, natural science, social sciences and 
humanities are integrated with architectural design studios and a rich selection of design 
support courses. Central to the curriculum is the design studio — a working laboratory in 
which analysis and synthesis become real and meaningful activities to the architecture 
student. 

To address the diversity of roles and responsibilities in architecture, the Department of 
Architecture offers several curricula. The undergraduate Bachelor of Environmental 
Design in Architecture stresses the education of the individual and serves as the foundation 
for advanced study in the discipline. The first year is spent on design fundamentals in a 
curriculum common to all students in the School of Design. In the following years students 
receive a broad introduction to architectural theory, history, technology and design process 
while exploring other educational opportunities within the university. 

Following this pre-professional program students may continue their studies in either of 
two professional programs— the one-year, post-graduate Bachelor of Architecture or the 
two-year Master of Architecture program (see the NCSU Graduate Catalog for informa- 
tion on the latter program). Entry into both advanced programs is competitive; and, to be 
accepted, students must demonstrate potential for professional accomplishment, capability 
in design, and satisfy a specific set of professionally-oriented undergraduate course 
requirements. Many students spend one or more years gaining professional experience in 
architecture firms or related fields before pursuing the advanced degrees. 

Educational enrichment is an important characteristic of the architectural program. 
The School of Design regularly presents public lectures by leading professionals and 
exhibitions of design and art work. Electives are available in related disciplines— painting, 
sculpture, photography, landscape architecture, product and visual design. Further design 
exposure is available through a variety of foreign study programs and field trips to 
buildings and urban centers of architectural interest. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates with the pre-professional Bachelor of Environmental Design in Architecture 
degree pursue careers in private architectural practice, building construction, develop- 
ment, and public agencies. North Carolina and many other states are increasingly restrict- 
ing professional licensing in architecture to holders of accredited advanced degrees such as 
the Bachelor of Architecture and the Master of Architecture. This educational requirement 
must be followed by three years of professional experience and completion of a comprehen- 
sive examination to qualify for professional certification as an architect. 

ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Architecture 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Crediti Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Design Fundamentals Studio I 6 DF 102 Design Fundamentals Studio II 6 

ENGIU Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Humanities/Social Sciences Elective* 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences Elective* 3 Mathematics' 3-4 

Mathematics' ^ Physical Education 1 

16 16/17 



129 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spritig Semester Credits 

Studio^ 6 Studio^ 6 

Core* 3 Core 3 

Humanities/Social Sciences Elective* 3 Humanities/Social Sciences Elective* 3 

Natural Science Elective' 4 Natural Science Elective' 4 

Physical Education ^ Physical Education M_ 

17 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

FallSemesUr Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio^ 6 Studio^ 6 

Core* 3 Core^ 3 

Core' 3 Core^ 3 

Humanities/Social Sciences Elective* 3 Humanities/Social Sciences Elective* ^ 

Free Elective ^ 15 

18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio^ 6 Studio^ 6 

Core* 3 Core^ 3 

Core' 3 Core= 3 

Free elective 3 Free elective ^ 

lis 15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 129^ 

'Must include one calculus course and may include any of the courses on the departmental listing of courses acceptable 
towards this requirement. 
2A minimum of six 400 series studios are required with a minimum of four of the six being ARC. No more than one studio 

may be taken in any semester. 
'Selected from natural, physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. For further 

clarification, see departmental listing of courses acceptable towards this requirement. 
*The university requires 18 hours in social science/humanities area. The courses are not limited to any specific 

department but are to show a distribution between the social sciences and humanities. For further clarification, see the 

departmental listing of courses acceptable towards this requirement. 
'Each student is required to take a minimum of 30 credit hours which are to be selected from the six cores (Graphics and 

Communications. Behavior. Environment. History and Philosophy. Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and 

Management). 
'In order to receive two degrees from the School of Design, a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour 

requirement. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studios and 12 credits in core courses above those 

described above. 

ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM (Fifth Year) 

Degree: Bachelor of Architecture 

The prerequisites for entry into the fifth year are: 

Credits 

University Requirements 42 

Free Electives 9 

Studios 48 

DF 101. 102 12 

ARC 400 24 

ARC 400 or other 400 level studios 12 

Core Courses 30 

Must include the following courses: 

Historv of Design (DN 141 or 142 or ARC 244) 3 

Structures (ARC 251. 351. 352) 9 

Architectural Materials (ARC 254) 3 

Environ. Control Systems (ARC 253) 3 

Design Methods (ARC 261) 3 

The Profession of Architecture (ARC 263) 1 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 129 



130 



The fifth year requirements are: 

Studios (ARC 501. 502) 12 

Site Planning (LAR 430) 3 

Architectural Construction Systems (ARC 457) 3 

History (ARC 441 or 447. or 448) 3 

Professional Practice (ARC 561) 3 

Eiectiye from 400 or 500 leyel (ARC) courses in School of Design 6 

Fifth Year Minimum Hours 30 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 159 



LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 

Associate Professor D. W. Dalton, Acting Head of the Department and Interim Dean of the 
School of Design 

Professors: R. C. Moore. R. R. Wilkinson: Professors Emeriti: R. E. Stipe. E. G. Thurlow; Associate Professors: A. R. 
Abbate. D. Wood: Assistant Professor: F. Ma.ga.\la.nes: Adjunct Assistant Professor: B. L. K^ys: Associate Members of the 
Faculty: T. 0. Perry (Forestry). W. E. Hooker. J. C. Raulston. M. E. Traer (Horticultural Science). 

Landscape architecture is the profession concerned with location, design, and develop- 
ment of residential, commercial, institutional, recreational and other community land uses. 
Preservation and conservation of visual amenities, unique natural areas, and historic 
resources, are important components of landscape architecture. The student studies history 
of landscape architecture, planting design, materials and construction, site planning, 
graphic communication and community design. These subjects are applied to actual design 
problems in landscape architecture studios. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

There are approximately 30,000 practicing landscape architects in the U.S. and growth is 
projected as among the "Top Ten for the Eighties," by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. 
Landscape architects are employed by private firms and by agencies of government such as 
parks and recreation, forestry, and planning and environmental protection. Many pursue 
graduate degrees, qualifying them for careers in college teaching and more advanced 
assignments. 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Landscape Architecture 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credit 

DF 101 Design Fundamentals Studio I 6 DF 102 Design Fundamentals Studio II 6 

ENGlll Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Humanities, Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 Math Elective' 3 

Mathematics Elective' 4 Ph.vsical Education Elective 1 

17 le 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 Landscape Concentration' 3 

Landscape Concentration* 3 Landscape Concentration* 3 

Natural Science Elective' 4 Natural Science Elective' 4 

Studio^ 6 Studio^ 6 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

17 T? 



131 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Advised Elective* 3 Advised Elective* 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 Humanities/Soe. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Landscape Concentration* 3 Landscape Concentration' 3 

Landscape Concentration* 3 Studio* 6 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective ^ 

Is 18 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Advised Elective* 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

Advised Elective' 3 Landscape Concentration* 3 

Landscape Concentration* 3 Studio"' 6 

Landscape Concentration* 3 Free Elective 3 



15 



Free Elective 3 

15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 130" 

' May include any of the courses on the departmental listing of courses acceptable towards this requirement. 

2 The university requires 18 hours in humanities/social science area. The courses are to show a distribution between the 

social sciences and humanities. For further clarification, see the departmental listing of courses acceptable towards 

this requirement. 
5 Must include BS 100 or BO 200. The second science requirement may be met by taking 4 credit hours from the 

following courses: SSC 200 or MEA 101 or MEA 110 or MEA 120. 
' Ldndsi-api Coiicintrations: 27 credit hours required which must include the following courses (15 credit hours): LAR 

430. LAR 457. LAR 433. LAR 443 or LAR 444. and HS 211 or HS 212. The remaining 12 credit hours mav be chosen 

from: HS 211 or HS 212. HS 342. HS 416. DN 221. DN 222. DN 421. DN 423. LAR 495. DN 495, SSC 200. SSC 361. 

MEA 101. MEA 110orl20, MEA 208, MEA 300, BO 360, HS 531 or any LAR 500 level course open to undergraduate 

students. 
*A minimumof four 400 level studios are required with a minimum of 3 of the 4 being LAR 400: however, one of the LAR 

400 studios may be satisfied by HS 400. Studios may be taken any time during the final six semesters; however, no more 

than one studio may be taken in any semester. 
* Advised electives are to be selected in consultation with the student's advisor. Six hours of the required twelve must 

include courses from one of the programs within the School of Design. They may not include credit for military science 

(AS. MS), music (MUS) below 200 level, or physical education. 
'In order to receive two degrees from the School of Design, a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 130 

requirement. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studio and 12 credits in landscape concentration from 

courses described above. 



PRODUCT/VISUAL DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

Prufcsso)- HaiR Khachatoorian. Hcdd of tlw Department 

Professor: V. M. Foote, A. Lowrey: Associate Professors: A. V. Cooke, M. Lange, P. L. Middleton, S. Wilchins, J. Wittkamp: 
Adjiawt Associate Professor: A. Merino: Assistant Professors: S. Ater, D. Chapin, A. Kallish. 

Upon completion of design fundamentals requirements, the student selecting the Pro- 
duct/Visual Design Department elects as a major area of concentration either product or 
visual design. Product Design is concerned with all the human aspects of machine-made 
products and their relationship to the environment. This design discipline is often referred 
to as industrial design. The designer is responsible for the product's human factors engi- 
neering, safety, shape, color, texture, maintenance and cost. Product design deals with 
consumer as well as industrial products. In order to achieve these ends, designers must be 
involved in three major design and research activities: human behavior; the human- 
machine relationship; and the product itself. 

Areas of design investigation include furniture, housewares, appliances, transportation, 
tools, farm equipment, medical/electronic instruments, recreational support equipment 
and others. 

Graduates with a Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design have career 
opportunities in three general areas: corporate design offices in manufacturing companies, 
independent consulting offices, or governmental agencies. 

132 



Visual Design, often referred to as graphic design, is concerned with all aspects of visual 
communication. The increasing importance of communication in our society has created a 
demand for designers, who have operational knowledge and creative abilities in various 
visual media. The elements of this field were historically found in various crafts/skills, 
commercial and production art. These have been integrated into a new design discipline; 
and the scope of educational development includes typography, photography, illustration, 
printing, production materials and methods. The applications include publication design 
(books, pamphlets and brochures), package design, sign and symbol design, advertising 
design (including newspapers, magazines, television and cinema), exhibit and display 
design. To achieve a broader view of the environment, the discipline analyzes the visual 
character of our urban environment and its relation to social and behavioral functions, and 
explores visual solutions to socially defined problems. Through a broad range of creative 
experiences, the student develops an understanding of the elements and principles of 
organization common to all visual communication. 

Graduates with a Bachelor of Environmental Design in Visual Design have career 
opportunities in professional design offices, corporate design offices, advertising agencies, 
corporations involved in printing, production, media development and communication. 

Within the Product/Visual Design Department, there is an additional concentration- 
Textile Design. Courses in this concentration are offered by both the School of Design and 
the School of Textiles. The program provides a strong awareness of the constraints of the 
textile industry and the requirements of the retail trade through appropriate project work, 
seminars and associated field trips. While offering a good general education that incorpo- 
rates aesthetics, technology and economics in the context of a particular industry, the 
concentration is particularly appropriate for people who wish to become practicing textile 
designers, either in an industrial setting or in private practice. 

PRODUCT DESIGN CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Design Fundamentals Studio I 6 DF 102 Design Fundamentals Studio II 6 

ENGlll Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective'' 3 Math Elective' 4-3 

Math Elective' 3 Physical Education 1 



16 16-17 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spriyig Semester Credits 

PD 255 Contemp. Mfg. Processes I^ 3 PD 256 Contemp. Mfg. Processes IP 3 

PD 318 Ideation P 3 PD 418 Ideation W 3 

Natural Science Elective' 4 Natural Science Elective' 4 

Studio^ 6 Studio" 6 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

17 17 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Sejnester Credits 

Core' 3 Core' 3 

Core' 3 Core' 3 

Core' 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Studio" 6 

Studio- 6 



15 



18 



133 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Core* 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Studio^ 6 

Studio^ 6 Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective ^ 

Is 15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 129* 

'Must include one calculus course and may include any of the courses on the departmental listing of courses acceptable 

towards this requirement. 
-A minimum of six 400 series studios are required with a minimum of four of the six being PD. No more than one studio 

may be taken in any semester. 
^Selected from natural . physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. For further 

clarification, see departmental listing of courses acceptable towards this requirement. 
*The university requires 18 hours in humanities social science area. At least 6 of the 18 hours must be in humanities and 

at least 6 of the 1 8 must be in social sciences. For further clarification, see the departmental listing of courses acceptable 

towards this requirement. 
^Each student is required to takea minimum of 30 credit hours which are to be selected from the six cores(Graphics and 

Communications. Behavior. Environment. History and Philosophy. Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and 

Management). Xote: PD 255. 256. 318. and 418 are required as part of the 30 credit hours. A student in this program 

must have a product design faculty member as an advisor. 
«In order to receive two degrees from the School of Design, a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour 

requirement. These .30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studio and 12 credits in core courses above those 

described above. 

VISUAL DESIGN CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Visual Design 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Design Fundamentals Studio I 6 DF 102 Design Fundamentals Studio II 6 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Math Elective' 4-3 

Math Elective' 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

le 17-16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

VD 217 Typographv P 3 VD 317 Typography IP 3 

VD 455 Visual Design Mat'ls & Proc. P 3 VD 456 Visual Design Mat'ls & Proc. IP 3 

Natural Science Elective^ 4 Natural Science Elective^ 4 

Studio^ 6 Studio- 6 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective ^ 

T? 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Core' 3 Core* 3 

Core* 3 Core^ 3 

Core* 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Studio-' ^ 

Studio^ 6 15 

Is 



134 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Core* 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Studio^ 6 

Studio- 6 Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

15 H 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 129* 

'Must include one calculus course and may include any of the courses on the departmental listing of courses acceptable 

towards this requirement. 
•A minimum of si.\ 400 series studios are required with a minimum of four of the six being VD. No more than one studio 

may be taken in any semester. 
'Selected from natural, physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. For further 

clarification, see departmental listing of courses acceptable towards this requirement. 
*The university requires 18 hours in social science/humanities area. The courses are not limited to any specific 

department but are to show a distribution between the social sciences and humanities. For further clarification, see the 

departmental listing of courses acceptable towards this requirement. 
^Each student is required to take a minimum of 30 credit hours which must include VD 217. 317. 455. and 456. The 

remaining 18 credits are to be selected from the six cores (Graphics and Communications, Behavior. Environment. 

History and Philosophy. Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and Management). A student in this program 

must have a visual design faculty member as an advisor. 
*In order to receive two degrees from the School of Design, a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour 

requirement. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studio and 12 credits in core courses beyond those 

described above. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
AND PSYCHOLOGY 

Poe Hall 

P. W. Thayer. Ititerim Dean 

H. A. Exum, Associate Dean 

R. T. Williams, Associate Dean 

C. K. Jones, Director of Teacher Editcation 

A. P. Smith, Coordinator of Recruitment and of African-American Student Affairs 

The College of Education and Psychology is concerned with the problems of human 
development from both psychological and educational perspectives. With emphases upon 
the preparation of middle grades, secondary, and post-secondary teachers, counselors, 
supervisors, administrators and psychologists, the college seeks students who are dedicated 
to the improvement of human beings through education and service and who are sensitive to 
the complexity of teaching/learning processes. The college is composed of the Departments 
of Adult and Community College Education, Counselor Education, Curriculum and 
Instruction. Educational Leadership and Program Evaluation, Mathematics and Science 
Education, Occupational Education and Psychology. 

Undergraduate degree programs are offered in agricultural education, education 
general studies, health occupations education, industrial arts education, marketing educa- 
tion for teachers, mathematics education, science education, technical education, voca- 
tional industrial education, and psychology. In addition to being admitted to a curriculum, 
all teacher education candidates must meet program requirements for admission to candi- 
dacy in teacher education (including a 2.500 or higher overall grade point average after the 
sophomore year) and for admission to student teaching (including a 2.500 or higher GPA 
overall and in one's teaching field). 



135 



Graduates of the undergraduate programs in education receive a Bachelor of Science 
degree in education, and normally qualify for an "A" certificate to teach in their chosen 
field. Graduates of the undergraduate program in psychology receive a Bachelor of Arts in 
Psychology degree. 

Seven degree programs (agricultural education, health occupations education, industrial 
arts education, marketing education for teachers, mathematics education, science educa- 
tion, and vocational industrial education) named in the preceding paragraph lead to 
certification to teach in grades 9-12. In addition, the College of Education and Psychology 
offers middle grades degree programs and certification (for grades 6-9) with concentra- 
tions in language arts, mathematics, science, and social studies. Students seeking this 
certification will graduate with one or two fields of concentration. All teacher education 
graduates also complete the equivalent of a second major, outside of education. 

At the time this catalog went to press, several of the teacher education curricula were 
undergoing extensive revisions that are expected to become effective for new freshmen in the 
1989 fall semester. The curriculum displays on the following pages are for programs 
currently in effect. 

Professional education courses are provided for those students enrolled in the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences who wish to become teachers of secondary English, 
French, Spanish, and social studies, with certification for grades 9-12. Space in these 
programs may be limited. In the Humanities and Social Sciences section of this catalog, see 
the areas describing the teacher education options. Students enrolled in the College of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences or in science and mathematics departments may double- 
major in the College of Education and Psychology and also obtain a North Carolina 
secondary teacher's certificate. 

Most of the college's teacher education programs are in fields of teacher shortage. 
Graduates have little difficulty finding teaching positions. Because of limited faculty 
resources, the number of student teachers per year is limited in some programs. 

Most of the education and psychology disciplines listed in the following pages also offer 
graduate-level curricula. In addition, the College of Education and Psychology has gradu- 
ate programs in: 

Adult and Community College Education 

Counselor Education 

Curriculum and Instruction 

Education Administration 

Middle Grades Education 

Occupational Education 

Reading Education 

Special Education 
See the Graduate Catalog or contact faculty members for information on master's and 
doctoral programs. 

Public school sixth-year (intermediate) certification programs are available in agricul- 
tural, occupational, and vocational industrial education; curriculum and instruction and 
supervision; administration; counseling; reading education; special education; mathemat- 
ics and science education; and school psychology. All of the bachelor's level and graduate 
level certification programs are approved by the North Carolina State Board of Education. 
All of the teacher education programs are accredited by the National Council for the 
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). 

The modern College of Education and Psychology building is named Poe Hall. It includes 
a Curriculum Materials Center, an Instructional Materials Production Center, and an 
Instructional Computing Facility. The building houses laboratories for industrial arts, 
reading, science, psychology, and guidance and testing activities, as well as a children's 
play area with an observation room. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

The College of Education and Psychology has a scholarship program distinct from the 
campus Merits Awards Program. Over 20 scholarships are awarded to undergraduates 
each year, including several scholarships reserved for minority students. 



136 



North Carolina State University is one of 13 institutions participating in the N.C. 
Teaching Fellows Program and has over 150 Teaching fellows enrolled. Each Fellow 
receives $5,000 per year for four years, in exchange for a commitment to teach for four 
years in the state. 

Other students hold the prestigious Paul Douglas Scholarship, or receive awards through 
the State Board of Education's Scholarship Loan Fund for Prospective Teachers and other 
sources. High school counselors receive information about, and applications for, all of these 
scholarships and awards. 

SCHOLARS AND HONORS PROGRAMS 

The College of Education and Psychology participates in the University Scholars Pro- 
gram, in which selected students each year participate in weekly activities that broaden 
and deepen their university experiences. The Psychology and Occupational Education 
Departments offer an optional curriculum for honors students. There is an honors society in 
psychology. 

INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

Several faculty members have been involved in overseas projects, in China, Japan, Peru, 
Puerto Rico, and Sri Lanka. A project in Saudi Arabia involved three students for a 
three-month summer assignment. Some of the foreign language teacher education students 
spent a year in France or Spain in an exchange program. The enrollment of international 
students in the several education and psychology programs, and elsewhere at N. C. State, 
also offers cross-cultural opportunities without one's leaving the campus. 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

Poe Hall (Room 602) 

Associate Professor L. R. Jewell, Coordinator of Advising 

Professor: J. K. Coster; Professors Emeriti: J. B. Kirkland, C. C. Scarborough; Associate Professors Emeriti: C. D. Bryant. 
T. R. Miller; Assistant Professors: J. L. Flowers, B. J. Malpiedi. 

Agricultural education, in its broadest sense, encompasses areas of study which will 
enable one to participate effectively in planning, promoting and initiating programs of 
education in agriculture. A program is offered which leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. 
Programs are designed for the teachers of vocational agriculture in the secondary schools, 
technical and community colleges. The demand for agricultural education teachers 
exceeds present supply. Graduates who obtain certification in the bachelor's program 
generally have a choice of positions in the Carolinas, Virginia, and throughout the nation. 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 107 Introduction to Occupational Ed 1 BS 100 Gen. Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 SOC 202 Principles of Sociology or 

History Elective 3 SOC 241 Rural Society— USA 3 

Speech Elective 3 Humanities Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Math Elective- 3-4 



15 



Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 



137 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Crediti 

BAE 201 Shop Practices 2 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

EB 201 Economics I or 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

ED 207 Introduction to Teaching OED 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ANS or PO Elective' 4 

"B" Elective in Agri 3 

Humanities Elective' 3 

Political Science Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

li 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 344 School and Society 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Agricultural Specialty* 3-4 

"A" or "B" Elective in Agriculture 3 

Plant Science Elective 3 

16-17 



Spring Semester Crediti 

ED 313 Contemporary Vo-Ag 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Agricultural Elective'' 3 

Agricultural Specialty' 3-4 

Free Electives 6 

18-19 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 402 Methods of Teaching Agri 3 

ED 451 Teaching Sec. School Reading 2 

PSY 376 Human Growth & Development or 

PSY 476 Psych, of Adolescent Development 3 

Agricultural Elective' 3 

Agricultural Specialty* 3-4 

Free Elective 3 

17-18 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agri 8 

ED 413 Planning Ed. Prog. In Agri 3 

ED 490 Senior Seminar in Agri. Ed 1 

12 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 129 



'Select from University list of courses approved as humanities. 

^MA courses above MA 111 or computer science courses. 

^Select from Group "C" Agri. Applied Science and Technology courses in Animal Science or Poultry Science.. 

^These 3 courses, when related to other Ag & Life Science courses, should total a minimum of 12 semester hours in a 

"Specialty" in one selected area of agriculture. 
^Select from Group "C" Agricultural Applied Science and Technology courses in Crop Science or Horticulture. 
^Select from Group "C" Agricultural Applied Science and Technology' courses. 

AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION EDUCATION CONCENTRATION 

The Agricultural Education/ Agricultural Extension concentration is designed to pre- 
pare individuals for extension agent positions. It is offered as a program track under the 
existing Bachelor of Science in Education degree in Agricultural Education. The program 
itself has three major components: a) university general education requirements; b) a firm 
grounding in the basic and applied sciences in technical agriculture; and c) professional 
study in the field of agricultural extension education. The student is required not only to 
engage in classroom and laboratory studies on the North Carolina State University cam- 
pus, but also to engage in a closely supervised internship in the field. Students will be 
required to complete a ten-week field work experience in an extension office during their 
sophomore year and a full semester internship experience during their senior year. 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



ED 107 Introduction to Occupational Ed 1 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 

History Elective 3 

Speech Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

15 



Credit'! 



BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Agricultural Elective' 3 

Math Elective- 3-4 

Social Science Elective'* 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 



138 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE201 Shop Practices 2 EB 201 Economics I or 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry or EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 ED 215 Instructional Tech in Ag. Ed 3 

ED 341 Field Work in Occupational Ed 3 FOR 252 Introduction to Forest Science 3 

Humanities Elective* 3 PS 201 Introduction to American Govt 3 

Literature Elective* 3 ANS or PO Elective'' 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

le 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

AC 311 Comm. Methods and Media 3 ED 314 Agricultural Leadership 3 

EB 303 Farm Management 3 PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology or Agricultural Specialty'^ 3-4 

SOC 241 Rural Sociology— USA 3 Plant Science Elective' 3 

SSC 321 Water Management 4 Free Electives 6 

Agricultural Specialty"^ 3-4 ,g ,q 

16-17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 402 Methods of Teaching Agri 3 ED 401 Public Relations in Agri 3 

ED 478 Extension as Non-Formal Ed 3 ED 410 Practicum in Agri. Ext./Indust 8 

Agricultural Elective' 3 ED 490 Senior Seminar in Agri. Ed 1 

Agricultural Specialty*^ 6-8 ^ 

Free Elective 3 

18-20 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 129 

'Select from Group "C" Agricultural Applied Science and Technology courses. 
^MA courses above MA 111 or computer science courses. 
^Select from University list of courses approved as social sciences. 
■•Select from University list of courses approved as humanities. 

^Select grom Group "C" Agri. Applied Science and Technology courses in Animal Science or Poultry Science. 
'^These 3 courses, when related to other Ag & Life Science courses, should total a minimum of 12 semester hours in a 
"Specialty" in one selected area of agriculture. 
'Select from Group "C" Agricultural Applied Science and Technology courses in Crop Science or Horticulture. 



EDUCATION, GENERAL STUDIES 

Poe Hall (Room 608) 

Associate Professor R. C. Serow, Coordinator of Advising 

The Education, General Studies program has three areas of emphasis which serve the 
needs of the following groups of students: 1) those students who wish to seek a teaching 
certificate in fields not offered at North Carolina State University but at another institu- 
tion; 2) those students who wish to work in fields which do not require certification; e.g., 
employee in juvenile home, residential school, state or local education-related agencies, or a 
paraprofessional in schools; and 3) those students enrolled in a teacher education program 
at North Carolina State University whose career goals in education have changed. Students 
enrolled in a teacher education program, upon the recommendation of their department 
and approval of the College of Education and Psychology's Associate Dean for Undergrad- 
uate Programs, may transfer to this program. 

REQUIREMENTS 
GENERAL STUDIES Credits 
Cum m un ication Skills 9 

English composition (ENG 111. 112) 

Speech (one course) 



139 



Credits 

Humanities 18 

History (HI 243 and 244 or HI 205 and 233) 

Fine Arts (at least one course) 

Literature (English or American; at least one course) 

Philosophy (PHI 205) 

Social Sciences 12 

Political Science or Economics (two-course sequence) 
Psychology ( PS Y 200) 
Socioloiiy (SOC 202) 

Natural Sciences 7-8 

Includes at least one laboratory course 

Mathematics 6-7 

One mathematics course and an elective from mathematics, 
statistics, or computer science; but excluding MA 101 

Physical Education 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 
Three one-credit courses 

Electives 10-13 

66-71 

MAJOR 

Core Courses: 

Introductory Course 3-4 

ED 107 and 305,* 107 and 313,* 203, 205, or 242 

ED 201 Alternative Education Agencies 3 

ED 344 School and Society 3 

ED 496 Special Topics in Education 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

PSY .376. 475. or 476 ..■ 3 

18-19 

Emphasis 1 (Certification in teaching area not at N.C. State University) 

ED 483 Introduction to Media and Instructional Technology 3 

PSY 310 or 320 3 

SP 213 Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 

Courses per agreement to be taken at a cooperating institution 18 

Restricted Electives (An approved .sequence in ED or PSY) 12 

39 

Emphasis 2 (Noncertified position in education or related occupations) 

ED 483 Introduction to Media and Instructional Technology 3 

PHI 304 Philosophy of Education 3 

PSY 310 or 320 3 

SOC .305 and 31 1 6 

SOC 418 Sociology of Education 3 

SP 112 Interpersonal Communication 3 

Restricted Electives (An approved sequence in ED or PSY) 18 

39 

Emphasis 3 (Transfer from teacher certification to general studies program without certification) 

Teaching field 30 

Supporting courses 9 

I9 

Minimum Hours Required for (Iraduation 126 

*These courses must be taken in sequence, with a total of 4 credits. 



140 



ENGLISH TEACHER EDUCATION 

Associate Professor Rule J. Pritchard. Coordinator of Ad rising 

Assistant Professor C. A. Pope 

Students desiring to become secondary English teachers in grades 9-12 will be enrolled in 
the College of Humanities and Social Sciences. In that college's section of this Catalog, 
curriculum requirements for the teacher education option can be found under English. 
Students desiring to become language arts teachers in grades 6-9 will be enrolled in the 
College of Education and Psychologj-. For details, consult the Middle Grades Education 
description. 

FRENCH TEACHER EDUCATION 

Assistant Professor L. Salstad, Coordinator of Advising 

Students desiring to become teachers of French will be enrolled in the College of Human- 
ities and Social Sciences. In that college's section of this Catalog, curriculum requirements 
for the teacher education option in French can be found under Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 



GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS 

Poe Hall (Rooms 506/510) 

Lecturer G. K. Hilliard, Jr., Coordinator, Graphic Communications Program 

A 15-hour minor is offered in Graphic Communications. The minor is designed to develop 
proficiency in selecting and applying graphic techniques in both career and leisure activi- 
ties, to provide in-depth manual and computer graphics skills, and to enrich visual percep- 
tion and critical thought in graphic areas. For additional information, consult the Graphic 
Communications Program, 510 Poe Hall (737-2234). 

HEALTH OCCUPATIONS TEACHER EDUCATION 

Poe Hall (Room 502) 

Assistant Professor 3 . A. Davis, Coordinator of Advising 

Assistant Professor R. M. Patterson 

The Health Occupations Education curriculum is designed to prepare qualified teachers 
for health occupations programs in hospitals, community colleges, technical colleges, and 
secondary schools. The curriculum is for students who have already developed competency 
in a health occupations specialty. Credit is granted by validation of a current credential 
(license, certification, registration) in a health occupations specialty of at least two years in 
length of training and approved by the American Dental Association (ADA), American 
Medical Association (AMA) or Council on Professional Accreditation (COPA). Thirty 
semester hours of credit is granted toward the major for a current credential in a health 
occupation. The core courses are in education and health-related areas, with major empha- 
sis on developing competence in the teacher role. 



141 



HEALTH OCCUPATIONS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biolog\- 4 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 Z0 212 Anatomy and Physiolog>- 4 

Humanities/Social Science Elective*** 3 Humanities'Social Science Elective*** 3 

Mathematics Elective* _3 MA. CSC. or ST Elective ^ 

13 13 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 304 Educational Psychologj- 3 ED 352 Survey of Health Occupations 3 

SP 1 12 Interpersonal Communication 3 Humanities/Social Science Electives*** 6 

Humanities'Social Science Elective*** 6 Free Elective 3 

I2 12 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 344 School and Society 3 ED 340 Survey of Vocational Education 3 

ED 353 Strategies of Teach, a Health Occup 3 ED 354 Eval. Skills Teaching Health Occup 3 

ED 483 Intro, to Media & Instruct. Tech 3 ED 358 Problems in Health Education 3 

Free Electives 6 ED 451 Improving Reading Sec. Schools 2 



PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescent Dev 3 

14 



15 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 433 Health Occup. Specialty Pract 6 License in a Health Occupation 30** 

ED 434 Health Occup. Teaching Pract _8 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 123~ 

14 

*Credit is not granted for MA 101. 

**Credit granted by validation of current credential (license, certification, registration) in a health occupations specialty 
of at least two years in length of training and approved by the American Dental Association (ADA). American 
Medical Association (AMA) or Council on Professional Accreditation (COPA). 
***Must include at least one literature course and at least one history course. 



INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION 

Poe Hall (Room 300) 

Associate Professor R. E. Peterson, Coordinator of Advising 

Professor Emeritus: D. W. Olson: Associate Professor: R. E. Wenig: Associate Professors Emeriti: W. L. Cox. Jr.. T. B. 
Young: Assistant Professors: W. W. DeLuca. W. J. Haynie, III. R. T. Troxler. 

Industrial arts concerns itself with materials, processes and products of industry, includ- 
ing the graphical presentation of these. It is concerned with a study of changes made in 
materials to make them more useful and with problems related to these changes. The 
Industrial Arts Education curriculum prepares teachers and supervisors of industrial arts 
for secondary schools. 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

GC 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 lA 122 Metal Technology I 3 

lAlll Intro, to Industrial Arts 1 SOC 202 Prin. of Sociology 3 

I A 115 Wood Processing I 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 Mathematics Elective 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Physical Education Elective ^ 

li 16 



142 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CHlll Foundations of Chemistry 4 ED 242 Intro, to Teaching Ind. Arts 3 

lA 231 Industrial Arts Design 3 I A 246 Graphics Technology 3 

lA 233 Metal Technology- II 3 PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Economics Elective 3 PY 221 College Physics 5 

Literature Elective 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Physical Education Elective ^ Free Elective ^ 

17 18 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 344 School and Society 3 ED 362 Curr. & Methods in Ind. Arts 4 

IA351 General Ceramics 3 I A 360 Electrical Technology II 3 

lA 359 Electrical Technology I 3 I A 364 Wood Processing II 3 

PSY 376 Human Growth & Development 3 I A 368 Technical Drawing II 3 

Free Elective 6 Speech Elective ^ 

Is le 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 473 Student Teaching in Ind. Arts 8 ED 451 Improving Reading in Sec. Schools 2 

ED 479 Industrial Arts Lab. Planning 3 lA 476 Power Technology 3 

ED 492 Senior Seminar in Ind. Arts Ed 3 lA 480 Modern Industries 3 

"TT Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 6 

Political Science or History Elective 3 

17 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 



INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION 

Poe Hall (Room 502) 

Associate Professor E. I. Farmer, Coordinator of Advising 

Professor Emeriti: D. M. Hanson. J. T. Nerden: Associate Professor Emeritus: F. S. Smith; Assistant Professor Emeritus: 
T. C. Shore. 

The Industrial and Technical Education program offers curricula to prepare teachers, 
supervisors and administrators in trade and/or technical areas for the public schools, area 
vocational schools, community colleges and technical colleges. Completion of four-year 
curricula in vocational industrial education and technical education leads to the Bachelor of 
Science in education. The curricula are planned to provide students with broad cultural 
and professional backgrounds to parallel occupational experience. The program offers 
graduate degrees. For further information consult the Graduate Catalog. 

VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in Vocational Industrial Education is designed to prepare Industrial 
Cooperative Training teachers for secondary schools and coordinators for post-secondary 
school cooperative education programs. Graduates who teach in secondary schools are also 
prepared to teach Introduction to Industrial Education, which is the entry-level Trade and 
Industrial Education orientation course in the public schools. These teachers prepare 
students for employment in a wide range of industries through a cooperative arrangement 
between the schools and employers where theory, related instruction, and coordination are 
provided by the school and practice is provided by industry. The VIE curriculum combines 
general education, professional education, and a range of technical education and other 
courses which help the prospective ICT teacher or coordinator to understand modern 
industry. This area is one which usually has a high demand for graduates of the program. 



143 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry or ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Chemistry Elective 4 GC 120 Foundations Graphics Comm 3 

EB 201 Economics I 3 SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

ED 107 Intro, to Occup. Educ 1 Computer Science or 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 Mathematics Elective 3 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 History Elective 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

16 16 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall SemeMer Credits Spring Se»)ester Credits 

PS 201 Intro to Amer. Government 3 ED 207 Intro/Teaching Occup Ed 3 

Biological Science Elective 4 GC 200 App. Computer-Aided Draw 3 

Humanities Elective 3 Humanities Elective 3 

Literature Elective 3 Physics Elective 4 

Speech Elective 3 Elective (Free) 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

17 17 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 221 Career & Personal Develop 3 ED 326 Personnel Development 3 

ED 305 Trade Anlv. in Crse. Dev 3 ED 340 Survey of Vocational Ed 3 

ED 357 Org. & Mgt. Stdnt Organ 3 ED 344 Schooi and Society 3 

ED 421 Prin. & Prac. Coop. Vo. Ed 3 PSY 376 Human Growth & Devel. or 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 PSY 476 Psych, of Adolescent Dev 3 

Elective (Technical) 3 Elective (Free) 3 

H 15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 422 Mthd Tea. Voc. Ind/Tec Ed 3 ED 444 Stdnt Teh Voc Ind/Tec Ed 8 

ED 451 Imprv Read in Sec. School 2 ED 479 Industrial Arts Lab Planning 3 

ED 483 Int. Media & Instr. Tech 3 ED 491 Sr Sem in Ind/Tech Ed _3 

lA 480 Modern Industries 3 ^- 

Elective (Free) 3 

Elective (Technical) 3 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 

17 

Technical electives are to provide breadth of study and/or experience. They should be chosen from the course options 
listed. 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering: BAE 201. BAE 211 

Civil Engineering: CE 201 

Computer Science: CSC 100. CSC 101.' CSC 102. CSC 111. CSC 200 

Design: DN 255 

Economics and Business: EB 202. EB 307. EB 308. EB 313. EB 325. EB 332 

Engineering (General): Select from available courses 

Graphic Communications: GC 107. GC 240 

Industrial Engineering: IE 241. IE 345. IE 355 

Textiles: T 105 

TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in technical education prepares instructors in a range of technologies. A 
strong mathematics and physics foundation is required. A student enrolling in the techni- 
cal education curriculum may specialize in areas related to his/her technical preparation 
and/or previous work experience. Admission to the technical education curriculum is 
limited tostudentsdemonstratingproficiency in a given applied technology, i.e., electrical, 
electronics, mechanical, etc., thus, the program is not open to high school graduates who 
lack technical preparation and/or experience. Employment opportunities for technical 
education graduates include teaching in community and technical colleges and within 
industry as technical trainers and coordinators of training programs. 



144 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semexter Credits Spring Senifster Credits 

ED 107 Intro to Occup. Ed 1 CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition & Rhetoric 3 EB 201 Economics I 3 

GC 120 Found, of Graphic Comm 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

History Elective 3 MA 141 Anly. Geom. & Calc. I 4 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 Physical Education Elective 1 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 -— 

— 15 
15 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semexter Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 241 Anly. Geom. & Calc. II 4 GC 200 App. Comp. Aid. Draw 3 

PS 201 The Amer. Gov. System 3 PY 208 Physics for Engineers and Scientists II or 

PY 205 Physics for Engineers and Scientists I or PY 212 College Physics II 4 

PY 21 1 College Physics I 4 Speech Elective 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 Approved Elective** 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Elective (Free) 3 



15 



Physical Education Elective 1 

1? 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semexter Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 305 Trade Anyl. Course Devel 3 ED 340 Surve; of Voc. Ed 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 ED 483 Int. Media & Instr. Tech 3 

Humanities Elective 3 Literature Elective 3 

Approved Elective** 3 Approved Electives** 6 

Approved Elective** 3 Elective (Free) 3 

li Is 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Setnexter Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 422 Mthd of Teh Voc Ind/Tch Ed 3 ED 444 Student Teh Voc Ind/Tech Ed 8 

ED 487 Intro to Ind. Training 3 ED 479 Shop & Lab. Plan Occ. Ed 3 

lA 480 Modern Industries 3 ED 491 Sr. Sem in Ind & Tech Ed 3 

SOC 205 Work: Occup & Prof 3 



Electives (Free) 3 



14 



jr Minimum Hours Required for Graduation .... 124* 

*Students required to demonstrate proficiency in an applied technology (May be fulfilled by technical school training) 
prior to admission to the program. 
**Approved electives must be selected from engineering, engineering sciences, or physical sciences and related to 
student's specialization. 



MARKETING EDUCATION FOR TEACHERS 

Associate Professor J. L. Burrow, Coordinator of Advising 

The Marketing Education program is designed to prepare marketing education teachers 
for work at the secondary school level. A strong business preparation also serves to qualify 
graduates for employment in marketing positions or in roles within distribution systems. 
The curriculum includes the pedagogy prerequisite to successful teaching and provides 
extensive knowledge of economics, marketing, management practice, advertising and 
selling. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester CrediUs Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

MA 1 1 1 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 Humanities Elective 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Mathematics Elective 3 

History Elective 3 Natural Science Elective 4 

Political Science Elective 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

1? 1? 

145 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

KB 201 Economics I 3 EB202 Economics II 3 

ED 207 Intro, to Teaching Occupational Ed 3 EB 313 Marketing Methods 3 

PHI 304 Philosophy of Education 3 Literature Elective 3 

Speech Elective 3 Natural Science Elective 4 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective ■_[_ Physical Education Elective M_ 

le 17 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BUS 466 Sales Management* 3 BUS 468 Mktg. Mgmt. & Planning* 3 

EB 307 Business Law I 3 ED 340 Survey of Vocational Ed 3 

ED 341 Field Work in Occup. Education 1-3 ED 341 Field Work in Occup. Ed 1-3 

ED 344 School and Society 3 ED 451 Improving Reading in Sec. School 2 

ED 357 Admin. & Supvn. Student Organ 3 ED 483 Intro, to Media & Instruct. Tech 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 PSY 376 Human Growth & Development or 



16-18 



PSY 476 Psych, of Adoles. Devel 3 

15-17 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fait Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BUS 467 Advertising Strategy* 3 ED 426 Admin. & Supvn. MKE Programs 3 

EB 326 Personnel Management 3 ED 438 Student Teaching 8 

ED 325 Curric. Meth. Teach. Mktg. Ed 3 ED 493 Senior Seminar Marketing Ed ^ 

ED 421 Prin. & Practices of Coop. 14 

Vocational Education 3 

Free Elective 3 



Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 127 



15 
*Taken at Meredith College. 



MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 
EDUCATION 

Poe Hall (Room 326) 

Professor Ann C. Howe, Head of the Department 

Professors: N. D. Anderson, L. M. Clark. J. R. Kolb; Professor Emeritus: H. E. Speece: Associate Professors: V/ . M. Waters. 
Jr., L. W. Watson, J. H. Wheatley: Associate Professor Emeritus: H. A. Shannon; Assistant Professors:J. C. Park. L. V. 
Stiff: Adjunct Assistant Professors: R. R. Jones. C. M. Meek; Instructor: K. Norwood. 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education prepares undergraduate 
students to become teachers of mathematics and science. The department traditionally 
prepares competent professionals who have strong subject matter backgrounds and peda- 
gogical skills. Departmental majors may seek certification for teaching secondary grades 
9-12 or middle grades 6-9. Students interested in teaching in the middle grades may select 
from mathematics or science as single concentrations, or a mathematics/science dual 
concentration earning double certification. Students in the 9-12 secondary curriculum in 
mathematics or science education may complete a double major and receive a second 
degree in mathematics or one of the sciences. All of the programs provide a broad back- 
ground in the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities: depth in mathematics or an 
area of science: and the development of professional competencies. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

One merit award is available for an entering freshmen in mathematics education. The 
Speece Scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding junior or senior in either 



146 



mathematics education or science education. The department sponsors a Mathematics and 
Science Education Club and recognizes the Outstanding Graduate in Mathematics Educa- 
tion and Science Education annually. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 
(Grades 9-12 Certification) 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 101 Orientation CSC 101 Intro, to Programming 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Caic. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 History Elective^ 3 

PHI 201 Lx)gic 3 Social Science Elective^ 3 

ST 101 Statistics by Example 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

14 17 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 ED 203 Intro, to Teaching Ma./Sci 3 

Literature Elective- 3 ED 203L Intro, to Teaching Ma./Sci. Lab 

Required Specialization Course^ 3 Humanities Elective- 3 

Science Elective' 4 Required Specialization Course^ 3 

Social Science Elective^ 3 Science Elective' 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Speech Elective- 3 



18 



Physical Education Elective 1 

17 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Setnester Credits 

ED 451 Improv. Reading in Second. Schools 2 ED lOlJ Orientation to Math/Sci 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 ED 344 School & Society 3 

Required Specialization Courses" 6 MA 408 Found, of Euclidean Geometry 3 

Science Elective' 3-4 MA 480 Teach. Math. & Microcomputers 3 

Free Elective 3 Required Specialization Course^ 3 

,,- JO Social Science Elective- 3 

Free Elective 3 

18 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 470 Methods of Teach. Math' 3 MA 405 Intro, to Linear Algebra & Matrices 3 

ED 471 Student Teach, in Math^ 8 PSY' 476 Psych, of Adolescent Development 3 

ED 472 Dev. & Sel. Tea. Mat. Ma.-^ 3 Humanities Elective- 3 



14 



Free Electives 6 

15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 

'Eight semester hours of sctewce must be a two-course sequence in chemistry or physics. The remaining hours may be 
chosen from courses in the biological sciences, the physical sciences, and the marine, earth and atmospheric sciences. 

^The humanities/social science electives must be chosen from the university's official list of courses. Many courses in 
philosophy, religion, literature, fine arts, history and foreign language are approved humanities courses. Social science 
electives come from courses in economics, sociology, anthropology, political science. psycholog>'. and geography. 
Specified courses in speech, education, psychology and university studies are approved as either humanities or social 
sciences. It is highly recommended that students choose electives so that each of these areas is represented: economics, 
governmental systems, social systems and fine arts. 

'These courses are taken together as a block during the fall semester and completed prior to student teaching. 

'Student teaching is full-time for ten weeks of the fall semester. 

^Students are required to take 15 hours inoneof the three specializations listed below: (The semester in which the courses 
are usually taken is noted beside them.) 



147 



Mathematics Specialization 

MA 225 3 MA 403 3 MA 433 3 

Math Elective 3 Math Elective 3 

Computer Science Specialization 

CSC 102 3 MA 225 3 CSC 311 3 

CSC 201 3 MA (CSC) 322 or CSC Elective 3 

MA 403 3 

Statistics Specialization 

ST 301 3 MA 225 3 ST 421 3 

ST 302 3 MA 403 3 ST 422 3 

SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 
(Grades 9-12 Certification) 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 101 Orientation CH 103 Gen. Chemistry II or 

ENG 111 Com position- & Rhetoric 3 CH 107 Prin. Chem 4 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geom. & Calc. I' or MA 241 Analytic Geom. & Calc. II' or 

MA 131 Analytic Geom. & Calc. A 4 MA 231 Analytic Geom. & Calc. II B 4-3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Biological Sci. Elective 4 

Humanities/Soc. Science Elective 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 15-16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fait Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 211 College Physics P or ED 203 Intro. Teaching Math./Sci 3 

PY 201 or PY 205 4 ED 203L Intro. Teach. Math./Sci. Lab 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 PY 212 College Physics IP or 

Required science^ 3 PY 202 or PY 208 4 

Speech Elective 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Free Elective 3 Required science^ 6 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

T? 1? 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

HI 321 Ancient & Medieval Science or ED 344 School and Society 3 

HI 322 Rise of Modern Science or ED 451 Improv. Reading in Second. Schools 2 

PHI 340 Philosophy of Science 3 PSY 476 Psych. Adol. Development 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 Required science^ • 6 

Required science^ 7 j7 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Sprijig Semester Credits 

ED 475 Methods of Teach. Sci.' 3 Humanities/Social Sci. Electives^ 6 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Sci.-* 8 Required science' 5 

ED 477 Instructional Materials In Science' 2 Electives ■_6 

ED 495 Sr. Sem. in Math./Sci. Ed.' 2 17 



15 



Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 129 



'Required of those specializing in chemistry or physics. 

^To be selected as follows from the humanities and social sciences: 

Credit<i 

One course in history 3 

One course in literature 3 

Two additional courses from any of the following humanities: 

fine arts, foreign language, history, literature, philosophy, religion 6 

Three courses from any of the following social sciences: 

anthropology', economics, geography, political science, sociology, psychology 9 

'Students may elect toUke PY 205 and PY 208 or PY 201. 202. and 203 in lieu of PY 211-212. 

'These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester (offered only during the fall semester for science 
education students). 
'Students are required to take a minimum of 27 semester hours in one of the following four areas of specialization: 



148 



Biology: 




BO 200 


4 


BO (ZO) 360, 365 


4 


BO 421 Ol- 




io 421 or 




ZO(BO)414 


3-4 


CH220 


4 


GN 301 or 




GN 411. 412 


3-4 


MB 401 


4 


ZO201 


4 


Chemistry: 




MA 242 


4 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 


Chemistry Electives 


8 


Earth Science Elective 


3 


Organic Chemistry 


4 


Physical Chemistry 


4 



Earth Science: 




MEA 101-110 


4 


MEA200 


3 


MEA 201 or 




MEA 311 


3 


MEA 202-210 


4 


PY223 


3 


Earth Science Electives 


10 


Physics: 




MA 242 


4 


FY 223 


3 


FY 203 or 




FY 407 


3-4 


Earth Science Elective 


3 



Fhysics-Math. Electives 13-14 



MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION 

Associate Professor J. F. Arnold, Coordinator 

The Middle Grades Education program seeks to prepare teachers who can effectively 
instruct young adolescents and be responsive to their unique needs, interests and abilities. 
Graduates may seek certification for teaching in -grades 6-9 in two subject disciplines: 
either language arts and social studies or mathematics and science. Students concentrating 
in humanities teaching are advised by the Department of Curriculum and Instruction; 
those concentrating in mathematics/science are advised by the Department of Mathe- 
matics and Science Education. Students who wish to become certified in only mathematics 
or science teaching in the middle grades level may enroll in a special track in a mathematics 
education or science education degree program. 

LANGUAGE ARTS AND SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION- 
DUAL CONCENTRATION (6-9 Certification) 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

HI 205 Western Civilization since 1400 or 

HI 233 World in 20th Century 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Math Elective' 3 

Natural Science Elective 4 

14 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

HI 243 or 244 U.S. History 3 

Anthropology Elective- 3 

MA/CSC/ST Elective 3 

Natural Science Elective 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ENG 265 American Literature I 3 

HI 364 North Carolina History* 3 

SP213 Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 

Political Science Elective^ 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 200 Principles of Teaching Geography 3 

ED 205 Intro. Teaching Humanities/Soc. Sci 3 

ENG 262 English Literature II 3 

ENG 266 American Literature II 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 



149 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semexter CrediUi 

ED 344 School and Society** 3 

ED 435 Meth. & Mat. Middle Yrs. Social 

Studies 4 

PSY 476 Psvchologj^ Adolescent Development 3 

SOC 305 Racial & Ethnic Relations** 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective ^ 

16 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ED 306 Middle Years Reading 3 

ED 307 Teach. Writing Across Curriculum 3 

ED 309 Teaching in Middle Years 3 

PE 280 Emergency Med. Care & First Aid or 

PE 285 Personal Health 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Free Elective ■ 3 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 414 Human Relations & Discipline 3 

ED 430 Methods & Mat. Language Arts 4 

ED 454/464 Student Teach English/Social 

Studies 8 

Is 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 415 Arts & Adolescence 2 

Economics Elective' 3 

English Elective 3 

Nonwestern History Elective* 3 

Free Electives 6 

17 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 128 



Recommended Courses: 

'MA 103. 105. 111. 114, 121. 131. 214. and 231. MA 101 is excluded. 
2ANT 252 
3PS 201 or PS 204 
'HI 439 or HI 471 
»EB201orEB403 

'Another history course may be elected by those students not planning to teach in North Carolina. 
**Junior status is required. 

MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION- 
DUAL CONCENTRATION (6-9 Certification) 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ED 101 Orientation to MA/SCI ED 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I or 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

History Elective' j_3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II or 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B 4-3 

MEA 101 Geology I; Physical 3 

MEA 110 Geology I Lab 1 

PE 280 Emergency Medical Care or 

PE 285 Personal Health 2 

Social Science Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

16-17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Mathematics 3 

Humanities Elective' 3 

Literature Elective' 3 

Social Science Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective ^ 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

CSC 101 Intro, to Programming or 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers 3 

ED 203S Intro. Teach Math/Science 3 

ED 203L Intro. Teach M S Lab 

MA 105 Mathematics of Finance or 

Statistics Elective- 3 

Humanities Electives' 3 

Physical Education Elective ■ 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 306 Middle Years Reading 3 

MA 225 Structure of Real Numbers or 

MA 403 Intro, to Modern Algebra 3 

PSY .304 Educational Psychology 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Speech Elective' 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED lOlJ Orientation to MA/SCI ED 

ED 309 Teaching in Middle Years 3 

ED 344 School and Society 3 

PSY 476 Psych, of Adolescent Development 3 

Biological Science Elective 3-4 

Free Elective • 3 

15-16 



150 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Creditx 



ED 470 Methods of Teaching Math-' 3 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Math^ 4 

ED 474 Teaching Math Middle Years^ 3 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science^ 3 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science' 4 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 415 Arts and Adolescence 2 

MA 408 Found. Euclidean Geometry 

Social Science Elective' 

Free Electives 6 

14 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 128 



'The humanities social science electives must be chosen from the university's official list of courses. Many courses in 
philosophy, religion, literature, fine arts, history and foreign language are approved humanities courses. Social science 
electives come from courses in economics, sociology, anthropology, political science. psycholog>" and geography. 
Specified courses in speech, education, psychologj' and university studies are approved as either humanities or social 
sciences. It is highly recommended that students choose electives so that each of these areas is represented: economics, 
governmental systems, social systems and fine arts. 
-Statistics elective may be chosen from ST 101. 311. 361. or 371 

■'These courses are taken together as a block during the fall semester prior to student teaching. 
'Student teaching is full time for 10 weeks of the fall semester. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION— SINGLE CONCENTRATION 
(6-9 Certification) 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers 3 

ED 101 Orientation to MA/SCI ED 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 141 Analvtic Geometrv & Calc. I 4 

PE 100 Health & PhvsicalFitness 1 

PHI 201 Lx)gic 3 

14 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 101 Intro, to Programming 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

History Elective' 3 

Social Science Elective' 3 

17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math 3 

MA 105 Mathematics of Finance 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Physics or Chemistry Elective 4 

Social Science Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 203 Intro. Teaching Math/Science 3 

ED 203L Intro. Teaching M/S Lab 

Humanities Elective' 3 

Natural Science Elective 4 

Speech Elective' 3 

Statistics Elective- 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 344 School and Society 3 

MA 225 Structure of Real Numbers or 

MA 403 Intro, to Modern Algebra 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Humanities Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



Spring Se/nester Credits 

ED lOlJ Orientation to MA/SCI ED 

ED 306 Middle Years Reading 3 

ED 309 Teaching in Middle Years 3 

ED 480 Teach Math with Microcomputers 3 

MA 408 Found, of Euclidean Geometry 3 

PE 280 Emergencv Medical Care or 

PE 285 Personal Health 2 

Free Elective 3 

17 



151 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching MatM 3 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Math' 8 

ED 474 Teach Math Middle Years^ _3 

14 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 415 Arts and Adolescence 2 

MA 438 History of Mathematics 3 

PSY 476 Psych, of Adolescent Development 3 

Social Science Elective' 3 

Free Electives 6 

17 

Minimum Hours Required to Graduate 128 

Note: D grades not accepted in ED 203. 309. 344. 470. 472. 480. PSY 304. MA 131 or 141. Not more than one D grade 
accepted from the teaching field (PHI 201 and courses from math, computer science, and statistics that are part of the 
teaching specialty). 

' The humanities social science electives must be chosen from the university's official list of courses. Many courses in 
philosophy, religion, literature, fine arts, history and foreign language are approved humanities courses. Social science 
electives come from courses in economics, sociology, anthropology, political science, psychology and geography. 
Specified courses in speech, education, psychology and university studies are approved as either humanities or social 
sciences. It is highly recommended that students choose electives so that each of these areas is represented: economics, 
governmental systems, social systems and fine arts. 

-Statistics elective may be chosen from ST 101. 311, 361. or 371. 

'These courses are taken together as a block during the fall semester prior to student teaching. 

■•Student teaching is full time for 11) weeks of the fall semester. 



SCIENCE EDUCATION- 
(6-9 Certification) 



-SINGLE CONCENTRATION 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credit.^ 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 

ED 101 Orientation to MA/SCI ED 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Cale. A or 

MA 121 Intro, to Calculus 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B or 

ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

"l5 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

PY211 College Physics I or 

PY 221 College Physics 4-5 

History Elective' 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Speech Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



BO 200 Plant Life 4 

ED 203 Intro, to Teach Math/Sci-' 3 

PE280 Emer. Med. Care & First Aid or 

PE 285 Personal Health 2 

PY 212 College Physics II or 

Physics Elective 3-4 

Literature Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

16-17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED .344 School and Society 3 

MEA 101-110 Geology I: Physical with Lab 4 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives' 6 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 306 Middle Years Reading 3 

ED 309 Teaching in the Middle Years 3 

PSY 476 Psych, of Adolescent Develop 3 

ZO 201 General Zoology 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 



152 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Seynester Credits Spring Sementer Credits 

ED 414 Human Rel. & Discipl. Clsrm.-^ 3 ED 415 Arts and Adolescence 2 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science' 3 Earth Science Elective 3 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science' 8 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

ED 477 Instruct. Mat. in Science' 2 Science Elective 3 

T7 Free Electives 6 

17 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 128 

'To be selected as follows from the Humanities and Social Sciences (24 hours total): 

One course in history (3 cr. hrs.) 

One course in literature (3 cr. hrs.) 

Three additional courses from any of the following humanities: 
fine arts, foreign language, history, literature, philosophy, religion (9 cr. hrs.) 

Three courses from any of the following social sciences: 
anthropolog)-. economics, geography, political science, sociology, psychology (9 cr. hrs.) 
^Offered only during spring semester 

'These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester— offered only during the fall semester. Student cannot 
enroll for courses other than those listed as a part of the professional semester. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Poe Hall (Room 640) 

Professor P. W. Thayer, Head of the DepaHment and Coordinator of Advising 

Profeitsor^: J. W. Cunningham. D. W. Drewes, T. E. LeVere. S. E. Newman. B. W. Westbrook; Adjunct Professor: J. L. 
Howard: Professors Emeriti: K. L. Barkley. H. M. Corter. J.C.Johnson. H.G. MiUer; Associate Professors: J . L.Cole. P. 
F. Horan, J. W. Kalat. K. W. Klein, J. E. R. Luginbuhl. D. H. Mershon. F.J. Smith, S. S. Snyder. N. W. Walker; Adjunct 
Associate Professors: B. F. Corder. J. Lawrence: Associate Professors Emeriti: M. L. Pitts, R. F. Rawls: Assistant 
Professors: L. E. Baker-Ward, S. A. Converse. W. P. Erchul D. 0. Gray. T. M. Hess. R. W. Nacoste, S. B. Pond: Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: M. Y. Bingham. B. Braddy, A. D. Hall, C. L. Kronberg, L. A. Makoid; Associate Members of the 
Faculty: R. G. Pearson (Industrial Engineering), J. L. Wasik (Statistics); C. D. Korte (University Studies). 

Psychology is one ofthe basic university disciplines. Mastery of some of the knowledge in 
psychology' is necessary to practitioners in education, health, social service, social sciences 
and managerial professions. Students holding the bachelor's degree in psychology and 
wishing to apply their psychological studies in a professional capacity generally continue 
their education in a graduate program such as applied or experimental psychology, or in 
such fields as law, medicine, business, social work and a variety of other fields. Students in 
psychology may also choose to enter business or government, often without further training 
beyond the bachelor's degree. There are currently two different programs for undergradu- 
ate majors in psychology: the General Option (PSY), and the Human Resource Develop- 
ment Option (HRD). Each program emphasizes different aspects of the study of psychol- 
ogy'. The following sections provide separate descriptions of these programs and their 
current requirements. 

Within each of the options, there are Honors tracks which provide special curricula and 
an opportunity for work with faculty on research projects. Students must have completed a 
minimum of 45 semester hours of course work (at least 15 at NCSU) and have a grade point 
average of 3.25 or better to be considered for admission to an Honors program. More details 
as to admission and requirements are available from the Psycholog>' Department. 

All undergraduate majors are members of the Psychology Club, which provides a 
number of enrichment activities, including sponsorship of the Carolinas Psychology Con- 
ference. One of the largest undergraduate conferences in the United States, it is held 
annually in cooperation with Meredith College and other Cooperating Raleigh Colleges. 
There is also an active chapter of Psi Chi, the national psychology honor society, which 
provides enrichment to the program. 



153 



PSYCHOLOGY: GENERAL OPTION 

The General Option is oriented toward the student who wants a broad understanding of 
the types of problems with which psychology is concerned and the ways in which psycholo- 
gists approach and attempt to solve these problems. Curriculum requirements in the 
General Option are sufficiently flexible for students to concentrate, if they wish, in another 
area of study as well as psychology, and thereby prepare themselves for a variety of careers 
or professional graduate programs. By wise choice of elective courses, a student can 
prepare for medical, legal, business, or education graduate training, while at the same time 
acquiring a basic background in the social sciences. 

REQUIREMENTS 

Major Fiild of Stud a: Credits 

PSY 200 Introduction to PsycholoR^ 3 

PSY (ST) 240 Intro. Research Methods I 3 

PSY (ST) 241 Intro. Research Methods I Lab 1 

PSY (ST) 242 Intro. Research Methods II 3 

PSY (ST) 243 Intro. Research Methods II Lab 2 

Two courses from Group 1: 6 

PSY 300 Perception 

PSY 310 Learning and Motivation 

PSY 320 Cognitive Processes 

PSY 330 Biological Psychology 
Three courses (one each from three different sets in Group 2): 9 

PSY 307 or 340 Industrial Psychologv- or Ergonomics 

PSY 376. 475 or 476 Developmental Psychologj' 

PSY 370 or 470 Personality and Abnormal Psychology 

PSY 411 or 412 Social or Applied Psycholog>' 

PSY 435 Introduction to Psychological Measurement 

PSY Electives _6 

33 

English Courses: 

ENG 111, 112 English Composition 6 

ENG 321 or SP 110. 112, 201, or 202 ^ 

9 

Mathematics Courses: 

Two mathematics courses (not MA 101. 103 or 109 and not 111 by retroactive credit) 6-7 

One computer science course ■ ■ ■ 2-3 

8-10 

Humanities and Social Science Courses: 

Two literature courses 6 

Three historv or social science courses 9 

PHI 201. 3li. 335. ,340 or 341 3 

One other philosophy course j_3 

21 

Natural Science Courses: 

BS 100 or 105 4 

Two natural science courses (at least one with lab) ■ ■ ■ 6-7 

10-11 

Restricted Electives: 
Five courses in an approved grouping related to student's future plans 15 

Free Elect ices: 
To meet minimum total hours required for graduation 21-24 

Phifsical Education: 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Three courses j_3 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 124 

Students should consult the Psychology Department for detailed information as to which courses will satisfy mathe- 
matics, natural science, literature and social science requirements. 



154 



CURRICULUM DISPLAY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Sementer Credits 

BS 100 or 105 General Biology 4 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 History or Social Science 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Natural Science 3-4 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 Philosophy 3 

Mathematics 4 Free Elective 3 

~77 Physical Education Elective 1 

16-17 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 240 Intro. Behavioral Research 1 3 PSY 242 Intro. Behavioral Research II 3 

PSY 241 Intro. Behavioral Res. I Lab 1 PSY 243 Intro. Behavioral Res. II Lab 2 

History or Social Science 3 Computer Science 2-3 

Literature 3 History or Social Science 3 

Mathematics 3-4 Natural Science 3-4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Philosophy 3 



14-15 



Physical Education Elective 1 

17-19 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Required PSY— Group 1 3 Literature 3 

Restricted Elective 3 Required PSY— Group 1 3 

Speech or Tech. Writing 3 Required PSY— Group 2 3 

PSY Elective 3 Restricted Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

15 15 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Required PSY-Group 2 3 Required PSY— Group 2 3 

PSY Elective 3 Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Electives 6 Free Electives 9 

Free Elective ' 3 ~jT 

15 

Required PSY— Group 1; two courses from PSY 300. 310. 320. 330 
Required PSY-Group 2: one course from anv three sets 

PSY 307 or 340 

PSY 376. 475 or 476 

PSY 370 or 470 

PSY 411 or 412 

PSY 435 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 124 

MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY 

The Psychology Department offers a minor in psychology to majors in any field except 
psychology. To complete the minor, eighteen hours of courses are required, six of these hours 
in the basic science of psychology, and nine in the applied aspects of psychology. PSY 200 is 
a required prerequisite. All must be passed with a grade of "C" or better. 

PSYCHOLOGY: HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT OPTION 

The Human Resource Development (HRD) Option is designed to provide a groundwork of 
skills and experience for students who wish to enter human service careers with a B.A. 
degree. With appropriate curriculum modifications, the program can also provide a sound 
background for students who wish to go into advanced degree programs in psychology, 
management, personnel, social work, counselling, guidance, education, and other areas. 
Students interested in graduate school should confer with their advisors in order to plan an 
appropriate course of study. 



155 



The HRD Option focuses on enabling students to gain direct experience in the areas in 
which they would like to work. HRD students devote a semester to learning principles and 
skills related to working with human problems, and subsequently each HRD student 
spends a semester working part-time or full-time in a job related to his/her own area of 
interest. The HRD Option accepts a maximum of 20 students each year. Interested students 
can apply for admission to HRD during their sophomore or junior year. Further informa- 
tion and application forms are available in the Psychology Department office. 

REQUIREMENTS 

Major Field of Study: 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSY (ST) 240 Intro Research Methods I 3 

PSY (ST) 241 Intro Research Methods I Lab 1 

PSY (ST) 242 Intro Research Methods II 3 

PSY (ST) 243 Intro Research Methods II Lab 2 

PSY 210 Applied Psychology or 

PSY 412 Applied Psychological Research 3 

PSY 350 HRD Skills 3 

PSY 495 HRD Practicum 6-11 

PSY 499 Individual Study in PsychoIog>- 4 

PSY Electives ••■■ 9 

37-42 

English Couraes: 

ENG 111. 112 English Composition 6 

Two courses from ENG .321, SP 110. 112. 201 or 202 _6 

12 

Mathematics Courses: 

Two mathematics courses (not MA 101. 103 or 109, and not 111 by retroactive credit) 6-7 

One computer science ■ • • 2-3 

8-10 

Humanities and Social Science Courses: 

Two literature courses 6 

Three history or social science courses 9 

PHI 201. 311. 335. 340 or .341 3 

One other philo.sophy course j_3 

21 

Natural Science Courses: 

BS 100 or 105 4 

Two natural science courses (at least one with lab) ■ ■ -6-7 

10-11' 

Restricted Electives: 
Three courses in an approved grouping related to student's future plans 9 

Free Electives: As needed to meet minimum hours required for graduation 15-21 

Physical Education: 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Three courses j_3 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 124 

Students should consult the Psychology Department for detailed information as to which courses will satisfy mathe- 
matics, natural science, literature, and social science requirements. 

CURRICULUM DISPLAY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 or 105 General Biolog>' 4 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition & Rhetoric 3 History or Social Science 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 Natural Science 3-4 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 Philosophy 3 

Mathematics 4 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 



15 



16-17 



156 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester CrediUi Spring Sementer CrediLi 

PSY 240 Intro, Behavioral Research I 3 PSY 242 Intro. Behavioral Research II 3 

PSY 241 Intro. Behavioral Res. I Lab 1 PSY 243 Intro. Behavioral Res. II Ub 2 

History or Social Science 3 Computer Science 2-3 

Literature 3 History or Social Science 3 

Mathematics 3-4 Natural Science 3-4 

Phvsical Education Elective 1 Philosophy 3 



14-15 



Physical Education Elective 1 

17-19 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Creditx 

PSY 210 or 412 3 PSY 495 3-8 

PSY 350 3 PSY 499 4 

PSY 495 3 PSY Elective 3 

SP 112 3 Free Elective 3-6 

Restricted Elective 3 ,g ,g 

Free Elective 3 

18 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Literature 3 PSY Elective 3 

PSY Elective 3 Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 Speech or Technical Writing 3 

Free Electives 6 Free Electives 3-6 

Is 12-15 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 124 



SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER EDUCATION 

Associate Professor C. W. Harper, Coordinator of Advising 

Students desiring to become secondary social studies teachers in grades 9-12 will be 
enrolled in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences. Curriculum requirements for 
the teacher education options can be found under history, political science and public 
administration, and sociology and anthropology in that college's section. Students desiring 
to become social studies teachers in grades 6-9 will be enrolled in the College of Education 
and Psychology. 



SPANISH TEACHER EDUCATION 

Assistant Professor L. Salstad, Coordinator of Advising 

Students desiring to become teachers of Spanish will be enrolled in the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences. The curriculum requirements for the teacher education 
option in Spanish can be found under Foreign Languages and Literature in that college's 
section. 



157 



COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

Page Hall (Rooms 118 and 120) 

L. K. Monteith, Dean 

G. F. Bland, Associate Dean for Undergraduate Programs 

J. K. Ferrell, Associate Dean for Graduate Programs 

J. J. Wortman, Acting Associate Dean for Research Programs 

B. Houck, Director of Engineering Special Programs 

B. D. Pettis, Director of Student Services 

F. M. Richardson, Director of Extrude partmental Degree Programs 

R. M. Turner, Director far Admissions and Transfers 

H. Winston, Director of Academic Affairs 

Young men and women who seek a challenging technical career in research and devel- 
opment, design, construction, production, maintenance, technical sales, management, 
teaching, or other careers requiring a methodical, creative solution of problems, should 
consider an engineering or computer science education. At NCSU, the College of Engineer- 
ing has a distinguished and internationally recognized faculty. The faculty, together with 
the curricula of the undergraduate and graduate programs, offer an opportunity for 
ambitious young men and women to become the leaders and prime movers of our increas- 
ingly technological world. Because of the great influence of science and technology on our 
everyday lives, today's engineer and computer scientist must be acutely aware of, and 
responsible for, the impact that his or her creations may have on society. In addition to 
safety, aesthetics, economics, and energy, today's technologist must consider environmen- 
tal, sociological, and other "human concern" costs. 

The college's 27,000 graduates may be found in widely diversified careers throughout the 
world. Most are, of course, practicing in the engineering profession, but because their 
education has equipped them well to deal with problems in a wide variety of fields, many 
College of Engineering graduates have become corporate presidents, leaders in govern- 
ment, lawyers, and medical doctors, to name a few. 

The College of Engineering is organized into nine departments: Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Electri- 
cal and Computer Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Materials Science and Engineer- 
ing, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, and Nuclear Engineering. Fifteen bacca- 
laureate degree programs are offered including a degree in textile engineering offered 
jointly with the College of Textiles. In addition, a degree program in Engineering is offered 
by special arrangement to a very few students who can clearly demonstrate a need for an 
individualized program of study. Most departments offer advanced study leading to profes- 
sional degrees, master's degrees and Ph.D. degrees. (See listing of graduate degrees in the 
front section of the catalog.) 

The College of Engineering requests and receives accreditation from the Accrediting 
Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) for ten of its undergraduate engineering 
degree programs. Accreditation insures that these programs satisfy the minimum 
requirements for acceptance by this nationally recognized agency for accrediting engineer- 
ing degree programs. The program in computer science is accredited by The Computer 
Science Accreditation Commission (CSAC) of the Computing Sciences Accreditation 
Board (CSAB). All curricula and programs are designed to maintain the college's national 
and international reputation while meeting the needs of the people and industries of the 
state and region through effective instruction, competent research, and the development of 
new and meaningful contributions to scientific knowledge. 

A Career Planning and Placement Center is maintained by the university to assist 
continuing students and graduating students to achieve their career goals. 

158 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The Department of Computer Science was officially incorporated into the College of 
Engineering on July 18, 1988. However, a period of transition will be required to fully 
merge the computer science and engineering curricula. During that period, computer 
science students will be subject to the curriculum requirements which are listed in the 
"Computer Science" section and are not subject to requirements which appear in the 
"Typical Freshman Year In Engineering Curricula" and the "Humanities and Social 
Sciences" sections which follow. 

Incoming computer science students are admitted directly into the computer science 
program from high school. Academic advising for these students is provided by faculty 
members within the Computer Science Department and by the departmental coordinator 
of advising. Computer science majors must earn at least a 2.00 grade point average prior to 
enrolling in any 200 or 300 level course in computer science. 

Incoming engineering freshmen are enrolled in a basic engineering program. Engi- 
neering Undesignated, for a period of one to two years. After successfully completing the 
Engineering Undesignated requirements, a student enters a specific engineering degree 
program. The first-year engineering curriculum is common to all undergraduate engineer- 
ing degree programs. Entering students receive assistance in planning an appropriate 
program of study and have available continued guidance from an academic adviser 
throughout their academic careers. 

In order to be eligible to apply for admission into an engineering degree program. 
Engineering Undesignated students must successfully complete the following courses: MA 
141 and MA 241: PY 205: ENG 111: CH 101 and either CH 105 or CH 107: and at least one 
humanities or social science course. As a result of major curriculum revisions which are 
scheduled to be implemented following the 1990 spring semester, these course 
requirements may be modified at that time. 

Bachelor of Science— The baccalaureate program provides preparation for entry into 
industry, government, business or private practice as well as graduate school. Graduates 
with a BS degree in engineering or computer science may be engaged in design, develop- 
ment, production/construction, sales, maintenance, or the planning, operation, or man- 
agement of industrial units. 

The undergraduate curricula offer programs of study leading to a bachelor's degree in 
aerospace engineering, biological and agricultural engineering, chemical engineering, 
civil engineering, civil engineering construction option, construction management, compu- 
ter engineering, computer science, electrical engineering, engineering, furniture manu- 
facturing and management, industrial engineering, materials science and engineering, 
mechanical engineering, nuclear engineering, and textile engineering. Graduation re- 
quirements include the satisfactory completion of the specified number of credit hours of 
required courses and electives in any one of the sixteen curricula. Students must also earn 
an overall grade point average of 2.0, and a grade point average of 2.0 in their major 
courses. The total number of required hours ranges from 130 to 139 semester hours. 

Double Degree Programs— NCSU students may wish to earn a bachelor of science 
degree in two fields oi engineering or in computer science and an engineering field. When the 
two courses of study are planned sufficiently early to optimize the student's time, it is often 
found that courses required in one field may be substituted for required courses in the 
second field. The humanities/social science, physics, mathematics, chemistry. English and 
physical education sequences are common to many fields. In addition, required courses in 
one field can be used as free electives in other fields. This type of double degree program can 
usually be completed in five years. Students interested in such a program should consult the 
Director of Admissions and Transfers, and the department heads of the two courses of 
study. 

Other students may wish to combine a bachelor of science in engineering or computer 
science with a bachelor of science or bachelor of arts degree in some other college at North 
Carolina State University. As in the double engineering degree program, it is often found 
that courses required in one college may be substituted for courses required in a second 
college. When two academic programs are planned sufficiently early to optimize the 
student's time, this type of double degree program can usually be completed in five years. 



159 



Students interested in such a program should contact either their Coordinator of Advising 
or the Director of Admissions and Transfers, and the Associate Dean of the college offering 
the second degree. 

TRANSFER PROGRAM 

Students with non-engineering degrees or one or more years of academic work completed 
at other institutions may apply for transfer admission to the College of Engineering 
through the University Admissions Office. Students are admitted from appropriate pro- 
grams from four-year institutions, as well as junior and community colleges. 

Students currently attending or anticipating attendance at other institutions are advised 
to contact the Director of Admissions and Transfers for information relative to transfer 
GPA required, transferable credits, etc. 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREES IN ENGINEERING 

The College of Engineering offers post-baccalaureate curricula leading to the degrees of 
Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Industrial Engineer, Materials 
Engineer. Mechanical Engineer, and Nuclear Engineer. These programs of study are 
designed to fit the needs of students desiring intensive specialization in a particular field, or 
additional work not ordinarily covered in the normal undergraduate curricula. For further 
details, see "PROFESSIONAL DEGREES." 

PURCHASE OF COMPUTERS BY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING STUDENTS 

Freshman year courses for engineering students are usually in the areas of science, 
mathematics, and other subjects which are preparatory to the study of engineering. Where- 
as the use of a computer can be helpful for word processing of English papers and other 
written assignments, engineering students normally do not need access to a computer 
during their freshman year. 

In the sophomore year, most students will take a course in computer programming and, 
thereafter, will increasingly use computers as an engineering tool. The college policy is that 
all of its students will be provided with the computer resources, time and equipment, which 
are required to successfully complete their course of study. This policy applies to computer 
science students, who normally enroll in the first course in computer programming during 
their freshman year. 

However, some students may find that owning a computer is beneficial in terms of 
convenience and ready access to computational capability. Since different departments 
within the college have different course and computer language requirements, the college 
recommends that new students who decide to purchase a personal computer should not do 
so until they have been admitted into a degree program. 

TYPICAL FRESHMAN YEAR IN ALL ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

The freshman year course requirements listed below apply to all engineering students 
who enroll in the College of Engineering during the 1989-90 academic year. Beginning with 
the 1990 summer sessions, course and curriculum requirements for all new engineering 
students and all new computer science students will be changed. Specific information 
regarding these changes can be obtained from the Director of Academic Affairs in the 
College of Engineering and will be published with the 1991-98 undergraduate catalog. 

PREREQUISITE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL ENGINEERING STUDENTS. 

Before an engineering student is eligible to enroll in a 200 or higher level engineering course, 
the student must have earned a grade of "C" or better in English 111, Mathematics llfl. 
Mathematics 2U1, and Physics 205; the student must have successfully completed at least one 
humanities course or at least one social sciences course; and the student must have successfully 
completed both Chemistry 101 and either Chemistry 105 or Chemistry 107. Since a grade of 
"C"or better in CH 101 is a prerequisite for both CH 105 and CH 107, a grade of"C"or better 
in CH 101 is required before enrolling in 200 or higher level engineering courses. 

160 



Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 CH 105 Chemistry-Principles & Appl.^ 3 

E lOOA Introduction to Engr. I^ E lOOB Introduction to Engr. IF 1 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric^ 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading* 3 

GC 101 Engineering Graphics' 2 GC 101 Engineering Graphics' 2 

MA 141 Analytic Geom. & Calculus I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 PY 205 Physics for Scientists and Engineers I .... 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective'' 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

15 or 17 18 or 16 

The program above is typical. Other courses may be substituted, added, or deleted, 
depending upon each student's individual background and talents. Individual programs 
typically range from 28 to 36 credits. 

'Students enroll in GC 101 either in the fall or the spring semester. Students who plan to enroll in CH 107 in the spring 

semester should take GC 101 during the fall. 

'All students must enroll in E lOOA for the fall semester and E lOOB for the spring semester. 
'Qualified students, so notified at freshman orientation, will take ENG 112H, in the spring semester. 
■•The humanities and social science courses usually recommended for new students are EB 201, HI 205, PSY 200, or SOC 

202. Students who intend to major in biological or agricultural engineering should take EB 201 or EB 212. 
^Students who intend to major in chemical engineering, materials science and engineering, or textiles engineering or 

who expect to take additional chemistry courses will take CH 107. Principles of Chemistry, instead of CH 105. These 

students should enroll in GC 101 in the fall semester. 

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Each engineering student is required to take a minimum of 18 credit hours of humanities 
and social science courses. All of the courses used to satisfy the humanities and social 
science requirement must be taken from the College of Engineering list of approved 
courses. The courses will be distributed as designated below: 

1. A beginning economics course, EB 201 or EB 212. 

2. A course in the history of science or the philosophy of science. Suitable courses are 
shown on the following list. 

HI 321 Ancient and Medieval Science 

HI 322 Rise of Modern Science 

HI 341 Technology in History 

HI 481 History of the Life Sciences 

PHI 340 Philosophy of Science 

UNI 301 Science and Civilization 

UNI 302 Contemporary Science and Human Values 

3. Two courses, at least one of which must be an advanced course, from one of the 
following humanities groups. 

English Language Literature (ENG) 

Foreign Language Literature (FL_ GRK, LAT) 

History (HI) 

Philosophy (PHI) 

Religion (REL) 

Speech-Communication (SP) 

4. Two courses, at least one of which must be an advanced course, from one of the 
following social science groups. 

Anthropology (ANT) 

Economics (EB) 

Political Science (PS) 

Psychology (PSY) 

Sociology (SOC) 

Note: The beginning economics course specified in (1) may be used with an advanced 

economics course to satisfy the social science requirement (4) above. If so, an additional 

course must be completed and any course from the College of Engineering list of 

approved humanities and social science courses may be used for this purpose. Students 

may obtain a copy of the list from their Coordinator of Advising. 



161 



R.J. REYNOLDS TUTELAGE PROGRAM 

An important service offered to College of Engineering freshmen and first-semester 
sophomores is the R.J.Reynolds Tutelage program. This free program is funded by R.J. 
Reynolds Tobacco. USA and it provides academic assistance to new students as they adapt 
to the pace and requirements of university studies. The program provides problem sessions 
and small group tutorials which focus on most freshmen and sophomore-level courses 
required for engineering and computer science. Interested students should contact the 
Director of Engineering Student Services. 

ENGINEERING SCHOLARS PROGRAM 

The Engineering Scholars Program has as its goal the promotion of research and 
academic careers in engineering and computer science. Under the sponsorship of the 
College of Engineering, in cooperation with the Division of Student Affairs, Scholars begin 
by living together and participating in special educational seminars, cultural enrichment 
activities, and scholars sections for some coursework. In the sophomore year. Engineering 
Scholars begin research apprenticeships with faculty members throughout the College of 
Engineering. Additional information may be obtained by contacting departmental pro- 
gram representatives. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

This optional program is planned so that the student will alternate semesters of study 
with semesters of practical work during the sophomore and junior academic levels. The 
freshman and senior years are spent on campus, while the sophomore and junior academic 
levels are spread over a three-year period to permit thp alternating of the academic 
semesters with work experience semesters. Students earn a salary while they are in 
industry, and they may earn a sufficient income to finance much of their college education. 
The co-op plan normally takes five years for completion during which time the student 
receives 12 to 18 months of industrial experience in their career field. 

Students in all curricula in the College of Engineering may apply if they have a grade- 
point average of 2.25 or better. After a student is accepted for employment, he or she is 
expected to maintain at least a 2.0 grade-point average. Application for admission into the 
co-op program should be made early in the spring semester of the freshman year: however, 
later applications resulting in fewer work semesters prior to graduation will be considered 
during the sophomore year or the first semester of the junior year. Undesignated engineer- 
ing students must be admitted into an engineering degree program prior to beginning the 
first co-op assignment. Further information may be obtained from the Office of Coopera- 
tive Education, 213 Peele Hall. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Each curriculum in the College of Engineering has a technical society open to every 
student enrolled in the curriculum. In most cases, these are student chapters of national 
professional organizations. Each curriculum also has one or more honor societies to give 
recognition to those with superior academic records. In addition, there are college-wide 
honor, professional, and service societies that offer personally and educationally rewarding 
opportunities for students. 

Student representatives of each curriculum serve on the Engineers' Council. The Council 
is the coordinating agency for college-wide activities such as the Engineer-in-Training 
(EIT) examination review classes, the Engineers' Week Exhibition, the annual St. 
Patrick's Day Dance, and the "Southern Engineer" student publication. 



162 



BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 

David S. Weaver Laboratories (Room 100) 

Professor J. H. Ruff, Head of the Department 

Professor R. S. Sowell, Graduate Administrator 

Professor G. B. Blum, Jr., Coordinator of Advising 

(For a list of faculty, see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 

Biological and agricultural engineering students are trained to deal with problems of 
agriculture that are engineering in nature. Scientific and engineering principles are 
applied to the conservation and utilization of water and soil, the development of power and 
labor-saving devices for all phases of agricultural production, the design of structures and 
equipment for housing and handling livestock and field products, and the processing and 
marketing of agricultural products. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the Engineering curriculum qualify for positions in design, development 
and research in public institutions and in industry. This curriculum, accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, also provides adequate training for 
post-graduate work leading to advanced degrees. (See listing of graduate degrees offered). 

CURRICULUM IN BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

The engineering curriculum provides an educational program for students which uni- 
quely prepares them for dealing with engineering problems in the biological and agricul- 
tural areas. Program emphasis is on the agricultural area while flexibility in the program 
allows the student to attain depth in special sub-areas or in biological engineering. Empha- 
sis is placed on basic science and engineering courses such as mathematics, physics, 
mechanics, biology, soils, and thermodynamics which provide a sound background for the 
application of engineering to agricultural and biological problems. 

Since biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical fields- 
agriculture and engineering— the curriculum is jointly administered by The College of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences and the College of Engineering. Undergraduate freshmen 
entering this curriculum should enroll in the College of Engineering undesignated pro- 
gram and indicate SBU as their curriculum choice. After successfully completing the 
Engineering undesignated requirements the student will enter the Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering Department. Graduates receive a B.S. in Biological and Agricultural 
Engineering. 

See the freshmayi year for the College of Engineering and special note for biological and 
agricultural engineering. Freshman year credits equal 36 hours. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Seme.<iier Credits 

BAE 151 Elements of Bio. & Agri. BAE 252 Elements of Bio. & Agri. 

Engr. I 2 Engr. II 4 

BS 100 General Biolog>' 4 MA 341 Appl. Diff. Equations I 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MAE 208 Engr. Dynamics 3 

MAE 206 Engr. Statics 3 MAE 308 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

PY 208 Physics for Engineers & Scientists II 4 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

l8 li 



163 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 471 Soil & Water Engr 4 BAE 342 Agrri. Processing 4 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 BAE 361 Analytical Methods 3 

MAE 314 Solid Mechanics 3 ECE 211 Electrical Circuits I 3 

ST 361 Intro, to Stat, for Engrs 3 ECE 213 Electrical Circuits I Lab 1 

Free Elective 3 ENG 331 Commun. for Engr. & Tech.. or 

T7 ENG 333 Commun. for Science & Res 3 

Hist, or Phil, of Sci 3 

17 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 391 Electrotech. Bio. & Agri. Engr 3 BAE 452 Agri. Engr. Design II 2 

BAE 451 Agri. Engr. Design I 4 BAE 462 Funct. Des. of Field Mech 3 

BAE 481 Agri. Structures & Env 4 Engr. Science Elective 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Advanced Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Advanced Social Sci. Elective 3 



17 



Free Elective 3 

17 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 139 

Social science and humanities electives will be selected from the listing of the College of Engineering. 

The curriculum above is for the engineering program in biological and agricultural 
engineering. For the Agricultural Systems Technology curriculum, see Agriculture and 
Life Sciences. 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Riddick Engineering Laboratories (Room 113) 

Professor J. K. Ferrell, Acting Head of the Department 

Associate Professor C. J. Setzer, Associate Head of the Department 

Professor C. K. Hall, Graduate Administrator 

Professor D. B. Marsland, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: R. G. Carbonell, R. M. Felder. J. K. Ferrell. C. K. Hall, D. C. Martin. A. S. Michaels. D. F. Ollis. M. R. Overcash. 
E. P. Stahel: Adjunct Professors: A. R. Berens, W. J. Koros. F. 0. Mixon. D. M. Preiss, P. R. Sperry, D. R. Squire: 
Professors Emeriti: K. 0. Beatty, D. B. Marsland, J. F. Seely, V. T. Stannett; Associate Professors: P. S. Fedkiw, P. K. 
Lim, C. J. Setzer, H. Winston; Adjunct Associate Professors: D. A. Denny. D. S. Ensor. M. E. Mullins. J. L. Williams: 
Assistant Professors: C. M. Balik, R. T. Chern. B. D. Freeman, P. K. Kilpatrick. H. H. Lamb, S. W. Peretti. S. Torquato. 

The sound management of material and energy resources, taking into account natural, 
economic, and environmental constraints, guides the performance of chemical engineering 
practice. Chemical engineering education integrates design and analysis, science and 
technology, with communication skills developed through exposure to the humanities and 
the social and economic sciences. Chemical engineering organizes these diverse skills into a 
coherent discipline uniquely suited to the needs of the chemical, biochemical, petroleum, 
plastics, textile, and pulp and paper industries. 

FACILITIES 

Departmental teaching and research activities are based on the four floors comprising 
the east wing of the Riddick Engineering Laboratories. Equipment for studying the 
principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, distillation, absorption, drying, crystallization, and 
filtration is maintained in several laboratories. Chemical reaction kinetics including the 
kinetics of radiation-induced polymerization reactions are studied on specially designed 



164 



equipment. Extensive apparatus is available for characterizing the relationships between 
molecular structure and bulk properties of polymers. 

A 2.000 square foot biotechnology laboratory has been equipped to include a pilot plant 
for studying biologically mediated chemical reactions. Specialized digital computational 
equipment complements campus-wide university computer resources. The department 
makes constant use of its fully expanded MicroVax-3600 computer system which is accessi- 
ble for use 24 hours a day by students and faculty. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Competition for chemical engineering graduates at all degree levels is intense. Graduates 
readily find employment at extremely attractive salaries in diverse subdisciplines includ- 
ing research and development, production, management and administration; process con- 
trol, technical service, and sales; estimation and specification writing; consulting and 
teaching. Students desiring careers in teaching or consulting are advised to consider 
graduate training (see listing of graduate degree offered). Chemical engineering graduates 
often pursue careers in law or the medical sciences since the broadly structured under- 
graduate curriculum provides strong preparation for graduate study in a wide range of 
professional specialties. 

CURRICULUM IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

The successful practice of chemical engineering requires a broad, diversified prepara- 
tion. The spirit of research and experimental inquiry is vital; students, therefore, require 
sound scientific backgrounds essential to original and disciplined thought, enthusiastic 
inquiry and, ultimately, original and constructive accomplishment. The undergraduate 
curriculum emphasizes the scientific, engineering, and economic principles involved in the 
design and operation of chemical processes. The background in organic, physical, and 
inorganic chemistry is comparable to the training offered to chemistry majors. Mathe- 
matics, physical sciences, and distributed humanities courses are also required. The chem- 
ical engineering program, which is accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering 
and Technology (ABET), leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering. 

See the freshman year for the College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles 4 CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III 4 ECE 331 Principles of Elec. Engr 3 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 MA 341 Appl. Differential Eq. I 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Ti^ Physical Education Elective 1 

17 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 CHE 312 Transport Processes II 3 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 CHE 316 Thermo, of Chem. & Phase Equilibria . . 3 

CHE 315 Chem. Process Thermodynamics 3 CHE 330 Chemical Engr Lab I 2 

EB201 Economics I or Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

EB 212 Econ. of Agriculture 3 Technical Elective' 3 

MAT 201 Struct. & Prop, of Engr. Mat'ls 3 Free Elective _3 

le 17 



165 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall SemvKter Credits 

CH 437 Physical Chemistry for Engineers 4 

CHE 331 Chemical Engr Lab II 2 

CHE 421 Design & Anly. of Unit Oper 3 

CHE 446 Design & Anly. of Chem. Reactors 3 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chem. Engr 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CHE 425 Process Syst. Anly. & Control 3 

CHE 451 Chemical Engr. Design 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electiye- 3 

Technical Elective' 3 

Free Electives 6 

18 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 135 



NOTE: This curriculum applies to students entering the university after May '85. 

'CHE 497 Chemical Engr. Projects strongly recommended as one of the Technical Electives. 

-Humanities and Social Sciences requirement courses must be selected from the approved College of Engineering list. 

BIOSCIENCES OPTION IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

By enhanced exposure to the biological sciences, the biosciences option in chemical 
engineering enables the student to develop insight into biological systems and processes. 

See the freshman year for the College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Proc. Principles 4 

MA 242 Anly. Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 

_1 

17 



Phvsical Education Elective 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II .... ; 4 

CHE 225 Chemical Proc. Systems 3 

ECE 331 Principles of Elec. Engineering I 3 

MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

1? 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 

CHE 315 Chem. Proc. Thermodynamics 3 

EB 201 Economics I or 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

MAT 201 Structure & Prop. Engr. Mat'ls 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 451 Introductory Biochemistry 3 

BCH 452A Introductory Biochemistry Lab 1 

CHE 312 Transport Processes II . . . ." 3 

CHE 316 Thermo. Chemical & Phase Equilibria .. 3 

CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Lab I 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

Is 



SENIOR YEAR 



Full Semester Credits 

CH 437 Physical Chemistry for Engineers 4 

CHE 331 Chemical Engr. Lab II 2 

CHE 421 Design & Anly. of Unit Oper 3 

CHE 446 Design & Anly. of Chem. Reactors 3 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chem. Engr 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credit 

CHE 425 Process System Analysis & Control 3 

CHE 451 Chemical Engr Design 3 

CHE 551 Biochemical Engineering 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Free Electives 6 

li 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 136 



NOTE: This curriculum applies to students entering the university after May '85. 

'Humanities and social science requirement courses must be selected from the approved College of Engineering list. 



166 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Mann Hall (Room 203) 

Professor E. Downey Brill, Jr.. Head of the Department 
Professor H. E. Wahls, Associate Head for Graduate Programs 
Professor J. F. Ely. Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: P. D. Cribbins, R. A. Douglas. J. S. Fisher. W. S. Galler, A. K. Gupta, K. S. Havner, Y. Horie. J. W. Horn. D. W. 
Johnston. N. P. Khosla. P. H. McDonald. C. C. Tung. P. Zia: Adjunct Professor: R. C. Heath: Professors Emeriti: M. 
Amein. W. F. Babcock. R. E. Fadum. C. L. Heimbach. A. I. Kashef. C. L. Mann. Jr., S. W. Nunnally, C. Smallwood. Jr.. 
M. E. Uyanik: Associate Professors: S. H. Ahmad. W. L. Bingham, R. H. Borden, A. C. Chao. E. D. Gurley. P. C. Lambe, 
H. R. Malcom. V. C. Matzen. J. M. Nau, M. F. Overton. M. S. Rahman, W. J. Rasdorf. J. C. Smith, J. R. Stone: Adjunct 
Associate Professors: E. W. Hauser, J. E. Tidwell: Associate Professor Emeritus: C. R. Taylor: Assistant Professors: R. C. 
Borden, F. Farid, R. R. Rust. A. E. Schultz; Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. C. Brantley. HI. L. R. Goode, B. E. 
Matthews: Lecturer: M. L. Leming: Lecturer and Senior Construction Extension Specialist: P. P. McCain: Adjunct 
Lecturers: R. F. DeBruhl, J. A. K. Tucker 

Civil engineering, one of the broadest of the engineering fields, traditionally concerns the 
improvement and control of the environment. A civil engineer may deal with the planning, 
design, construction, operation and maintenance of everything from buildings, bridges, 
dams, harbors, water and power facilities, sewage disposal works, and nuclear waste 
facilities to transportation systems like highways, railways, waterways, airports and pipe 
lines. 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers curricula that provide academic prepara- 
tion for students considering a career in civil engineering or construction. The sound 
general education of the undergraduate program prepares the student for advanced study 
either through graduate study or self-study. 

The Civil Engineering Program, which is accredited by the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology' (ABET), leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in Civil 
Engineering. The Civil Engineering-Construction Option Program, also accredited by 
ABET, leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering-Construction 
Option. The new Construction Management Program will be presented for accreditation to 
the American Council for Construction Education (ACCE), following graduation of the 
first class. This program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Construction 
Management. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Man will always need constructed facilities to live, work and sustain his life, and the civil 
engineer will always be needed to plan, design and construct these facilities. Civil engineer- 
ing is such a diversified field that a civil engineering graduate has a wide choice in locations 
and types of employment. Jobs range from federal, state or municipal agencies to a variety 
of manufacturing and processing industries, consulting firms or construction companies. 
The work may be performed partially or wholly in an office or in the field and may be 
located in a small community, a large industry center or in a foreign country. Careers in 
teaching and research are common for many civil engineers who complete advanced 
degrees. 

FACILITIES 

Open access is available to the department's micro-computer laboratory providing sup- 
port in analysis, design-synthesis and word processing. Laboratories for testing structural 
materials, large models or full-scale structures, for soils and bituminous products, for 
hydraulic experiments, for analysis of small structural models, for chemical and biological 
tests pertaining to sanitary engineering, and for the investigation of transportation prob- 
lems all help students learn more about their field. 



167 



CURRICULA IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Three four-year undergraduate curricula are offered; one leads to a Bachelor of Science 
in Civil Engineering; the second, to a Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering- 
Construction Option; and the third, to a Bachelor of Science in Construction Management. 

The civil engineering curriculum is a balanced program providing academic discipline 
in the pure and applied physical sciences, the humanities and social sciences, and the 
professional aspects of civil engineering including structural, transportation and water 
resources engineering, and soil mechanics and foundations. 

The curriculum in the civil engineering-construction option is designed for students 
interested in the construction phases of civil engineering. It includes the core course 
requirements in the physical sciences and the social sciences and humanities. The curricu- 
lum includes a three-semester sequence of courses in cost analysis and control, and con- 
struction methods and planning. These courses provide academic discipline in the engi- 
neering, planning and management aspects of construction. Graduates of the construction 
option curriculum prepare to become construction engineers. 

The bachelor of science in construction management is offered for students interested in 
entering the construction industry in management and administrative functions. Gradu- 
ates of this curriculum are exposed to the broader construction management problems 
involving business and finance along with the necessary engineering training. This curric- 
ulum features an off-campus internship program during two summers, one between the 
sophomore and junior year and the second between the junior and senior year, with a 
construction firm. During the senior year, the student selects a construction concentration 
in either general construction, mechanical construction or electrical construction. Gradu- 
ates usually become construction managers responsible for managing a number of con- 
struction projects. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year for the College of Engineering. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 202 Computer Appl. in Civil Engineering 3 

CE 214 Engineering Mechanics— Statics ,3 

IE 311 Engineering Economic Analysis 3 

MA 242 Aniy. Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CE 215 Engr. Mech.— Dynamics 3 

CE 313 Mechanics of Solids 3 

MA 341 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

MAT 200 Mech. Prop, of Struc. Mat 2 

MEA 120/110 Physical Geology 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester 

CE .301 Engineering Surveying 3 CE 305 

CE 324 Structural Behavior Measurements 1 CE 327 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 CE 342 

CE 332 Materials of Construction 3 CE 375 

CE382 Hydraulics 4 CE ,383 



Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 



Credits 

Traffic Engineering 3 

Reinforced Concrete Design 3 

Engr. Behav. of Soils & F'oundations 4 

Civil Engineering Systems 3 

Hydrology & Urban Water Systems 3 

16 



168 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semcfitcr Creditx Spring Semester Credits 

CE Approved Elective (Engr. Desigrn A)** H CE Approved Elective (Engr. Design B)** 3 

Approved Elective (Enjir. Science)*** .'i Advised Elective**** 3 

Advised Electives**** 6 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 6 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Free Electives 6 

li 



Free Elective 3 

18 



Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 138 



*Humanities and Social Science courses to be selected from the approved College of P'ngineering list. 
**CE Approved Electives (Engineering Design)— (Select an "A" and "B" paired set.): 

A B 

CE 406 Transportation Systems Engineering and CE 400 Transportation Engineering Project 
CE 426 Steel Design and CE 420 Structural Engineering Project 

CE 443 Seepage. Earth Embank. & Ret. Str. and CE 440 Geoteehnical P>ngineering Project 
CE 484 Water Supp. & Waste Water System and CE 480 Water Resources P^ngineering Project 
***Approved Elective (Engineering Science)— Select one: ECE 331, MAE 301, MAT 400, or MAT 450. 
****Select from approved departmental list in consultation with advisor. 

CONSTRUCTION OPTION CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 202 Computer Applications in CE 3 CE 215 Engr. Mech.— Dynamics 3 

CE 214 Engineering Mechanics— Statics 3 CE 313 Mechanics of Solids 3 

IE 311 Engr. Economic Analysis 3 MA 341 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. HI 4 MAT 200 Mech. Prop, of Struc. Matls 2 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 MEA 120/110 Physical Geology 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 



18 



Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 301 Engineering Surveying 3 CE 305 Traffic Engineering or 

CE 324 Structural Behavior Measurements 1 CE 383 Hydrology & Urban Water Systems 3 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 CE 327 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 

CE332 Materials of Construction 3 CE 342 Engr. Behav. of Soils & Foundations 4 

CE382 Hydraulics 4 CE 365 Construction Methods & Mgmt 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 CE 375 Civil Engineering Systems 3 

17 16 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 426 Steel Design 3 CE 460 Construction Engr. Project 3 

CE 463 Cost Analysis & Control 3 CE 466 Building Construction 3 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 6 

Approved Elective (Engr. Sci.)** 3 Free Electives 6 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 "j^ 

Free Elective 3 

18 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 138 

*Humanities or Social Science courses to be selected from the approved College of Engineering list. 
**Approved Electives (Engineering Science)— (select one): ECE 331. MAE 301. MAT 400. or MAT 450. 



169 



CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 

See the freshmen i/ear College of Emjineerimj. 

SOPHOMORK VKAR 

Fall Senu'Kter Credits Spring Semeater Creditx 

CE 202 Computer Application in C. E 3 CE 201 Elements of Plane Surveying 3 

CE 214 Engineering Mechanics— Statics 3 CE 215 Engineering Mechanics— Dynamics 3 

EB201 Economics I 3 CE 313 Mechanics of Solids 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 EB 301 Intermediate Microeconomics 3 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

SUMMER INTERNSHIP: OFF-CAMPUS* 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Senifstrr Credits Sprincj Semester Credits 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 CE 327 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 CE 463 Cost Analysis & Control 3 

CF; 333 Prop, of Construction Materials 3 ARC 253 Basic Environmental Systems 3 

CE 365 Construction Methods & Mgmt 3 IE 311 Engr. Economic Analysis 3 

ENG 321 Communication of Technical Info 3 Humanities Elective** 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

18 Is 

SUMMER INTERNSHIP: OFF-CAMPUS* 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Seynester Credits 

CE 466 Building Construction 3 CE 460 Construction Engineering Project 3 

EB 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 3 CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 

EB 326 Human Resource Management 3 Approved Electives in Construction*** 6 

Approved Electives in Construction*** 6 Approved Electives in Economics**** 3 

Free Elective 3 Humanities Elective** 3 

Is Is 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation ... 139 

*In addition to the course work, the graduation requirement also includes a minimum of ten weeks of summer 

cooperative internship in the sophomore and junior years. The internships are spent off campus within the 

construction industry. Prior approval of internship activities must be obtained from the program director. 

**Threehumanities. including one in the freshman year, to be selected from the approved College of Engineering list. 

***From the approved list, the student will select four courses in one of the three following areas of concentration: 

construction, mechanical construction, or electrical construction. 
****Select one course from EB 404. EB 410. or EB 420. 

POST-BACCALAUREATE STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

If a student is interested in more intense specialization in a particular area of civil 
engineering, advanced level training is available leading to the Professional Degree in Civil 
Engineering, the Master of Science in Civil Engineering, the Master of Civil Engineering, 
or the Doctor of Philosophy. Specialization areas include coastal and ocean engineering, 
construction engineering and management, construction materials, environmental and 
water resources engineering, geotechnical engineering, mechanics and structural engi- 
neering and transportation engineering. With judicial choice of electives, a student may 
also prepare for additional study in law, business administration, business management 
and city and regional planning. The Department of Economics and Business offers a 
Master of Science in Management with several technical options including Civil Engi- 
neering—Construction. 



170 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Daniels Hall (Room 120 and 122) 

Professor R. E. Funderlic, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor T. L. Honeycutt. Associate Head of the Department 

Lecturer J. Hatch. Assistant Head of the Department. Coordinator of Advising 

Professorx: W. Chou. R. E. Funderlic. D. C. Martin. D. F. McAllister. H. G. Perros. R. J. Plemmons. W. J. Stewart. K. C. 
Tai. A. L. Tharp: Ax>:ociate Profesnorx: E. W. Davis. Jr.. R. J. Fornaro. T. L. Honeycutt. H. D. Levin. W. E. Robbins. R. D. 
Rodman. C. D. Savape: Adjunct Asxaciatc Professor: V. Ahuja: Assistant Professors: D. R. Bahier. N, M. Bengtson. R. A. 
Dwver. E. F. Gehringer. J. Maunev. D. S. Reeves. M. F. Stallmann. M. A. Vouk. N. F. Williamson: Lecturers: S. J. 
Curtis. J. Hatch. G. N. Fostel. J. E. Perry: Adjiitiet Lecturers: K. D. Clark. J. E. Felder. C. P. Hall. R. S. Hight. Jr.. D. A. 
Lasher. W. D. Ruchte. D. A. Schur. E. R. Secrest. W. W. Tur>n. Jr.. R. W. Weeks. S. G. Worth. HI: Lalmratory 
Superrixor: W. G. Scott. Jr.: Research Associate: R. 0. Onvural; Research Assistants: K. P. Garrard, L. W. Taylor: 
Associate Members of the Depatiment: C. D. Meyer. Jr. (Mathematics). W. J. Rasdorf (Civil Engineering). 

The discipline of computer science has developed during the past three decades as a 
direct consequence of rapid growth of computers. This unprecedented technical revolution 
has made computers a part of life. Almost all areas of industry, the military establishment, 
government agencies, education and business use computers, and new applications con- 
tinue to arise. Computers are used to help make and operate our automobiles, airplanes and 
spaceships: to help design our highways, bridges and buildings: to handle banking transac- 
tions and to assist in management decisions: to analyze farm production: as a research tool 
for the scientist: to monitor manufacturing processes, utilities and communication; and to 
provide a multitude of other services. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A wide range of jobs exist for computer scientists since computers have diverse applica- 
tions. There is a need for basic research into the principles of computer system design and 
the analysis of computational algorithms, and students may choose to continue their train- 
ing with graduate study. 

CURRICULUM IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

This undergraduate curriculum leads to a degree of Bachelor of Science in Computer 
Science. This program is accredited by the Computer Science Accreditation Commission of 
the Computer Science Accreditation Board. Core courses provide foundations in pro- 
gramming and computer languages, the structure of data, computer architecture, numeri- 
cal analysis, and the theory of computation and programming languages. The restricted 
electives chosen in consultation with one's adviser during the junior year allow exploration 
of specific computer science areas or fields such as management information systems, 
database management systems, simulation, graphics, and software engineering. 

Students in other departments may select courses in computer science as electives to 
broaden their programs of study and to learn how to use the computer for solving problems; 

Before a computer science major is eligible to enroll in any 200 or 300 level required 
course in computer science the student must have a 2.00 or higher grade point average. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 101 Intro, to Programming 3 CSC 1(12 Program Concepts 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric .S ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I A MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. H 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Basic Science 3 

Basic Science 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Phvsical Education Elective 1 



14 



17 



171 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fait Semester Credits 

CSC 201 Basic Comp. Org. & 

Assem. Lang 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 

PY 205 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 

English Literature 3 

Humanities, Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 202 Cone. & Facil. Oper. Svst 3 

CSC 311 Data Structures 3 

MA 305 Intro. Linear Alg. & Mat 3 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 

Humanities/Soe. Sci. Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 302 Intro, to Numer. Meth 3 

CSC 322 Discrete Math Struc 3 

ST 371 Intro, to Prob. & Dist. Theory or 

ST 421 Intro, to Math Stat 3 

Humanities, Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 312 Comp. Organ. & Logic 4 

ST 372 Intro. Stat. In & Reg. or 

ST 422 Intro, to Math Statis 3 

CSC Theory Course 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ENG 331 Commun. for Engr. & Tech 3 

CSC Project Course 3 

Humanities Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



MINOR IN COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 



Spring Semester Credits 

Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Is 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 



The Department of Computer Science offers a minor in computer programming to 
majors in any field except computer science and computer engineering. The minor consists 
of the completion with a grade of C or higher of CSC 101, 102, 201, 202, 311, a second 
programming language (COBOL, FORTRAN, 370 Assembler, SNOBOL, C.Ada), and MA 
121 (or any calculus course). At least four of these seven courses must be taken at NCSU. 



ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER 
ENGINEERING 

Daniels Hall (Room 232) 

Professor T. H. Glisson, Acting Head of the Department 

Associate Professor W. T. Easter, Associate Head of the Department 

Lecturer G. E. Edgington, Graduate Coordinator 

Lecturer J. H. Larson, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: D. P. Agrawal. W. E. Alexander. B. J. Baliga, S. M. Bedair. W. Chou. J. J. Grainger. J. R. Hauser. M. A. 
Littlejohn. N. A. Masnari. N. F. J. Matthews. L. K. Monteith. H. T. Nagle. Jr.. A. A. Nilsson. J. B. O'Neal. Jr.. C. M. 
Osburn. A. Reisman. D. R. Rhodes. R. J. Trew, H. J. Trussell. A. Vander Lugt. J. J. Wortman: Adjunct Professors: 
Homer Brown. R. K. Cavin III. E. Christian. W. A. Flood. W. L. Glomb. W. C. Holton. G. J. lafrate. H. R. Robl. M. A. 
Stroscio. J. R. Suttle. R.Tsu: Professors Emeriti: W.J. Barclay. A. R. Eckles,.'^. J.Goetze. G. B. Hoadley. F. J.Tischer; 
Associate Professors: S. T. Alexander. G. F. Bland. J. F. Kaiiffman. R. M. Kolbas, R. C. Luo, T. K. Miller. III. S. A. 
Rajala. W. E. Snyder. M. W. White: Adjunct Associate Professors: F. Brglez. J. J. Brickley, Jr., J. R. Burke. J. A. 
Hutchby. J. R. Jones. S. E. Kerns. S. H. Lee. J. W. Mink; Associate Professors Emeriti: N . R. Bell. E.G. Manning. W.C. 
Peterson. W. P. Seagraves. E. W. Winkler; Assistant Professors: S. Ardalan. R. S. Colby. P. D. Franzon. E. F. 



172 



Gehringer. R. S. Gyurcsik. A. W. Kelley. W. T. Liu. D. L. Lubkeman. U. K. Mishra. J. J. Paulos. D. S. Reeves, G. A. 
Ruggles. M. B. Steer, J. K. Townsend: Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. C. Charlton. J. H. Hong. M. Lorenzetti. K. 
Wasson, C. K. Williams: Assistant Professor Emeritux: L. R. Herman: Lecturers: P. T. Hutchison. R. T. Kuehn;/lrfjMHd 
Instructors: J. V. Aanstoos. H. J. Brown; Research Associates: G. L. Bilbro. R. 0. Onvural. J. B. Posthill. J. Ramdani. J. 
Rouvali: Research Assistants: E. S. Condon. J. M. O'Sullivan: Associate Members of the Department: S. Khorram 
(Forestry). G. Lucovsky (Physics). H. Martin (NCA&TSU), J. Narayan (Materials Science and Engineering). E. 
Nicollian (UNC-C). J. F. Schetzina (Physics). 

The profession of electrical engineering, of which computer engineering is an integral 
and rapidly growing part, is concerned with the design and implementation of systems 
based on natural electrical and magnetic phenomena. In contemporary technological 
society, electrical means are frequently used to communicate information, perform 
mathematical operations, control equipment and systems, and develop mechanical forces 
and heat. Usually two or more of these functions figure in the design of practical systems 
such as telephone, radio, television, computers, industrial robots, telemetering systems, 
electric machinery and systems for generation and transmission of electric power. Compu- 
ter engineering deals specifically with those systems which utilize digital and computer 
techniques to accomplish particular objectives. This profession has arisen largely out of the 
advent of low-cost microprocessors and solid-state memories which have dramatically 
improved the feasibility of incorporating computers in all kinds of electronic equipment, 
even in home appliances. To work effectively in this new technology, the computer engineer 
must fully understand both hardware and software techniques and be able to trade off one 
for the other to produce an optimum system. 

The Electrical Engineering Program, which is accredited by the Accreditation Board 
for Engineering and Technology (ABET), leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in 
Electrical Engineering. The Computer Engineering Program, which will be presented for 
accreditation in Fall 1989, leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in Computer Engi- 
neering. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

Superior academic performance is recognized within this department in three ways: 
election of students to membership in the electrical engineering honor society. Eta Kappa 
Nu; awarding of merit scholarships; and presentation of awards to outstanding seniors. The 
department has six endowed merit scholarships which are usually awarded to juniors or 
seniors: L. A. Mahler, Amelia N. Mitta, Frank T. Pankotay, E. Chester Seewald, North 
Carolina Electric Membership Corporation, and William D. Stevenson, Jr., the latter two of 
which are for students studying electric power systems. In addition, the William M. Cates 
Scholarship Program provides multiple scholarships for students having documented 
financial need and high academic performance. These are awarded to juniors, with provi- 
sion for continuation in the senior year. The department also from time to time has 
scholarships provided by industrial firms. Merit is generally the primary requirement for 
these awards, but other characteristics, such as leadership, may also be specified. 

FACILITIES 

Many courses are accompanied by coordinated work in laboratory, and facilities are 
provided for experimental study of electric and electronic circuits, digital systems, micro- 
processors, computers, electric machinery, VLSI design and fabrication, robotics, com- 
munication systems, electromagnetic waves, and microwave systems. 

Major research facilities in the department, which also support the teaching program, 
include the Center for Communications and Signal Processing, Electric Power Research 
Center. Computer Systems Laboratory, complete VLSI design facilities, a VAX 11/780- 
based system for computer graphics and image processing, a Puma industrial robot, optical 
characterization facilities for materials and devices and solid-state fabrication laboratories 
with facilities for vapor-phase epitaxy, molecular-beam epitaxy and ion implantation. In 
addition, an IC fabrication laboratory, which is operated jointly by NCSU and the Microe- 
lectronics Center of North Carolina, is located in Daniels Hall. 



173 



CORE COURSES 

The electrical and computer engineering curricula share a core which comprises a 
substantial portion of the first three years. Because the technology' is changing rapidly, 
strong emphasis is placed on fundamentals to meet both near- and long-term needs of 
students who will enter these professions. A comprehensive foundation in mathematics and 
physical sciences in the freshman year is followed in the sophomore year by a thorough 
treatment of electric circuit theory and principles of digital logic. The core in the junior 
year continues the study of circuits with emphasis on solution of problems using numerical 
computer techniques: introduces microprocessors and computer organization; and in- 
cludes electronics, linear systems and electromagnetic field theory. 

Emphasis on engineering design starts in the sophomore year in both curricula and 
increases as the student proceeds through the program. Several senior electives are essen- 
tially design projects. Extensive computer facilities support the analysis and design activi- 
ties, and interactive terminals interconnected with TUCC are located in Daniels Hall. The 
departmental undergraduate computing laboratory comprises numerous personal compu- 
ters and engineering work stations networked with a pair of VAX 3600 machines. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For students in the electrical engineering curriculum, the foundation is completed with a 
study of power systems. In the senior year, the student may choose specialization or breadth 
with appropriate selections for five senior departmental electives. Through the broad 
expertise of faculty, courses are offered in electronics and communication systems, tele- 
communication systems, digital systems and computers, solid-state devices and microelec- 
tronics, VLSI systems design, electric power systems, computer control of motors, robotics, 
electromagnetics and microwaves. Because electrical engineers interact with a wide 
variety of engineering disciplines, this curriculum also includes study of mechanics, 
thermodynamics and other non-electrical areas selected by the student. 

See the freshman year of the College of Engineering. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 101 Intro, to Programming .3 

ECE 211 Electric Circuits I^ 3 

ECE 213 Electric Circuits Lab 1 

MA 242 Anly. Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sei. Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

19 



Sprinn Semester Credits 

CE 213 Intro, to Mechanics 3 

ECE 212 Fundamentals of Logic Design^ 3 

ECE 214 Fund. Logic Design Lab 1 

MA 333 Differential Equations 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

1? 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ECE 302 Elec. Circ. II with Num. Appl 3 

ECE 303 Electromagnetic Fields 3 

ECE 314 Electronic Circuits 3 

ENG 331 Commun. for Engr. & Tech 3 

Approved Engr. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

18 



Spring Sertiester Crerfi'fA' 

ECE 301 Linear Systems 3 

ECE 305 Electric Power Systems 3 

ECE 318 Computer Org. & Microprocessors 3 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 

Approved Engr. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Free Elective 3 

18 



174 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ECE 4— Approved Dept. Elective^ (3) 9 

Approved Technical Elective' 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

15 



Sprinn Semester CrediU 

ECE 4— Approved Dept. Electives^ (2) 6 

Approved Technical P'iective^ 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 135^ 



'The courses in the humanities and social sciences are to follow the standard Engineering College plan. The requirements 

and list of appropriate courses are available in the ECE office. 

-The technical elective is to be chosen from an approved list available in the ECE office. 
^The engineering science (non-ECE) electives are to be chosen from an approved list available in ECE office. 
■•The ECE departmental electives are to be chosen from an approved list available in the ECE office. 
^The following courses must be completed with grades of C or better to qualifv as prerequisites for succeeding courses: 

ECE 211 and ECE 212. 
*In addition to the university graduation requirements, the college requires a GPA of 2.0 or higher on all courses 

bearing the ECE designation. Graduation requirements also include attendance at two professional technical society 

meetings during the junior and senior years. The student is responsible for providing documentation showing satisfaction 

of these requirements. 



COMPUTER ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

The foundation is completed in the computer engineering curriculum in the junior year 
with further work in digital systems and logic design. Building on the introductory compu- 
ter programming course, the student takes additional work in computer science, including 
programming concepts, discrete mathematical structures and operating systems. Five 
departmental electives in the senior year permit specialization in design of computers and 
computer systems through choices of appropriate courses. 

See the freshman year of the College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credit 

CSC 101 Intro, to Programming 3 

ECE 212 Fundamentals of Logic Design* 3 

ECE 214 Fund. Logic Design Lab 1 

MA 242 Aniy. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 102 Programming Concepts 3 

CSC 322 Discrete Math. Structures 3 

ECE 211 Electric Circuits F 3 

ECE 213 Electric Circuits Lab 1 

MA 333 Differential Equations 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 



19 
JUNIOR YEAR 



17 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 213 Intro, to Mechanics 3 

ECE 301 Linear Systems 3 

ECE 318 Computer Organiz. & Microproc 3 

ECE 342 Design of Complex Digital Systems 3 

ENG 331 Commun. for Egr. & Tech 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Is 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 202 Concepts & Facil. Oper. System 3 

ECE 302 Elec. Circ. II with Num. Appl 3 

ECE 303 Electromagnetic Fields 3 

ECE 314 Electronic Circuits 3 

ST 372 Intro. Stat. Inference & Regress.' 3 

Free Elective 3 

Is 



175 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ECE 4— Approved Dept. Electives^ (2)/6 ECE 4— Approved Dept. Elective* (2)/6 

Senior Design Elective^ 3 Approved Technical Elective 3 

Humanities Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 Humanities and Social Sciences' 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Is 15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 135* 

'The courses in the humanities and social sciences are to follow the standard Engineering College plan. The requirements 

and list of appropriate courses are available in the ECE office. 

^The technical elective is to be chosen from an approved list available in the ECE office. 
'The senior design elective is to be chosen from an approved list available in the ECE office. 
*The ECE departmental electives are to be chosen from an approved list available in the ECE office. 
*The following courses must be completed with grades of C or better to qualify as prerequisites for succeeding courses: 

ECE 211 and ECE 212. 
'In addition to the university graduation requirements, a GPA of 2.0 or higher must be earned on all courses bearing the 

ECE designation. Graduation requirements also include attendance at two professional technical society meetings during 

the junior and senior years. The student is responsible for providing documentation showing satisfaction of these 

requirements. 
'MA 333 serves as a prerequisite for ST 372. 



ENGINEERING 

Page Hall (Room 120) 

The B. S. in Engineering degree offers an individualized academic program for those 
exceptional students who have academic and career goals that can not be accommodated by 
the other engineering degree programs. Before being admitted into the program, students 
must complete the freshmen year, have at least a 2.5 grade point average, have completed 
the course requirement for admission into an engineering degree program and have a plan 
of study approved by the student's advisory committee and the dean. For information about 
the program, contact the Director of Extradepartmental Degree Programs. 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

Riddick Engineering Laboratories (Room 328) 
Professor T. J. Hodgson, Head of Department 
Lecturer C. L. Smith, Assistant Department Head 

Professors: M. A. Ayoub. R. H. Bernhard, J. R. Canada. S. E. Elmaghraby. S. C. Fang. H. L. W. Nuttie. R. G. Pearson. A. L. 
Prak. W. A. Smith. Jr.: Professors Emeriti: R. E. Alvarez. C. A. Anderson. J. J. Harder. R. W. Llewellyn: Associate 
Professors: P. J. O'Grady. R. E. Young: Assistant Professors: D. W. Aldrich. J. F. Antin. D. P. Bischak. C. T. Culbreth. Y. 
Fathi. R. E. King. E. T. Sanii: Visiting Assistant Professor: J. Trevino: Lecturers: J. A. Ekwall. S. G. Isley. W. G. 
Morrissey. L. M. Struble: Visiting Lecturer: J. L. Green. 

Industrial engineers design, improve and install integrated systems of people, materials, 
equipment, and information. Using specialized knowledge of engineering analysis and 
design techniques, and skills in the mathematical, physical and social sciences, they can 
specify, predict and evaluate the results of these systems. Industrial engineers act as 
management advisors by monitoring every phase of production within a company. Organi- 
zations as diverse as hospitals, department stores, manufacturing companies, insurance 
businesses, or government offices use industrial engineers to develop operations that 
increase productivity and use their resources effectively. 



176 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

The curriculum combines common technical engineering courses with specialized 
courses in the major areas of industrial engineering— design of human and machine 
systems, design of management control systems, and improvement of manufacturing 
operations. The course offerings stress mathematical and statistical techniques of indus- 
trial systems analysis; quantitative methodologies of operations research; computers as a 
tool for problem solving and simulation; economic considerations of alternatives; control of 
product or service quality and quantity; specifications of the manufacturing process includ- 
ing the equipment and tooling; and the utilization of safety and human factors engineering 
principles. 

Industrial engineering's undergraduate program leads to a Bachelor of Science degree in 
industrial engineering which is accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering 
and Technology (ABET). See listing of graduate degrees offered. The department also 
offers a Bachelor of Science in furniture manufacturing and management. 

See the freshman year of the College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Intro, to FORTRAN Programming 2 ECE 331 Principles of Electrical Engr 3 

IE 100 Introduction to IE 1 IE 307 Process Control Computing 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 IE 311 Engineering Econ. Analysis 3 

MAT 201 Struct. & Prop, of Engr. Materials 3 MA 303 Linear Analysis 3 

PY208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 ST 371 Intro, to Prob. & Distr. Theory 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences (Lit.) 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Physical Education Elective 1 "77 

Is 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 331 Commun. for Engr, & Tech 3 IE 352 Work Analysis & Design 3 

IE 351 Manufacturing Engineering 3 IE 401 Stochastic Models in IE 3 

IE 361 Deterministic Models in IE 3 IE 443 Quality Control 3 

MAE 206 Engineering Statics 3 IE 452 Ergonomics 3 

ST 372 Intro, to Stat. Infer. & Regression 3 Humanities and Social Science 3 

Humanities & Social Science 3 Free Elective 3 

18 Is 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Sejnester Credits 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 IE 498 Sr Project/Design Course 3 

IE 308 Control of Prod. & Service Sys 3 Engineering Science Elective 6 

IE 441 Introduction to Simulation 3 Humanities & Social Science 3 

IE 453 Facilities Design 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Science 3 ~jT 

Free Elective 3 

18 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 136 

MINOR IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

To obtain a minor in industrial engineering a student must complete a minimum of 
fifteen hours from courses given on the departmental list. Students wishing to complete the 
minor requirements must make application to the Department of Industrial Engineering 
and must meet the same academic criteria used for transfer applications. 



177 



FURNITURE MANUFACTURING AND 
MANAGEMENT 

Riddick Engineering Laboratories (Room 343) 
Lecturer W. G. Morrissey. Program Director 

Axxistant Professorx: D. W. Aldrich. C. T. Culbreth: Lechtrer: J. A. Ekwall. 

The Furniture Manufacturing and Management program at NCSU is the only one of its 
kind in the United States. The furniture industry is concentrated in the Southeast with over 
50 percent of the national output of wooden household furniture being produced within a 
200 mile radius of High Point, North Carolina. The industry is in a period of rapid change 
due to the introduction of sophisticated computer-based manufacturing methods and con- 
trol systems. 

Attracting students on an international basis, the FMM program offers a manufacturing 
engineering education focusing on the materials, products, and processes of the furniture 
industry. The need for professionals having an engineering education will increase as the 
industry continues to automate its operations. Graduates will find challenging careers as 
engineers and managers in this important industry. 

The faculty has industrial experience and maintains close contact with the furniture 
industry through involvement with the American Furniture Manufacturers Association 
and by conducting applied research and extension activities. The industry assists students 
by providing jobs in the cooperative education program and by making scholarship aid 
available through the Furniture Foundation, Inc. 

CURRICULUM IN FURNITURE MANUFACTURING 
AND MANAGEMENT 

The Bachelor of Science degree in furniture manufacturing and management prepares 
graduates for engineering and managerial positions in the furniture industry. 

The curriculum stresses the application of engineering principles and computer-based 
controls to furniture manufacturing. Students have the opportunity to work with Computer 
Aided Design (CAD) systems and computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines. 
Related subjects, such as management, accounting, and economic analysis address the 
business aspects of modern furniture production. 

In addition to academic course work, a minimum of six weeks of continuous, gainful 
employment in a furniture manufacturing plant is required. Usually, such employment 
occurs between the junior and senior years. 

See the freshman year College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 1 1 1 Intro, to FORTRAN Progrramming 2 ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 

IE lOOF Intro, to Indust. Engineering 1 GC 240 Furniture Graphics 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 IE 241 Furn. Mfg. Processes I 3 

SPllO Public Speaking 3 IE 307 Process Control Computing 3 

WPS 201 Elements of Wood 3 ST 361 Intro, to Stat, for Engrs 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Physical Education Elective 1 'TZ 

17 

SUMMER 
WPS 20.5 Wood Products Practicum 5 



178 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 331 Commun. for Engr. & Tech 3 IE 31 1 Engineering Economic Analysis 3 

IE 340 Furn. Mfg. Processes II 4 IE 341 Furn. Plant Layout & Design 3 

IE 345 Principles of Upholstery 2 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 6 

IE 352 Work Analysis & Design 3 Technical Elective 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

li 1? 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EB 326 Human Resource Management 3 IE 440 Furn. Management Analysis 3 

IE 371 Furn. Qual. Prod. Cent 4 IE 472 Quant. Meth. Furn. Manuf 4 

Technical Elective 4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Technical Elective 2 



14 



Free Elective 3 

15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . 132* 

*Also required for graduation: 6 weeks of industrial 
employment. 



MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 

Riddick Engineering Laboratories (Room 229) 
Professor John J. Hren, Head of the Department 
Professor H. Palmour III, Associate Department Head 
Professor A. A. Fahmy, Graduate Administrator 
Lecturer R. L. Porter, Undergraduate Coordinator 

Professors: K. Bachmann. J. R. Heeler. Jr.. R. B. Benson, Jr., H. Conrad. R. F. Davis, A. A. Fahmy, J. J. Hren, C. C. Koch, 
K. L. Moazed. J. Narayan. H. Palmour III, G. Razgonyi, R. Scattergood, H. Stadelmaier; Adjunct Professors: W. 
Appleton. J. Bentley, Y. Chen, C. R. Manning, Jr., G. Mayer, G. E. McGurie, F. Rothwarf, J. Routbort; Professors 
Emeriti: W. W. Austin. J. K. Magor. R. F. Stxtops: Associate Prof essor: K. L. Murty (joint with Nuclear Engineering), P. 
E. RusseW: Adjunct Associate Professor: I. TurUk; Associate Professor Emeritus: J . }ia.mTne: Assistant Professors: C. M. 
Balik, N. El-Masry. J. Glass, A. Kingon; Lecturer: R. L. Porter; Research Associates: D. Griffis, T. Hare; Associate 
Members of the Faculty: J. A. Bailey (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering), K. S. Havner (Civil Engineering), Y. 
Horie (Civil Engineering), G. Lucovsky (Physics), R. Nemanich (Physics), A. Reisman (Electrical and Computer 
Engineering). V. Stannett (Chemical Engineering). 

The Department of Materials Science and Engineering offers programs to qualify grad- 
uates for positions in industry, educational institutions, and governmental agencies involv- 
ing design, development, selection, and processing of engineering materials. Typical of the 
industries served by graduates in materials engineering are: aerospace, chemical, electri- 
cal, electronics, construction, manufacturing, materials processing, nuclear, and transpor- 
tation. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The continuing industrial and technological growth of the Southeast in general and of the 
State of North Carolina in particular has been marked by a particularly strong demand for 
materials scientists and engineers. New materials and novel processing and/or fabrication 
methods are required by a large fraction of modern technology. Therefore, professional 
training in materials science and engineering provides career opportunities in a wide 
variety of industries from those which produce and/or use metals and glass or ceramics to 
microelectronic devices and plastics. These opportunities include careers in research and 
development of new materials and processes for producing them, failure analysis, product 
design and reliability, and technical management. 

179 



CURRICULUM IN MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 

The materials engineer must be able to deal with a wide range of phenomena that occur in 
metals, ceramics and polymers. The undergraduate curriculum is designed as a balanced 
program, treating the scientific and engineering principles applicable to all classes of 
materials, along with particular engineering and design concepts unique to each class of 
material. Further emphasis in a specialty area is provided by choosing from a recom- 
mended set of technical electives (9 credits) in ceramics, metals, polymers or microelec- 
tronic materials. The remaining required courses are distributed among mathematics, 
physical sciences, and the humanities and social sciences. The material science and engi- 
neering program, which is accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technologj' (ABET), leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in Materials Science and 
Engineering. 

A fifth year professional program is available for advanced study and further speciali- 
zation. 

See the freshman year College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAT 201 Str. & Prop, of Eng. Mat'ls 3 CSC 111 Intro, to Comp. Sci 2 

MA 242 Anly. Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 ECE 3.31 Electrical Engr 3 

MAE 206 Engr. Statics 3 MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

MAT 210 Exper. Mat. Engr 1 MAT 301 Equil. & Rate Processes 3 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives 6 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

16 Is 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 314 Solid Mechanics 3 MAT 321 Phase Transf. & Diff 3 

MAT 324 Polymer Char. Lab 1 MAT .331 Prin. Mat'ls. II 3 

MAT .325 Intro. Polvmer Mat 4 MAT 434 Ceramic Engr. Lab 1 

MAT 330 Prin. Mat'ls. I 3 MAT 435 Physical Ceramics I 3 

MAT 410 Comp. Appl. Met. Engr 3 MAT 450 Mech. Prop. Mat 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Free Elective ^ 

Tz 16 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAT 332 Prin. Mat'ls. Ill 3 MAT 423 Mat. Factors in Design 3 

MAT 430 Phys. Met. Lab 1 MAT 491 Mat. Engr. Seminar 1 

MAT 431 Physical Metal. I 4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Technical Elective 6 

Technical Elective 3 Free Elective ^ 

16 



Free Elective 3 

17 



Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 134 



SPECIALTY AREAS 

Nine credit hours of technical electives are required. If a specialty area is chosen, one of the following sequences of 
technical electives is recommended. Other technical elective sequences may be selected with departmental approval. 

Ceramics Polymeric Materials* 

MAT 311— Ceramic Processing I MAT 490A— Polymeric Materials Engineering 

MAT 417— Ceramic Engineering Design MAT 490B— f^lymer Processing 

MAT 4.36— Physical Ceramics II TES 460— Physical Properties of Textile Fibers 

MAT 495A— Senior Project MAT 495A— Senior Project 



Metal 



Microelectronic Materials 

MAT4.32— Physical Metallurgy II r-r-c- ^.jn i . . j ,-• ■. t u i j r i • •• 

MAT 440-Foundrv Metallurgy ^CE 4. 9- ntegrated Crcu.t Technology and Fabrication 

ECE 441— Introduction to Solid-State Devices 



MAT 441— Welding Metallurgy 
MAT 495A— Senior Project 



MAT 460— Microelectronic Materials Technologj' 
MAT 461— Microelectronic Materials II 
MAT 495A— Senior Project 



180 



MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE 
ENGINEERING 

Broughton Hall (Room 3211) 

Professor J . A. Bailey, Head of Department 

Professor J. A. Edwards, Associate Head of Department for Mechanical Engineering 
Program 

Professor J . N. Ferkins, Associate Head of Department for Aerospace Engineering Program 

Professor J. C. Mulligan, Graduate Administrator 

Lecturer A. S. Beyers, Undergraduate Administrator 

Professors: E. M. Afify, J. A. Bailey, J. A. Edwards. F. R. DeJarnette, T. A. Dow. W. C. Griffith. F. J. Hale. F. D. Hart. H. 
A. Hassan. T. H. Hodgson, E. G. Humphries, C.J. Maday, J. C. Mulligan. M. N. Ozisik. J. N. Perkins. L. H. Royster. F. 0. 
Smetana, F. Y. Sorrell. C. F. Zorowski; Adjunct Professors: R. L. Bradow. C. T. Crowe. R. E. Fulton. G. Horvay. E. R. 
McClure, E. A. Saibel, R. A. Whisnant: Visiting Professors: M. M. Fikry, S. A. Jurovics: Professors Emeriti: R. A. 
Burton, M. H. Clayton. B. H. Garcia. Jr.. J. S. Doolittle. J. K. Whitfield, J. Woodburn; Associate Professors:M. A. Boles. 
A.C. Eberhardt. R. R.Johnson. R. F. Keltic. C. Kleinstreuer. J. W. Leach. D. S. McRae. J. S. Strenkowski. S.Torquato; 
Associate Professor and Extoision Specialist: H. M. Eckerlin; Adjunct Associate Professors: R. N. Armstrong. R. W. 
Barnwell. J. F. Campbell. P. C. Corson. D. L. Dwoyer. R. M. Hall. D. L. Margolis. D. W. Moon. D. M. Rao. M. J. Ruiz. H. 
Singh. R. E. Singleton. J. S. Stewart: Assistant Professors: J. W. David. J. Eischen. R. Gould. E. Klang. P. Ro. L. M. 
Silverberg. C. Spiekerman;,4rf;'M?((V,4.-;.si'.s-^;»/P?'o/p.s.sor.s'.D. P. Colvin. J. U.Crowder. J. A. Daggerhart, P. A. Gnoffo. A. 
L. Patra. T. W. Sigmon; Adjunct Assistant Professor: J. H. Hebrank: Visiting Assistant Professor: N. Chokani; 
Lecturers: G.O. Batton. A. S. Boyers. R.J. Leuba, R. J. Vess; Visiting histructorT. H. Brown: Adju net I nstructors: H. G. 
Hoomani. D. W. Lindley. 

Mechanical engineering comprises a wide range of activities including research; design 
and development; testing and experimentation; production implementation; manufactur- 
ing; operations; engineering sales and service; and management of engineering systems, 
subsystems and components. The diverse areas to which mechanical engineers contribute 
include transportation, power generation, energy conversion, environmental control, pollu- 
tion abatement, manufacturing, and noi.se control. A recent trend in one phase of mechani- 
cal engineering has been increased interest in the areas of robotics, precision engineering, 
and automated manufacturing systems. 

The employment demand for graduates in mechanical engineering typically exceeds the 
supply and is among the highest of the various engineering departments. 

Aerospace engineering has grown out of the challenge of the design, construction, and 
operation of vehicles that move or travel above the earth's surface. These vehicles range 
from ground-effect machines and helicopters to aircraft, rockets, and spacecraft. The 
design of these vehicles is difficult not only because they must be light weight but also 
because they must operate reliably and efficiently in a harsh environment. Moreover, the 
design requirements for spacecraft and high performance transport aircraft also apply to 
the next generation of ground transportation systems such as high speed trains, over-water 
transport, and automated motor vehicles. 

Most graduates in aerospace engineering prefer to seek employment in the aerospace 
industry, however, they are broadly qualified for a variety of kinds of practice. Every major 
class of thermal and mechanical system is included in aerospace vehicles. The aerospace 
industry is one of the largest employers of engineers in the United States. Career and 
employment opportunities are available in the areas of arodynamics, propulsion, struc- 
tures, structural dynamics, and stability and control in both commercial and private 
aviation, and in related aerospace industries. 

FACILITIES 

Laboratories include research facilities in acoustics, automotive engine pollution and 
performance, computer-aided-design and computer graphics, the effectof shock loading on 
materials, machine tool wear and mechanics, applied energy systems including a complete 
solar house, precision engineering, and boundary layers on airfoils. 



181 



Undergraduate laboratories exist for the following courses and activities: mechanical 
engineering measurements, performance evaluation of mechanical engineering systems, 
senior projects in machine and system design, senior projects in aerospace vehicle design, 
and subsonic and supersonic wind tunnel testing and data analysis. In addition there are 
graduate laboratories in experimental stress analysis and photoelasticity. Further, the 
department has a complete machine shop and electronics and instrumentation shop and 
related technicians. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The flexibility and breadth of the mechanical engineering curriculum culminates in a 
broad range of employment opportunities in machinery and power related applications the 
world over. Mechanical engineers work at the heart of development of computer controlled 
devices, vehicles and production machinery. They are well qualified for employment in 
production or product planning and for industrial management. Many go into research and 
development after graduate study. 

The aerospace engineers prefer the aerospace industry, but are broadly qualified for a 
variety of kinds of practice. Every major class of thermal and mechanical system is 
included in aerospace vehicles. The aerospace industry is one of the largest employers of 
engineers in the United States. Career and employment opportunities are available in the 
areas of aerodynamics, propulsion, structures and stability and control in both commercial 
and private aviation and in related aerospace industries. 

CURRICULA 

Because of the close relationship between mechanical and aerospace engineering, both 
curricula are administered by one department. There is cooperation between the two 
disciplines in which responsibility for subject areas such as thermodynamics, heat and 
mass transfer, vibrations, acoustics, fluid mechanics, propulsion and control theory is 
shared. 

Each program is designed to provide the student with an understanding of both the 
science on which the discipline is founded and the applied science and technology which 
characterizes its specific character. In addition the programs provide the student with an 
opportunity to develop the skills for applying his or her acquired knowledge. The aerospace 
engineering and the mechanical engineering programs, which are accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET), lead to the degrees Bache- 
lor of Science in Aerospace Engineering, and Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing, respectively. Graduate degrees are also offered (see listing of graduate degrees offered 
and consult the Graduate Catalog). 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSClll Intro, to FORTRAN Programming 2 MA.341 Appl. Diff. Equations I 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MAE 208 Engr. Dynamics** .3 

MAE 206 Engr. Statics 3 MAE 314 Solid Meciianics 3 

PY208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II .... 4 MAT 201 Struct. & Prop, of Engr. Matr 3 

Humanities. Social Sci.* or Free Elective 3 Humanities. Social Sci.* or Free Elective 6 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective _1_ 

iT 19 



182 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EE 331 Prin. of Elec. Engr 3 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermo I*** 3 

MAE 305 Mech. Engr. Lab I 1 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines 3 

MAE 316 Streng-th of Mech. Comp 3 

Humanities. Social Sci.* or Free Elective 3 

16 



SpriiHi Semester Credits 

EE 332 Princ. of Elec. Engr. or 

MAP] 435 Princ. of Auto Controls 

MAE 302 Engr. Thermo II 

MAE 306 Meeh. Engr. Lab II 1 

MAE 308 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

MAE 310 Conduct. & Radia. Heat Transfer 3 



Humanities. Soc. Sci.' 



or Free Elective 3 

16 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Sementer 

MAE 405 Mech. Engr. Lab III 



Credits 

1 

MAE 410 Convection Heat Trans. & 

Fluid Flow 3 

MAE 415 Mech. Engr. Analysis 3 

Departmental Elective 6 

Humanities, Soc. Sci.* or Free Elective 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 412 Energy Systems 3 

MAE 416 Mech. Engr. Design 4 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities, Soc. Sci.* or Free Elective 6 

16 



Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 



133* 



Students may elect to take FY 201, 202 and 203 in place of PY 205, 208. Rearrangement of the schedule of courses to 
accomplish this will be worked out in consultation with the student's adviser. 



*See information concerning the humanities, social science sequence f^or College of Engineering. 
**A grade of C or better is required in MAE 208 before taking MAE 315. 
***A grade of C or better is required in MAE 301 before taking MAE 302 and MAE 310. 
****A 2.0 in the major GPA and the overall GPA are required for graduation. 

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Intro, to FORTRAN 2 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 

MAE 206 Engr. Statics 3 

PY208 Physicsfor Scientists & Engineers II 4 

Humanities, Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



Spritij] Semester Credits 

MA 341 Appl. Diff. Equations I 3 

MAE 208 Engineering Dynamics' 3 

MAE 261 Aero. Vehicle Performance 3 

MAE 314 Solid Mechanics 3 

MAT 201 Struct, of Engr. Mat 3 

MAT 210 Exp. in Material Engr 1 

1 

17 



Physical Education Elective 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



ECE 331 Prin. of Elec. Engr 3 

ECE339 Prin. of Elec. Engr. Lab 1 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I' 3 

MAE 355 Aerodynamics I 3 

MAE 357 Aerodynamics I Lab 1 

MAE 371 Aero. Vehicle Struct. I 3 

Humanities, Soc. Sci. or Free Elective 3 

17 



Sprixg Semester 
MAE 356 
MAE 358 
MAE 365 
MAE 435 
MAE 472 
MAE 473 



Credits Si>ri)i(j Semester Credits 

Aerodynamics II 3 

Aerodynamics II Lab 1 

Propulsion I 3 

Principles of Auto Control 3 

Aero. Vehicle Struct. II 3 

Aero. Vehicle Struct. II Lab 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



MAE 455 Boundarv Laver Theory 3 

MAE 462 Flight Veh. Stab. & Con 3 

MAE 465 Propulsion II 3 

MAE 466 Propulsion II Lab 1 

MAE 478 Aero. Vehicle Design I 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 479 Aero. Vehicle Design II 3 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Free Electives 6 

15 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 134- 



'Must be completed with a grade of C or better. 

^A GPA of 2.0 or better is required for both (a) all courses taken at NCSU and (b) for all MAE courses. 



183 



NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

Burlington Engineering Laboratories (Room 1110-B) 
Professor T. S. Elleman, Head of the Department 
Professor R. P. Gardner, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: R. P. Gardner, K. L. Murty, C. E. Siewert. P. J. Turinsky, K. Verghese. B. W. Wehring: Professors Emeriti: R. 
L. Murray. R. F. Saxe, E. Stam, L. R. Zumwalt; Associate Professors: 0. H. Auciello. J. M. Doster. J. G. Gilligan; 
Assistant Professor: 0. E. Hankins: Lecturer atid Health Physicist: K. V. Mani: Director of Nuclear Reactor Program: B. 
W. Wehring: Associate Director of Nuclear Reactor Program: G. D. Miller: Reactor Operator Training Manager: i . R. 
Caves: Nuclear Sen-ire Manager: J. N. Weaver. 

Nuclear engineering is concerned with the engineering aspects of the control, release and 
utilization of nuclear energy from both fission and fusion. Nuclear reactors serve many 
functions— they serve as heat sources for electric power plants, are the basis of modern 
propulsion systems for ships and submarines, and produce fissionable and radioactive 
isotopes for a variety of peaceful applications. Nuclear methods are applied in medical 
diagnosis and treatment, scientific research, and the search for new resources. The nuclear 
engineering program educates individuals in scientific and engineering principles essen- 
tial for effective and productive contributions in industrial, university and government 
service. 

The Nuclear Engineering Program, which is accredited by the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology (ABET), leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in 
Engineering. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Nuclear power reactor construction continues with over one hundred reactors now 
operating in the nation, increasing our reliance upon nuclear energy as a substitute for 
energy from fossil fuels. Development of breeder and fusion reactors offers the potential of 
vast new energy sources. Industrial and medical applications of radiation continue to 
increase in diverse industries. A demand for nuclear engineers exists within the electric 
power industry and national laboratories. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

Several special scholarships exist for NCSU nuclear engineering students, including the 
Bechtel, Carolina Power and Light, Ebasco, Institute for Nuclear Power Operations, and 
American Nuclear Society scholarships. NCSU nuclear engineering students have gained 
national recognition by several times receiving the Student Design Award of the American 
Nuclear Society and being recipients of nationally awarded fellowships. 

FACILITIES 

Facilities for nuclear education include: a nuclear research reactor (PULSTAR), which 
can be operated at a steady state of 1 M W; radiation detectors and multi-channel analyzers; 
nuclear materials laboratory; thermal hydraulic laboratory with a freon test loop; prompt 
gamma facility; neutron radiography unit; numerous computer facilities including CRT 
terminals, access to an IBM System 3081, VAX 11/750 minicomputer, several engineering 
workstations, and two dozen microcomputers; fusion laboratory; neutron activation analy- 
sis laboratory; and high- and low-level radiochemistry laboratories. 

CURRICULUM 

Nuclear engineers work in nuclear systems research, design, development, testing, 
operation, environmental protection, and marketing. The Bachelor of Science program 
prepares graduates for positions in industry or government laboratories or for graduate 
study (see listing of graduate degrees offered). The curriculum incorporates basic sciences 
and engineering, with emphasis on mathematics and physics, followed by coursework in 



184 



nuclear science and technology. Attention is given to the engineering design of nuclear 
reactors and nuclear radiation systems and to energy resources and environmental aspects 
of nuclear energy. 

See the freshman year College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Intro, to FORTRAN Programming 2 CE 213 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry and Caic. Ill 4 ECE 331 Principles of Electrical Engr 3 

MAT 201 Struct, and Prop. Engr. Materials 3 MA 341 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

PY 208 Physics for Scientists & Engineers II 4 NE 202 Fundamentals of Nuclear Energy 4 

Humanities Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Humanities, Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

17 1? 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ECE 332 Principles of Electrical Engr. II 3 MA 401 Applied Diff. Equations II 3 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 NE 302 Nucl. Reactor Energy Conversion 4 

MAE 308 Fluid Mechanics I 3 NE 401 Reactor Analysis and Design 4 

NE 301 Fundamentals of Nucl. Engr 4 PY410 Intro. Mod. Physics for Nucl. Engr 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 1? 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering 4 NE 403 Nuclear Engr. Design Proj 3 

NE 404 Radiol. Reactor & Environ. Safety 3 NE 409 Nuclear Materials 2 

NE 405 Reactor Systems 3 Approved Technical Elective* 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Approved NE Elective* 3 

Free Elective 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

"77 Free Elective 3 

17 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 133 
'Courses must be taken from the departmental list of approved courses. 



TEXTILE ENGINEERING 

(Also see College of Textiles) 

Nelson Textile Building (Room 126) 

Professor C. D. Livengood, Head of the Department of Textile Engineering, Chemistry, and 
Science 

Professor G. N. Mock, Assistant Head 

Professor M. H. Mohamed, Program Director 

(For a list of faculty, see Textile Engineering, Chemistry, and Science) 

The textile industry is rapidly changing to become a capital intensive, high-technology 
industry. Applications of computers and robotics is commonplace in the modern plant. 
Textile engineering is concerned with the application of scientific principles and engineer- 
ing practice to the design and control of all aspects of fiber, textile and apparel processes, 
products and machinery. These include natural and man-made fibers, composites, safety 
and health, pollution control and energy conservation and management. 

Modern textiles are crucial major components of emerging developments in the medical, 
space, aeronautical and communications fields. Artificial kidneys, bones, hearts and arter- 



185 



ies. rocket shields, space shuttle nose cones and insulation, space suits, composite airplane 
bodies— all involve the use of textile fibers and fabrics to produce engineered structures. 
Structural- and geo-textiles are used in a large number of applications, such as water 
desalination, stadium roofs, air supported buildings, reservoir liners, road beds and 
composites. 

The new Textile Engineering program, in accordance with ABET procedures, will be 
presented for accreditation following graduation of the first students in 1988. The program 
leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in Textile Engineering. 

FACILITIES AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

(See College of Textiles) 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Because the modern production and utilization of textile materials requires young people 
highly competent in the areas of engineering, mathematics, science and technology, gradu- 
ates of the program are prepared for challenging careers in the primary textile, man-made 
fiber, apparel and nonwovens industries, as well as the textile machinery, automotive, 
aerospace and construction industries. Opportunities abound in plant engineering, design 
engineering, production control, process engineering, product development, microelec- 
tronics, robotics and automation. 

TEXTILE ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

The Textile Engineering program investigates how scientific principles and engineering 
practices can be applied to the diverse requirements of textile materials, processes, struc- 
tures and machinery. The program combines study of textile, physical, mathematical and 
social sciences with engineering analysis and design techniques. Students study the inter- 
action of fibers and fabrics with machinery, as well as consider such issues as safety and 
health, pollution control, and energ>' management. Completion of a B.S. in Textile Engi- 
neering provides the individual with a broad engineering background suited to addressing 
textile engineering problems. 

Since training in textile engineering involves two distinct technical fields— textiles and 
engineering— the curriculum is a joint responsibility of the two colleges and is so 
administered. 

See the freshman year for the College of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Intro, to FORTRAN Programming or MA 341 Applied Differential Equations 3 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 2-3 MAE 208 Engineering Dynamics or 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 CE 215 Engr. Mechanics— Dynamics 3 

MAE 206 Engineering Statics or MAE 314 Solid Mechanics or 

CE 214 Engineering Mechanics— Statics 3 CE 313 Mechanics of Solids 3 

PY 208 General Phvsics II 4 ST 361 Intro, to Statistics for Engr 3 

Free Elective 3 TE 201 Polymer & Fiber Sci. & Engr 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

17-18 19 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ECE 331 Prin. of Electrical Engr. I 3 ECE 332 Prin. of Electrical Engr. II or 

MAE .301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 MAE 435 Prin. of Auto Controls 3 

MAE 308 Fluid Mechanics I 3 ENG321 Communicating Technical Info 3 

TE 301 Textile Manuf. Process I 4 TE 302 Textile Manuf. Process II 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 TMT 380 Mgmt. & Cent, of Textile Sys 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 



17 



Free Elective 3 

I9 



186 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TE303 Textile Chemical Processes 4 TE 402 Textile Engineering Design II 4 

TE 401 Textile Engineering Design I 4 TE 404 Textile Process Quality Control 4 

TE 403 Mechanics of Fibrous Structures 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Engineering Elective** 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 



17 



14 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 137 



*EB 201 should be taken prior to the spring semester of the junior year. 

*CHE 311. IE 311. ECE 305. ECE 332. MAE 302, MAE 315. MAE 435, or MAT 201. 



PROFESSIONAL DEGREES 

The College of Engineering offers professional curricula leading to the degrees of Chemi- 
cal Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Industrial Engineer, Materials Engi- 
neer, Mechanical Engineer, and Nuclear Engineer. This program is designed for engineer- 
ing students holding baccalaureate degrees who find that an additional year of education is 
desirable, for practicing engineers who desire to take a year of professional work to update 
their training, and for students holding physical sciences or mathematics degrees who seek 
a professional level of education in engineering. The program is intended to be sufficiently 
flexible to meet a wide variety of student needs, and to emphasize professional course work. 
The curriculum consists of a minimum of 30 hours of credit at the 400 level or above, 
including at least 15 hours of credit at the 500 level or above. 

Applicants who hold the bachelor's degree in engineering, physical sciences, or mathe- 
matics may be admitted to the professional program of the College of Engineering upon 
application and presentation of official credentials. For unconditional admission, these 
credentials must show a minimum grade point average of 2.5 overall. Admission on a 
provisional basis may be granted to applicants who do not meet the formal requirements. In 
the case of insufficient preparation, prerequisite courses will be prescribed in addition to 
the normal fifth-year requirements. 

The following requirements of the College of Engineering will be observed: 

1. Professional degree students are admitted through the Undergraduate Admissions 
Office as fifth-year professional degree (PR) students. They are subject to rules and 
regulations as established and administered by the Dean of the College of Engi- 
neering. 

2. Application forms for admission to the professional degree program should be com- 
pleted and submitted to the Director of Extradepartmental Degree Programs at least 
60 days in advance of the semester in which admission is sought. Acceptance of a 
student for the professional program is based on the recommendation of his depart- 
ment and the approval of the Director of Extradepartmental Degree Programs. At the 
time of acceptance. N.C. State University students may transfer a limited number of 
excess credits to their professional program. 

3. A limited amount of credit to be applied toward the requirements for the professional 
degree may be transferred to N.C. State University from recognized institutions 
offering advanced work in engineering and related fields. Such a transfer of credit 
must be approved by the department in which the student does his major work and by 
the Dean of the College of Engineering. 

4. A graduate in one field of engineering may choose to work for a professional degree in 
another field provided he or she has the permission of the department. The student will 
be expected to take necessary prerequisite courses in addition to those required for the 
professional degree program. 

5. Each fifth-year student will be assigned to an advisor in the sponsoring department. 
The function of the advisor is to assist the student in preparing a program of study and 
to counsel the student with regard to his or her academic work. Prior to the midterm of 
the first semester, the student and his or her advisor should agree on a program of 

187 



study for the professional degree. Program of Study for Professional Degree forms 
will be prepared and submitted to the office of the Director of Extradepartmental 
Degree Programs as well as to the department. Upon approval of the Office of the 
Dean, this becomes the student's degree program. 

6. Grades for each completed course are reported to the Dean of the College of Engineer- 
ing and to the Office of Registration. A minimum grade of "C" must be made in each 
course to obtain credit. A quality point average of 2.5 in all course work must be 
maintained to satisfy requirements for a professional degree. 

7. All courses taken by the student after admission to the professional program will count 
toward the overall grade point average even though an individual course may not be a 
part of the degree program. 

8. A student who falls below 2.5 average will be placed on probation and given one 
semester to raise the overall average up to a 2.5. If the student has been admitted on a 
provisional basis, he or she must make a 2.5 average the first semester in order to 
continue. 

9. Work completed more than six years prior to the date on which the professional degree 
is to be granted may not be used as credit toward the professional degree, unless 
approved by the head of the department concerned and the Director of Extradepart- 
mental Degree Programs. 

10. A professional degree student who has been admitted to the Graduate School may, 
with the approval of a Master's Degree committee and the Graduate School, transfer 
nine hours of credit for courses in which a grade of B or higher was received. 

1 1. A student may transfer only once; that is, from the Professional Degree Program to the 
Graduate School or from the Graduate School to the Professional Degree Program. 
Therefore, a student is not permitted to return to either program after having trans- 
ferred from that degree program. 

12. It is intended that professional degree students will complete a substantial portion of 
credit hours toward the degree while in residence on the NCSU campus. 




COLLEGE OF FOREST 
RESOURCES 



Biltmore Hall (Room 2028) 

L. W. Tombaugh, Dean 

E. B. Cowling, Associate Dean for Research 

L. C. Saylor, Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Coordinator of Advising 

J. P. Abbott, Forest Resources Librarian 

The management and utilization of the South's forest resources and products provide 
opportunities for challenging professional careers. Forests provide a variety of goods- 
timber, water, wildlife and recreation environments— vital to the economy and well being 
of North Carolina. Graduates of the college are qualified for professional positions manag- 
ing forest lands, or producing the products or managing the services developed from these 
lands. Emphasis is placed on natural renewable resource management because the wise use 
of the products and amenities that can be derived from forest lands is central to preserving 
environmental quality and the quality of life. 

North Carolina is an important forest state. Its 19 million acres of commercial forest land, 
comprising two-thirds of the state's land area, form the base for goods and services valued 
at over ten billion dollars annually. Nearly 20 percent of the state's industrial labor force is 
associated with forest based organizations; forests support the southern region's largest 
industry. New wood-using industries continue to move into the South, creating multi- 
billion dollar outputs. Similarly, recreational activities continue to expand as a result of 
growing population, affluence, mobility and leisure time. 

As a result of this growth, forest based industries and governmental agencies need 
well-educated, technically competent personnel. 

Some of the programs in the College of Forest Resources are not duplicated in other 
southern universities, so the Trustees of the University and the Southern Regional Educa- 
tion Board have designated them as regional in nature. 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Five curricula are administered in the college through its Departments of Forestry, 
Recreation Resources Administration, and Wood and Paper Science. These programs 
provide a broad education in the biological and physical sciences as well as a sound cultural 
and professional background. Students are prepared for careers in the fields of conserva- 
tion, forestry, recreation resources administration, pulp and paper science and technology, 
and wood science and technology. 

Freshmen have a nearly common core of courses during the first semester allowing 
deferment of the final selection of a curriculum for two or three semesters. To assist 
students with a better understanding of their major area of study, introductory courses are 
given in each curriculum. 

Graduate degrees offered include: Master of Science, Master of Forestry, Master of 
Recreation Resources, Master of Wood and Paper Science and the Doctor of Philosophy. 
Applicants should consult the Graduate Catalog for additional information about these 
programs. 

FIELD INSTRUCTION AND EXPERIENCE 

All students (except those in conservation) are required to complete the equivalent of one 
or more of the following summer activities: (1) camp, (2) internship, (3) practicum, (4) work 
experience. 

189 



A summer camp which normally follows the sophomore year is required of all forestry 
students. 

Undergraduates enrolled in recreation resources administration complete a nine-week 
internship immediately following the completion of the junior year. 

All pulp and paper majors spend at least one summer working in a pulp and paper mill 
designated by the school. 

Wood science and technology students attend a summer practicum following the sopho- 
more year. 

Additional field instruction and scheduled trips to representative industries and agen- 
cies are required frequently as a part of regular class assignments. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

Students making exceptional academic records during their freshman and sophomore 
years may, with faculty approval, follow an honors program. Honors students develop more 
rigorous programs of study, frequently taking advanced courses in mathematics, chemis- 
try, statistics and economics. With the adviser's consent honors students may substitute 
preferred courses for normally required courses in order to develop strength in special 
interest areas. Honors students are required to undertake a program of independent study 
which can involve a research problem or special project during their junior or senior year, 
and they must participate in the senior honors seminar. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

Academic scholarships (ranging from $1000 to $4,000) in several program areas are 
available for entering freshmen who have excelled in their high school academic and 
extracurricular endeavors. These awards include: (1) four renewable scholarships for 
entering students in the forestry major, (2) three renewable scholarships for students 
enrolling in the wood science and technology' curriculum, and (3) twenty-five awards, 
renewable for up to four years, for students majoring in pulp and paper science and 
technology. 

HONOR SOCIETIES 

The College of Forest Resources has two honors societies — Xi Sigma Pi (for all majors 
within the college) and Rho Phi Lambda (for recreation majors)— that promote and recog- 
nize academic excellence. Students completing a minimum of one year of study with high 
academic achievement are invited to become members of these societies. 

INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

Students are exposed to international dimensions of their programs in a variety of ways. 
Many faculty members regularly travel abroad and several are active in major projects in 
foreign countries, including an international cooperative research project concentrating on 
Central America and Mexico. In addition, a significant number of foreign students enroll in 
the college, including in recent years from as many as 21 different countries from all parts 
of the world. 

FOREST RESOURCES EXTENSION 

The Forest Resources Extension program, a part of the Agricultural Extension Service, 
is the largest program of its type in the United States. It serves landowners, industries and 
public agencies in the areas of forestry, recreation, wildlife and wood and paper. Its 
primary responsibility is promoting the application of new ideas developed through 
research and experience. 

In cooperation with the Division of Lifelong Learning, short courses are offered in a 
number of fields to provide industry and government employees an opportunity to keep 
abreast of modern developments in techniques and equipment. 



190 



FACILITIES AND LABORATORIES 

Most classrooms are housed in Biltmore Hall. Among special education facilities in 
Forest Resources are: 80,000 acres in forests including the Hofmann Forest on the coastal 
plain: the Hill. Schenck. Hope Valley and Goodwin Forests in the Piedmont: and the Slocum 
summer camp at the Hill Forest in Durham county. Specialized laboratories unique to the 
South are the Hodges Wood Products Laboratory housing machining, gluing, finishing, 
preserving, testing and research laboratories, a sawmill, a dry kiln and a veneer lathe: and 
the Robertson Laboratory with wood preparation, chemistry, pulping, testing and coloring 
laboratories, digesters and a small paper machine. 



CONSERVATION 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 

J. W. Gilliam, Major Adviser. College of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

A. W. Cooper, Major Adviser, College of Forest Resources 

Problems resulting from the world's increasing population, rapid urbanization and 
industrialization, and environmental modifications affect our lives every day. Hazardous 
and radioactive waste, water and air quality degradation, the greenhouse effect, world food 
and energj' supplies, destruction of tropical forests — all are symptomatic of increasing 
pressures to produce more food, fiber, and energy and to raise living standards. Challenges 
posed by these issues require knowledgeable and dedicated people to make sound natural 
resource decisions. 

The Colleges of Forest Resources and Agriculture and Life Sciences — with strong pro- 
grams in the natural sciences, jointly offer a baccalaureate program in conservation. 
Graduates from this program are prepared for careers in land use management, laboratory 
technology', soil and water conservation, and/or environmental education. 

CURRICULUM IN CONSERVATION 

Students may enroll in either Forest Resources or Agriculture and Life Sciences, depend- 
ing on their primary area of interest in conservation. The freshman common core of courses 
for either school is acceptable. All students take a prescribed core of subjects in conserva- 
tion plus specified courses in one of five concentrations: soil conservation: environmental 
technologj" environmental education: natural resource management and administration; 
communications. A dual degree program involving the conservation curriculum with 
another curriculum, e.g.. science education, pest management, recreation, soil science, 
forestry is very feasible and recommended. 

Language (12 Credits) 

ENG HI Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

ENG 333 Commun. for Science & Res 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

KB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

PS 201 Introduction to American Government 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Electives 12 



191 



Physical and Biological Sciences 
(29 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biolog>' or 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 121 Introduction to Calculus 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

ZO 201 General Zoology or 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Physical Education and Free Electives 
(IS Credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education 3 

Free Electives 9 

Departmental Requirements and 
Electives (56 Credits) 

BO(ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 3 

BO(ZO) 365 Ecology Laboratory 1 

FOR 252 Fundamentals of Forest Management 3 

FOR 401 Watershed Management 4 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management 4 

MEA 110 Geolog>- 1 Lab 1 

MEA 120 Elements of Physical Geology 2 

RRA 241 Natural Resource Recreation 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

ZO(FW) 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 3 

ZO(RW) 353 Wildlife Management or 

ZO(FW) 420 Fishery Science 3 

Biological Sciences Electives 6 

Conservation Electives 16 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 131 

SOIL CONSERVATION CONCENTRATION 

PM 111 Integrated Pest Management 1 

SSC(BAE) 321 Water Management 4 

SSC 361 Soil Resources and Land Use 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 4 

SSC 461 Soil Physical Properties and Plant Growth 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science ■ 1 

16 

ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY CONCENTRATION' 

BAE(CE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management^ 3 

ZO 419 Limnology 3 

FS 405 Food Microbiologj- 3 

SSC 361 Soil Resources and Land Use 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification ^ 

16 

'MB 401. Microbiologj'. is required biological sciences elective. 
2or BAE(SSC) 321 Water Management 

NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION' 

PS 312 Introduction to Public Administration 3 

EB 307 Business Law I 3 

EB 410 Public Finance 3 

EB 436 Environmental Economics 3 

FOR 491 Sr. Problems in Forestry or 
PS 491 Internship in Political Science or 

SSC 492 Sr. Seminar in Soil Science 1 

MEA 200 Introduction to the Marine Environment ■_^ 

16 
^PS 202. State and Local Government and EB 301. Intermediate Microeconomics, are required social science electives. 



192 



ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION* 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching Mathematics and Science 3 

ED 296D Special Topics in Science Education 1 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science 3 

Electives ■_9 

16 
*PHI(ED) 304, Philosophy of Education, is a required elective. 
COMMUNICATIONS CONCENTRATION' 

ENG 214 Copyediting 3 

ENG 215 Principles of News and Article Writing 3 

SP 112 Basic Principles of Interpersonal Communication 3 

SP 201 Theories of Persuasive Communication 3 

SP 298 Special Projects in Speech-Communication or 
FOR 491 Senior Problems in Forestry or 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 

Elective j_3 

16 
^SOC 302. Mass Communications, is a required social science elective. 



FORESTRY 

Biltmore Hall (Room 2018) 

Professor Arthur W. Cooper, Head of the Department 



Professors: D. A. Adams, F. E. Bridgwater (USES), S. W. Buol. A. W. Cooper, E. B. Cowling. C. B. Davey. P. D. Doerr, M. 
H. Farrier. E.G. Franklin, D.J. Frederick, L. F. Grand. W. L. Haflev. A. E. Hassan. D. L. Holley. Jr.. W. T. Huxster. R. 
C. Kellison. S. Khorram. J. R. McGraw. G. Namkoong (USES). R. L. Noble. L. C. Saylor. R. R. Sederoff. A. G. Wollum: 
Adjunct Professors: G. L. DeBarr, G. F. Dutrow. J. D. Hair. N. E. Johnson. J. R. Jorgensen. A. Krochmal, D. A. 
MacKinnon. R. W. Stonecypher. W. E. Towell. C. G. Wells: Professors Emeriti: R. C. Bryant, R. D. Hazel. W. M. Keller, 
W. D. Miller. T. 0. Perry. R. J. Preston. F. E. Whitfield. B. J. Zobel: Associate Professors: H. L. Alleo. Jr.. H. V. 
Amerson. R. I. Bruck. J. D. Gregory. L. H. Harkins. L. G. Jervis. J. B. Jett. J. G. Laarman, R. A. Lancia. R. Lea. D.H.J. 
Steensen. R. J. Weir. J. N. Woodman: Adjunct Associate Professors: D. L. Bramlett, R. G. Campbell. C. D. Webb; 
Associate Professor Emeritus: E. M. Jones: Assistant Professors: R. R. Braham. J. E. deSteiguer (USFS). L. J. 
Frampton. E. J. Jones. S. E. McKeand. J. P. Roise. A. M. Stomp. L. Tolley-Henry: Adjunct Assistant Professors: W. E. 
Ladrach. R. B. McCuUough. G. A. Ruark. H. D. Smith. E. C. Soutiere. H. K. Steen: Instructor: J. L. Bettis; Adjunct 
Instructor: R. W. Slocum: Lecturers: G. B. Blank. W. D. Smith: Specialists: W. E. Gardner. R. A. Hamilton, V. A. 
Molinos: Director of CAMCORE: W. S. Dvorak: Liaison Geneticist: i . R. Sprague; Research Associates: J . A. Brockhaus, 
M. W. Cunningham. A. R. Gillespie. R. D. Munilla: Research Assistants: H. M. Cheshire. D. W. Hazel. J. N. Hockman, D. 
L. Mengel. R. A. Wilson: A.s.soci'aff Membersof the Faculty: H. A. Devinel Recreation Resources). F. B. Hain (Entomol- 
ogy). L. E. Hinesley (Horticultural Science). D. E. Moreland (USDA-Crop Science). L. A. Nelson (Statistics). R. R. 
Perdue (Recreation Resources). R. A. Powell (Zoology), R. R. Wilkinson (Landscape Architecture). 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The un(dergraduate program of the Department of Forestry at NCSU prepares students 
for professional challenges, personal growth, and a lifetime of service as managers of 
renewable natural resources. The curricula are designed to produce well-educated forestry 
graduates who have the basic knowledge, skills, flexibility and attitude needed for success 
in a wide variety of forestry or forestry-related careers. 

Graduates are in demand by state and federal land-managing agencies, by industrial 
concerns growing wood as raw material, by state forestry and agriculture extension 
services, by forestry related organizations such as nurseries and landscape management 
firms, and by urban natural resource management agencies. Some graduates, after acquir- 
ing professional forestry experience, are self-employed as consultants and as operators or 
owners of forestry-related businesses. 

CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Science degree is offered with two concentrations: Forest Management 
and Forest Science. The Forest Management concentration provides the broad-based 
forestry education needed for direct employment into positions in a wide variety of forestry 

193 



or forestry-related organizations. The Forest Science concentration is designed to provide 
more extensive study in math and science and is particularly advised for students who may 
be considering graduate study. The Forest Science concentration provides a basic forestry 
education while incorporating more elective credits, greater flexibility, and more oppor- 
tunity for specialization than the Forest Management concentration. 

Instruction and practice in communications skills (both writing and speaking) are inte- 
grated into core forestry courses throughout the curricula. An experienced English 
instructor works with the forestry faculty to provide instruction and to develop and evalu- 
ate writing and speaking assignments that address the particular communication skills 
needed by successful foresters. 

The use of computers is integrated into the curricula in a similar fashion. Introductory 
instruction in programming and the use of computers is provided in FOR 273. Practical 
assignments on the use of computers as a tool in forestry are integrated into the advanced 
forestry courses. 

SUMMER CAMP 

An intensive summer camp experience, with forestry field training in the Coastal Plain, 
Piedmont, and Mountain regions of North Carolina is required. The camp is based at the 
College's Hill Demonstration Forest with trips taken to other regions. Four-year students 
take summer camp after the sophomore year. In order to be eligible for summer camp a 
four-year student must (1) have made a C or better in ENG 1 1 1 and 112, (2) have passed BS 
100 and MA 114 (or MA 242 or MA 231), and (3) have no more than one D in FOR 110 and 
212. 

DUAL DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Programs have been arranged with other departments whereby students can obtain, in 
addition to the Bachelor of Science degree in forestry, a second Bachelor of Science degree 
in such areas as agricultural economics, conservation, entomology, recreation resources 
administration, wood science and technology, or fisheries and wildlife science. These joint 
programs usually require additional credits above the forestry electives and free elective 
credits. Depending upon ability, students may complete the degree requirement by carry- 
ing additional credits in their four-year program or by enrolling for an extra semester or 
equivalent summer session. 

FORESTRY CURRICULA 
Management Concentration^ 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 Gen. Biology 4 CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

FOR 110 Introductory Forestry 2 MA 114 Intro. Finite Math. Applic- 3 

MA 121 Elements of Calculus^ 4 WPS 202 Wood Struct. Prop. I 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective^-* 3 Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Physical Education Elective M_ 

T? 17 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 BO 360 Introductory Ecology 3 

EB212 Econ. Agric. (Soc. Sci. Elec.) 3 BO 365 Ecology Lab 1 

FOR 212 Dendrology 4 FOR 273 Quant. Meth. in For. Res 3 

PY 211 College Physics I 4 PY 212 College Physics II 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 



16 



16 



194 



FOR 204 
FOR 261 
FOR 264 
FOR 265 
FOR 274 



SUMMER CAMP 

Silviculture 2 

Forest Communities 2 

Forest Pests 1 

Fire Management 1 

Mapping and Mensuration 4 

lo 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ENT 301 Intro. For. Insects" 3 

FOR 303 For. Tree Physiology 3 

FOR 319 For. Economics 3 

ST 311 Intro. Statistics 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 304 Silviculture 4 

FOR 374 For. Inv. Gr. Yield 3 

PP 318 For. Patholog>''' 4 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Free Elective^'*' 3 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

FOR 353 Air Photo Int 3 

FOR 405 Forest Mgmt 4 

FOR 434 Man. Dec. Mak. For. Wd. Prod 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Advised Elective-"-* 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 406 For. Inv.. Anly. & Plan 4 

FOR 472 Renew. Res. Pol. & Man 4 

Advised Electives 3 

Free Electives 6 

17 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation ... 141 

'All students entering the Forestry curriculum are required to take at least one Forestry course during each of their first 

three semesters and until the following three courses are passed: FOR 1 10. WPS 202. and FOR 212. Grades of D or lower 

not accepted in ENG 112. FOR 274. 303. 304. 319. 374. 405. 406. 

-Students with appropriate math skills are encouraged to take the math sequence MA 141-241-242 or MA 131-231. 
^Fifteen credits of humanities social science electives must come from approved list and include at least 6 credits of 

humanities and 3 credits of social science. 

*Six credits of advised electives require approval of student's advisor. 
='Nine credits of free electives are chosen without restriction. 
^Student may change sequence of electives, if desired. 
■To be eligible for summer camp, the student must ( 1) have made a C or better in ENG HI and 112. (2) have passed BS 

100 and MA 114 (or MA 242 or MA 231). and (3) have no more than one D in FOR 110 and 212. 
"These courses may be scheduled in senior year if necessary to schedule desired electives. 

Science Concentration^ 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BS 100 Gen. Biolog>' 4 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 

FOR 110 Intro. Forestrv 2 

MA 141 Anly. Geom. & Cal. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Phys. Fitness 1 

Hm./Soc. Sci. Elective-'' 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistrv I 4 

EB 201 Econ. I or 

EB 212 Econ. Agri. (Soc. Sci. Elec.) 3 

ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

MA 241 Anlv. Geom. Cal. H 4 

WPS 202 Wood Struct. Prop. I 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 107 Prin. of Chemistry 4 

FOR 212 Dendrology 4 

MA 242 Anlv. Geom. Cal. Ill 4 

PY 205 Gen. Physics 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

BO 360 Intro. Ecology 3 

BO 365 Ecolog^' Lab 1 

FOR 273 Quant. Meth. For. Res 3 

PY 208 Gen. Physics 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 

16 



195 



SUMMER CAMPs 

FOR 204 Silviculture 2 

FOR 261 Forest Communities 2 

FOR 264 Forest Pests 1 

FOR 265 Fire Management 1 

FOR 274 Mapping and Mensuration 4 

lo 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENT 301 Intro. For. Insects 3 FOR 304 Silviculture 4 

FOR 303 For. Tree Physiology 3 FOR 374 For. Inv. Gr. Yield 3 

FOR 319 For. Economics 3 PP318 For. Pathology" 4 

ST 31 1 Intro. Statistics 3 Hum./Soc. Sci. Electives 6 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Technical Elective^'^ 3 

"15 17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 405 For. Management 4 FOR 472 Renew. Res. Pol. & Man 4 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Electives 6 Technical Electives 5 

Technical Electives 3 Free Electives 6 

Free Electives ^'* 3 

16 



15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation ... 141 

'AH students entering the Forestry curriculum are required to take at least one Forestry course during each of their first 
three semesters and until the following three courses are passed: FORI 10. WPS 202, and FOR 212. Grades of D or lower 
not accepted in ENG 112. FOR 274. 303. 304, 319, 374, 405, 406. 

^Fifteen credits of humanities/social science electives must come from approved list and include at least 6 credits of 
humanities and 3 credits of social science. 

'Eleven credits of technical electives are supporting courses chosen with approval of advisor. Freshmen who elect this 
curriculum shall be encouraged to develop a tentative program for use of electives. All students who elect this 
curriculum are requ ired to develop a program for use of electives prior to preregistration for fall semester, junior year. 

••Students may change sequence of electives. if desired. 

^Nine credits of free electives are chosen without restriction. 

'To be eligible for summer camp, the student must (1) have made a C or better in ENG 111 and 112, (2) have passed BS 
100 and MA 114 (or MA 242 or MA 231), and (3) have no more than one D in FOR 110 and 212. 

'These courses may be scheduled in senior year if nece.ssary to schedule desired electives. 

FORESTRY CURRICULA FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students may transfer into one of the forestry concentrations after completing one or two 
years of study at another institution or in a different curriculum at NCSU. There are no 
minimum course or credit hour requirements which students must meet to transfer into the 
forestry program prior to summer camp. Transfer students follow one of three options: 

(1) Students who wish to enter a forestry curriculum at summer camp and complete a 
two year transfer program (summer camp plus 4 regular semesters) must meet the 
transfer credit requirements as outlined in the two year transfer curricula. 

(2) Students with less than 66 transfer credits (minimum of 55 but including 6 credits of 
English and the majority of the mathematics and science requirements) may be 
admitted for entry directly to summer camp. However, they should recognize that 
completion of the desired curriculum may require more than two years. 

(3) Students with less than 55 transfer credits will be enrolled at the point in the 
curriculum appropriate to the type and number of credits already completed. Time 
required for completion of the desired curriculum will depend on the number of 
transfer credits accepted and the number and sequence of courses needed to complete 
the curriculum. 

Students who enroll at another institution with the intent of later transferring to a 
forestry curriculum at NCSU should take a program of courses that approximates as 
closely as possible the freshman and sophomore years of the desired forestry curriculum. 



196 



TRANSFER CURRICULUM, MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION^ 

Transfer Credits^ 

Subject Credits 

Biology 4 

Chemistry 8 

Introductory Economics 3 

English 6 

Mathematics 7 

Physics 8 

Electives (Human. & Soc. Sci.. free) at least 26 

Physical Education 4 

Total 66 

If available, it is highly desirable that students substitute Ecology for an elective. Other 
desirable courses include Dendrology and Soil Science. 

Course Sequence at NCSU 

Summer Camp^ Credits 

FOR 204 Silviculture 2 

FOR 261 Forest Communities 2 

FOR 264 Forest Pests 1 

FOR 265 Fire Management 1 

FOR 274 Mapping and Mensuration 4 

lo 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credit 

FOR 212 Dendrology 4 BO 360 Intro. Ecology 3 

FOR 303 For. Tree Physiology 3 BO 365 Ecology Lab 1 

FOR 319 For. Economics 3 FOR 273 Quant. Meth. For. Res 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 FOR 304 Silviculture 4 

ST 311 Intro. Statistics 3 FOR 374 For. Inv. Gr. Yield 3 



17 



WPS 202 Wood Struct. Prop. I 3 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENT 301 Intro. For. Insects 3 FOR 406 For. Inv. Anly. & Plan 4 

FOR 353 Air Photo Int 3 FOR 472 Renew. Res. Pol. & Man 4 

FOR 405 For. Management 4 PP 318 For. Pathology 4 

FOR 434 Man. Dec. Mak. For. Wd. Prod 3 Advised Elective 3 

Advised Elective ^ 3 



15 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 141 



'Grades of D or lower not accepted in ENG 112. FOR 274, 303. 304, 319, 374, 405. 406. 
^To receive transfer credit, courses must be equivalent in content to the required courses at NCSU. 
^For entry into the Forestry curriculum at summer camp, transfer students must have a minimum of 55 transfer credits 
including 6 credits of English and the majority of the mathematics and science requirements. 
■•Six credits of advised electives require approval of student's advisor. 

TRANSFER CURRICULUM, SCIENCE CONCENTRATION' 

Transfer Credits^ 

Subject Credits 

Biology 4 

Chemistry 8 

Introductory Economics 3 

English 6 

Mathematics 12 

Physics 8 

Physical Education 4 

Electives (Human./Soc. Sci.. free) at least 20 

Total 65 

If available, it is highly desirable that students substitute Ecology for an elective. Other 
desirable courses include Dendrology and Soil Science. 



197 



Course Sequence at NCSU' 

Summer Camp Credits 

FOR 204 Silviculture 2 

FOR 261 Forest Communities 2 

FOR 264 Forest Pests 1 

FOR 265 Fire Management 1 

FOR 274 Mapping & Mensuration ..4 

lo 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 212 Dendrology 4 BO 360 Intro. Ecology 3 

FOR 303 For. Tree Phys 3 BO 365 Ecolog>' Lab 1 

FOR 319 For. Economics 3 FOR 273 Quant. Meth. For. Res 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 FOR 304 Silviculture 4 

ST 311 Intro. Statistics 3 FOR 374 For. Inv. Gr. Yield 3 



17 



Free Elective^-'^ 3 

17 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Setnester Credits 

ENT 301 Intro. For. Insects 3 FOR 472 Renew. Res. Pol. Man 4 

FOR 405 For. Management 4 PP318 For. Pathologj- 4 

Advised Electives^-'* 8 WPS 202 Wood Struct. Prop. I 3 

Free Elective 3 Advised Electives 6 

15 T? 

Minimum Hours for Graduation 141 

'D grades not accepted in ENG 112, FOR 274. 303. 304. 319. 374. 405. 406. 

-To receive transfer credit, courses must be equivalent in content to the required course at NCSU. 
^For entry into the Forestry curriculum at summer camp, transfer students must have a minimum of 55 transfer credits 
including 6 credits of English and the majority of the mathematics and science requirements. 
'Free electives are chosen without restriction. 

^Eleven credits of advised electives require approval of student's advisor. 
'Student may change .sequence of electives. if desired. 

MINOR IN FOREST MANAGEMENT 

The Department of Forestry offers an 18 credit hour minor in Forest Management that is 
open to all baccalaureate degree students at North Carolina State University. The objec- 
tives of the program are to provide fundamental knowledge of forest management to 
students who will pursue careers in related areas of natural resource management and to 
provide interested NCSU students an appreciation for the value of forest resources and the 
need for sound management of those resources. 

The minor in Forest Management includes two different options, each requiring 18 
credit hours. There are no prerequisites for entry into either option. Option 1 is for the 
student who wishes a basic overview of forestry. Option 2 is for students who wish instruc- 
tion and field experience in forestry technical skills and requires that the student attend 
forestry summer camp. For these students, forestry summer camp may be attended after 
either thesophomoreor junior years. To beeligiblefor summer camp, the student must(l) 
have made a C or better in ENG 111 and 112, and (2) have passed BS 100, MA 114 (or MA 
212 or MA 242), and FOR 212. 

To enroll, students should contact the College of Forest Resources Office of Student 
Affairs. 

Option 1 

FOR 212— Dendrology (4 hours) 

FOR 252— Introduction to Forest Science (3 hours) 

(not open to Forestry majors) 
FOR 352— Forest Measurements and Management (4 hours) 

(not open to Forestry majors) 
FOR 472— Renewable Resource Policy and Management (4 hours) 
At least one additional 300 or 400 level forestry course (3-4 hours) 

198 



Option 2 

FOR 212— Dendrology (4 hours) 
Forestry Summer Camp (10 hours) 

FOR 204— Silviculture 

FOR 261— Forest Communities 

FOR 264— Forest Pests 

FOR 265— Fire Management 

FOR 274— Mapping and Mensuration 
FOR 472— Renewable Resource Policy and Management (4 hours) 



RECREATION RESOURCES 
ADMINISTRATION 

Biltmore Hall (Room 4008) 

Professor P. S. Rea, Head of the Department 

Professors: H. A. Devine. C. D. Siderelis, R. E. Sternloff, M. R. Warren: Professors Emeriti: T. I. Mines. W. E. Smith; 
Associate Professors: R. R. Perdue. S. L. Kirscii: Associate Professors Emeriti: G. A. Hammon. L. L. Miller. C. C. Stott; 
Assistant Professors: C. S. Love, B. E. Wilson; Adjunct Associate Professor: H. K. Cordell: Adjunct Instructors: J. I. 
Connors. W. C. Singletary, Jr.. G. R. Worls; Research Assistants: T. R. Wells. L. W. Baggs. T. L. Patterson. 

Recreation Resources Administration is an interdisciplinary program combining ele- 
ments of natural resource management with a concern for human services. Standards 
adopted by the recreation profession make college graduation a requirement for employ- 
ment. North Carolina State University has facilities, staff, curriculum, program and an 
established reputation for comprehensive professional education in recreation and parks. 
The program is nationally accredited. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

As more and more discretionary time becomes available for large segments of the 
American population, opportunities for growth in the leisure service professions have 
increased dramatically. A recreation and park professional's goal is to influence people to 
use their discretionary time wisely and to improve the quality of their lives. This goal is 
accomplished by providing recreation programs and facilities for people in a variety of 
settings. 

Career opportunities include employment by park and recreation departments operated 
by county and municipal governments; employment by state agencies such as state parks, 
forests, and planning and advisory groups; and the federal government with agencies such 
as the National Park Service, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Forest Service, and military 
establishments. 

Other major employers include youth and family service organizations such as the 
YMC A, YWC A, Boys Clubs, Boy and Girl Scouts. Industries employ recreation directors to 
head employee recreation programs. Recreation professionals are employed by schools as 
community school coordinators. Areas with perhaps the greatest growth potential for 
employment are tourism agencies and commercial recreation establishments such as 
resorts, private clubs, amusement parks, campgrounds, and condominiums. 

CURRICULUM IN RECREATION RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION 

The curriculum in recreation resources administration offers a broad general education 
background, basic professional and technical courses, and the opportunity to specialize in a 
particular field of recreation. General education courses are in biology, psychology, sociol- 
ogy', political science, English, mathematics, physical sciences, and economics. Specialized 
courses are required in statistics and the use of computers. 



199 



The curriculum is designed to prepare men and women for a variety of positions in a 
young, dynamic and challenging profession. The focus of the curriculum is on management 
rather than face-to-face leadership. The curriculum provides 44 hours of professional 
course work that includes recreation philosophy, management techniques and skills, fiscal 
management, supervision, facility and site planning, programming, administration, and 
analysis and evaluation. A computer laboratory is utilized in many courses to provide the 
student with the best current technology available. 

In addition to the general education requirements and the core professional require- 
ments, students can begin to attain specialized training through 18 hours of concentration 
courses. At the beginning of the students' junior year they choose one of the following 
concentrations: tourism and commercial recreation, park management, natural resource 
management, or program management (including special emphasis in sports or arts 
management). 

Academic studies on campus are supplemented by practical laboratory experiences in 
the Raleigh area, out-of-state field trips and study opportunities, and a ten-week internship 
with a park and recreation agency. Cooperative work-study programs are encouraged with 
a variety of park and recreation agencies. 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life or 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 113 Introduction to Calculus or 
MA 122 Mathematics of Finance or 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math AppI 3-4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

RRA 101 Rec. Res. Orientation Lab 1 

Free Elective 3 

15-16 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 1 12 Composition & Reading 3 

SPllO Public Speaking or 

SP 112 Basic Prin. of Int. Comm 3 

RRA 152 Introduction to Recreation 3 

CH or PY Elective 4-5 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EB 201 Economics I or 

EB 212 Economics of Agri 3 

RRA 215 Maintenance & Operations I 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology or 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 

Computer Elective 3 

English Writing Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 



Credits 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

RRA 350 Outdoor Recreation Management 3 

RRA 358 The Recreation Program 4 

Concentration* 6 

Environ. Ethics Elective 3 

16 



Spring Semester 

SOC 301 Human Behavior or 

PSY .376 Human Growth & Dev 3 

RRA 216 Maintenance & Operations II 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Concentration* 3 

Fine Arts Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

BO (ZO) .360 and 365 Intro, to Ecology 4 

RRA 359 Leadership Supervision in Rec 3 

RRA 451 Facility & Site Planning 3 

Concentration* 3 

Free Elective 3 

16 



SUMMER SESSION 
(9 week)i) 

RRA 475 Recreation and Park Internship 9 

SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

RRA 4.38 Recreation for Special Pop 3 

RRA 453 Admin. Policies & Procedures 3 

Concentration* 3 

Fine Arts Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

RRA 454 Recreation & Park Finance 3 

RRA 480 Rec. Analysis Evaluation 3 

Concentration* 6 

Free Elective 3 

15 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation ... 135 



*0f the 18 hours in the various concentration areas. 9 to 12 hours are required specifically for the selected concentration 
and 9 to 15 hours are elected from controlled areas. 

200 



MINOR IN RECREATION RESOURCE ADMINISTRATION 

The academic minor in Recreation Resources Administration is offered to students 
interested in gaining a basic knowledge of the parks and recreation field and an under- 
standing of the importance of leisure and recreation in American society. It is not intended 
to prepare students for a professional career in parks and recreation. Seven hours of 
required courses and nine hours of electives are necessary to complete the minor. The 
program provides a background in recreation and park management which is useful to 
students who will 1) assume full-time careers that are associated with recreation and park 
services (in such fields as landscape architecture, public administration, and forestry) and 
2) become involved in the park and recreation field as a volunteer, program leader or policy 
making board member with such organizations as the Scouts, Y's, art advisory councils, 
and conservation organizations. 



WOOD AND PAPER SCIENCE 

Biltmore Hall (Room 1022) 

Professor R. J. Thomas, Head of the Department 

Professors: H-M. Chang. E. B. Cowling. E. L. Elwood. I. S. Goldstein, J. S. Gratzl, C. A. Hart, T. W.Joyce, M. W. Kelly, M. 
P. Levi. H.G. Olf. R. G. Pearson. E. A. Whee\er; Professor Emeriti: A. C. Barefoot, R. G. Hhchings; Adjunct Professors: 
L. L. Edwards. T. K. Kirk. S. Y. Lin. T. 0. Norris. R. P. Singh; Associate Professors: R. C. Allison, E. L. Deal, R. C. 
Gilmore. S.J. Hanover. J. A. Heitmann. Jr., H. Jameel; Adjunct Associate Professor: R. B. PhiWips; Associate Professors 
Emeriti: L. H. Hobbs. C. G. Landes. C. N. Rogers; Assistant Professors: J. Denig, L. G. Jahn; Adjunct Assijitant 
Professor: A. G. Raymond, Jr.; Instructor: A. G. Kirkman; Research Associates: C-L. Chen, N. C. Weidhaas; Research 
Assistant: W. S. Bryan; Associate Members of the Faculty: R. D. Gilbert (Textile Chemistry), J. P. Roise (Forestry). 

The wood-based industry of North Carolina, as well as throughout the South, is a vital 
part of the nation's economy. In terms of the dollar value of shipments of wood products, the 
South leads all regions of the country. North Carolina manufactures more wood household 
furniture than any other state, ranks third in shipment value for all wood-based products 
and second in number of employees and wages paid. Thus, many opportunities exist in 
North Carolina and other southern states for careers in the wood-based industry. 

The Department of Wood and Paper Science offers two curricula leading to Bachelor of 
Science degrees— (1) Pulp and Paper Science and Technology, and (2) Wood Science and 
Technology. Both curricula prepare young men and women for careers in the wood-based 
and allied industries or in government agencies connected with wood resources. 



PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Professor T. W. Joyce, In Charge 

The Pulp and Paper Science and Technology curriculum prepares students for careers in 
pulp and paper, an industry that ranks as the fifth largest manufacturing industry in the 
United States. Science, engineering, and mathematics form the basis for a multi- 
disciplinary approach to understanding the fundamental manufacturing principles 
involved. Students study wood pulping processes, chemical and by-product recovery sys- 
tems, and pulp bleaching. In addition, various paper-making operations such as refining, 
sizing, coating, and drying are studied. 

Three concentrations are available emphasizing the technological or engineering aspects 
of pulping and papermaking. The Technology Concentration provides a broad background 
for those students anticipating careers in mill operations or with paper industry supplier 
organizations. Greater depth in the underlying engineering principles or their applications 
can be obtained from the Science Concentration or the Chemical Engineering Concentra- 

201 



tion, either of which provides a good foundation for graduate study. Students who have 
completed the Chemical Engineering Concentration in pulp and paper science and technol- 
ogy can, in cooperation with the College of Engineering and with an additional semester of 
study, earn a Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering as a second degree. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of this curriculum find opportunities for challenging careers as process 
engineers, product development engineers, process control chemists, technical service 
engineers, quality control supervisors, and production supervisors. Design and construc- 
tion engineering companies employ graduates as project engineers, and pulp and paper 
machinery companies use their education and skills for technical service and sales posi- 
tions. Opportunities for managerial and executive positions are available to graduates as 
they gain experience. 

SUMMER INTERNSHIP 

All pulp and paper majors are required to spend at least one summer working in a pulp or 
paper mill. One hour of academic credit is granted after completion of 12 weeks of mill work 
and presentation of a satisfactory report. In addition, students are urged to work in mills 
the other two summers, as the work provides valuable practical experience. Departmental 
advisors assist students in locating summer work. 

REGIONAL PROGRAM 

The pulp and paper curriculum is a regional program approved by the Southern 
Regional Education Board as the undergraduate program to serve the Southeast in this 
field. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

Approximately 70 undergraduate academic scholarships are granted annually to new 
and continuing students by more than 100 companies comprising the Pulp and Paper 
Foundation. 

TECHNOLOGY CONCENTRATION 

PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semeater Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG HI Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 GC 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

WPS 101 Intro, to Wood and Paper Science 1 WPS 102 Intro, to Pulp & Paper 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 Sci. & Tech 1 

T^ Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

18 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 242 Analytic (Jeometry & Calc. Ill 4 CHE 20.5 Chemical Process Princ 4 

PY 20.5 General Physics 4 PY 208 General Physics 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 WPS 242 Wood Fiber Analysis 2 

Physical Education Elective 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

"77 Physical Education Elective 1 

18 
SUMMER SESSION 
WPS 211 Pulp and Paper Internship 1 



202 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

CH 331 Intro. Physical Chemistry 4 

WPS 321 Pulp & Paper Technology I 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Technical Elective 3 

1? 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



WPS 360 Pulp & Paper Unit Processes II 3 

WPS 413 Paper Properties & Additives 4 

WPS 415 Proj. Mgt. & Control I 2 

WPS 471 Pulping Process Analysis 3 

Technical Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 321 Communicating Tech. Inform 3 

WPS 322 Pulp & Paper Technology II 3 

WPS 332 Wood and Pulping Chemistry 4 

WPS 355 Pulp & Paper Unit Proc. I 3 

Free Elective 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 410 Systems Analysis & Ctrl 3 

WPS 416 Proj. Mgmt. & Control II 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Free Elective 3 

Technical Elective 1 

15 
Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 135 



*Basic economics course recommended. 

**See approved list: 6 hours each must be taken in both humanities and social science courses. The remaining 6 hours 
may be taken in either humanities or social science. 

SCIENCE CONCENTRATION 

PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calculus I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

WPS 101 Intro, to Wood and Paper Science 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

GC 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calculus II 4 

WPS 102 Intro, to Wood & Paper Science 1 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

18 



Fall Semester 

CH221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
Organic Chemistry II 4 



CH223 

MA 301 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

WPS 242 Wood Fiber Analysis 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

1? 



SUMMER SESSION 

WPS 211 Pulp and Paper Internship 1 

JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics for Engineers 3 

WPS 321 Pulp and Paper Technology I 3 

Free Elective 3 



spring Semester Credits 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

ENG 321 Communicating Tech. Info 3 

WPS 322 Pulp and Paper Technology II 3 

WPS 332 Wood & Pulping Chemistry 4 

Technical Electives 3 

16 



203 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall SfDiistcr Creditx 

WPS 4i:i Paper Prop, and Additives 4 

WPS 471 PulpinK Process Analysis 8 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Eiectives** 6 

Technical Klectives 6 

19 



Spring Semester Credits 

WPS 40,S Paper Process Analysis 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Technical Eiectives 6 

Free Elective 3 

Technical Elective 1 

le 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 135 

*Basic economics course recommended. 
**See approved list: 6 hours each must be taken in humanities and in social science courses. The remaining 6 hours may 
be taken in either humanities or social science. 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CONCENTRATION 

PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

WPS 101 Intro, to Wood and Paper Sci 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

10 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

EN(i 112 Composition and Reading 3 

GC 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

WPS 102 Intro, to Pulp & Paper 

Science & Technology 1 

Physical Education Elective 1 

15 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Crediiti 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles 4 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. HI 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems 3 

MA 301 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

WPS 242 Wood Fiber Analysis 2 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



SUMMER 

WPS 211 Pulp and Paper Internship 1 

JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 

CHE 315 ("hem. Proc. Thermodynamics 3 

MAT 201 Struct. & Prop, of Engr. Matr'ls 3 

WPS 321 Pulp & Paper Technology I 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Eiectives 6 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 437 Physical Chemistry for Engineers 3 

Transport Processes II 3 

Thermodynamics of Chemical and 

Phase Equilibria 3 

Pulp & Paper Technology II 3 

Wood and Pulping Chemistry 4 



CHE 312 
CHE 316 



WPS 322 
WPS 332 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Creditji 



(^redits Spring Semester 

ECE 331 Prin. of Electrical Engr. or 

CHE 425 Proc. System Analysis & C^trl 3 

WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 4 10 System Analysis & Control 3 

WPS 416 Proj. Mgmt. '& Control II 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 6 

Technical Elective 1 

li 

Minimum Hours Reijuired for Graduation . . . 135 

*See approved list: 6 hours must be taken from humanities. 6 hours must be taken from social science and the remaining 
6 hours may be taken from either humanities or social science. 

Note: To complete the requirements for a H.S. in CUE students will need CHE 421. CHE 425 and CHE 44(5. 



CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Lab I 2 

WPS 3ti(l Pulp & Paper Unit Processes II 3 

WPS 413 Paper Properties & Additives 4 

WPS 415 Proj. Mgmt. & Control I 2 

WPS 471 I'ulping Process Analysis 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

17 



204 



WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Professor M. W. Kelly, In Charife 

Wood science and technology is an applied science of an interdisciplinary nature. Thus 
knowledge of the natural sciences, mathematics, engineering, and economics is the basis for 
understanding wood and its processing into products. It is primarily a materials science 
curriculum, but also involves industrial manufacturing and management. A wood technol- 
ogist performs many engineering oriented functions; but, unlike the engineer, he has a 
thorough knowledge of wood as a raw material. This knowledge is essential.for properly 
applying engineering concepts to wood processing. 

As non-renewable resources diminish and their cost of procurement increases, the 
demand for wood, a renewable resource, increases. As a result, a substantial increase in 
career opportunities for individuals with a wood science and technology education is 
occurring. 

The Wood Science and Technology curriculum at North Carolina State University, 
which is accredited by the Society of Wood Science and Technology, prepares graduates for 
production supervisor, staff positions and management responsibilities in all types and 
sizes of wood industries. Elective courses give the student an opportunity to specialize in 
science courses as a wood scientist, in engineering courses as a wood engineer, in business, 
economics and administration as a manager, or in other concentration areas. 

If desired, course selection also provides concentration for specific industries such as 
veneer and plywood, furniture and home furnishings, architectural woodwork and fix- 
tures, lumber and dimension parts, composite boards and treated products, and such allied 
industries as adhesives, coatings and machinery. 

At the end of the sophomore year, students attend a five-week wood products practicum 
in the Brandon P. Hodges Laboratory. From drawings and bills of materials, they process a 
cutting order from lumber to a finished article of furniture. Students dry lumber in the 
laboratory dry kiln, set up and operate woodworking machines, assemble their own piece of 
furniture and apply a multi-step, individualized finish to their furniture. Other activities 
include making and testing particleboard and plywood as well as visiting production plants 
to observe current industrial practices throughout the wood industry. 

Following the practicum, students undertake an internship in wood or allied industries 
and gain valuable practical industrial experience. Both the practicum and the work 
experience enhance the student's understanding of the business and production aspects of 
the wood industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Careers include industrial positions with both large and small companies manufacturing 
lumber, veneer, plywood, particle- and fiberboards, and consumer wood products such as 
furniture. Wood technologists are also in demand by suppliers to wood manufacturing 
industries such as chemical and machinery companies. Opportunities are also available 
with state and federal government in research, marketing, or extension activities. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

Approximately ten undergraduate academic scholarships are granted annually to new 
and continuing students through the Forestry Foundation. 

FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

The program provides a minimum of 15 credit hours for developing a concentration area 
outside of the department. The student may develop an area of concentration applicable to 
the field of wood science and technology. Concentrations are available in: a) business, b) 
quantitative analysis, c) biology and bio-chemistry, d) chemistry, e) harvesting operations, 
f) civil, mechanical or industrial engineering, and g) furniture manufacturing. Concentra- 
tions other than those listed may be arranged. 



205 



DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM 

Dual degree programs are available whereby students can obtain, in addition to a 
Bachelor of Science in wood science and technology, a second Bachelor of Science degree in 
either economics and business, industrial engineering, or forestry. Credits beyond those 
required for the single degree program are necessary and can be earned with an additional 
year of study. 

CURRICULUM IN WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fnll Srmc.ttcr Creditx Spring ScnicKtcr Credits 

BS 100 deneral Biology or CM 101 General Chemistry I 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 ENC 1 12 Composition & Reading 3 

EN(; 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 CC 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A* 4 MA 231 Anayltic Geometry & Calc. B* 3 

VK 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 WPS 202 Wood Struct. & Prop. I 3 

WPS 101 Intro, to Wood & Paper Sci 1 Physical Education Elective 1 



16 



Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

16 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Si-mrstcr Crcdifj! Sj)ri)ifi Scwcstvr Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry n 4 WPS 203 Wood Struct. c& Prop. H 4 

FY 211 College Physics I 4 WPS 273 Quan. Meth. in For. Res 3 

WPS 220 Wood Protection 3 PY 212 College Physics II 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 Soc. Sci. Elective (EB 201 Economics I) 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

15 Is 

SUMMER PRACTICUM 

WPS 205 Wood Products Practicum 5 

WPS 210 Forest Products Internship 1 

6 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spriiifi Semester Credits 

ENG 321 Communicating Tech. Info 3 WPS 302 Wood Processing II 3 

ST 361 Statistics for Engr 3 WPS 316 Wood-Polymer Principles 3 

WPS 301 Wood Processing I 3 WPS 344 Intro, to Qual. Control 3 

WPS 315 Intro, to Wood-Polymer Prin 3 WPS 350 Wood Tech. Literature 1 

Concentration Elective 3 Concentration Eleetives 3 

Free Elective 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

18 le 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spriiia Semester Credits 

WPS 434 Quan. Meth. of Dec. Mak. WPS 442 Wood Mechanics & Design 3 

in Forest Prod 3 WPS 4.50 Wood Ind. Case Studies 2 

WPS 441 Intro, to Wood Mechanics 3 Concentration Eleetives 6 

WPS 482 Projects in WST 2 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 

Concentration F^lectives 3 Free P^lective 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective** 3 T^ 

Free Elective 3 

17 

Total Credit Hours Including Summer Practicum and Internship 136 

For Students in Optional Honors F'rogram 137 

*Students with appropriate mathematical aptitude and interest are encouraged to substitute MA 141. MA 241 and MA 
242 for the mathematical sequence listed. 
**To include 6 hours of traditional humanities courses and 6 hours of social science courses. 



206 



MINOR IN WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

The Wood Science and Technology Minor is available to all undergraduate students, 
except Wood Science and Technology majors, enrolled in the University as degree candi- 
dates. The minor requires 19 credit hours. Ten hours of required courses provide a general 
background in wood anatomy, physical properties, and deterioration of wood and its 
prevention. Nine elective hours may be chosen from areas including wood processing, wood 
mechanics, wood-polymer interactions, quality control, and industrial case studies. 

The Wood Science and Technology' Minor, with its focus on wood properties and process- 
ing, is designed to be especially valuable to students majoring in programs leading to 
careers in areas such as structural design, furniture manufacturing, and forestry. Students 
interested in natural and renewable materials will also find the minor useful. 




COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND 
SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Caldwell Hall (Room 106) 

W. B. Toole, m.Dean 

M. M. Sawhney. Associate Dean 

G. D. Garson, Associate Dean for Planning and Management 

E. D. Sylla, Assistant Dean for Research and Graduate Programs 

W. C. Fitzgerald, Assistant to the Dean 

H. G. Kebschull, Assistant to the Dean for International Studies 

D. B. Greene, Coordinator of Arts Studies 

S. M. Matney, Coordinator of Cooperative Education 

L. H. Hambourger, Coordinator of Evening Programs and Assistant to the Dean 

J. S. Griffin, Academic Coordinator for African-American Students 

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences offers programs of study which lead to 
baccalaureate and advanced degrees in the disciplines comprising the humanities and 
social sciences, and also offers courses in these areas which are part of the programs of all 
undergraduate students in the university. In this way the university provides an opportun- 
ity for its students to prepare for a full life in professions and occupations that require 
intellectual flexibility, broad knowledge, and a basic comprehension of human beings and 
their problems. 

Nine departments are included in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences: Eco- 
nomics and Business (also a department in the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences); 
English: Foreign Languages and Literatures: History: Philosophy and Religion: Physical 
Education: Political Science and Public Administration; Sociology, Anthropology and 
Social Work (also a department in the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences); and 
Speech-Communication. The Division of University Studies, an academic unit responsible 
for interdisciplinary programs, is also affiliated with this college. Undergraduate majors 
are offered in economics, accounting, business management, English, history, French, 
Spanish, philosophy, political science, sociology, social work, speech-communication, and 
multi-disciplinary studies. In some departments special concentrations are available 
within the major programs; e.g., writing and editing (English), law and political philo- 
sophy (political science or philosophy), anthropology (sociology), religious studies (philo- 
sophy), criminal justice (political science or sociology) and international studies (any HSS 
major). A teacher education option is available in English, French, Spanish, and social 
studies (history, political science, sociology). Enrollments in teacher education programs 
may be limited. Degrees granted include the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science, the 
Bachelor of Social Work, the Master of Arts, and the Doctor of Philosophy, as well as 
professional degrees in economics, political science, and sociology. 



208 



BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 History 3 

History' 3 Mathematics 3-4 

Mathematics- 3-4 Philosophy^ 3 

Foreign Language 201 (Intermediate)' 3 Social Science 3 

Social Science* 3 Physical Education 1 

16-17 16-17 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Literature* 3 Literature 3 

Natural Science' 3-4 Natural Science" 3-4 

Social Science 3 Social Science 3 

Electives 6 Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Area Elective* 3 



16-17 



Physical Education 1 



16-17 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Msyor' 9 Major 9 

Electives 6 Electives 6 

15 15 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Major 9 Major 6 

Electives 6 Electives 9 

Is 15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . . 124 

' This two-semester requirement includes a course concerned with pre-industrial Western or non-Western societies(HI 
207. 208. 209. 215. 216. 263. 264. 275. or 276). and another dealing with the United States or post-industrial Western 
societies (HI 205. 210. 221. 222. 233. 241. 242. 243. 244). 

-Two semesters are required for economics and business or sociology majors (MA 112. 113. or 141 and 114 required for 
economics and business: MA 1 1 1-1 12 recommended for sociolog\' but any two mathematics courses other than MA 1 15 
allowed). For all other humanities and social science majors the requirement may be satisfied with any two mathemat- 
ics courses other than MA 115 orone course other than MA 115 plus a course in computer science, statistics, or logic. 

' Demonstrated proficiency at the first-semester intermediate level (either through successful completion of FL 201 or 
appropriate placement by the Placement Test) in French. Spanish. German, Russian. Italian, Latin. Classical Greek. 
Biblical Hebrew. Japanese or Portuguese. 

Demonstrated proficiency at the second-semester intermediate level (FL 202) in one of these languages is required 
for English and foreign language majors. Prerequisites must be satisfied in order to enroll in either FL 201 or FL 202. 

'The requirements call for twelve hours of social science representing at least three of the following disciplines: 
anthropology, economics, political science. psycholog\\ sociology. At least nine of these hours must be outside the 
student's major field. 

^ Three hours of philosophy, exclusive of logic (PHI 201. 335 and 402). are required. 

*This requirement may be satisfied with (1) anv two of the following survev courses: ENG 261. ENG 262. ENG 265. 
ENG 266. FLS 301. FLS 302. FLF 301. FLF 302. FLS 304: (2) with ENG 251-252: (3) with ENG 251 plus any course 
listed in (1) except ENG 261-262: or (4) with ENG 252 plus any course listed in (1) except ENG 265-266. 

■The natural science requirement calls for a minimum of eight credit hours. At least one course must include a 
laboratory experience. Students must receive credit for at least one basic introductory course from physics, chemistry. 
geolog\-. or the biological sciences. These courses include CH 101. CH 103. CH 107. CH 1 11: PY 205. PY 208. PY 21 1. PY 
212. PY 221. PY 223/225. and PY 231: MEA 101 with MEA 110: BS 100 or BS 105: BO 200. To complete the 
requirement, students may takeany of the courses listed above, except that if BS 100 or BS 105 has been taken the other 
may not be taken for credit and that BO 200 may not be combined with either BS 100 or BS 105. Otherwise the 
requirement may be completed with any course in botany, chemistry (except CH 105). genetics, physics, zoology, or 
marine, earth, and atmospheric sciences (except MEA 120. 208. or 215). or with ENT 425. 

*One of the following courses outside the student's major is required: DN 141. DN 142: ENG 346. ENG 347. ENG 390: 
FL298. FL 495. FL 498: FLF 350. FLF 352. FLF 492: FLR 303. FLR 304: FLS 492: GRK 310. GRK 320: HA 201. HA 
202. HA 203. HA 298. HA 401. HA 402. HA 404. HA 490: MUS 200. MUS 210. MUS 215. MUS 220. MUS 230. MUS 
240. MUS 301. MUS 320: any religion course except Hebrew language courses: SP 103. SP 213. SP .321. SP 411. 

' Major requirements for the Bachelor of Arts range from 30-51 hours. Most of the major programs call for 30 hours of 
work above the basic courses in a discipline. 



209 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry or 

ENGlll Composition & Rhetoric 3 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 ENG 1 12 Composition & Reading 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 Mathematics' 3-4 

Mathematics' 4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

"77 Physical Education Elective 1 

14-15 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spriyig Semester Credits 

Course I-Major 3 Course II-Major^ 3 

Eng Lit/Foreign Language^ 3 Foreign Languages/English Literature 3 

Mathematics 3-4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

PY 205 or 211 General Physics I 4 Mathematics 3 

Philosophy^ 3 PY 208 or 212 General Physics II 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biolog\' 4 ZO 201 General Zoolog>^ or 

Course I Option' 3 BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Course Ill-Major 3 Course Il-Option'- 3 

History or Philosophy of Science* 3 Course I\'-Major 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 Course V-Major 3 

~TZ Elective 3 

16 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spriyig Semester Credits 

Course Ill-Option^ 3 Course V-Option= 3 

Course IV-Option= 3 Course VIII-Major 3 

Course VI-Major 3 Course IX-Major 3 

Course VII-Major 3 Electives 6 

Elective 3 T7 

15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation . . 127 

'Four courses are required, including either the sequence MA 141. 24 1.242 or MA 112.212. The remaining course(s) are to 
be chosen from MA 114. 214. 301. 303. and 405. 

-Twelve hours in humanities and or social sciences outside the major discipline are required. 
^Six hours of foreign language and nr English literature at the 200 level or above are required. 
'Any course in philosophy, excluding logic (PHI 2U1, 335. 402) and philosophy of science (PHI 340. 341). 
^A 15 hour concentration is required in a mathematics, science, or engineermg discipline. 
"■A course in the history or philosophy of science or mathematics to be cho.sen from a specified list of alternatives. 

CONCENTRATION IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 

In recognition of the increasing need to understand the complexities of an interdependent 
world, the College of Humanities and Social Sciences offers a concentration in Interna- 
tional Studies to students interested in focusing upon international affairs. This concentra- 
tion is offered in conjunction with a departmental major, the requirements of which must 
also be met by a student electing the concentration. 

The concentration is designed to enhance the student's understanding of the contempor- 
ary world, its resources and its problems, thereby enabling the student to be a more 
effective participant in world affairs. It consists of three integrated Seminars in Interna- 
tional Affairs, demonstrated competencies in a modern foreign language, and a minimum 
of five courses focusing upon a particular geographical area of the world or upon a 
particular international issue or set of issues. Each student's program will be individually 
designed in consultation with the student's departmental advisor, subject to the approval of 
the Committee on International Studies, the Assistant to the Dean for International Stu- 
dies, and the Dean of the College of Humanities and Social Sciences. 

210 



MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 

The International Studies Minor is offered to all students in the University who want to 
add a significant international dimension to their departmental majors. This minor pro- 
gram enables students to explore international topics, issues and research from cross- 
cultural, transnational perspectives. The program will provide some tools that students can 
use to understand better the global context of the modern world and to learn the interna- 
tional dimensions of their chosen fields of study. 

MINOR IN ARTS STUDIES 

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences offers an academic minor in Arts Studies 
to all majors in the University. This interdisciplinary minor is designed to enrich the 
student's university experience, to serve as a foundation for learning and understanding in 
the arts beyond the university years, and to stimulate intellectual development in ways that 
may reinforce or complement the objectives of the student's major. This minor provides the 
student with a fundamental understanding of the historical, theoretical, and practical 
disciplines of the arts. A total of eighteen credit hours must be taken to complete this minor. 
Students interested in the minor should refer to the Arts Studies courses listed in the front 
section of this catalog and consult with the Arts Studies Coordinator in the dean's office of 
the College of Humanities and Social Studies. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

Each of the degree-granting departments in the College of Humanities and Social 
Sciences has an honors program designed to encourage outstanding students to develop 
their intellectual potential to the fullest extent possible through individualized study, 
special seminars, and close association with faculty members in their major field. The 
college also, in conjunction with the Division of Student Affairs, sponsors a residential 
Scholars of the College Program for students who show exceptional academic promise. The 
participants take special sections of freshman and sophomore level courses and a series of 
cultural events and special projects before undertaking specialized honors work in their 
major. In their junior year they enroll in two interdisiplinary, team-taught classes. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

In addition to the university-wide awards available, the following scholarships are 
offered to entering freshmen: 
Nathaniel C. Browder Scholarship ($1000) 
Bess B. and Lynton Yates Ballentine Scholarship ($1000) 
American Defender Life Scholarship ($1000) 
Humanities and Social Sciences Merit Scholarship ($1000) 

Claire Simmons Allan-Sampson Memorial Scholarship in Moral Philosophy ($1000) 
Thomas Jefferson Scholarship in Agriculture and the Humanities (full tuition and fees) 

For further information, write: 
Dr. John Wall 

Director, Scholars of the College Program 
North Carolina State University 
P. 0. Box 8105 
Raleigh, N. C. 27695-8105 

PRE-LAW PROGRAM 

Law schools neither prescribe nor recommend a particular undergraduate curriculum 
for prospective candidates. The Association of American Law Schools has, however, 



211 



recommended an undergraduate education of the broadest possible scope as the best means 
of developing the communicative, critical, and creative skills and abilities fundamental to 
success in legal studies and practice. A student may prepare for post-graduate work in law 
in any of the majors offered by the eight degree-granting departments in the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences, each of which has a special advisor to help pre-law 
students with the selection of appropriate electives and concentrations. Alternatively, the 
student may apply for admission to Multidisciplinary Studies during the sophomore year 
and, in consultation with an advisor, design a pre-law major involving two or more aca- 
demic areas. 

All interested entering freshmen are invited to attend a special orientation session for 
pre-law students. These students are also invited to join the Pre-law Student Association, an 
undergraduate organization that provides pre-law students with information concerning 
preparation for the law school admission test (LSAT) as well as the study and practice of 
law through guest speakers, discussion sessions, and other activities. Consult Prof. Baumer, 
737-2608. or Prof. Reid, 737-2481 for more information. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 

Cooperative Education in Humanities and Social Sciences seeks to broaden the student's 
intellectual horizons and at the same time to provide an introduction to the world of 
business, industry, government, or finance in preparation for a career after graduation. In 
this program the freshman and senior years are usually spent on campus while the sopho- 
more and junior years are devoted either to alternate periods of on-campus study and 
off-campus work or to a parallel arrangement of part-time work and part-time study on a 
continuous basis. The student is paid for work experiences by the employer. Ordinarily the 
program takes five years to complete, but those who are willing to attend summer school or 
take on a summer co-op assignment can finish in four years. Transfer students are eligible 
and all interested students are urged to apply early in the academic year. The program is 
also open to graduate students although less time is required on work assignment. 

Further information may be obtained from S. M. Matney, Coordinator of Cooperative 
Education, 213 Peele Hall (737-2300). 

JEFFERSON SCHOLARS IN AGRICULTURE AND THE HUMANITIES 

(See also College of Agriculture and Life Sciences) 

The Thomas Jefferson Scholars Program in Agriculture and the Humanities is a joint 
program of the College of Humanities and Social Sciences and the College of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences. It is a double degree program which permits participants to have two 
concentrations: one in an area of agriculture, such as agronomy, animal science, food 
science, or horticulture, and one in an area of humanities/social sciences, such as business 
management, public policy, international studies, or general humanities. The double 
degree program may be individually designed to meet each student's particular interests 
and career goals. The purpose of the program is to produce potential leaders in agriculture 
who have not only technical expertise but also an appreciation for the social, political, and 
cultural issues that effect decision-making. 

Each spring a number of entering freshmen are chosen to receive scholarships to partici- 
pate in the Jefferson program. In addition, other qualified students may choose to pursue a 
double major in agriculture and the humanities under the Jefferson program. 

Students interested in applying to the Jefferson Scholars program should contact: Office 
of the Dean, College of Humanities and Social Sciences, Box 8101, North Carolina State 
University, Raleigh. NC 27695-8101, or the Office of the Associate Dean, College of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences, Box 7601, before January 15. 

For more information, contact the program coordinator, Martha W. Moore, (111 Patter- 
son Hall. 737-3249) or Lynda Hambourger, Assistant to the Dean, Humanities and Social 
Sciences (106 Caldwell Hall, 737-2467). 



212 



JOINT HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES- 
ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

Some students may want to combine a Bachelor of Science in Engineering with either a 
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts in Humanities and Social Sciences. When the two 
are carried along together, the double degree program can be completed in five years. 
Those interested should contact the College of Engineering Assistant Dean for Undergrad- 
uate Programs and the Associate Dean of Humanities and Social Sciences. 

FOLGER INSTITUTE 

North Carolina State University is a member of the Folger Institute of Renaissance and 
Eighteenth-Century Studies, a unique collaborative enterprise sponsored by the Folger 
Shakespeare Library in Washington, D.C., and twenty universities in the Middle Atlantic 
region. Each year the institute offers an interdisciplinary program in the humanities- 
seminars, workshops, symposia, colloquia, and lectures. Admission is open to faculty and 
students of North Carolina State University, and a limited number of fellowships are 
available through the campus Folger Institute Committee. 



ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 

Patterson Hall (Room 202) 

Professor D. M. Hoover, Head of the Department 

Professor E. W. Erickson, Director of the Center for Economics and Business Studies 

Professor C. J. Messere, Associate Head for Accounting and Btisiness Law 

Professor C. L. Moore, Associate Head and Extension Specialist-in-Charge 

Professor R. A. Schrimper, Associate Head for Agricultural Research and Teaching 

Professor R. E. Sylla, Associate Head for Economics and Business 

Professor S. E. Margolis, Master of Science in Management Program Director 

Professor C. R. Knoeber, Graduate Administrator 

Lecturer S. R. Alvis, Undergraduate Program Advisor and Student Services Coordinator 

Lecturer B. L. Puryear Graduate Program Advisor and Program Assistant 

Profexsorx: S. G. Allen. G. A. Carlson. R. L. Clark. R. D. Dahle. L. E. Danielson. J. E. Easley, Jr.. W. D. Eickhoff. E. W. 
Erickson. R. M. Fearn. D. Fisher. A. R. Gallant. T. J. Grennes. J. D. Hess. D. M. Holthausen. D. M. Hoover. D. N. 
Hyman. L. A. Ihnen. P. R. Johnson. T. Johnson. C. P. Jones. R. A. King. C. R. Knoeber. H. L. Liner. S. E. Margolis. C.J. 
Messere. C. L. Moore. D. F. Neuman. E.C. Pasour. Jr.. D. K. Pearce. R.J. Peeler. Jr.. R. K. Perrin, R. A.Schrimper. J. J. 
Seater. V. K. Smith. D. A. Sumner. R. E. Sylla. C. B. Turner. W. L. Turner. M. L. Walden. R. C. Wells. P. F. Williams, M. 
Wohlgenant:Pro/(?.s.';or.s£'mfn7i'.A. J. Bartley. R. C. Brooks. D. R.Dixon. D. G. Harwood.T. E. Nichols, B. M.Olsen.C. 
R. Pugh. J. A. Seagraves. R. L. Simmons, J. G. Sutherland (USDA). W. D. Toussaint. C. R. Weathers, J. C. Williamson. 
St.: Associate Professors: D. S. Ball, J. V. Bartley, D. L. Baumer.G. A. Benson. J. C. Dutton. Jr.. E. A. Estes. D.J. Flath, 
K. B. Frazier. E. Gerstner, J. S. Lapp. S. J. Liebowitz. M. B. McElroy. R. B. Palmquist. J. C. Poindexter. Jr., J. M. 
Rockness. R. J. Rossana, C. D. Safley. P. S. Stone. W. J. Wessels, G. J. Zuckerman: Associate Professors Emeriti: J. G. 
Allgood. R. S. Boal. H. C. Gilliam. Jr. (USDA). D. D. Robinson: Assistant Professors: B. A. Babcock. R. D. Ballou, J. C. 
Beghin. R. N. Collender. E. E. Cox. P. L. Fackler. L. B. Ferreri, T. A. Feitshans. A. R. Hall. A. E. Headen. Jr., D. L. 
Hoag, P. H. Kupiec. E. A. McDermed, J. A. McKee. Jr.. K, Mitchell. C. M. Newmark, R. R. Rucker, Y. E. Tang. W. N. 
Thurman. K. D. Zering; Assistant Professors Emeriti: J. C. Matthews. Jr.. E. M. Stallings. 0. G. Thompson: Lecturers: 
S. R. Alvis. J. M. Baumer. A. M. Beals. Jr.. E. R. Carravvay. M. E. Fisher. T. G. Goodwin. H. 0. Griffin. J. P. Huggard. C. 
B. Kimbrough. G. A. Marsh, R. L. Peace. B. L. Puryear. S. C. Rhudy. H. A. Sampson. C. J. Skender. L. B. Thorne; 
Extension Specialists: R. N. Barnes, S. R. Sutter, R. H. Usry: Associate Members of the Faculty: R. H. Bernhard 
(Industrial Engineering), D. A. Dickey (Statistics). 



213 



Students interested in a rigorous and analytical course of study to prepare for careers in 
business, public and private accounting and government or for graduate study in eco- 
nomics, accounting, business or law should consider a major in the Department of Econom- 
ics and Business. The department offers Bachelor of Arts degrees in accounting, business 
management and economics and a Bachelor of Science degree through the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences. It also offers Bachelor of Science degrees in agricultural 
economics and agricultural business management through the College of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences. The department also offers a variety of Master's degrees, including a Master 
of Science in Management, and a Ph.D. in economics. 

The department's degree programs in accounting and business management offer stu- 
dents an unusual opportunity to combine a technical business education with a firm 
foundation in the liberal arts and economics. The curricula are designed to prepare the 
student for a life-time of career development and growth. The liberal arts provide students 
with an understanding of the society and culture within which their career will develop. 
The economics, mathematics and statistics, together with accounting and business courses 
provide the students with the technical skills to understand the business environment and 
to make sound business decisions. Coursework in the department is designed to give the 
student a broadly based introduction to economics, accounting and functional business 
areas and the application of these studies to particular areas of the economy and business 
practice. 

FACILITIES 

The department maintains microcomputer, mainframe computer access and library 
facilities to support its teaching programs and faculty research. The Microcomputer 
Instructional Laboratory consists of forty IBM Personal Computers linked to printers and 
memory devices in a local area network. This laboratory is used as an integral part of 
instruction in some courses and for specific, independent assignments in others. The 
Forrester Library contains major professional and business journals and certain govern- 
ment publications that are available to students for completing course assignments and for 
independent study. The Programming Applications Laboratory provides technically 
trained clerical and programming personnel to assist in the preparation of work for 
mainframe computing. Computer terminals to provide access to the mainframe are avail- 
able in the department and throughout the campus. These mainframe computing facilities 
are available to advanced students. 

.The department maintains a program in which advanced accounting students provide 
tutorial assistance to beginning accounting students. Students are assigned an individual 
faculty advisor and, additionally, are provided group advising sessions in which issues 
important to all students are carefully presented. Career planning and placement assist- 
ance and workshops are available within the department on an individual basis and as part 
of the student group advising program. The department publishes a monthly newsletter for 
its majors called Dollar Signs, and a special newsletter of current issues for students in 
introductory economics courses. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Economics and Business Management: Successful completion of an undergraduate 
degree in economics or business management prepares a student for careers in business or 
government and for advanced education. Graduates have been actively recruited by 
employers seeking individuals with management potential and a well-rounded business 
education. A wide range of career opportunities are available to students in either program 
including: finance and banking, marketing, sales, manufacturing and production, person- 
nel management and public administration. Students from either program will have an 
excellent background for graduate work in economics, business, law and related fields. 

Accounting: Accounting is an information system for measuring, processing, and com- 
municating financial information about an identifiable economic entity. This information 
allows users to make reasoned choices among alternative uses of scarce resources in the 
conduct of business and economic activities. 



214 



Many career opportunities are available to accountants in the fields of public accounting, 
management accounting, governmental accounting, and not-for-profit accounting. Public 
accountants offer auditing, tax preparation and planning, management consulting, and 
other accounting services to their clients on a fee basis. Management or industrial acco 
tants are employed by private businesses to provide internal accounting services for ui^ 
firm. Their duties include the design and maintenance of the financial and cost accounting 
systems, product costing, budget preparation and operational auditing. Governmental 
units and other not-for-profit entities have informational needs similar to private busi- 
nesses. Accountants employed by such entities perform many of the same functions. 
Accountants in some governmental agencies, such as the SEC, IRS and FBI, serve the dual 
function of auditing and law enforcement. 

Certified public accountants (CPAs), certified management accountants (CMAs), certi- 
fied internal auditors (CIAs) and certified cost analysts (CCAs) are individuals who, like 
doctors, dentists, and lawyers, are licensed to practice their profession. Such certifications 
are granted to those accountants who pass a qualifying examination and meet certain 
accounting experience and educational requirements. 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS CURRICULA 

All of the Bachelor of Arts degrees offered by the department require a common core of 
courses involving 24 semester hours. The core includes: EB 301 (microeconomics), EB 202 
and 302 (macroeconomics), EB 350 (statistics), CSC 200 (computer science), and 9 semester 
hours of departmental electives. The departmental electives include any of the courses 
offered by the department or other courses approved by the Associate Department Head 
prior to being taken. (Additionally, students complete the introductory microeconomics 
course, EB 201, as part of their social science requirement.) 

Beyond this common core of courses, students are required to take more specialized 
courses consistent with the title of their degree as outlined below. 

Double majors in business management and Spanish and business management and 
French are also available. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ACCOUNTING 

In addition to the college and departmental core requirements, the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in accounting includes 24 hours of accounting courses and a course in business law.' 

Credits 

ACC210(260) Accounting I 3 ACC450(466) Auditing Financial Information^ ..3 

ACC220(261) Accounting II 3 EB 307 Business Law I 3 

ACC 310 (360) Intermediate Finan. Acct. I 3 Core 24 

ACC311(361) IntermediateFinan.Acct.il 3 T7 

ACC .320 (262) Managerial Uses of Cost Data 3 

ACC 330 (364) Intro, to Income Taxation 3 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 124 

ACC 410 (401) Advanced Financial Accounting ... 3 

' To be eligible for a degree in accounting, at least 12 hours from the following required courses must be completed in 
residency at NCSU: ACC 310 (360), 311 (361). 3.30 (.364). 410 (401). and 450 (466)-. (Note: previous accounting course 
number equivalents are in parentheses.). 

-Or another approved 400 level accounting course. 
Beyond these minimum requirements, students should plan (with the aid of their adviser) to complete additional 
course work to fulfill the requirements of their career objectives. For example, CPA candidates should take ACC 480 
(362), 460, 430 (46.5). 470 (489) and EB 308. CMA candidates should take ACC 420 (362), 460, and 430 (465). The 
additional course work plan is flexible and depends upon the student's background and career orientation. Some of 
these courses may be required or suggested by various professional certifying boards. The additional courses can be 
included in the curriculum categories labeled either "departmental" or "free" electives. In some cases, the additional 
course work will require either an extra semester or summer school attendance (i.e., in addition to the minimum 124 
semester hours required for graduation). 

MINOR IN ACCOUNTING 

The Department of Economics and Business offers a minor in Accounting to any under- 
graduate degree student from any department except the Economics and Business 
Department. The accounting minor is offered to students interested in gaining a basic 
knowledge of accounting and an understanding of how accounting information is used to 

215 



make rational decisions by individuals, businesses, and society. The minor requires 15 
hours of accounting courses and includes an introduction to financial, managerial, and tax 
accounting principles and practices. The minor is not intended to prepare students for a 
professional accounting career. Please consult the department for specific information 
about admission and other requirements. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 

In addition to the college and departmental core requirements, the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in Business Management includes two courses in accounting and one course in each 
of three areas: business law. marketing, and finance. Business management majors also 
complete a two course business concentration (see listing below) and two economics 
electives. 

Credits 

ACC 210 (260) Accounting I 3 Economics Electives^ 6 

ACC 220 (261) Accounting II 3 Core 24 

EB 307 (or 306 or 405) Business Law I 3 -, 

EB 313 Marketing Methods 3 

EB 320 Financial Management 3 Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 124 

Business Concentration' 6 

' Select two courses from ONE of the following groups: Finance— EB 404, 420, 422, 504, 520, 522. 524: Managerial— EB 
.325. 425. 525. ACC .320: Labor and Personnel-EB 326 or 332. and EB 431. 526. 532: Agricultural Business-EB 303, 
311. 415. 4.30: Accounting-ACC 320 (262). and ACC 420 (362) or 330 (364): Marketing-EB 460. 513. 560. 

-'Twocourses are to be selected from the following: EB 370. 371. 404. 410. 413. 430. 431. 433. 435. 436. 442. 448. 451. 470. 
475. 490. 501. 502. 512. 515. 521, 533, 540, 551, 570. 

MINOR IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 

The Department of Economics and Business offers a minor in Business Management to 
undergraduate degree students from any department except the Economics and Business 
Department. The business management minor is offered to students interested in gaining a 
basic knowledge of the business field. The student will gain a familiarity in the areas of 
accounting, marketing, and finance and will be able to enhance these areas with related 
courses or diversify by taking courses in other areas of business. To complete the minor 15 
hours of course work is required. Please consult the Department of Economics and Business 
for specific information about admission and other requirements. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

In addition to the college and departmental core requirements, the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in economics includes an additional 12 semester hours of departmental electives and 
15 additional hours of economics electives. This program requires that students take more 
advanced economics courses than is required in the other degree programs. These 
advanced courses are structured in an elective format to provide students the opportunity to 
design a program with the aid of their adviser that will best complement their educational 
or career objectives. 

Credits 

Core 24 Economics Electives' 15 

Departmental Electives^ 12 "51" 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 124 

' Courses are to be selected from the following: KB 370. 371. 404. 410. 413. 430. 431. 433. 435. 436. 442.448. 451. 470. 475. 

490, .501. .502. 512. 515. .521. .533. .540. .551. .570. 
-Any course offered by the Department of Economics and Business or other courses approved by the Associate 

Department Head, prior tn being taken. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ECONOMICS 

The Bachelor of Science degree in economics provides training in the analytical methods 
and the body of knowledge of economic theory. This training is enhanced by the mathemat- 
ics, sciences, and technical option courses that are integral parts of the B.S. program. 

216 



Included in the economics program are 27 hours of prescribed and elected courses as 
outlined below: 

Creditt CrediUt 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers & their Uses 3 EB (ST) 350 Economics & Business Stat.' 3 

EB 201 Economics I 3 Departmental Elective^ 3 

EB 202 Economics II' 3 Economic Electives^ 6 

EB301 Intermediate Microeconomics 3 ~zz 

EB 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 3 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 127 

' ST 361. or ST 371 and 372 may be substituted for EB 350, but only one of these courses or course sequences may be used 

to earn credit for graduation. 
-Two courses are to be selected from the following: EB 370. 371, 404. 4 10. 4 13, 430. 431. 433. 435, 436. 442. 448. 451 470 

475. 490. 501. 502. 512. 515. 521. 533. 540. 551. 570. 
■'Any course offered by the Department of Economics and Business or other courses approved by the Associate 

Department Head, prior to being taken. 

ELECTIVE COURSES 

All of the degree programs contain a substantial amount of course work as outl ined above 
that is flexible and can be selected by the student with the aid of his or her adviser. Courses 
are available in such fields as: accounting, business management, economics, agricultural 
economics, finance, business law, marketing, agricultural business, personnel, and produc- 
tion. (Courses offered are listed under "Accounting" and "Economics and Business" in the 
Course Description portion of this catalog). 

MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

The Department of Economics and Business offers a minor in Economics to any under- 
graduate degree student from any department except the Economics and Business 
Department. The minor is offered to students interested in learning to apply economics to 
contemporary problems. It is not intended to prepare students for a professional career in 
the field of Economics but to provide a program of study leading to the basic comprehension 
of Economics. To complete the minor 15 hours of course work is required. Contact the 
Department of Economics and Business for specific information about admission and other 
requirements. 

DEPARTMENTAL RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT 

To be eligible for a degree in the Department of Economics and Business, students must 
complete a minimum of 50 percent of the departmental course requirements above EB 201 
(212) and 202 in residency at NCSU. Additional requirements may exist for specific degree 
programs within the department. 



ENGLISH 

Tompkins Hall (Rooms 131, 246) 

Professor J. E. Bassett, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor J. M. Grimwood, Associate Head of the Department 

Associate Professor C. E. Moore, Assistant Head for Scheduling 

Senior Lecturer P. R. Cockshutt, Coordinator of Advising 

Professor B. J. Baines, Director of Freshman Program 

Professors: B. J. Baines. J. E. Bassett. P. E. Blank. Jr.. L. S. Champion. J. D. Durant. J. A. Gomez. M. Halperen. A. H. 
Harrison. M. T. Hester. A. S. Knowles. L. H. MacKethan. W. E. Meyers. M. S. Reynolds. J. J. Smoot. A. F. Stein. W. B. 
Toole. III. J. N. Wall. M. C. Williams. R. V. Young. Jr.: Adjunct Professor: D. D. Short: Professors Emeriti: A. M. 

217 



Fountain. H. G. Kincheloe. B. G. Koonce. F. H. Moore. R. G. Walser, P. Williams. Jr.: Asso«<itePro/es8or.s;G. W. Barrax. 
L. J. Belts. Jr.. E. D. Clark. J. W. Clark. Jr.. E. D. Engel. J. Ferster. J. M. Grimwood. H. A. Hargrave.L. T. Hollev. K. F. 
Holloway. J. J. Kessel. M. F. King. D. L. Laryea. V. B. Lentz. C. R. Miller, C. E. Moore. C. A. Prioli. L. S. Rudner. L. 
Smith. N. G. Smith. H. C. West; Associate Professors Emeriti: E. P. Dandridge. Jr.. P. H. Davis. J. B. Easier. E. H. 
Paget. A. B. R. SheWey: Assistant Professors: M. M. Brandt. M. P. Carter. D. H. Covington. V. C. Downs. B. A. Fennell. 
W. E. Haskin. C. G. Herndl. S. B. Katz. L. A. Lomperis. D. C. Miller. A. M. Penrose. J. 0. Pettis. N. B. Rich. D. B. Wyrick: 
Adjunct Assistant Professor: S. K. Burton: Senior Lecturer: P. R. Cockshutt: Lecturers: G. G. Acuff. D. H. Ball. G. L. 
Barclay. K. A. Burak. T. B. Burgin. B. K. Davis. A. Davis-Gardner. H. E. Dickerson, S. A. Drucker. L. T. Elliot. G. W. 
Ellis. E. N. Evasdaughter. C. R. Frazier. J. Gaitens. J. M. Ginn, L. C. Grannan. A. N Haley. M. D. Hardison. C. M. 
Harris. C. L. Hoppe. D. S. Hooker. G. S. Home. A. B. Katz. J. R. Kidd. R. C. Kochersberger. R. S. Knott. E. H. Koomen. 
R. E. Lathan. C. L. Leinbach. T. T. Leith. N. H. Margolis. L. McCombs-Porter, E. McDaniel. C. L. McKnight. K, F. 
Merris. K. A. Olander, M. E. Orr. T. H. Poston, S. B. Poznar. R. R. Radtke. M. L. Retchin. J. H. Richards. D. P. Real. J. J. 
Small, S. M. Setzer. L. R. Severin. G. R. Weinberg. 

The Department of English offers basic and advanced courses in writing, language, and 
literature. The freshman courses, taken by all undergraduate students, develop skill in 
expository writing and in analytical reading of literary and non-literary works. Advanced 
courses in communication of technical information, composition and rhetoric, and creative 
writing give students opportunities to pursue special personal and career interests, as do 
courses in literature, linguistics, film, and folklore. The department offers a Bachelor of 
Arts major in English with three options — literature and language, writing and editing, 
and teacher certification— and a Bachelor of Science major. See listing of graduate degrees 
offered. 

A certificate in professional writing is available to students not seeking the bachelor's 
degree. Also available are a minor in English, a minor in Comparative Literature (offered 
jointly with the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures), a minor in Second 
Language Acquisition (offered jointly with the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures), and a minor in Journalism (offered jointly with the Department of Speech 
Communication). An internship program combines work experience with courses in writ- 
ing and editing. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A degree in English provides both vocational training and liberal education. It leads to 
careers in such fields as teaching, journalism, advertising, public relations, personnel 
management, technical writing, business writing, and creative writing. It sharpens the 
analytical and interpretive skills needed for strong business management, and it serves as 
an excellent pre-professional degree for students planning to study law or medicine and for 
those intending to do graduate work in literature and composition. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

Major in English— The student must schedule 42 semester hours beyond the usual six 
hours in freshman composition. Basic requirements include the sophomore survey of 
English literature, the sophomore survey of American literature, a course in Shakespeare, 
and a seminar in literary criticism. Beyond these courses, the student may pursue special 
interests within the limits of recommended categories. 

Major in English, Writing and Editing Option— The student must schedule 39 semes- 
ter hours beyond the usual six hours in freshman composition. Courses include journalism, 
copyediting, advanced writing, literature, and, in the final semester, a seminar in writing- 
editing (ENG 495). Additionally the student must schedule 15-18 semester hours in a 
chosen track or discipline outside the department. 

Major in English, Teacher Education Option — English majors may enroll in the 
teacher education option offered by the College of Humanities and Social Sciences in 
cooperation with the College of Education and Psychology. Students who complete this 
program are eligible to apply for certification to teach English in secondary schools in 
North Carolina. The requirements of the program include 34 semester hours in profes- 
sional courses and 33 semester hours in English beyond the usual six hours in freshman 
composition. (Total 127 credit hours required for graduation.) Students desiring to enter 
this program should declare their intention before the spring of the sophomore year and are 
required to file a formal application for admission which must be approved in order for 
them to participate. Enrollments in the Teacher Education Option may be limited. 

218 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGLISH 

Concentration in English — The student, in consultation with his or her department 
adviser, must schedule 27 semester hours beyond the usual six hours in freshman 
composition. 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

The English Department offers a minor in English to majors in any field except English. 
To complete the minor fifteen hours of English courses are required above the 100 level, six 
hours of which must be at the 300 level or above. A grade of C or better is required in all 
courses credited to the English minor. 

MINOR IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The Departments of English and of Foreign Languages and Literatures offer a minor in 
Comparative Literature to all undergraduate students. It requires six courses: FL 350 or 
ENG 590, CL 495, and four courses, in one or more literatures (other than a student's 
major), chosen from an approved list. A grade of C or better is required in all courses. 

MINOR IN SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION 

The Departments of English and of Foreign Languages and Literatures offer a minor in 
Second Language Acquisition (English as a Second Language) to any undergraduate 
majoring in any field. In addition to the study of a foreign language through the 202 level, 
students must take ENG 324, ANT 254 or ENG 525, SP 335 or SP 315, FL 260 or ENG 524, 
and ED 496. A grade of C or better is required in all courses. 

MINOR IN JOURNALISM 

With the Department of Speech-Communication, the Department of English offers a 
minor in Journalism, open to students in any major. It consists of the following courses: 
ENG214.ENG215,ENG315,SP204,andoneofthefollowing— SP234,SP334,SP421.A 
grade of C or better is required in all courses. 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

1911 Building (Room 120) 

Professor J. H. Stewart, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor A. C. Malinowski, Assistant Head of the Department and Coordinator of 
Advising 

Professor G. G. Smith, Scheduling Officer 

Professors: T. P. Feeny. G. Gonzalez, J. R. Kelly. M. Paschal. G. G. Smith. J. H. Stewart, M. A. Witt: Professors Emeriti: A. 
A. Gonzalez. G. W. Poland, E. M. Stack, H. Tucker, Jr,; Associate Professors: R. A. Alder, S. T. Alonso, L. L. Cofresi, T. 
N. Hammond, W. M. Holler, A. C. Malinowski. V, M, Prichard, E. W. Rollins, Y. B. Rollins, S. E. Simonsen: Assistant 
Professors: J . C. Akers. M, M. Magill, C. Malaxecheverria, L. A. Mykyta, M. L. Salstad, M. L. Sosower, M. Tokunagra: 
Lecturers: E. G. Jezierski. W. G. Tschacher, S. Yamahashi: Assistant Professor Eyneritus: R. B. Hall. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Languages are the keys to the world. The continuous expansion of international relations 
makes the knowledge of foreign languages a critical need for today's professional. The 
student of foreign languages is not limited to teaching, translating or interpreting. There 



219 



are careers in politics, diplomacy, commerce, banking, agriculture, science, and research 
in which a thorough knowledge of foreign languages is crucial for success. The demand for 
multilingual personnel extends to all fields of human enterprise and will continue to grow 
in the coming years. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN FRENCH OR SPANISH 

All the general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree must be met, including six 
hours of literature survey within the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures or 
in British and American literature or any combination of these. Degree designations are: 
B.A. in French Language and Literature, B.A. in Spanish Language and Literature, B.A. 
in French Language and Literature with Teacher Education option, and B.A. in Spanish 
Language and Literature with Teacher Education option. 

Outstanding students may become members of Alpha Lambda, campus chapter of Phi 
Sigma Iota, National Foreign Languages Honor Society; of Xi Omicron, campus chapter of 
Sigma Delta Pi, National Hispanic Honor Society; and of Gamma Alpha, campus Chapter 
of Dobro Slovo, National Slavic Honor Society. 

Major in French or Spanish— Students must complete 36 hours beyond the 201 level, 
including a senior seminar. Majors must take 12 additional hours of advised electives. 
These are waived for double majors such as Business and Spanish or Business and French. 

Double Major in Business Management and Spanish or French— The B.A. degree 
double major in Business Management and Spanish or French is a curriculum sponsored 
by the Department of Economics and Business and the Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures. Students enrolled in this program have the opportunity to complete the 
139 hours required for both majors within a four-year period. 

Major in French or Spanish with Teacher Education Option— In collaboration with 
the College of Education and PsychologJ^ and the Department of Curriculum and Instruc- 
tion, the department offers a program leading to secondary French or Spanish teacher 
certification in North Carolina, grades 9-12. Candidates must consult with their academic 
adviser as early as possible for the proper planning of their curriculum. Application for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program is made during the spring semester of the 
sophomore year. Enrollment in Teacher Education Option programs may be limited. 

No graduate degrees are given in foreign languages, but special courses and certification 
examinations are offered for advanced degree students. 

Programs Abroad— The department offers summer programs in France, Mexico and 
Germany, and a semester-long program in Spain. 

MINOR IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

(See English Department) 

MINORS IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES 

Minor programs in French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish 
involve fifteen hours of study at the 201 level and beyond. Programs include courses in 
language, literature, and civilization. Students majoring in any area of study at NCSU are 
eligible to minor in a foreign language. Students may not, however, major and minor in the 
same language. 

MINOR IN SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION 

(See English Department) 



220 



HISTORY 

Harrelson Hall (Room 157) 

Professor A. J. DeGrand, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor J. E. Crisp, Assistant Head of the Department 

Associate Professor J . A. Mulholland, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: J. R. Banker. B. F. Beers. W. H. Beezle.v. C. H. Carlton, A.J. DeGrand. M. S. Downs. W. C. Harris. J. P. Hobbs. 
D. E. King. A.J. LaVopa. L. 0. McMurry, J. M. Riddle. R. H. Sack. E. D. Sylla. B. W. Wishy; Professors Emeriti: M. L. 
Brown. R. W. Greenlaw. L. W. Seegers. M. E. Wheeler: Associate Professors: J . E.Crisp. J. A. MuIholland.G. D. Newby. 
G. W. O'Brien. J. K. Ocko. S. T. Parker. R. W. Slatta. J. D. Smith. G. D. Surh. K. P. Vickery. K. S. Vincent; Associate 
Professor Emeritiix: R. N. Elliott: Assistant Professors: D. P. Gilmartin. W. A. Jackson. W. C. Kimler. S. L. Spencer; 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. J. Crow. R. M. McMurry. W. S. Price. Jr.. D. J. Olson. H. K. Steen; Associate Status: J. 
Bonham (UNI): Instructor: J. Woodard. 

An understanding of the historical background of our times is expected of the educated 
person. The Department of History makes it possible for students to gain this understand- 
ing through a wide range and variety of courses at all levels from introductory through 
graduate. 

A broad offering of introductory courses is available to satisfy the undergraduate history 
requirement or part of the humanities and social sciences requirements in most university 
curricula. Students in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences are required to take 
two courses in history— one dealing with a culture significantly different from our own in 
pre-industrial Western or non-Western societies and the other dealing with our own culture 
in the United States or post-industrial Western societies. 

Honors students are eligible for membership in Phi Alpha Theta. 

Some introductory and advanced courses and most graduate courses are offered in the 
evening. 

The department offers two Master of Arts degrees. Students interested in enhancing 
current teaching credentials or in going on to doctoral work elsewhere may take the 
traditional graduate program. Students interested in applied history may take the Archi- 
val Management program. Some financial assistance is available. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A history major has traditionally served as a foundation for careers in such professions as 
teaching or law. In recent years undergraduates have frequently augmented studies in 
history with computer science, foreign language, or business administration, combinations 
which have proved attractive in business and government service. The prospect of new 
career ladders in public education has prompted renewed interest in an M.A. in history 
with advanced teaching certification. Multiplication of records of every kind has created a 
steady demand for historians with master's degrees in archival management. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

Major in History— A history major must take 30 hours of course work in history in 
addition to the six hours required of all students in the College of Humanities and Social 
Sciences. These 30 hours must include a 491 seminar. At least 24 hours of the 30 must be at 
the 400 level. Sufficient courses are offered to complete the history requirements for the 
B.A. through the evening program. 

Major in History with Social Studies Teacher Education Option— History majors 
may enroll in the teacher education program offered by the College of Humanities and 
Sciences in cooperation with the College of Education and Psychology. Students who 
complete this program are eligible for certification to teach social studies in secondary 
school in North Carolina. In addition to Bachelor of Arts degree requirements, students are 
required to take professional courses in education and psychology and additional social 
sciences courses (132 credit hours required for graduation). Students desiring to enter this 



221 



program should declare their intention during their sophomore year. Admission is compet- 
itive and the criteria include an overall grade point average of 2.5 or better. Enrollments 
may be limited in Teacher Education Option Programs. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HISTORY 

A concentration in history involves 18 hours of course work beyond the six hours required 
of all students in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences plus a senior seminar. Of the 
18 hours, at least 12 must be at the 400 level. 

MINOR IN HISTORY 

A minor in history shall consist of six courses in history: one introductory course in 
preindustrial or non-Western history (i.e., HI 207, 208, 209, 215, 216, 263, 264, 275, or 276); 
one introductory course in United States or post-industrial Western history (i.e., HI 205, 
210, 221, 222, 233, 241, 242. 243, or 244); four three-hour courses in history at the 300 level or 
above, two of which must be on the 400 level. All six courses must be completed with a grade 
of C or better to satisfy the requirements of the minor. 



PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 

Winston Hall (Room 100) 

Professor R. S. Bryan, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor W . C. FitzgersAd, Assistant Head of the Department and Coordinator of 
Advising 

Professors: R. S. Bryan, W. R. Carter, T. H. Regan, J. C. VanderKam, A. D. VsinDeYeer; Adjunct Professor: J . W. Bowker; 
Professor Emeritus: P. A. Bredenherg; Associate Professors: 'W . C. Fitzgerald, R. M. Hambourger, B. B. Levenbook, H. 
D. Levin, C. M. Pierce; Associate Professors Emeriti: Vf. L. Highfill, R. S. Metzger. J. L. Middleton: Assistant Professors: 
W. Adler, L. M. Antony, D. D. Auerbach, D. F. Austin. J. Levine, R, B. Mullin, R. A, Reath. T. K. Stewart; Instructor: M. 
K. Cunningham: Associate Member of the Department: C. L. Stalnaker (University Studies). 

The Department of Philosophy and Religion at North Carolina State University renders 
two major services to its students. 1) In the discipline of philosophy, it offers an array of 
courses which examine the great philosophic ideas of western civilization, and in the 
discipline of religion, it offers courses which examine the religious concepts and principles 
that have had an impact on all of civilization. 2) It provides an opportunity for extensive 
technical study in philosophy for students who wish to concentrate in this field either for its 
own sake or as an ideal intellectual foundation for subsequent graduate or professional 
study. 

SCHOLARSHIP 

The Claire Simmons Allan-Samson Memorial Scholarship in Moral Philosophy, a 
renewable scholarship of $1000 per year, will be awarded annually to worthy students who 
have expressed an interest in issues in animal rights. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

For students interested in postgraduate study, information compiled by post-college 
professional schools reveals the following: 

Undergraduate philosophy majors who apply to graduate schools of management score 
first of thirty-two fields verbally, and third in combined total scores on the Graduate 
Management Admission Test, 1980-81. 



222 



Undergraduate philosophy majors who apply to law schools are more likely to be admit- 
ted than are students in fifty-four of the sixty-one fields represented according to statis- 
tics kept by the Law School Admissions Services, 1980-81. 

Undergraduate philosophy majors who apply to medical schools are more likely to be 
admitted than are students in all but three of the thirty-five fields represented, as 
reported by the Association of American Medical Colleges, 1981-82. 

On the verbal section of the Graduate Record Examination, students intending to study 
philosophy scored higher than students in ninety-seven of the ninety-eight intended fields 
represented. 1982-83. 

Because undergraduate philosophy majors have the capability of scoring so well on the 
various postgraduate tests, many businesses and industries welcome philosophy majors 
into their training programs. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHILOSOPHY 

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree in philosophy must complete 30 hours in 
philosophy, including either Logic (PHI 201) or Symbolic Logic (PHI 335); the courses in 
the development of western philosophic thought (PHI 300, 301), a course in value theory 
(PHI 275, 308, 309, 311, 312, 313, 314, 321, 322) and a course in contemporary philosophy 
(PHI 319, 331, 332). 

Major in Philosophy with a Concentration in Religious Studies— This program is 
designed especially to prepare students for theological seminary or graduate work in 
religion as well as to introduce them to the discipline of religious studies. Candidates for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree in philosophy with a concentration in religious studies must 
complete 33 hours, including 12 hours in philosophy and 21 hours in religion. The courses in 
philosophy must include a course in the development of western philosophic thought (PHI 
300, 301): a course in value theory (PHI 275, 308, 309, 311, 312, 313. 314, 321, 322): and the 
course in the philosophy of religion (PHI 305). The courses in religion must include a course 
in biblical studies (REL 201, 311, 312); a course in non-western religions (REL 331, 332, 407, 
408): a course in the history of western religion (REL 317, 318, 320, 323. 324. 326): and a 
course in theology and culture (REL 309, 327). 

Major in Philosophy with a Concentration in Philosophy of Law— The program is 
designed to help students develop the ability to think critically about the role of the law and 
the values that it reflects. Because of its interdisciplinary nature, it provides a strong 
foundation for professional legal education. The concentration requires a minimum of 30 
hours in philosophy (including the course taken to meet school requirements) and a min- 
imum of 9 hours in political science. Three advised electives are required in addition to five 
core courses: PHI 309, PHI 312, PHI 313, PS 308 and PS 361. Four background courses, 
which are required of all philosophy majors, must also be taken: either PHI 201 or PHI 335, 
PHI 300, PHI 301, and either PHI 319, PHI 331, or PHI 332. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHILOSOPHY 

Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in philosophy must complete 27 hours in 
philosophy. These must include the courses in the history of western philosophic thought 
(PHI 300, 301), Symbolic Logic (PHI 335), Philosophy of Science (PHI 340); and a course in 
value theory (PHI 275. 308. 309. 311. 312, 313, 314. 321. 322). 



223 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Carmichael Gymnasium (Room 2000) 

Professor Angela Lumpkin, Head of the Department 

Professors: F. R. Drews. A. Lumpkin: Professor Emeritus: R. A. Lauffer; Associate Professors: H. L. Brown. N. E. Cooper. 
J. M. Daniels. T. W. Evans. J. L. Shannon. W. H. Sonner: Associate Professors Emeriti: J. B. Edwards. A. M. Hocii. H. 
Keating. W. R. Leonhardt: Assistant Professors: S. V. Aimekinders. A. L. Berle. J. V. Brothers. J. B. Brown. S. M. 
Chastain. W. A. Cheek. R. C. Combs. J. L. Dewitt. R. L. Goldberg. R. G. Gwyn. J. W. Isenhour. Jr.. V. M. Leath, C. E. 
Patch. M. S. Rhodes. J. W. Stewart; Assistant Professors Emeriti: W. M. Shea. E. A. Smaltz: Lecturers: A. Attarian. R. 
N. Bechtolt. H. T. Bone. J. R. Bonner. D, S. Clark. K. L. Davis. S. C. Halstead. J. R. Kascenska. R, H. Kidd. M. R. Lester, 
I. F. Ormond. C. E. Raynor. T. C. Roberts. E. V. Smith. R. R. Smith. R. H. Taylor, G. E. Wall. T. C. Winslow; Associate 
Members of the Faculty: D. L. Ridgeway (Statistics and Physics), and C. Stoddard (Athletics Department), and M. M. 
TurnbuU (Health Services). 

All North Carolina State University students are required to complete four semesters of 
physical education to meet graduation requirements. Freshmen are expected to take PE 
100, Health and Physical Fitness, in either the fall or the spring semester of their freshman 
year. Students who do not pass a survival swimming test must enroll in and attempt to pass 
a beginning swim class. 

Students may participate in a known sport or learn a totally new activity while selecting 
their other courses. Students with disabling conditions will be helped by physical education 
and Student Health Service professionals in choosing appropriate classes. Only "activity" 
courses, not elective "theory" courses, can be used to meet the physical education 
requirement. 

MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (COACHING EMPHASIS) 

The Department of Physical Education offers an 18-hour minor in Physical Education 
(Coaching Emphasis), designed to prepare students to assume coaching responsibilities 
with a sound theoretical background. The minor provides knowledge of pertinent anatomi- 
cal, physiological, and biomechanical principles; appreciation for the prevention and 
treatment of athletic injuries; development of observation and communication skills; and 
demonstration of motor skills and strategies involved in coaching specific sports. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

Caldwell Hall (Room 211) 

Professor M. S, Soroos, Head of the Department 

Professor E. S. Fairchild, Assistant Head and Coordinator of Advising 

Associate Professor D. M. Daley, Director of Master of Public Affairs Program 

Professors: E. S. Fairchild, G. D. Garson. A. Holtzman. E. R. Rubin. M. S. Soroos, D. W. Stewart. J. 0. Williams; Professors 
Emeriti: W. J. Block. J. T. Caldwell. K. S. Petersen: Associate Professors: C. K. Coe. D. M. Daley. R. H. Dorff. J. H. 
Gilbert. H. G. Kebschull. S, H. Kessler. J. P. Mastro. J. M, McClain. E. O'Sullivan. J. E. Swiss. M. L. Vasu: Assistant 
Professor: T. V. Reid. 

The Department of Political Science and Public Administration offers basic and 
advanced courses in all major fields of the discipline: American government and politics 
(local, state, and national), public law and criminal justice, public administration, compar- 
ative politics, international relations and global issues, political theory and methodology of 
political science. The department affords opportunities for the study of government and 
administration to students in other curricula and schools. 

Graduate courses in political science are available to advanced undergraduates. See 
listing of graduate degree programs and consult the Graduate Catalog. 



224 



The department provides opportunities for internships in state and local government 
including the North Carolina General Assembly Legislative Internship Program. 

Majors in political science with distinguished academic achievements are annually 
invited to join Zeta Epislon Chapter of Pi Sigma Alpha, the national political science honor 
society. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

There are a number of careers and professions for which a major in political science, or 
extensive study of government and politics, can be most useful. This is true especially for 
those planning to seek careers in teaching, the legal profession, criminal justice agencies, 
state and local government, urban planning, the federal bureaucracy, journalism or in any 
of the organizations that seek to monitor political processes or to influence the content of 
public policy. Private firms also seek managers and public affairs specialists who have a 
knowledge of the functioning of the political system and of politics in general. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Major requirements are: 30 hours (in addition to any political science course which may 
be taken to satisfy the 12-hour social science requirement), 21 of which must be at the 
300-level or above; PS 201 or equivalent; at least six hours in each of three pairs of subfields 
(Pair A; American Politics/Policy and Administration; Pair B; International or Compara- 
tive Politics; Pair C: Political Theory/Scope and Methods); and a Political Science Seminar 
(indicated by the letter "S" following its number, or by the word "seminar" in its title). 

Criminal Justice Option— The Departments of Political Science and Public Adminis- 
tration and Sociology, Anthropology and Social Work offer undergraduate majors an 
option in criminal justice. This option includes 28 semester hours of specialized study. The 
program develops students who may move into middle management and policy making 
positions in agencies such as police, court, correctional, probation and parole agencies. 

Students interested in criminal justice should contact Dr. Eva R. Rubin, 223 Link 
Building. Political Science and Public Administration or Dr. Elizabeth Suval, 230 1911 
Building, Sociology, Anthropology and Social Work. 

Law and Political Philosophy Concentration— The concentration in law and political 
philosophy is an interdisciplinary program designed for students who are interested in the 
theoretical and legal dimensions of political life. It seeks to develop a broad understanding 
of the relationship between law and politics and the moral and philosophical questions 
which are central to both. The law and political philosophy concentration is fulfilled by 
successful completion of twelve hours of core course requirements, nine hours of recom- 
mended electives, and completion of the normal political science major requirements. Six 
hours of the core course requirements and at least three hours of the recommended electives 
will be taken in the Department of Philosophy and Religion. Courses in the concentration 
provide a humanistic perspective on legal and political questions. The program is suitable 
for those interested in a career in law or government, or those who hope to pursue graduate 
studies in either political science or philosophy. 

Social Studies Teacher Education Option— A major in political science may also 
choose a teacher education option. This is a 131-credit hour degree program which includes 
the normal 30-hour major plus the required professional education courses. Successful 
completion of the program leads to certification to teach social studies in the secondary 
schools. Enrollments may be limited in Teacher Education Option program. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The major requirements for a B.S. degree in political science are identical to the B.A. 
except that 27 hours of course work in the discipline are required instead of 30. 



225 



MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

A minor in political science may be elected by students from any curriculum. The minor 
requires 15 hours of political science courses, which must include 9 hours at the 300-level or 
above and a 400-level seminar course (indicated by the letter "S" following the number or 
the word seminar in its title). At least three hours must be from each of two of the following 
three pairs of subfields (Pair A: American Politics/Policy and Administration; Pair B: 
International or Comparative Politics: Pair C: Political Theory/Social Science Methods). 



SOCIOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY AND 
SOCIAL WORK 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences) 

1911 Building (Room 301) 

Professor L. B. Otto, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor M. P. Atkinson, Associate Head, CHSS Teaching and Research 

Professor W. B. Clifford, Associate Head, CALS Teaching and Research 

Associate Professor W. Peebles-Wilkins, Associate Head, Social Work 

Associate Professor M. L. Walek, Coordinator of Advising 

Professor E. M. Suval, Graduate Administrator 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: W. B. Clifford. II. L. R. DellaFave. V. A. Hiday. C. P. Marsh. R. L. Moxley, L. B. Otto. P. N. Reid, M. M. 
Sawhney, E. M. Suval. 0. Uzzell. R. C. Wimberley: Professors Emeriti: L. W. Drabick. H. D. Rawls. J. N. Young; 
Associate Professors: M. P. Atkinson. R. C. Brisson. A. C. Davis. G. D. Hill. J. C. Leiter. G. S. Nickerson. W. C. 
Peebles-Wilkins. I. Rovner. M. D. Schulman. M. S. Thompson. R. J. Thomson. D. T. Tomaskovic-Devey. K. M. Troost. M. 
L. Walek. J. M. Wallace. E. M. Woodrum. M. T. Zingraff; Associate Professors Emeriti: J. G. Peck. I. E. Russell: 
Assistant Professors: J. S. Brown. R. S. Ellovich. T. M. Hyman. B. J. Risman. M. L. Schwalbe. L. A. Smith. L. R. 
Williams. C. R. Zimmer; Assistant Professor Emeritua: C. G. Dawson. 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor S. K. Garber, Specialist-in-Charge 

Professor Emeritus: M. E. Voland; Associate Professors: S. K. Garber. S. C. Lilly. 

The Department of Sociology, Anthropology and Social Work offers introductory and 
advanced courses in sociology, anthropology, and social work covering the major sub-fields 
of the three disciplines. It also offers supervised field work and practicum experiences 
required for certain curricula in the department. 

Aims of the departmental offerings are: ( 1 ) To provide majors with academic background 
and experience useful for many careers in government and industry or for pursuing 
advanced academic work (for a description of the graduate degrees offered by the depart- 
ment, see the NCSU Graduate Catalog) and (2) To provide service courses to students in 
other curricula and to students in the Division of Continuing Education. 

The department, jointly administered by the Colleges of Humanities and Social Sciences 
and Agriculture and Life Sciences, offers eight undergraduate curricula. The five curric- 
ula administered by the College of Humanities and Social Sciences are: Bachelor of Arts in 
sociology. Bachelor of Arts in sociology with criminal justice option, Bachelor of Arts in 
sociology with social studies teacher education option. Bachelor of Arts in sociology with 
anthropology concentration, and Bachelor of Social Work. 



226 



OPPORTUNITIES 

A wide variety of jobs is open to the graduates of this department. 

Both public and private firms employ sociologists in policy development and decision- 
making. Sociology graduates are also employed as research evaluators and sales 
personnel. 

Sociology graduates with the criminal justice option have additional opportunities in 
law-enforcement field. Similarly, graduates with social studies teacher education option 
have additional opportunities in public and private schools while the graduates with 
anthropology concentration have the option to pursue graduate studies in anthropology. 

Students graduating with Bachelor of Social Work degree are employed as social 
workers in public and private social work organizations. Fields of employment include 
public welfare agencies, family and children's agencies, hospitals, school systems, mental 
health services, correctional programs, community-centers, rehabilitation agencies, and 
services to the aged. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY 

The following departmental requirements must be met by all students majoring in 
sociology: A minimum of 31 hours in the major field including SOC 300, Social Research 
Methods: SOC 400, Theories of Social Structure; SOC 401. Theories of Social Interaction; at 
least three, but no more than six, credit hours of 200 level sociology courses: at least 15 credit 
hours of 400 level or above sociology courses including SOC 400 and SOC 401. (Note: In the 
LCS program [anthropology concentration], 3 credit hours at the 400 level or above are in 
anthropologj'.) Additional electives in sociology may be at the 300 level or above. ANT 252, 
Cultural Anthropology, is required. A second course in anthropology is strongly recom- 
mended. One course in statistics is also required. 

Criminal Justice Option— The criminal justice option seeks to develop a professional 
orientation that will be relevant both to occupational goals and participation as a citizen in 
community affairs. Courses in both political science and sociology are included in a 28-hour 
block that provides a general background in crime causation and agencies of criminal 
justice plus the opportunity to select from more specific courses dealing with deviance, 
juvenile delinquency, the court system, correctional facilities, and the like, including field 
placement in an agency of the criminal justice system. 

Social Studies Teacher Education Option— This curriculum prepares the student for 
state certification in social studies in the secondary school system. (132 credit hours 
required for graduation.) The inclusion of a professional semester with practice teaching 
and the need for a broad base in the social sciences makes this a comparatively demanding 
program with somewhat less opportunity for free electives. Courses in education and 
psychology- are taken beginning in the sophomore year in preparation for the teaching 
experience. The student learns the basic concepts of economics, political science, anthropol- 
ogy and history, as well as sociology. Enrollments in Teacher Education Option programs 
may be limited. 

Anthropology Concentration— This concentration emphasizes the complementary 
nature of sociology and anthropology in understanding human behavior in social and 
cultural context. It encourages flexibility in selection from both anthropology (12 hours 
within the major plus 6 hours in the social science requirement) and sociolog}' (22 hours) 
courses. The four anthropological subdisciplines of cultural anthropology, physical anthro- 
pologj'. archaeology, and linguistics are represented in the course offerings. 

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK 

The curriculum is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and prepares 
students for the professional practice of social work in a variety of social welfare agencies, 
organizations, and programs designed to enrich the quality of life and to improve social 
functioning of people served. Study will include the social, economic, and political processes 
involved in the development and change of social welfare institutions, the dynamics of 

227 



human behavior and the interventive methods and their application to a variety of situa- 
tions and clients. Thirty-three hours of class and field instruction in social work, plus 
specified courses in the social sciences, the humanities, and natural sciences are required. 
Graduates receive the B.S.W. degree and are certifiable under North Carolina law. 

MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

A minor in anthropology focuses on the comparative study of human beings, with empha- 
sis on both the physical and cultural aspects. A flexible selection of courses (15 credit hours) 
include offerings from anthropological subdisciplines such as cultural anthropology, phys- 
ical anthropology, archaeology, and linguistics. 

MINOR IN SOCIAL WORK 

The minor is designed to familiarize the student with the social service system, major 
social welfare programs, and elements of the profession of social work. The student will 
take five required courses and select one additional course from elective offerings which 
present the contribution of professional social work in a number of settings. 



SPEECH-COMMUNICATION 

Winston Hall (Room 201) 

Professor W. J. Jordan, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor R. S. Rodgers, Assistant Head of the Department 

Associate Professor R. Leonard, Coordinator of Advising 

Profextiorx: W. G. Franklin, W, J. Jordan, C. A. Parker; Associate Professors: R. Anderson. L. R. Camp, P. C. Caple, D. A. 
DeJoy. R. Leonard. L. W. Long. H. E. Munn, Jr.. R. S. Rodgers. B. L. Russell. R. L. Schrag; Assktant Professors: E. T. 
Funkhouser.G.A.Hankins, M.Javidi.N. H. SnowiLedMTpr.s.J. Alchediak, D. L. Baker. C. A. Elleman.T.J. Kauffman; 
Adjunct Professor: M. Pandich. 

The Speech-Communication program provides training in human communication for 
professionals entering business, industry, social service and education. The objective is to 
produce graduates whose understanding of communication problems and solutions makes 
them uniquely qualified to contribute their expertise to the betterment of society. Recogniz- 
ing the complexity of human communication acts, the department approaches the study of 
communication from humanistic, social science, and natural science perspectives with 
concentrations in communication, mass communication, public relations, communication 
disorders, and theatre. The department is strongly committed to training professionals to 
address the complex human communication problems found in modern business, industry, 
government and social welfare organizations. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Increasingly, organizations are recognizing the need for skilled communication profes- 
sionals in all facets of the workplace. Consequently, depending upon the area of specializa- 
tion, graduates may find employment opportunities as communication consultants, media 
specialists, trainers, public relations specialists, therapists, or performers. In addition, 
many employers seek graduates with demonstrated competencies in human communica- 
tion to fill a wide variety of positions which require constant and skillful contact with the 
public or with personnel. 

The department sponsors the Student Communication Association which is open to all 
majors and offers scholarly and social activities. The department also has a chapter of 
Alpha Epsilon Rho, the National Honorary Broadcasting Society; a chapter of the Public 
Relations Student Society of America; a Women in Communications, Inc. student chapter; a 



228 



chapter of Lambda Pi Epsilon, a national student honorary; a chapter of American Speech, 
Hearing and Language Student Association: and Black Repertory Theatre. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPEECH-COMMUNICATION 

Speech Communication majors are required to earn a grade of C or better in 36 semester 
hours of Speech Communication. Five courses or 12 credit hours (SP 190, SP 110, SP 112, 
SP 200, and SP 390) are required. Twenty-four (24) additional credit hours are required in 
one of the five Concentrations: Communication Concentration: Mass Communication Con- 
centration: Public Relations Concentration: Communication Disorders Concentration: or 
Theatre Concentration. Students must have a 2.0 grade point average to be eligible for 
graduation. 

MINOR IN THEATRE 

The Department of Speech-Communication offers an academic Minor in Theatre to all 
majors except those of Speech-Communication. This program is designed to provide the 
student with a basic understanding of the artistic, technical, and scholarly disciplines of 
theatre. A total of eighteen hours must be taken to complete the minor, with twelve of these 
hours in required courses and six in elected courses. Theatre courses are identified in the 
Speech-Communication curriculum by prefixes ending with the number 3. Any student 
interested in this academic minor should consult the Assistant Head of the Department of 
Speech-Communication. 

MINOR IN JOURNALISM 

(See English Department) 



DIVISION OF UNIVERSITY STUDIES 

Harrelson Hall (Room 144) 

Associate Professor J. W. Wilson, Head 

Professor C. D. Korte, Assistant Head 

Professors: D. A. Adams, i . A. Gomez, D. Huisingh.C. D. Korte; Professors Emeriti: A.C. Barefoot, J. R. Lambert. 
Jr.; Associate Professors: R. L. Hoffman, .J. W. Wilson; Assistant Professor: J. C. Bonham; Lecturers: E. 
Malloy-Hanley, C, L. Stalnaker. 

University Studies is an academic unit responsible for interdisciplinary programs deal- 
ing with contemporary and historical issues and problems. Courses are taught by teams of 
faculty drawn from the division and from the academic disciplines relating to the problems 
or issues under consideration. These courses are open without prerequisite to students in all 
curricula. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MULTI-DISCIPLINARY STUDIES 

Multi-disciplinary Studies Committee 

Associate Professor 3. W. Wilson (University Studies), Chairman 

Professor L. S. Champion (English) 

Professor J. P. Hobbs (History) 

Professor M. M. Sawhney (Sociology, Anthropology and Social Work) 



229 



Associate Professor W. C. Fitzgerald (Philosophy and Religion) 
Professor 3. M. Riddle (History) 

The multi-disciplinary studies program allows a student to design his or her own aca- 
demic major. Instead of following the requirements for a major in one of the traditional 
disciplines, the candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree in multi-disciplinary studies has 
the responsibility of organizing a concentration or field specialization from two or more 
disciplines. A concentration in Latin American Studies might, for example, combine 
related courses in language, literature, history, economics, sociology, and political science. 

Two concentrations have been established primarily for the benefit of evening students. 
These are 1) American Studies: Cultural. Social, and Political and 2) Business Organization 
and Communication. All courses required for completion of these concentrations will be 
available in the evening. 

The freshman and sophomore basic requirements for the multi-disciplinary studies 
program are the same as for the other Bachelor of Arts programs in humanities and social 
sciences. In satisfying basic requirements in language, humanities, social science, mathe- 
matics, and natural science, the student should, whenever possible, choose those courses 
that are most appropriate as background for the courses in his or her major concentration. 

Admission to the Program 

To become a candidate for a major in multi-disciplinary studies, a student first secures 
application forms and information from the office of the chair of the Multi-disciplinary 
Studies Committee (144 Harrelson), then prepares a tentative proposal which includes a list 
of courses comprising 30 credit hours and an essay of 300-500 words explaining his or her 
reasons for desiring to make this set of courses the field of specialization. The student's 
proposal is reviewed by a faculty sponsor and submitted to the Multi-disciplinary Commit- 
tee for consideration. After a thorough examination to determine whether the set of courses 
proposed as a multi-disciplinary major is academically sound and coherent, the committee 
will recommend that the Dean of Humanities and Social Sciences accept or reject the 
proposal; or it will be sent back to the student and his or her sponsor with suggestions for 
modification and resubmission. 

MINOR IN AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES 

The African-American Studies Minor provides a comparative and interdisciplinary 
study of the Black experience in Africa and the Americas. Three required courses include 
an introduction to African-American studies (UNI 240). Black American literature (ENG 
248). and Afro-American history (HI 372 or 373). Two elective courses may be selected from 
a list of designated courses in such disciplines as anthropology, history, language, sociology, 
social work, and speech. The minor is designed to bring together students from diverse 
backgrounds and curricula who share a common interest in the African-American 
experience. 

MINOR IN SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND SOCIETY 

The Science, Technology, and Society minor is a fifteen hour, multidisciplinary minor 
providing students an opportunity to appreciate and understand better the roles that 
science and technology play in the larger sociocultural context. A goal of the minor is to help 
students develop the ability to order and integrate the diverse aspects of their educations. 
Two essential components of this ability are sensitivity to the moral dimensions of scientific 
and technical theory. In addition, the Science, Technology, and Society minor enables 
students to increase the breadth of their familiarity with science and technology. 



230 



COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL AND 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Cox Hall (Rooms 113-122) 

L. B. Sims, Interim Dean 

R. D. Bereman. Associate Dean f 07' Academic Affairs 

L. L. Pietrafesa. Interim Associate Dean for Research 

R. G. Savage. Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs 

W. P. Hill, Coordinator for African-American Affairs and PAMS Undeclared Program 

The College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences offers students, whose interests lie in 
the basic science and mathematical areas, programs of study and research at both the 
graduate and undergraduate level, which lead to many exciting career opportunities. In 
addition, the College provides the basic science education support for the entire university. 
The College consists of six academic departments: Biochemistry, Chemistry, Marine, 
Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Mathematics, Physics, and Statistics. The Center for 
Research in Scientific Computing, The Institute of Statistics, the microelectronics research 
activities, and the new biotechnology research activities are also associated in part with the 
College. 

Graduates of the College are recruited for technical and administrative positions in 
industrial research and development laboratories, universities and colleges, non-profit 
research organizations and government agencies. A large percentage of the graduates 
undertake advanced study in medical or other professional schools as well as further study 
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

The high school student who enjoys computers, mathematics, chemistry or physics and 
who has an interest in natural phenomena and their fundamental descriptions, should 
consider the career opportunities in the physical and mathematical sciences. Students in 
the College consistently perform very well as undergraduates; approximately one-third of 
the students graduate with honors or high honors. 

FACILITIES 

Each department in the College has obtained a number of highly specialized research 
facilities and instruments. A few of the major facilities are: a plasma physics laboratory 
supported by a research tube-making facility; a 0-35 Mev. Cyclograaff at the Triangle 
Universities Nuclear Laboratory; a radio-chemistry laboratory; a two-million volt Van de 
Graaff accelerator; a laser research laboratory; an extensive nuclear magnetic resonance 
facility including an IBM Instruments lOOAF NMR Spectrometer; a Syntex automated 
X-ray diffractometer, a marine geochemical laboratory housing a carbon-14 dating facil- 
ity; a remote sensing laboratory; an upper atmosphere laboratory; a biomathematics and 
biophysics laboratory; extensive specialized undergraduate and graduate desk computing 
laboratories; and solid state research laboratories. Other campus facilities for teaching and 
research are electron microscopes, a heterogeneous nuclear reactor designed for operation 
at 100 kilowatts, complete X-ray laboratories with diffraction and radiographic equip- 
ment, and precision instrument and glassblowing shops. 

Computing facilities available for course work and research include an IBM 3081 jointly 
owned by NCSU, Duke University, and UNC-CH. On the North Carolina State University 
campus are an IBM 4381, an IBM 4361, a DG MV/8000, several DEC VAX computers, a 
Sage IV microcomputer lab of 150 work stations, several teaching labs containing Apples 
and IBM/PC's, and a microprocessor teaching lab. A campus data communication network 
is available that gives access to the major computers mentioned above as well as to the 
library on-line catalog. 



231 



TUTORIAL AND AUDIO-VISUAL ASSISTANCE 

Most of the departments in PAMS offer students some form of free tutorial assistance, 
and several of them provide facilities for students to use supplementary videotaped or 
computer-assisted instructional materials on a voluntary basis. 

CURRICULA 

The College offers undergraduate programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Science 
degree with a major in chemistry, geology, mathematics, meteorology', physics or statistics. 
These curricula have similar freshman years, enabling a freshman to change, without loss 
of time, from one department to another in the College. In addition, the College offers 
programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in geologj' or 
chemistry. A one year general program is offered to students who want to major in one of 
these curricula but have not yet made a decision. Minors are offered in mathematics, 
meteorology, physics and statistics. 

PREMEDICAL SCIENCES 

Medical and dental schools as well as many other health-related professional schools have 
long regarded degree programs in the basic physical and mathematical sciences as excel- 
lent "pre-professional" curricula. Some professional schools prefer the in-depth knowledge 
gained by this route over those curricula which offer a cursory view of a variety of topics. 
For further details, contact Dr. Robert Bereman, Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, or 
Dr. Marion Miles, College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences Pre-Professional 
Adviser. 

SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES 

Several short courses and specialized institutes are offered throughout the academic year 
and during the summer months in chemistry, geologv', mathematics, physics, and statistics 
for high school teachers and college professors. For information, write the associate dean of 
the school. 

In addition, certain regular courses may be taken for credit through correspondence or 
evening classes through the Division of Continuing Education in Raleigh, Charlotte, or the 
Greensboro-Burlington-Winston-Salem area. For information write North Carolina State 
University Division of Lifelong Education, Raleigh. 

SCHOLARS AND HONORS PROGRAMS 

Exceptional students may be selected to participate in the University Scholars Program 
of the College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences (PAMS). Enriched courses in chemis- 
try, English, mathematics, and physics have been developed specifically for program 
participants. At the beginning of the junior year, promising students may select special 
courses, and begin to participate in undergraduate research and honors programs, for 
which they may receive some graduate credit toward the Master of Science degree during 
the senior year. 

Well-prepared students entering the College may seek advanced placement in biology, 
chemistry, computer science, foreign language, history, mathematics, or physics by pass- 
ing qualifying examinations. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

In addition to university-wide extracurricular activities and honor organizations, the 
College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences has student chapters of the following 
professional and honor organizations: Society of Physics Students, Pi Mu Epsilon, the 
American Chemical Society, and the nation's first chapter of the Society of Black Physical 
and Mathematical Scientists. 

The PAMS Council, composed of elected students from the school, sponsors and partici- 
pates in a wide variety of technical and social activities. 

232 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science degree is available with a major in biochemistry; biomathematics; 
chemistry: marine, earth, and atmospheric sciences; mathematics; applied mathematics; 
statistics; and physics. The Master of Biomathematics. Master of Chemistry, and the 
Master of Statistics are also offered. A new joint Master of Arts in Liberal Studies program 
with the College of Humanities and Social Sciences is also available. The Doctor of Philo- 
sophy degree is available in biochemistry, biomathematics, chemistry, marine, earth, and 
atmospheric sciences, mathematics, applied mathematics, statistics, and physics. 



BIOCHEMISTRY 

(See Agriculture and Life Sciences) 



CHEMISTRY 

Dabney Hall (Room 108) and Withers Hall 

Professor K. W. Hanck, Head of the Department 

Professor W. P. Tucker, Assistant Head for Undergraduate Studies 

Professor M. L. Miles. Assistant Head for Business Affairs 

Professor C. G. Moreland, Assistant Head for Graduate Studies 

Professors: H. A. Bent, R. D. Bereman. L. H. Bowen, C. L. Bumgardner. H. H. Carmiehael, L. D. Freedman. F. W. Getzen. 
F. C. Hentz.Jr.(Directorof General Chemistry). ZZ. Hugus. Jr., L. A. Jones, S.G. Levine, G. G. Long, A. F. Schreiner, L. 

B. Sims. E. 0. Stejskal. G. H. Wahl, Jr. {Director of Organic Chemistry). M. Whangbo: Adjunct Professor: M. E. Wall; 
Professors Emeriti: G.O.Doak.R.U. Loeppert. W. A. Reid. P. F.Sutton, R. C.White: Associate Professors: C. B. Boss. T. 

C. Caves. A. F. Coots, Y. Ebisuzaki, S. T. Purrington, W. L. Switzer, D. W. Wertz: Associate Professor Emerituti:T. M. 
Ward; Assi^'itant Professors: E. F. Bowden, M. G. Khaledi, R. J. Linderman. R. B. van Breemen: Assistant Professors 
Emeriti: T. J. Blalock, W. R. Johnston: Instructor Emeritus: G. M. Oliver: Laboratory Supervisors: R. D. Beck, G. L. 
Hennessee. J. C. Le, G. Shaw, J. T. Sigvaldsen, P. Singh: Laboratory Demonstrator: M. L. Benevides; Teaching and 
Research Technicians: M, C. Bundy, D. E. Knight. 

Chemistry is the science dealing with the composition, structure, and properties of all 
substances and changes that they undergo. Chemists have contributed to the synthetic fiber 
industry, petroleum products and fuels, plastics, the food processing industry, nuclear 
energy, electronics, modern drugs and medicine. Today's chemists are concerned with the 
fundamental building blocks of all materials— atoms and molecules— leading to improve- 
ment of old materials, development of substitutes or new ones, and an understanding of our 
material environment. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The chemical industry is the nation's largest manufacturing industry. Chemists com- 
prise the largest proportion of scientists in the United States, and future demand for 
chemists should continue to grow. A variety of jobs is open to the chemist: biochemistry and 
other biological areas, education, medicine, law. metallurgy, space science, oceanography, 
sales or management, pure research and development. Chemists are employed in every 
field based on modern technology; opportunities for chemists in the field of education are 
many and varied. 



233 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

The curriculum, accredited by the American Chemical Society, includes a strong, broad 
background in mathematics, physics and the liberal arts. The basic areas of organic, 
physical, inorganic and analytical chemistry are stressed. Laboratory and classroom work 
develop the skills, knowledge and inquiring spirit necessary for a successful career in 
chemistry. The advised elective credits allow individual diversity at the junior and senior 
levels. Many undergraduates participate in current departmental research through part- 
time employment or senior research projects. This curriculum prepares the student to 
enter the job market directly as a chemist or to enter various professional schools or 
graduate school in chemistry or an allied science. This route is also an excellent premedical 
program. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spriyig Semester Credit's 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 PY 205 Physics for Engr. & Sci. I* 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective _3 Physical Education Elective ^ 

le 17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 242 Analvtic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

PY 208 Physics for Engr. & Sci. II* 4 PY 407 Intro. Modern Physics* 3 

English or Speech Elective 3 English or Speech Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective ^ Free Electives 3 

, „ Physical Education Elective 1 

17 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

FLG 101 Elementary German I 3 CH 434 Physical Chem. Lab 2 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 FLG 102 Elementary German II 3 

Advised Elective** 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

"77 Advised Elective 3 

17 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 

Chemistry Elective 2 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Advised Elective 3 

Advised Elective 3 Free Electives ^ 

Free Electives 4 jg 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 



*The sequence PY 201, 202. 203 may be substituted for PY 205. 208, 407. with approval of the advisor. 
**Advised electives are designed to allow students to concentrate in areas related to academic or career goals. The 
courses used to fulfill this requirement are selected by students after consultation with their faculty advisers. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The B.A. program offers a much more flexible course of studies for students who do not 
plan to become professional chemists but who desire an interdisciplinary program with an 
emphasis on chemistry. The proper choice of electives will prepare the graduate for one of 
the following: medical or dental school, work in chemical sales and management, teaching 
in secondary schools, work in environmental science, or graduate school in an allied science. 



234 



Nationally many premedical students are in a B.A. chemistry program. Since the first year 
is identical to that of the B.S. program, students may enter the B.A. program either directly 
from high school or at the end of their first year. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistrj' 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

PE 100 Health & PhysicalFitness 1 PY 205 Physics for Eng. & Sci. I 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Is le 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

PY 208 Physics for Eng. & Sci. II 4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives* 6 Science Elective 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Free Elective 3 



15 



Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 451 Elementary Biochemistry 3 CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives* 6 Advised Elective** 4 

Science Elective 4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 6 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 17 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 

Advised Electives** 7 Advised Electives** 7 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

17 16 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 127 

Because of the inherent flexibility of the B.A. curriculum in chemistry, students entering into the program must work 
closely with their faculty adviser in selecting an area of concentration outside the major, based upon their career or 
postgraduate goals. 



*Thirty hours of humanities and social science courses are required with a minimum of 12 hours of humanities and 12 
hours of social sciences. The remaining 6 hours may come from humanities or social science courses, including 
University Studies and Arts Studies courses. 
**Advised electives are designed to allow the students to concentrate in areas related to academic or career goals. The 
courses used to fulfill this requirement are selected by students after consultation with their faculty advisers. 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(See College of Engineering.) 



235 



MARINE, EARTH, AND 
ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES 

Natural Resources Research Center (Room 126) 
Professor H. S. Brown, Head of the Department 
Associate Professor E. F. Stoddard, Undergraduate Administrator 

Professors: C. E. Anderson, S. P. S. Arya, V. V. Cavaroc. Jr., J. M. Davis, R. V. Fodor. G. S. Janowitz. D. L. Kamykowski. L. 
J. Pietrafesa, S. Raman. V. K. Saxena. C. W. Welby. T. G. Woleott. I. J. Won; Adjunct Professors: R. L. Bradow. G. 
Briggs. R. \'. Madala. W. H. Snyder; Professors Emeriti: L. J. Langfelder. C. J. Leith. J. M. Parker. III. W. J. Saucier; 
Associate Professors: M. G. Bevis, D.J. DeMaster. M. M. Kimberley. C. E. Knowles. J. M. Morrison. A.J. Riordan. W.J. 
Showers, G. F. Watson; Adjunct Associate Professors: S. Chang. R. E. Eskridge. R. K. M. Jayanty. C. A. Nittrouer. G. W. 
Thayer. R. H. Weisberg; Assistant Professors: N. E. Blair. S. Businger. J. P. Hibbard. L. A. Levin. S. W. Snyder; 
Adjunct Assistatit Professors: C. B. Baker. T. B. Curtin. M. DeMaria. J. C. Reid. 

The Department of Marine, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences provides instruction in 
three complementary disciplines whose concerns are the solid earth, the oceans upon it, and 
the atmosphere extending upward from its surface. The department awards the B.A. 
degree in geology; a B.S, degree in geology with options either in traditional geology or in 
geophysics: and a B.S. degree in meteorology. Degrees in Marine Science are offered only at 
the graduate level. (Consult the Graduate Catalog for information pertaining to graduate 
degrees offered.) 

Geology (Earth Science) is the study of the solid earth. It can be subdivided into four 
interrelated areas: rocks and minerals (mineralogy, petrology, and ore deposits): nature 
and behavior of earth materials (structural geology, geophysics, geochemistry, and geo- 
morphology): earth history (historical geology, stratigraphy, tectonics and paleontology); 
and the earth's influence upon humanity (engineering, petroleum, economic and environ- 
mental geology and hydrogeology). Instruction within the geology degree programs 
includes course work in each of these areas. The geophysics option includes a core of basic 
geology courses, but in addition provides a thorough grounding in geophysics and related 
sciences. The program involves more coursework in physics, mathematics and computer 
science than does the traditional Geology B.S. Geophysics applies these quantitative sci- 
ences to an understanding of earth, including its deep interior. This is accomplished 
through the measurement and interpretation of earth's physical properties (e.g. magnetic, 
electric, gravity, seismic) at all scales. 

Geologists and geophysicists apply scientific techniques to solve those problems in nature 
that will result in a better understanding and utilization of our environment and natural 
resources. Geologic and geophysical principles are used (1) to discover, evaluate, develop 
and conserve our natural resources (oil, coal, water and metals), (2) to find solutions to 
problems related to disposal of liquid and solid wastes, (3) in determining the geologic 
settings for highways, dams, tunnels, and power plants and (4) to help prevent or alleviate 
the consequences of natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods, volcanic eruptions, dam 
failures, and highway collapse. 

Meteorology (Atmospheric Science) is the study of all aspects of the behavior and 
phenomena of the atmosphere, including its interactions with earth's land and sea surfaces 
and w ith the solar atmosphere. Its objective is to apply an understanding of the atmosphere 
to the benefit of humanity. 

Few activities on earth are unaffected by the natural conditions and processes of our 
atmospheric environment. The most familiar purpose of meteorology is in providing 
weather reports, warnings, and forecasts which are essential to aviation, shipping, agricul- 
ture, solar and wind energy utilization, outdoor recreation and to the protection of man 
from weather hazards and damage. Meteorology is applied to the understanding and 
alleviation of other environmental concerns such as air pollution, acid rain, and weather 
modification. The concern about environmental quality has led to expanded efforts in 
atmospheric modeling and monitoring, research applied to industrial operations, environ- 
mental planning and governmental regulation. Basic subdivisions in the field of meteorol- 
ogy are synoptic and dynamic, boundary layer, air pollution, and agricultural meteorology; 
cloud and aerosol physics; and climatology. 



236 



Oceanography (Marine Science) is primarily taught at the graduate level (see Graduate 
Catalog). The department does offer two introductory courses at the undergraduate level. 
One of these (ME A 200) provides a survey of the marine science field: the other (ME A 220) is 
a survey of marine biology. The department also offers several beginning graduate level 
courses for senior level undergraduate students. Students interested in pursuing a gradu- 
ate program in marine science may wish to enroll in these courses as electives. A strong 
undergraduate foundation in one of the basic sciences or in engineering is needed before a 
student concentrates in marine related fields. Therefore, graduate students in marine 
science are drawn from undergraduate programs in biology, chemistry, engineering, 
geologj', mathematics, meteorology or physics. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The problems involving energ>^ and mineral resources and the environment are complex 
and will not likely yield to easy or quick solutions. Geologists and geophysicists are cur- 
rently employed by oil and coal companies, mining and quarrying concerns, mineral 
exploration companies, construction firms, cement companies, and railroads; coastal and 
forest service agencies; schools, colleges, museums and research institutions; and city, state 
and federal agencies (e.g. D.O.E.. U.S.G.S., N.A.S.A., and E.P.A.). 

Meteorological and oceanographic services are provided by federal government agen- 
cies, primarily the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and components of 
the Department of Defense. This work may involve atmospheric and oceanic sensing and 
measurement, including the use of satellites and space probes; data analysis and computa- 
tion; weather forecasting, and guidance services to aeronautics, defense and public safety 
agencies, agriculture, forestry, hydrology, recreation and public health. Meteorologists are 
involved in environmental planning and regulation at the state and local levels. Power 
generation and fuel transmission industries, engineering firms, environmental consulting 
firms, insurance companies, major retailing businesses, as well as schools, colleges and 
research institutions employ meteorologists because of recognition of the involvement of the 
atmosphere in their activities. 

FACILITIES 

The Department of Marine. Earth and Atmospheric Sciences maintains an extensive 
inventory of both laboratory and field research equipment and facilities. The department 
has use of the R/V Cape Hatteras, a 135 ft. coastal zone research vessel. Specilized equip- 
ment available in the department are an X-ray fluorescence spectrometer, an X-ray dif- 
fractometer, neutron activation analysis equipment, geophysics instruments; (e.g., gra- 
vimeter, magnetometer, and seismic reflection equipment), radioisotope and stable isotope 
analytical equipment, a phytotron, a minicomputer/FAA 604 weather data line, CTD and 
hydrographies sampling systems and deep and shallow water moored instrumentation. 
Some of the specialized laboratories that are available in the department include an 
electron microprobe laboratory, sedimentology lab (microcomputer controlled grain-size 
analyzer) cloud-aerosol interaction lab, meteorology monitoring lab and satellite imaging 
lab. In addition to numerous microcomputers, the department maintains a VAX minicom- 
puter with associated graphics devices and remote terminals in departmental labs and 
offices. 

CURRICULA IN MARINE, EARTH AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES 

The B.A. and B.S. degree programs in geology require the same geology courses, but 
differ in their content of social science-humanities, mathematics, and collateral physical 
sciences. The B.A. program is designed to be similar to a bachelor's degree in geology 
obtained from other universities, while the B.S. program is more technically oriented, and 
similar to other curricula in the physical sciences at NCSU. The B.S. degree program in 
meteorology also follows the pattern of physical sciences curricula. 



237 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Creditx Spring Semester Credits 

ENG HI Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B 3 

MEAlOl Geology I: Physical 3 MEA 102 Geologj' II: Historical 3 

MEAllO GeologjIUb 1 MEA HI Geology II Lab 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 14 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 Genera! Chemistry II 4 

MEA 330 Crystallography & Mineralogy 3 MEA 440 Igneous & Metamorphic Petrolog>' 4 

MEA 331 Optical Mineralogy 2 ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 

Computer Science Option^ 2-3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Physical Education Elective 1 ~J^ 

15-16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 333 Communication for MEA 451 Structural Geology 4 

Science and Research' 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

MEA 450 Sediment Petrology & Stratigraphy .... 4 SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

PY 211 College Physics I 4 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 'Tij 

17 
SUMMER SESSION 

MEA 465. 466 Geologic Field Camp I, II 6 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MEA 468 Invert. Paleontology & Biostratigraphy 4 MEA 491 Senior Seminar 2 

Earth Science Elective^ 3 Earth Science Elective^ 3 

Earth Science Elective' 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives' 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives' 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Electives 3 

le 14 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 129 

'A course in each of at least three humanities (e.g. fine arts, history, literature, language, philosophy, religion) and in 
each of at least three social sciences (e.g. anthropology, economics, political science, psychology', sociology). At least nine 
hours must come from courses beyond the introductory level. 

^Computer Science Option to be selected from among CSC 101, CSC 111, and CSC 200. 

'Earth Science Electives are above the 300 level. 

*ENG 331 or ENG 332 may be substituted for ENG 333. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

MEA 101 Geology I: Physical 3 MEA 102 Geology II; Historical 3 

MEAllO Geology I Lab 1 MEA 111 Geology II Lab 1 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Physical Education Elective M_ 



238 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MEA 440 Igneous & Metamorphic Petrology 4 

MEA 330 Crystallography & Mineralogy 3 PY 205 Physics Engnrs. & Scien. I " 4 

MEA 331 Optical Mineralogy 2 Social Science Elective 3 

Computer Science Option' 2-3 Statistics Option- 3 

Social Science Elective 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Physical Education Elective 1 ~rr 

15 

15-16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credit Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 333 Communication for MEA 451 Structural Geology 4 

Science and Research' 3 SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

MEA 450 Sediment Petrology & Stratigraphy 4 Math/Science Option^ 3-4 

PY 208 Physics Engrs. & Scien. II 4 Philosophy/History Sci. Option* 3 

Humanities Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 ,. .„ 

— lD-1 / 

17 
SUMMER SESSION 

MEA 465, 466 Geologic Field Camp I, II 6 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MEA 468 Invert. Paleontology & Biostratigraphy 4 MEA 491 Senior Seminar 2 

Earth Science Elective^ 3 Earth Science Elective^ 3 

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective 3 Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective 3 

Technical Elective A^ 3-4 Technical Elective B^ 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16-17 H 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 131 



'Computer Science Option to be selected from among CSC 101, CSC 111, and CSC 200. 
^Statistics Option to be selected from among ST 301, ST 361, and ST 371. 

^Math/Science Option to be selected from amongCH 220, 221, 315, 331. 431; MA 305, 341, 421: PY 407; MAE 301; CSC 
302; CE 213; ST 302. 

^Philosophy/History of Science Option to be selected from among PHI 340. HI 321, HI 322, and UNI 301. 
^Earth Science Electives are above the 300 level. 

•^Technical Elective is a paired two-course sequence in a related field. Examples include: Physics (e.3. PY411 and 412; 
PY 407 and 44 1 ); Astronomy (e.g. PY 223 and 240): Biological Sciences (e.g. BO 200 and 360; BS 100 and ZO 220); Civil 
Engineering (e.g. CE 214 and 215; CE 201 and 213); Soil Science (e.g. SSC 200 and SSC 361); Economics (e.g. EB 201 
and 202); Anthropology (e.g. ANT 251 and 253); Computer Science (e.g. CSC 201 and 202); Chemistry (e.g. CH 331 and 
401; CH 223 and 428, provided CH 221 has been taken to fulfill the Math/Science Option requirement): Mathematics 
(e.g. MA 225 and 403); Statistics (e.g. ST 302 and 432 or ST 372 and 432, provided ST 301 or ST 371 have been used to 
fulfill the Statistical Science Option requirement): Meteorology (e.g. MEA 130 and 311); Marine Science (e.g. MEA 200 
plus any one of MEA 220. 510, 560, or 571). Courses used to fulfill other requirements may not be applied to the 
Technical Elective requirement. 
■ENG 331 or ENG 332 may be substituted for ENG 333. 

MINOR IN GEOLOGY 

The Department of Marine, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences offers a Minor in Geology to 
majors in any field except geology (GYA, GYS, and GPY). Admission to the program 
requires a grade of C or better in MEA 110 and either MEA 101 or MEA 120. Successful 
completion of the program requires a grade of C or better in at least 15 hours of geology 
courses beyond the first semester including at least two lab courses. Contact department for 
information. 



239 



GEOPHYSICS OPTION, BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Creditu Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CHIOS Chemistry Princ. & Appl 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

MEA 101 Geology I: Physical 3 PY 201 University Physics I' 4 

MEA 110 Geology I Lab 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness ^ ^ 

le 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Intro. FORTRAN 2 CSC 302 Numerical Methods 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MA 341 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

MEA330A Crystallography & Mineralogy 2 PY 203 University Physics IIP 4 

PY 202 University Physics II' 4 MEA 440A Igneous & Meta. Petrology 3 

Humanities Elective 3 Humanities Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

16 7? 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 401 Applied Diff. Equations II 3 MEA 451 Structural Geology 4 

MEA 450 Sed. Petrol. & Stratig 4 ST 361 Intro. Statistics 3 

MEA 470 Intro. Geophysics 3 Social Sci. Elective 3 

PY 411 Mechanics I 3 Earth Science Elective 3 

Social Sci. Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 16 

SUMMER SESSION 

MEA 475 Geophysical Field Methods 2 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MEA 471 Exploration Geophysics 3 MEA 476 Seismic Exploration for Oil 3 

PY 414 Electricity & Magnetism I 3 Earth Science Elective'' 3 

Geophysics Elective^ 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Technical Elective* 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

15 15 

Minimum Hours Required 128 

'Students transferring into the program may substitute PY 205, 208. 407 for the sequence PY 201, 202, 203. 
^Geophysics elective to be chosen from MEA 415, 461, or 523. 
^Recommended that GPY students take MEA 491. 

^Technical elective constitutes a minor field of emphasis. Among those recommended, are physics (PY 412. 413, 415), 
math (MA 405, 427-428, 501). 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN METEOROLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 105 Chemistry— Princp. & Appl.' 3 

ENG HI Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry and Calc. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

Social Science Elective 3 PY 205 Physics Engrs. & Scient. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

~15 Is 



240 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester CrerfiV,s Spring Semester Credits 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MA 341 Applied Diff. Equa. I 3 

MEA 311 Physical Climatolog>' 3 MEA 312 Physical Meteorology 3 

MEA313 Meteorolog:>' Lab I 1 MEA 314 Meteoroiogy Lab II 1 

FY 208 Physics Engrs. & Scient. II 4 Approved Elective'^ 3 

Social Science Elective 3 Geophysical Sciences Elective^ 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Humanities Elective 3 



16 



Physical Education Elective 1 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Seniester Creditx Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Intro, to FORTRAN Program 2 MEA 405 ClimatoMcal Data Analysis 3 

MEA 421 Air Processes and Motions I 4 MEA 412 Atmospheric Physics 3 

ST 361 Intro. Statistics 3 MEA 422 Air Processes & Motions II 4 

Approved Elective^ 3 Communicative Arts Jlective^ 3 

Communicative Arts Elective^ 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities Elective' 3 "TT 

— lb 

18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MEA 443 Weather Anly. & Fcstg. I 3 Approved Electivest 6 

MEA 455 Micrometeorology 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Approved Elective' 3 Meteorologj' Technical Elective' 3 

Humanities; Social Sci. Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 'T7 

10 

15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 127 

■Students who intend to take additional chemistry courses, or who plan technical electives which require additional 

chemistry, should add CH 104 or replace CH 105 with CH 103 or CH 107. Advanced transfer students are permitted to 

substitute mathematics, science, or engineering credits for CH 105. 
^Geophysical sciences elective is selected from among MEA 101, MEA 120-1 10, MEA 200, PY 223, SSC 200. CE 201 or 

370, FOR 272. 

^Two courses in a foreign language, or one course each in speech and technical writing, but see note at 4 below. 
'If the foreign language option is selected to filfull the Communicative Arts requirement, then one Humanities Elective 

may be replaced with a Free Elective. 
^Approved elective constitutes a minor field of emphasis consisting of at least 15 credits in a single discipline or related 

disciplines. These include, but are not limited to: biometeorology, chemistry, computer science, environmental quality, 

geologj-geophysics. hydrology, mathematics, physics, physical oceanography, statistics; several areas of engineering, 

agriculture, forestry: science education: weather communication. 
'Meteorology technical elective to be chosen from MEA 444 or MEA 556. 



MATHEMATICS 

Harrelson Hall (Room 360) 

Professor E. E. Burniston, Head of the Departtnent 

Professor J. A. Marlin, Associate Head of the Department and Scheduling Officer 

Assistant Professor D. E. Garoutte, Assistant Head of the Department and Director of 
Undergraduate Instruction 

Professor M. J. Evans, Director of Undergraduate Programs 

Associate Professor H. A. Petrea, Director of Summer School 

Professors: J. W. Bishir, S. L. Campbell. R. E. Chandler, L. 0. Chung, J. M. A. Danby, J. C. Dunn, A. Fauntlerov, R. 
Fulp, R. E. Hartwig. C. T. Kelley. K. Koh, J. R. Kolb. J. Luh. L. B. Martin. R. H. Martin, ,Ir.. C. D. Meyer. Jr., N. Nichols, 
P. A. Nickel, C. V. Pao. E. L. Peterson. R. J. Plemmons, M. Putcha, N. J. Rose. H. Sagan. J. F. Selgrade. M. Shearer. C 
E. Siewert. M. F. Singer. E. L. Stitzinger: Professors Emeriti: i. Levine. H. M. Nahikian, H. V. Park, H. E. Speece, J. B 
Wilson: Associate Professors: M. Chu, J. D. Cohen. G. D. Faulkner, J. E. Franke, T. Lada, D. M. Latch, L. K. Norris. L. B 
Page. H. A. Petrea. R. T. Ramsay. J. Rodriguez, R. G. Savage, S. Schecter, R. Silber. J. W. Silverstein. D. F. Ullrich. W 

241 



M. Waters, R. E. White; Associate Professor Emeritus: H. C. Cooke: Assistant Professors: H. J. Charlton. R. Haas. D. J. 
Hansen. G. Helminck, A. Kheyfets. K. C. Misra. S. 0. Paur. J. L. Rulla. S.J. Wright: Assistant Professor Emerituii: C. F. 
Lewis: Lecturers: E. L. Earnhardt. M. McCollum. J. E. Rohrbach. M. Schiermeier: Associate Members of the Depart- 
ment: H. van der Vaart. 0. Wesler. 

The undergraduate major in mathematics provides a core of basic mathematics courses 
along with flexible choices of electives which permit both a well-rounded education and 
preparation for math-related careers. Because of the current employment market (for both 
baccalaureate and graduate students), students are advised to give serious consideration to 
the applied mathematics option. 

Career objectives can be directed toward employment in math-related jobs in business, 
industry, or government, teaching at the secondary school level, or graduate study in 
mathematics and/or related areas. 

The Mathematics Department operates a Tutorial and Audio Visual Center. This center 
is one of the most advanced of its kind in the country, incorporating video systems whereby a 
student who has missed a particular lecture or would like to see and hear a lecture on a 
particular topic once again can do so. Teaching assistants of the Mathematics Department 
are also available in the center for tutoring services. The center also has Computer Assisted 
Instruction Systems which incorporate a computer with a video player. With this system, 
the student is able to test himself or herself. The test is graded by the computer and if the 
student fails the test, he or she can watch a short lecture on the relevant material. 

At this time, the center has video tapes of most of our basic courses, including MA 105, 
MA 111, MA 114, MA 121, MA 131, MA 141, MA 241, MA 242, MA 341. 

The director of the center is Professor R. G. Savage, who is recognized as being one of the 
leading experts in this mode of mathematics education. The center is open 11 hours a day 
and is located in Harrelson Hall. 

HONORS AND AWARDS 

The department recognizes its superior students with the following annual awards: 

Hubert V. and Mary Alice Park Scholarship— An award made to an outstanding rising 
junior or senior in mathematics. 

Joh7i W. Cell Scholarships— An award for an outstanding rising junior or senior in 
mathematics. 

Carey Mumford Scholarship — An award to an outstanding sophomore, junior or senior in 
mathematics. 

Levine-Anderson Award— An award for that student who has the best performance in the 
William Lowell Putnam Examination. (This award is not restricted to mathematics 
majors). 

Charles N. Anderson Scholarship — An award for an outstanding sophomore in mathe- 
matics. 

Charles F. Lewis Scholarsh ip— An award for an outstanding senior who is a double major 
in mathematics/mathematics education. 

Mrs. Roberts C. Bullock Scholarship — An award for an outstanding mathematics major 
who has also demonstrated an interest in the English language. 

The department also has a chapter of the National Mathematical Honorary Fraternity Pi 
Mu Epsilon. Membership is open to those students with superior performance in mathe- 
matics courses. Professor Robert Silber is currently the faculty advisor. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS 

Required Mathematics Courses (credits) 

MA 141, 241, 242 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I, H. HI 

MA 225 Structure of the Real Number System 

MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 

MA 407 Introduction to Modern Algrebra for Mathematics Majors 

MA 405 Introduction to Linear Algebra and Matrices 

MA 425-426 Mathematical Analysis I, II 
Mathematics Electives (12 crediU) 

Twelve (12) credits of approved mathematics courses at 400-500 levels. 
Science and Mathematics-related Requirements (17-lft credits) 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 



242 



CSC 101 Intro, to Programming or CSC 111 Intro, to FORTRAN 
ST 371-372' or MA 421 Intro, to Probability 
PY 205-208 (or PY 201-202) General Physics 
Science and Math-niated Electiws II J credits)- 

(1) At least 6 additional credits of physical science, engineering science, or life science (6-12 credits) 

(2) Additional courses in computer science and/or statistics (0-6 credits) 
Required Humanities (15 credits) 

English 111.112 

English or American Literature— one semester 

Introductory History— one semester 

Foreign Language— completion of the intermediate course no. 20P 
Humanities Social Sciences Electives (18 credits) 

At least si.x (6) of the eighteen credits must be at the 300 or above. 
Physical Education (i credits)^ 
Free Electives (1 7-lH credits) 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 126 



'If ST 371-372 are chosen, 3 of the credits can be applied in the 12 credit category. Science and Math-related electives. 
-These elective courses require the approval of the student's advisor. 

^Preliminary courses (e.g. FL 102) taken in the process of satisfying this requirement will be counted as free electives. 
^Qualification in physical education with less than 4 credits will reduce the minimum total of 126 accordingly, if no 
further PE courses are taken. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS OPTION 

Required Matitcmatics Courses (S3 credits) 

MA 141. 241. 242 Analjlic Geometry and Calculus I. II. Ill 

MA 225 Structure of the Real Number System 

MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 

MA 407 Introduction to Modern Algebra for Mathematics Majors 

MA 405 Introduction to Linear Algebra and Matrices 

MA 425-426 Mathematical Analysis I. II 

MA 430 or MA 432 Mathematical Models in the Physical Sciences (or in Life Sciences. Social Sciences and Economics) 
Matliematics Elect ires (6 credits) 

Six (6) credits of approved mathematics courses at 400-500 levels. 
Science and Matliematics-related requirements (17-18 credits) 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 

CSC 101 Intro, to Programming or CSC 111 Intro, to FORTRAN 

ST 371-372' or MA 421 Intro, to Probability 

PY 205-208 {or PY 201-202) General Physics 
Applied Career-oriented electives (15 credits) 

(1) Twelve ( 12) credits^ (in depth) in one math-related or career-oriented area: 

(2) Three (3) additional credits in science or ST 372 or an approved 400-500 math elective if the 12 credits in ( 1 ) are all in 
science. 

Required Humanities (15 credits) 

English 111. 112 

Literature— one semester 

Introductory History — one semester 

Foreign Language— comp'^tion of the intermediate course no. 20P 
Humanities/Social Sciences Electives (18 credits) 

At least six (6) of the eighteen credits must be at the 300 or above. 
Physical Education- and Free Electives (21-22 credits) 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 

Physical Education Electives (3 credits) 

Free Electives (17-18 credits) 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 126 



'If ST 371-372 are chosen. 3 of the credits can be applied to item (2) of Applied/Career-oriented Electives. 
^These elective courses require the approval of student's advisor. 

'Preliminary courses (e.g. FL 102) taken in the process of satisfj'ing this requirement will be counted as free electives. 
'Qualification in physical education with less than 4 credits will reduce the minimum total of 126 accordingly, if no 
further PE courses are taken. 



243 



SAMPLE PROGRAM IN MATHEMATICS 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CSC 101 Intro, to Programming 3 

ENG 11 1 Composition and Rhetoric S ENG 1 12 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141M Analytic Geometry & Caic. I 4 MA 241M Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 Foreign Language 3 

Introductory History 3 Science/Math-related Elective 3-4 

"TT Physical Education Elective 1 

lo ■ 

17-18 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA242M AnalyticGeometry& Calc. Ill 4 MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

MA 225 Mathematical Analysis I 3 MA 407 Intro, to Modern Algebra 

PY 205 General Phvsics 4 for Math Majors 3 

Literature 3 PY 208 General Physics 4 

Science/Math-related Elective 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Free Elective 3 

18 
JUNIOR YEAR 



Physical Education Elective 1 

1? 



Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 405 Intro. Linear Algebra & Matrices 3 MA 421 Intro, to Probability 3 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 3 MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Science/Math-related Elective 3 Science/Math-related Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Is 15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives 6 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Mathematics Electives 6 Mathematics Elective* 3 

Free Elective 3 Mathematics Elective 3 

Free Electives 6 



15 



15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 126 



*Replace by MA 430 or MA 432 for the applied mathematics option. 

MINOR IN MATHEMATICS 

The Department of Mathematics offers a minor in mathematics to majors in any field 
except mathematics. The minor program consists of successful completion with a grade of 
C or better of any five three-semester-hour courses selected from among MA 225, Structure 
of the Real Number System, and any mathematics courses numbered 300 or above. 



PHYSICS 

Cox Hall (Room 105) 

Professor R. R. Patty, Head of Department 
Professor G. E. Mitchell, Associate Department Head 
Professor C. R. Gould, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: K. T. Chung. S. R. Cotanch. W. R. Davis. W. 0. Doggett, R. E. Fornes. C. R. Gould. D. G. Haase. G. L. Hall. A. W. 
Jenkins. C. E. Johnson. G. H. Katzin. Fred Lado, G. Lucovsky. J. D. Memory, G. E. Mitchell, J. Y. Park. R. R. Patty, J. S. 

244 



Risley. D. E. Savers. J. F. Schetzina. L. W. Seagondollar. D. R. Tilley.: Adjunct Professorx: J. Narayan, J. M. Zavada: 
Pro/vKsorn Emeriti: J. T. Lynn. A. C. Menius. Jr.. E. R. Manring. L. H. Thomas: Axsociate Professors: G. C. Cobb, J. W. 
Cook. K. L.Johnston. M. A. Klenin. J. R. Mowal. M. A. Paesler.G. W. Va.Tker, Adjunct Associate Professors:^..^. Edney. 
D. C. Koningsberger. A. S. Schlachter. W. Westerveld; Associate Professor Emeritus: D. H. Martin: Assistant Profes- 
sors: D. C. Ellison. S. P. Reyno\ds. Assistant Professor Emeritus: H. L.Owen: Associate Membersof the Department: J. M. 
A. Danby (Mathematics). R. M. Kolbas (ECE). D. L. Ridgeway (Statistics). 

Physics is the fundamental science of observation, measurement and mathematical 
description of nature. In addition to establishing basic knowledge of physical phenomena, 
physics provides the foundation for modern technology. Contributions by physicists are 
wide ranging: discovery of elementary particles, invention and use of instruments to 
investigate interplanetary space, study of processes fundamental to the release of thermo- 
nuclear energy, development of lasers and solid state devices, research on the structure and 
interaction of nucleons, nuclei, atoms, molecules, and ions. 

PROGRAMS 

The Physics Department offers a program of study at the undergraduate level which 
provides the student with a strong fundamental background and with course options 
allowing deeper study of selected areas of individual interest. At the graduate level, a 
comprehensive fundamental preparation is followed by specialization and research in one 
of the following areas: atmospheric, astrophysics, atomic, nuclear, nuclear magnetic reson- 
ance, plasma, relativity and solid state physics. (See listing of graduate degrees and consult 
the Graduate Catalog.) 

PHYSICS CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate curriculum in physics provides the basic training for a career in 
physics or for graduate study. The curriculum leads to a Bachelor of Science in Physics. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistn' 4 

ENGlll Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141 Analvtic Geometry & Calc. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

PE 100 Health & PhysicalFitness 1 PY 201 General Physics 4 

PY 101 Perspectives on Physics 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 "77 

16 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 242 Analvtic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MA 341 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

PY 202 General Physics 4 MA 405 Linear Algebra Matrices 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 PY 203 General Physics 4 

Free Elective 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Free Elective 3 

15 



Physical Education Elective 1 

17 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II 3 ENG 321 Comm. of Technical Inform 3 

PY411 Mechanics I 3 PY 412 Mechanics II 3 

PY 414 Electricity & Magnetism I 3 PY 413 Thermal Physics 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 PY 415 Electricity & Magnetism II 3 

Free Elective 3 Restricted Tech. Elective 3 

l5 Is 



245 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 401 Modern & Quantum Physics I 3 PY 402 Modern & Quantum Physics II 3 

PY 452 Advanced Physics Lab 1 PY 452 Advanced Physics Lab 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sei. Elective 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Technical Electives 6 Technical Electives 6 

PY Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 16 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 126 



•Technical or science electives (above 299 level) 

MINOR IN PHYSICS 

The Physics Department offers a minor in physics to majors in any field except physics. 
To complete the minor 17 hours of specified physics courses are required, consisting of PY 
205, 208, 407 (or 201, 202, 203) and two of PY 228, 413, 441. 



STATISTICS 

Cox Hall (Room 110) 

Professor D. L. Solomon, Head of the Department 

Assistant Professor B. J. Stines, Undergraduate Administrator 

Professors: B. B. Bhattacharyya. P. Bloomfield. C. C. Cockerham, D. A. Dickey, A. R. Gallant. T. M. Gerig. F. G. 
Giesbrecht, H.J. Gold. T. Johnson. K. H. Pollock. C. H. Proctor. C. P. Quesenberry. J. 0. Rawlings. D. L. Ridpeway. W. 
H. Swallow. H. R. van der Vaart. J. L. Wasik. B. S. Weir. 0. Wesler; Adjunct Professors: H. T. Bhattacharyya. J. R. 
Chromy. A. L. Finkner. J. H. Goodnight. A. R. Manson: Professors Emeriti: A. H. E. Grandage. R. J. Hader, D. W. 
Hayne. D. D. Mason. L. A. Nelson. R. J. Monroe. J. A. Rigney. R. G. D. Steel; Associate Professors: R. L. Berger. D. D. 
Boos. C. Brownie. E.J. Dietz. A. C. Linnerud. J. F. Monahan. S. G. Pantula.T. W. Re\\and: Adjunct Associate Professors: 
B. G. Cox. W. W. Piegorsch: Assistant Professors: M. Davidian, S. P. Ellner. J. C. Lu, D. W. Nychka. C. E. Smith. L. A. 
Stefanski. B.J. Stines.: Senior Statist iciaiis:S. B. Donaghy, D. W.Turner; .4.s-.soc(n^'S/a^'.sf(cmHS.' W.L.Cornelius. H. K. 
Hamann (and lecturer); Assistant Statisticians: P. L. Marsh. S. E. Spruill. F. T. Wang; Associate Members of the 
Statistics Faculty: W. R. Atchley (Genetics). T. H. Emigh (Genetics). M. M. Goodman (Crop Science). W. L. Hafley 
(Forestry), A. R. Hall (Economics & Business). V. K. Smith (Economics & Business: Associate Members of the Bio- 
mathemntics Faculty: J. W. Bishir (Mathematics). T.Johnson (Economics & Business). G. Namkoong (Genetics). L. A. 
Real (Zoology). H. E. Schaffer (Genetics). S. M. Schneider (Plant Patholog>'). J. F. Belgrade (Mathematics). R. E. 
Stinner (Entomology). G. G. Wilker.son (Crop Science); Adjunct Professor of Biomathemat ics: M. W. Anderson. 

Statistics is the body of scientific methodology which deals with the logic of experiment 
and survey design, the efficient collection and presentation of quantitative information, and 
the formulation of valid and reliable inferences from sample data. The computer is used as a 
research tool by the statistician to perform the tasks of management and analysis of data 
collected from experiments and surveys. 

The Department of Statistics is part of the Institute of Statistics, which includes Depart- 
ments of Biostatistics and Statistics at Chapel Hill. The Department of Statistics provides 
instruction, consultation and computational services on research projects for other 
departments of all colleges at North Carolina State University including the Agricultural 
Research Service. Department staff are engaged in research in statistical theory and 
methodology. This range of activities furnishes a professional environment for training 
students in the use of statistical procedures in the physical, biological and social sciences, 
and in industrial research and development. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The importance of sound statistical thinking in the design and analysis of quantitative 
studies is generally recognized and is reflected in the abundance of job opportunities for 
statisticians. Industry relies on statistical methods to control the quality of goods in the 



246 



process of manufacture and to determine the acceptability of goods produced. Statistical 
procedures based on scientific sampling have become basic tools in such diverse fields as 
weather forecasting, opinion polling, crop and livestock estimation, and business trend 
prediction. Because one can improve the efficiency of use of increasingly complex i 
expensive experiment and survey data, the statistician is in demand wherever quantitaci v >. 
studies are conducted. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

The Department of Statistics recognizes the importance of superior academic perfor- 
mance through the awarding of scholarships and certificates of merit. One scholarship is 
available for the freshman year for the purpose of attracting academically superior stu- 
dents. The North Carolina State University Chapter of Mu Sigma Rho, the national 
statistics honorary fraternity, accepts as members students who have had superior perfor- 
mance in statistics courses. Also, the outstanding senior statistics student is recognized 
through the awarding of an engraved plaque. 

STATISTICS CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate curriculum provides basic training for a career in statistics or for 
graduate study and leads to the bachelor of science in statistics. In addition to statistics, the 
curriculum includes study in mathematics, computer science, and the biological/physical 
sciences. While fulfilling their major elective requirements, students can either elect a 
minor or distribute their study across fields exploring the application of statistics in other 
fields, such as agriculture and life sciences, computer science, economics and business, 
industrial engineering, and the social sciences. A cooperative work-study option is also 
available. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Seniester Credits Spring Sementer Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetarie 3 CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calculus I 4 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calculus II 4 

ST 100 Perspective on Statistics 1 Science Elective' 4 

ST 101 Statistics by Example 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 ~jT 

15 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Introduction to FORTRAN Prog, ur MA 305 Elementary Linear Algebra 3 

CSC 295 Special Topics in Computer Science 2 PSY 200 Introduction to Psychologv- or 

EB 201 Economics I 3 SOC 202 Principles of Sociolog>' 3 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III 4 SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

ST 301 Sutistical Methods I 3 ST 302 Statistical Methods II 3 

Science Elective' 4 Science Elective' 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 Physical Education Elective 1 

17 17 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 331 Communication for Engineering ST 422 Intro, to Mathematical Statistics II 3 

and Technology- 3 ST 431 Intro, to Experimental Design 3 

ST 421 Intro, to Mathematical Statistics I 3 ST 432 Intro, to Survey Sampling 3 

ST 4.30 Intro, to Regression Analysis 3 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Major Elective- 3 Major Elective- 3 

Science Elective' 3-4 Mathematics Elective^ 3 

15-16 18 



247 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ST 435 Sut. Meth. for Qual. & Prod. Improv 3 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Major Elective^ 3 

Major Elective- 3 

Free Elective ■ 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

ST 445 Intro, to Sut. Comp. & DaU Mgmt.'' 3 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Major Elective- 3 

Statistics Elective* 3 

Free Electives 6 

Is 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130* 

'Two sequences selected from CH 101-107; PY 205-208: BS 100 and BO 200 or ZO 201: ME A 101 with 1 10 and ME A 200 
or 201 or 202. At least one year of CH or PY. 

-The major elective courses, selected from a list of approved major electives. require the approval of student's adviser. 
^Mathematics elective to be one course selected from MA 341. 425. 427. 428. or 511. 
'A major written report required. 

'Statistics elective to be taken from a list of Statistics major elective courses. 
«D grade not accepted in any ST or MA course, in any major elective or in CSC 101. 

MINOR IN STATISTICS 

The Department of Statistics offers a minor in statistics to majors in any field except 
statistics. The minor program consists of the successful completion of ST 301-302, ST 
371-372 or ST 421-422, and one other approved Department of Statistics course with a 
grade of C or better in each course. 




.iMiwJ- 




T, 



'4 



4* 



COLLEGE OF TEXTILES 



Nelson Textile Building and Clark Laboratories 

R. A. Earnhardt. Dean 

D. R. Buchanan, Associate Dean 

P. L. Grady, Associate Dean 

W. K. Walsh, Associate Dean 

C. L. Barton, AssiMant to the Dean, Student Seriices 

B. Best-Nichols, Librarian, Burlington Textiles Library 

The field of textiles is broad. It covers almost every aspect of our daily lives with 
applications in medicine, space, recreation and sports, personal safety, environmental 
improvement and control, transportation, household and apparel uses. These versatile 
materials, textiles, are made to design specifications by a variety of modern high speed 
processes, utilizing tools such as lasers, electronics and computers. Textiles begins with the 
synthesis of fibers by man or by nature; textiles are carried through many processes for 
fabric formation, including the steps necessary to make fabrics useful, such as the manu- 
facture of dyestuffs and colorants, chemical auxiliaries and finishes, and cutting and 
fashioning into end-use products. 

The approximately 5.000 graduates of the College of Textiles hold diverse positions, 
mostly in North Carolina. In the textile and related industries, occupations range from 
manufacturing management, sales, corporate management, designing and styling, re- 
search and development and technical service, quality control and personnel management. 
These textile graduates are in the creative and management decision-making aspects of the 
industry. They plan the flow of materials and machines. They create new products and 
processes. They solve product and process problems. They create styles, designs, patterns, 
colors, textures, and structures for apparel, home and industrial uses. They engineer 
systems and products required of industrial, space, medical, apparel and other uses of 
textile products. They deal with computers, automation, product quality, plant perfor- 
mance and environmental problems. They manage large and small companies, personnel, 
and systems. 

The College of Textiles prepares its graduates for careers in the above occupations. A 
broad background is stressed; two-thirds of the course work normally comes from other 
departments of the university. Opportunities remain excellent, with the college maintain- 
ing one of the Universit\''s best placement records. Demand for textile graduates from 
North Carolina State University is particularly strong, due mainly to the strength of the 
academic programs. These programs are offered by two degree granting departments: 
Textile and Apparel Management, and Textile Engineering. Chemistry, and Science. 

CURRICULA 

The College of Textiles offers a broad choice of curricula from which to choose. Bachelor 
of Science programs in textiles, textile and apparel management, textile science and textile 
chemistry are available. These programs allow students to choose from a wide range of 
courses in addition to required core courses. A Bachelor of Science in Textile Engineering 
offered jointly by the College of Textiles and the College of Engineering, is also available. 
The textile student's curriculum includes humanities, social sciences and basic sciences and 
may include a concentration in business economics, industrial engineering, textile engi- 
neering, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, statistics, textile chemistry, 
or textile technology. The structure of the course sequence may allow graduate study in 
either the field of concentration or in the textile major. It is possible, with one semester of 
extra work, to obtain a double degree. 

249 



Inasmuch as professional textiles work is concentrated in the last two years of the 
student's program, it is possible for students from junior or community colleges, or other 
institutions of higher learning, to transfer to the College of Textiles with a minimum loss of 
time. 

FIELD TRIPS 

For certain textile courses, it is desirable for the student to see the manufacturing process 
under actual operating conditions. When possible, student groups visit outstanding manu- 
facturing plants. Trip participation is required: transportation costs and other travel 
expenses, while held to a minimum, are paid by the student. 

SUMMER EMPLOYMENT 

Job opportunities for summer employment are available for textile students. Placement 
assistance is available through the college placement office and frequently can be arranged 
in the student's home community. Qualified students may arrange to receive academic 
credit for faculty-approved summer jobs. 

DEGREES 

Upon completion of programs in either textiles, textile and apparel management, textile 
science, textile chemistry or textile engineering, the degree of Bachelor of Science is 
conferred. 

The College of Textiles offers the following graduate degrees: Master of Textiles; Master 
of Science in Textiles or in Textile Chemistry: and Doctor of Philosophy in Fiber and 
Polymer Science. For general requirements consult the Graduate Catalog. 

By faculty agreement candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in other schools of 
this University may specialize in textile-related subjects. In such cases, research is usually 
done in textiles. 

FOUR-ONE PROGRAM 

The College of Textiles has a program which permits a student with a baccalaureate 
degree from an accredited college or university to complete the requirements for a Bache- 
lor of Science degree in textiles, textile and apparel management, textile science or textile 
chemistry after the satisfactory completion of a minimum of one year of study. 

Applicants should have completed basic business economics, mathematics, physics and 
chemistry comparable to that required in all of the basic textile curricula. Under these 
conditions, the student may complete the degree requirements in two summer sessions and 
two regular semesters. Students not meeting specific requirements in business economics, 
sciences, or mathematics should remove deficiencies prior to entering a specific degree 
program, otherwise the program of study may require three or more semesters. 

Each applicant's undergraduate program is considered individually and, in general, a 
complete transfer of credits is possible. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

This program offers the exceptional student an opportunity to explore an area of special 
interest with exposure to various forms of research or independent study. Academically- 
promising entrants to the college, and students who show academic excellence during the 
freshman year, are assigned to honors advisers and are regarded as honors candidates. 
Special lectures, discussion groups and seminars in the freshman and sophomore years 
introduce the possibilities for future development in the honors program. Towards the end 
of the freshman year, selected honors candidates are invited to become full members of the 
honors program. In the sophomore year, with honors adviser's consent, honors students may 
begin to develop programs of strength in a special interest area. This may necessitate the 
substitution of preferred courses for those normally required, with the exception of certain 
basic textile courses. In the junior and senior year the student develops special interests, 



250 



culminating in an honors thesis. The honors thesis ranges from a scholarly review of a 
special topic to a discussion of an experimental research problem. 

HONOR SOCIETY 

Sigma Tau Sigma is the scholastic textile fraternity which was founded in the College of 
Textiles in 1929 to honor students who have a grade point average of 3.25 or higher. The 
main goal of this fraternity is to create a high standard of scholarship among textile 
students. Twice every year the local chapter selects as its prospective members junior 
textile students who meet the above criterion. Sigma Tau Sigma also promotes excellence 
by awarding a trophy to the graduating senior with the highest overall grade point average 
in the college. 

TEXTILE SCHOLARS-IN-RESIDENCE PROGRAM 

This program is sponsored by the College of Textiles and the Division of Student Affairs. 
It is a four-year program with emphasis on a textile seminar series and educational and 
cultural enrichment activities. These co-curricular activities include seminars on special 
topics related to the textile curriculum and profession, tutorial sessions, field trips and 
musical and drama performances. Students are invited to join this program after their 
acceptance at NCSU based on their predicted performance and must maintain a GPA of 3.0 
to continue. All students are housed together with upperclassmen living with freshmen 
whenever possible. 

ASSOCIATE OF THE TEXTILE INSTITUTE (ATI) DIPLOMA 

The Textile Institute with headquarters in Manchester, England is a very prestigeous 
international professional textile organization. This organization recognizes graduates 
from most of the College of Textiles programs who have achieved a GPA of 2.8 or higher. 
These graduates will be granted full exemption from the ATI examination. 

SCOTTISH COLLEGE OF TEXTILES EXCHANGE PROGRAM 

Selected students enrolled in the textile design concentration with junior standing are 
given the opportunity to spend the spring semester of the junior year at the Scottish College 
of Textiles while registered for textile design courses at NCSU. Tuition fees are paid at the 
regular rate to NCSU. Travel costs for the selected students will be funded through the 
Louis Cramer Award in textile design which is administered by the College of Textiles. 
Each student will be responsible for costs of accommodations, meals and other personal 
needs. 

Similar arrangements are available for students of the Scottish College of Textiles. The 
total exchange program is limited to 12 credit hours. 

SILVER DESIGN MEDAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF ARTS, LONDON 

The Royal Society of Arts, London has selected North Carolina State University as one of 
the universities eligible to award its silver medal to one graduate each year. This award is 
given to a student who demonstrates excellence in the field of textile styling/design and is 
presented at the May commencement ceremonies. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

The Directors of the North Carolina Textile Foundation and friends of the College of 
Textiles have established an outstanding freshman scholarship program for textile majors: 

Textile Foundation Merit Awards— These scholarships are renewable for up to four years 
of study at $3,500 per year, constituting an overall award of $14,000. A tuition differential 
will be added to the award for an out-of-state student. Four recipients are chosen every 
year. 

Charles and Abraham Erlanger Merit Aivard— One renewable scholarship for $3,500 
per year, for a total award value of $14,000. 

251 



Charles A. Hayes Merit Award— One renewable scholarship for $3,500 per year, for a 
total award value of $14,000. 

Lineberger Merit Award— One renewable scholarship of $3,500 per year, for a total 
award value of $14,000. 

Textile Freshman Prestige Scholarships— Up to twenty of these fine scholarships will be 
awarded to members of each class. Ranging from $1,000 to $2,000 per year, these scholar- 
ships are renewable for up to four years. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

This is a voluntary program which combines academic study with job experience. To be 
eligible for the program, a student must have completed two semesters at NCSU (one 
semester for transfer students) and cumulative GPA of 2.25. The program provides for 
alternating semesters of full-time study and full-time work. A minimum of three work 
periods is required to complete the program. 

FACILITIES 

The College of Textiles is housed in Nelson Textile Building and Clark Laboratories. 
These two buildings house one of the most modern, best equipped textile institutions. The 
college will move into the new facility in the fall of 1990, currently being constructed on the 
Centennial Campus. 

Clark Laboratories houses the offices of faculty and supporting personnel, classrooms, 
laboratories and pilot facilities for instruction and research in Textile Chemistry. Radia- 
tion facilities include a 500 KV Electron Accelerator and a high-intensity ultraviolet 
irradiator. Equipment is available for ultraviolet, visible, infrared, NMR and ESR spec- 
troscopy, reflectometry, colorimetry, viscometry, chromatography, differential thermal 
analysis, thermal gravimetric analysis, differential scanning calorimetry, instrumental 
measurement of color and computer color matching. Common testing equipment used for 
the evaluation of the physical properties of textile materials and for determining the color 
fastness, wash fastness, etc., of fibers and fabrics is also available. Complete pilot plant 
facilities allow demonstration of wet-processing operations used in textiles. 

Nelson Textile Building houses the college's administration offices, textile extension, 
the Burlington Textiles Library, which is a division of the D. H. Hill Library, and the offices 
of faculty and supporting personnel, classrooms and laboratories for instruction and 
research in textile engineering and science, textile technology, textile design, and textile 
and apparel management. The laboratory area includes facilities for processing short- and 
long-staple natural and synthetic fibers, throwing and texturing continuous filament 
yarns, yarn preparation systems, study of the formation of various woven, knitted and 
non-woven fabrics, fabric design and apparel manufacturing. There are extensive facilities 
for physical testing of fiber, yarns and fabrics, as well as textile physics and mechanics 
laboratories which include equipment designed for studying such specialized textile prob- 
lems as those involving their static, dynamic and mechanical properties, thermal proper- 
ties, and their electrical properties. 

SPECIAL SERVICES 

The College of Textiles offers several services and programs which enrich its academic 
programs. 

Textile Research is conducted on a wide variety of problems relating to the fiber, textile 
and apparel industries. Frequently, the problems are interdisciplinary and involve team 
effort. Students have an opportunity to participate in the solution to current problems. 

Textiles Extension and Continuing Education is vigorously participated in by all 
faculty. It serves the needs of the textile industry by disseminating research findings and 
offering short courses for executive, scientific and supervisory personnel. The two-way 
exchange in these activities keeps students and faculty informed on all of the latest 
developments. 

The Office of Student Services, located in Nelson Textile Building, is responsible for 
the placement and financial aid programs of the College of Textiles. The placement office 



252 



brings together industry recruiters and students for interview sessions for permanent and 
summer employment. Alumni may also take advantage of the placement office. 

The financial aid function operates by committee and makes it possible for any North 
Carolina student to pursue an education in textiles through scholarships, loans or grants, as 
long as one maintains the university's academic and moral standards. 



TEXTILE ENGINEERING, CHEMISTRY, 
AND SCIENCE 

Clark Laboratories (Room 115) and Nelson Textile Building (Room 126) 
Professor C. D. Livengood, Head of the Department 
Professor G. N. Mock, Assistant Head- Undergraduate Programs 
Professor B. S. Gupta, Assistant Head-Graduate Programs 

Professors: R. L. Barker. D. R. Buchanan. J. A. Cuculo. A. H. El-Shiekh. T. W. George, R. D. Gilbert. P. L. Grady. S. P. 
Hersh. C. D. Livengood, P. R. Lord, R. McGregor. M. H. Mohamed, M. H. Theil, C. Tomasino. P. A. Tucker. W. K. Walsh: 
Adjunct Professors: R. J. Ambrose. J. E. Hendrix. T. lijima. J. B. Levy, E. E. Magat. H. F. Mark, A. Schindler; 
Professors Emeriti: J. F. Bogdan, K. S. Campbell, D. M. Gates, P. D. Emerson, D. S. Hamby. H. A. Rutherford, W. M. 
Whaley, R. W, Work: Associate Professors: K. R. Beck, H. S. Freeman. C. B. Smith: Adjunct Associate Professors: L. D. 
Claxton. P. E. Sasser: Adjunct Professors Emeriti: T. H. Guion, A. C. Hayes, T. G. Rochow: Assistant Professors: P. 
Banks-Lee, T. G. Clapp, H. Hamouda, S. M. Hudson. J. W. Rucker, G. W. Smith: Adjunct Assistant Professors: A. W. 
deGroot. W. R. Martin. Jr.: Visiting Assistant Professor: T. K. Ghosh: Instructors: A. C. Bullerwell, J. P. Rust. 

The Department of Textile Engineering, Chemistry, and Science offers bachelor of 
science degrees embracing a number of disciplines. Students receive a fundamental knowl- 
edge of the science and technology involved in the production of polymers, fibers, yarns and 
fabrics, and the process of dyeing and finishing. 

The B.S. in Textile Engineering provides a broad base of fundamental engineering 
courses as a foundation for advanced studies in textile engineering. The textile engineering 
courses deal with the application of scientific and engineering principles to the design and 
control of all aspects of fiber, textile and apparel processes, products and machinery. These 
include natural and man-made materials, interaction of materials with machines, safety 
and health, energy conservation, and waste and pollution control. The B.S. in Textile 
Engineering is offered jointly with the College of Engineering. See that college for curricu- 
lum display. 

The B.S. in Textile Chemistry is heavily oriented to the chemistry of polymers, their 
formation, and the preparation of textile materials for the consumer including scouring, 
bleaching, printing, dyeing and finishing. The degree program offers four different con- 
centrations: (a) dyeing and finishing management, (b) dyeing and finishing operations, (c) 
dyeing and finishing science, and (d) polymer chemistry. The first two concentrations are 
primarily for students who want a bachelor of science degree, whereas the other concentra- 
tions are oriented toward students wanting advanced studies. However, the student taking 
dyeing and finishing operations or dyeing and finishing management can use elective 
courses to achieve a background suitable for graduate studies. 

See the listing of graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

The B.S. in Textile Science offers a foundation both in textiles and in science. Science 
electives are designed to give a greater depth in one or more areas of science such as 
mathematics and statistics, mechanical and materials engineering, physics, computer 
science, chemistry, advanced textile operations, textile chemistry, industrial engineering 
or advanced economics. Textile science examines the physical and mechanical properties of 
textiles and how their unique characteristics of strength, flexibility, lightweight and 
elaqsticity can be utilized to meet the world's needs. 

The B.S. in Textiles, operations concentration, offers a background in the technology of 
fibers, yarns and fabrics and the manufacturing processes involved. 



253 



B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

DYEING AND FINISHING MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 131 Anal.nic Geometry & Calc. A or 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

T 105 Intro. Text. Mat. Sci ^ 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Principles Chemistry 4 

CSC 200 Intro, to Comp. & Use 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B or 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 3-4 

T 203 Intro, to Polymer Chem 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17^8 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chem. I 4 

PY211 College Physics I or 

PY 205 Physics Engr. Sci. I 4 

T 220 Yarn Prod. Systems 3 

TC 210 Textile Preparation 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. (EB 201) 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chem. II 4 

PY 212 College Phvsics II or 

PY 208 Physics Engr. Sci. II 4 

T 250 Text Fabric Form. Systems 3 

TC 330 Texile Finishing 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

T 211 Intro. Fiber Sci 3 

TC 320 Text. Dve & Print 4 

TC 441 Phys. Chem. Proc. Tex. I 3 

TC 461 Intro, to Fib.-Form. Pol 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. (PSY 307) _3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

TC 305 Intro. Color Sci. Appl 3 

TC 412 Text. Chem. Analysis 3 

TC 442 Phys. Chem. Proc. Text II 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Free Elective 3 

Is 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ACC 280 Managerial Account 3 

TC 405 Chem. & Phy. Eval. Text 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives^ 6 

TC Elective' 3 

TMT380 Mgmt. Cont. Text Syst ^ 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

TC 406 Text. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 

TC 491 Seminar in Tex. Chem 1 

TMT 480 Text Prod. Cost Cont 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

TC Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 132 

NOTE: Credit gained for MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometr>'. will be considered as excess credit and not applicable 
toward satisfying the 132 minimum hours required for graduation. 

'Any TC elective course— 6 credits. 

^Humanities/Social Sciences Electives— University guidelines will be followed in that a minimum of 18 hours are 
required in addition to English 111 and 112. Six of these hours are specified: EB 201. Economics I. and PSY 307. 
Industrial and Organizational Psycholog>\ Students are required to select at least six hours from humanities such as art 
and music (excluding skills courses), history. English, foreign languages (excluding FLE courses), philosophy, and 
religion. The final six hours can be selected from humanities or social sciences. 

B.S. DEGREES IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

DYEING AND FINISHING OPERATIONS CONCENTRATION 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A or 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

T 105 Intro. Text. Mat. Sci 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Principles Chemistry 4 

CSC 200 Intro, to Comp. & Use 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B or 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 3-4 

T 203 Intro, to Polymer Chem 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17^ 



254 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Seviester Credit.-i 

CH 221 Organic Chem. I 4 

PY211 College Physics I or 

PY 205 Physics Engr. Sci. I 4 

T 220 Yarn Prod. System 3 

TC 210 Textile Preparation 3 

Humanities Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chem. H 4 

PY 212 College Physics H or 

PY 208 Physics Engr. Sci. U 4 

T 250 Text. Fabric Form Systems 3 

TC 330 Texile Finishing 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

T 211 Intro. Fiber Sci 3 

TC 320 Text. Dve & Print 4 

TC 441 Phvs. Chem. Proc. Tex. I 3 

TC 461 Intro, to Fib.-Form. Pol 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective-* 3 

16 



Spring Seinester Credits 

TC 305 Intro. Color Sci. Appl 3 

TC 412 Text. Chem. Analysis 3 

TC 442 Phys. Chem. Proc. Text II 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

TC405 Chem. & Phy. Eval. Text 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives 6 

Restricted Elective^ 3 

TC Elective' 3 

TES or TMT Elective^ 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

TC 406 Text. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 

TC491 Seminar in TC 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

TC Elective' 3 

TES or TMT Elective:^ 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 132 

NOTE: Credit gained for MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry, will be considered as excess credit and not applicable 
toward satisfying the minimum hours required for graduation. 

'Any TC elective course— 6 credits. 

-Any TES or TMT elective course— 6 credits. 

^Restricted elective: ST 361, CH elective. Math elective. ACC 280—3 credits. 

^Humanities and Social Sciences Electives— University guidelines will be followed in that a minimum of 18 hours are 

required in addition to English 111 and 112. Selection will be from University-approved lists with at least six hours from 

humanities such as art and music (excluding skills courses), history, English, languages (excluding FLE courses). 

philosophy, and religion, and six hours from social sciences such as anthropology, economics, political science, psychology", 

sociology, and University Studies, The final six can be selected from either humanities or social sciences. 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

DYEING AND FINISHING SCIENCE CONCENTRATION 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometrv & Calc. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

T 105 Intro. Text. Mat. Sci 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Principles Chemistry 4 

CSC 200 Intro, to Comp. & Use 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 241 Analvtic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

T 203 Intro, to Pol. Chem 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



255 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 MA 341 Appi. Diff. Equat. I 3 

PY 205 Phvsics Engr. Sci. I 4 PY 208 Physics Engr. Sci. II 4 

TC210 Text. Preparation 3 TC 330 Text. Finishing 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Free Elective 3 

~T7 Physical Education Elective 1 

l8 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semexter Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T220 Yarn Prod. Systems 3 T 211 Intro, to Fiber Sci 3 

T 250 Text. Fab. Form. Struc 3 TC 305 Intro. Color. Sci. Appl 3 

TC320 Text. Dye & Print 4 TC412 Text. Chem. Analysis 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Phys. Chem./Thermo. Elect.' 3 Phys. Chem./Thermo. Elect' 3 



16 



Free Elective 3 

Is 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credit's Spring Semester Credits 

TC 405 Chem. & Phys. Eval. Text 3 TC 406 Text. Chem. Tech Lab 2 

TC 461 Intro, to Fib. Form. Pol 3 TC 491 Seminar in TC 1 

Dyeing/Finishing Elective^ 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives 6 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives 6 Polymer Chem. Elective- 3 

Polymer Chem. Elective- 3 Free Elective 3 

18 li 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 134 

NOTE: Credit gained for MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry will be considered as excess credit and not applicable 
toward satisfying the minimum hours required for graduation. 



'TC 441-442 or CH 431-433 

^Any T. TES. TMT or TC polymer chemistry elective course— 6 credits 

^Any TC dyeing/finishing elective course — 3 credits 

'See Humanities/Soc. Sci. note following Dyeing & Finishing Operations Concentration. 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 
POLYMER CHEMISTRY CONCENTRATION 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistr>- 4 

ENGlll Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 T 203 Intro, to Pol. Chem 3 

T 105 Intro. Text. Mat. Sci 3 Physical Education Elective 1 

li I5 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 MA 341 Appl. Diff. Equat. I 3 

PY205 Physics Engr. Sci. I 4 PY 208 PhvsicsEngr.Sci.il 4 

T 301 Tech. Dyeing Finish 4 T 211 Intro, to Fiber Sci 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

~77j Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T 220 Yarn Prod. Systems 3 TC 305 Intro. Col. or Sci. Appl 3 

T 250 Text. Fab. Form. Struc 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 3 

TC461 Intro, to Fib. Form. Pol 3 Phys. Chem./Thermo. Elect.' 3 

Phys. Chem/Thermo Elect' 3 Physical Sci./Math Elective' 2-4 

Free Elective 3 Polymer Chem. Elect.^ 3 

15 14-16 

256 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Seim'xter Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Dyeing Finishing Elective^ 3 Dyeing Finishing Elect.^ 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives* 6 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective* 6 

Polymer Chemistry Elective^ 6 Polymer Chem. Elect.^ 3 

Free Elective 3 Textiles Elective'^ 1-3 



18 



Free Elective 3 

16-18 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 130 

NOTE: Credit gained for MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry, will be considered as excess credit and not applicable 
toward satisfying the 130 minimum hours required for graduation. 

RESTRICTED ELECTIVES 

' Physical Science/Math Electives— 2-4 credits from the following: 

CH315 4 

CSC 101 3 

CSC 111 2 

ST 361 3 

^Dyeing and Finishing— 6 credits from the following: 

T401 3 

TC320 4 

TC 330 3 

TC405 3 

TC406 2 

TC412 3 

TC415 3 

TC451 3 

TC491 1 

TC505 3 

TC506 3 

TC520 3 

TC521 3 

TC530 3 

TC591 3 

^Polymer Chemistry electives— nine credits from the following: 

T402 3 

TC504 3 

TC561 3 

TC562 3 

TC565 3 

TC569 3 

TC 591 (Polymer Lab Course) 3 

TES460 3 

Three additional credits from either the list above or the following: 

TC490 1-6 

TC591 3 

^Physical Chemistrv/Thermodynamics— 6 credits from the following: 

CH 431 3 

CH 433 3 

or 

TC441 3 

TC442 3 

^Textiles— 1-3 credits in TC.TES.TMT or T courses at 300-500 level (including any elective course in dyeing and finishing or 

polymer chemistry listed above). 

*See Humanities/Social Sciences note following Dyeing and Finishing Operations Concentration. 

MINOR IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

The Textile Engineering, Chemistry, and Science Department offers a minor in textile 
chemistry to majors in any field except Textile Chemistry. The program is designed to 
expose students to the technical and scholarly disciplines of polymer chemistry, fiber 
formation, color physics, dyeing, and chemical modification of fabrics, and gives them an 
opportunity to learn how basic disciplines are applied in an industrial environment. Any 

257 



interested student should contact the assistant department head of Textile Engineering, 
Chemistry, and Science for information about the minor and its prerequisites. 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE SCIENCE 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semesti'i- Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

T 105 Intro. Text. Mat. Sci ^ 

15 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 105 Chem. Princ. & Applic. or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 3-4 

ENG 1 12 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 4 

T 220 Yarn Product Systems 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MA 242 Analytic Geometry & Calc. Ill 4 

PY 205 Physics Engr. & Sci. I 4 

T 203 Intro, to Polymer Chem 3 

T 250 Text. Fab. Form. Struct 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Physical Education Elective ^ 

18 



Spriiiy Semester Credits 

MA 341 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

PY 208 Physics Engr. & Sci. II 4 

ST 361 Intro, to Stat. Engrs.' 3 

T 211 Intro, to Fiber Science 3 

T 301 Tech. of Dyeing & Finish 4 

Physical Education Elective 1 

li 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Lang. I 2 

TES .3.30 Text. Meas. Qual. Cont 4 

TMT341 Knitting Svst.'s or 

TES(TMT)351 Weaving Syst.' 3 

Restricted Electives' 6 

Free Elective ^ 

18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ENG 331 Comm. Engr. Tech 3 

TES 305 Dir. Fiber-Fab. Prod.^ or 
TES 320 Mech. Sp. Yn. Mfg. Sys. or 

TES 420 Mod. Dev. Yn. Mfg.^ 3-4 

TES 351 Weaving Syst.^ 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Restricted Electives^ 5 

17-18 



Fall Semester 

TES 460 Phy. Prop, of Text. Fib 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives^ 6 

Restricted Elective* 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits 



Spring Semester Credits 

TES (TMT) 425 Text. Yn. Prod. & Prop.^ or 

TES (TMT) 420 Mod. Dev. Yn. Mfg.^ 3 

TES 461 Mech. Prop. Fib. Struc 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Restricted Elective* 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 

Minimum Hours for Graduation 133 

Note: Credit gained for MA HI, Algebra and Trigonometry, will be considered as excess credit and not applicable 
toward satisfying the 133 minimum hours required for graduation. 

'ST 361(T) recommended for Textile students 

■■^Humanities/Social Science Electives— 18 hours are required in addition to English 111 and 112. Three hours are 
specified; EB 201. The remaining courses will be selected from a University-approved lists with a minimum of two 
electives in a graded sequence from the social sciences electives and two courses in a graded sequence from the humanities 
electives. A graded sequence is defined as (a) A two-course sequence in which the first course is a prerequisite to the 
second, or (b) A two-course sequence in which the second course is at the 300 level or higher. 

^Textile Electives— 12 (13) hours 

a. TES .320 4 

TES 420 3 

TES 425 3 

b. TES .305 3 

TES 351 3 

TMT 341 3 



258 



'Restricted Electives— 17 hours 

The restrictive electives are desiprned to give the student a greater science base in one or more areas. The 1 7 hours will 
be chosen from two or more of the groups of courses listed below. Maximum of 12 hours allowed from group F. 
Students are encouraged to elect TMT 880 from among the restricted electives. 

Some of the courses listed here have prerequisites which have not been specified in the detailed curriculum. They 
mav be taken bv the students either as free electives or for extra credit. 



A. Math &■ Statixtics 
300 level and above 

B. Mech. & Mat. Engr. 
200 level and above 

C. Physics 
300 level and above 

D. Computer Science 
Any course except CSC 200 



E. Chemistry 
200 level and above 

F. Adrnnci'd Textiles and Operations 
Textile (TES. TMT, TC, T) courses; i.e. TES 305, TMT 341, 
TES 351, TMT 380, TC 320, TC ;«0, and any TES, TMT, TC 
or T course at the 400 level and above. 
IE courses at 300 level or above except IE 301, 340, 341, 345 
or 346. 
EB course: 301. 302, 320, 404. 422, 451 and all 500 level 



B. S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE ENGINEERING 

See Textile Engineering curriculum under College of Engineering. 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILES, TEXTILE OPERATIONS CONCENTRATION 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 131 Analytic Geometry & Calc. A or 

MA 141 Analytic Geometry & Calc. I 4 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

T 105 Intro. Text. Mat. Sci _3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B or 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. II 3-4 

T 220 Yarn Prod. Systems 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers & Use 3 

PY211 College Phvsics I or 

PY 205 Physics Engr. Sci. I 4 

T211 Intro, to Fiber Sci. or 

T 203 Intro, to Polvmer Chem 3 

T 250 Text. Fab. Form. Struc 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. (EB 201)2 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

PY 212 College Phvsics I or 

PY 208 Physics Engr. Sci. II 4 

ST 361 Intro. Stat, for Engrs.' 3 

T 203 Intro, to Polym. Chem, or 

T211 Intro, to Fiber Sci 3 

TMT (TES) 320 Mech. Sp. Yn. Mfg. Syst 4 

TMT 341' Knitting Syst 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

Is 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

T 301 Tech. Dveing & Finish 4 

TMT (TES) 330 Text. Meas. & Qual. Cont 4 

TMT (TES) 351 Weaving Systems 3 

TMT (TES) 425 Text. Yarn Prod. & Prop 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 331 Comm. Engr. Tech 3 

TES 305 Dir. Fiber to Fab. Prod 3 

TMT (TES) 370 Technical Fabric Design 4 

TMT .380 Mgmt. & Cont. of Text. Syst 3 

Textile Concentration' 3 

Free Elective 3 

19 



259 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Creditx Sprittg Semester Credits 

TES 460 Phy. Prop, of Text. Fib 3 Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives^ 6 

TMT (TES) 495 Senior Seminar 1 Textile Concentration^ 6 

Textile Concentration' 6 Free Elective 3 

Humanities Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 ~^ 

Free Elective 3 

16 Minimum Hours for Graduation 134 

Note: Credit gained for MA 111 will be considered as excess credit and not applicable toward satisfying the 131 
minimum hours required for graduation. 

'ST 361 (T) recommended for Textile students 

^Humanities/SocialScienceElectives— A minimum of 18 hours are required in addition to English 111 and 112. Selection 
will follow University guidelines and come from University-approved course lists. At least 6 hours in humanities and 6 
hours in social sciences are required; EB 201 is a specified social science course. A two-course graded sequence in the same 
discipline is required in either humanities or social sciences. A graded sequence is defined as: (a) A two-course sequence in 
which the first course is prerequisite to the second, or (b) A two-course sequence in which the second course is at the 300 
level or higher. The remaining hours will come from either humanities or social sciences or both. 

^Textile Concentrations ( 15 credit hours) 

Select 9 credit hours from one group, either group A or group B. and 6 additional hours from any of the groups. (Credit will 

not be allowed for both TMT 371 and TMT 451.) 

ABC 
Mfg. Tech. Quality Control Color & Deiricpi 

TES 405 3 IE 352 3 TC 305 3 

TES 450 3 T500 3 TC 415 3 

TMT 420 3 TMT 431 3 TMT 350 3 

TMT 443 3 TMT 490 3 TMT 371 3 

TMT 451 3 TMT 530 3 TMT 372 3 

TMT 490 3 

D E F 

Apparel Tech. Fiber Science Mgt. Science 

TMT 215 3 CH 220 4 ACC 280 3 

TMT 315 3 T 402 3 TMT 381 3 

TMT 316 3 TC 412 3 TMT 480 3 

TES 461 3 TMT 487 3 



TEXTILE AND APPAREL MANAGEMENT 

Nelson Textile Building (Room 143) 

Professor G. A. Berkstresser, Head of Department 

Professor S. K. Batra, Associate Head 

Profexsors: R. A. Barnhardt. S. K. Batra, G. A. Berkstresser. W. C. Stuckey: Adjunct Professor: W. A. Klopman; Professors 
Emeriti: E. B. Grover. A. B. Moss, J. A. Porter. W. E. Shinn: Associate Pro/cs.sor.sv R. A. Donaldson. P. B. Hudson. E, E, 
Hutchison. T. J. Little, M. W. Suh: Adjunct As-fociate Professors: D. M. Powell, D. L. Spanton: Visiting Associate 
Professors: N. A. Hunter. E. M. McPherson, S. }A.Z2.Tta.T\!in: Associate professors Emeriti: E. H. Bradford. J. W. Klibbe. 
W. E. Moser. J. W. Pardue: Assistant Professors: A. C. Clapp. R. H. .Johnson, L. T. Lassiter. F. M. Massey: Assistant 
Professor Emeritu.^: H. M. Middleton: Instructor: G. L. Hodge. 

The Department of Textile and Apparel Management offers bachelor of science degrees 
in Textiles-Design concentration and Textile and Apparel Management with two concen- 
trations: (a) textile management and (b) apparel management. These curricula combine a 
foundation both in textile management principles and application. The B.S, in Textiles- 
Design Concentration— gives a broad foundation in general textiles complemented with a 
concentration of courses in textile design. The B.S. in Textile and Apparel Management 
with its two concentrations provides opportunity for the student to get additional back- 
ground in apparel manufacturing, production factors, law and labor relations, manage- 
ment science, mathematics, finance, accounting, dyeing and finishing, textile design and 
textile operations. Opportunities for outstanding students are allowed in graduate studies 



260 



including research supported by University funds and industrial and government 
sponsors. 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILES, TEXTILE DESIGN CONCENTRATION 

This is an inter-school program sponsored by the College of Textiles and the School of 
Design for students interested in textile design. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall SemcKter Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition & Rhetoric 8 

MA 141 Analytic Cieometry & Calc. I ur 

MA LSI Analytic Geometry & Calc. A 4 

T 105 Intro. Textile Material Sci 3 

PE 100 Health & Physical Fitness 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 200 Intro. Comput. & Use^ 3 

ENG 1 12 Composition & Reading 8 

MA 241 Analytic Geometry & Calc. U or 

MA 231 Analytic Geometry & Calc. B 4-3 

T 220 Yarn Production Systems 3 

TMT 170 Te.xtile Design Orientation 1 

Humanities/Soc. Science Elective' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17-18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

DF 101 Design Fund. I or 

DF HI Two Dim. Design 3-6 

PY 205 Physics Engr. Sci. I or 

PY 21 1 College Physics I 4 

T211 Intro. Fiber Sci 3 

T 250 Fabrics: Form. & Struct 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. (EB 201)' 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17-202 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

PY 208 Physics Engr. Sci. II or 

PY 212 College Physics II 4 

ST 361 (T) Intro. Statistics Engrs 3 

T 203 Intro, to Polymer Chemistry 3 

T 211 Intro, to Fiber Science 3 

TMT 272 Printed Textile Design 3 

Physical Education Elective 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

T 301 Tech. Dyeing Finish 4 

TMT 3.30 Text. Meas. & Qual. Ctrl 4 

TMT 351 Weaving Systems 3 

TMT 372 Knitted Textile Design 3 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective' 



3 



17 



ENG 331 Comm. Engr. Tech 3 

TES 305 Direct Fbr. to Fabr. Prd 3 

TMT 320 Mech. Spun Yarn Mfg. Sys 4 

TMT 371 Woven Textile Design 3 

TMT 380 Mgmt. Control Tex. Sys 3 

16 



SUMMER INTERNSHIP 

T 493 Industrial Internship in Textiles^ 3 

SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

TMT 425 Textile Yarn Production Properties 3 

TMT 470 Textile Design Studio 6 

TMT 495 Senior Seminar 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

TES 460 Physical Properties Textile Fibers 3 

TMT 370 Technical Fabric Design 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. Electives* 6 

Free Electives 6 

New York Trip= 

l9 

Minimum Hours for Graduation 134 



'See note on Humanities and Social Science electives under Textile Operations Concentration above. 

-DF 101 Environmental Design I (6 credits): Open only to textile students with a 2.5 GPA or better plus acceptable 

portfolio, and who have been accepted into the course by the recommendation of the School of Design interview panel. This 

course is an elected alternative to DF 1 1 1 for certain students who meet the entry requirements. An excess of 3 credits will 

be incurred, and special curricular arrangements w'ill have to be made in consonance with the academic coordinator of the 

student's department. 

'TDC students may elect to take DN 415 Microcomputers for Graphic Designers (3 credits). 

'Students are encouraged to apply for an industrial internship between their junior and senior years. T493 is an optional 

course and will come from free electives. 
*New YorkTrip— During spring break of the senior year, a 6-day programof professional visits is arranged in New York 

City. This is a very importantpartof the program of study, and all students are strongly encouraged to plan ahead for this 

event. 



261 



B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE AND APPAREL MANAGEMENT, 
TEXTILE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semexter Credits 

CH 101 Gen. Chem. I 4 

ENGIU Comp. & Rhetoric 3 

MA 131 Anvl. Geom. & Calc. A or 

MA 141 Anyl. Geom. & Calc. I 4 

T 105 Intro, to Text. Mat. Sci 3 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semexter Credits 

ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

MA 231 Anyl. Geom. & Calc. B or 

MA 241 Anyl. Geom. & Calc. II 3-4 

T 203 Intro, to F'olymer Chem 3 

T 220 Yarn Prod. Syst 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. (EB 201F 3 

Physical Education 1 

16-17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semexter Credits 

CSC 101 Intro, to Program or 
CSC 111 Intro. Fortran Prog, or 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers & Use 2-3 

PY211 College Physics I or 

PY 205 Physics Engr. Sci. I 4 

T 250 Tex. Fab. Form. Struct 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. (EB 301) 3 

Physical Education 1 

16-17 



Spring Semexter Creditx 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 

PY 212 College Phg>'sics II or 

PY 208 Physics Engr. Sci. II 4 

ST 361 Intro. Stat. Engrs.' 3 

T 211 Intro, to Fiber Sci 3 

TMT 380 Mgmt. Cont. Text. Sys 3 

Physical Education 1 

1? 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EB 302 Inter. Macroeconomics 3 

ENG 331 Comm. Engr. Tech 3 

T 301 Tech. Dve & Finish 4 

TMT 331 Q. C. Tx. Prod. Mgt 3 

Free Elective 3 

Management Elective^ 3 

19 



Credits 



Spring Semexter 

EB313 Marketing Methods or 

TMT 382 Princ. Soft Goods Mkt 3 

EB 320 Financial Manage 3 

TMT 480 Tex. Prod. Cost Cont 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. (PSY 307)- 3 

Textile Elective' 3 

Textile Elective' ■ 3 

18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semexter Creditx 

TMT 482 Text. Mkt. Mgmt 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

Management Elective* 3 

Textile Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

TMT 484 Mgmt. Dec. Mak. Text. Firm 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

Management Elective* 3 

Textile Elective^ 3 

Free Elective 3 

li 

Minimum Hours for Graduation 131 



Note: 1. Credit gained for MA 111 will be considered as excess credit and not applicable toward satisfying the 131 
minimum hours required for graduation. 
2. A minimum grade of C is required in EB 201. TMT 380 and ACC 280. 

'ST 361(T) Recommended for Textile Students (see Schedule of Classes) 

-Humanities/Social Sciences Electives— University guidelines will be followed in that a minimum of 18 hours are 
required in addition to English 1 1 1 and 112. Selection will be from University approved 1 ists with at least 6 hours from 
humanities and at least ti hours from social sciences. In this curriculum EB 201 Economies I. EB 301 Intermediate 
Microeconomics, and PSY 307 Industrial and Organization Psychology, are required. These courses satisfy University 
requirements of a minimum of 6 hours in Social Sciences, and also the departmental requirement of a two-course 
graded sequence. At least 6 of the remaining hours must be selected from the humanities area. The final 3 hours can be 
selected from humanities or social sciences. 



'TEXTILE ELECTIVES-12-13 hours. 
Students have the option of selecting any four of the following courses: 



TES 305 ... 3 

TES 460 ... 3 

TMT 320 .. 4 

TMT 341 .. 3 



TMT 351 .. 3 
TMT 370 .. 4 
TMT 383 .. 3 



TMT 420 .. 3 
TMT 425 . . 3 
TMT 431 .. 3 



262 



^MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES-9-12 hours. 

The management component of this curriculum ise.xpanded to include a sequence of courses from one of the following 
groupings: 



Prodiictioi 




Law and Labor 


Manaqi'inent 




Fi 


nance 




Factors 




Relations 


Science Maths 




Account 


ng 




IE 307 ... . 


3 


TMT381 .. 3 


MA 242 ... 4 


ACC 210 . 


. 3 




EB350 .. 


.. 3 


IE 421 ... . 


3 


TMT487 .. 3 


MA 301 ... 3 


ACC 220 . 


. 3 




EB404 .. 


.. 3 


IE 311 .... 


3 


EB326 .... 3 


MA 405 ... 3 


ACC 320 . 


. 3 




EB422 .. 


.. 3 


IE 420 ... . 


3 


EB332 .... 3 


MA 421 or 


ACC 310 . 


. 3 




EB448 .. 


.. 3 


IE 352 ... . 


3 


EB 431 .... 3 


ST 421 .... 3 


ACC 311 . 


. 3 




EB451 .. 


.. 3 


IE 355 ... . 


3 


IE 355 3 


MA 425 or 


ACC 420 . 


. 3 








TMT420 . 


3 


EB307 .... 3 


MA 511 ... 3 


IE 311 ... 


. 3 








PSY 340 . . 


3 


EB308 


MA 426 or 


IE 307 ... 


. 3 








T401 


3 


PSY 340 ... 3 
T401 3 

Dyeing and 


MA 512 ... 3 
ST 422 .... 3 


IE 420 .. . 


. 3 








Apparel 




Fini.ihing" 


Textile Desig) 


Textile Operations 




TMT215 .. 


3 


TC210 .... 3 TC405 


...3 DFlll 


3 TES 460 . . 


3 


TES 405 . 


.. 3 


TMT315 .. 


3 


TC320 .... 4 TC406 


... 2 PD/TMT272 .. 


.3 TES 461 .. 


3 


TMT 425 


.. 3 


TMT316 .. 


3 


TC330 .... 3 CH220 


...4 PD,TMT371.. 


.3 TMT443 . 


3 


TMT 420 


.. 3 








PS,TMT372 .. 


.3 TES 450 .. 


3 


TMT 451 


.. 3 



Dyeing and Finishing— Some courses require prerequisites which may not have been taken as part of the degree 
program. 

Textile Design— Students electing this sequence must take all four courses. 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE AND APPAREL MANAGEMENT, 
APPAREL MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credit 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 

MA 131 Anly. Geom. & Calc. A or 

MA 141 Anly. Geom. & Calc. I 4 

T 105 Intro. Text. Mat. Sci 3 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credit 

ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

MA 231 Anlv. Geom. & Calc. B or 

MA 241 Anly. Geom. & Calc. II 3-4 

T 203 Intro, to Polvmer Chem 3 

T 220 Yarn Prod. Svst 3 

Hum. Soc. Sci. (EB 201)2 3 

Physical Education 1 



16-17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credit 

CSC 101 Intro, to Program or 
CSC 111 Intro, to Fortran Prog, or 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers & Use 2-3 

PY211 College Phvsics I or 

PY 205 Physics Engr. Sci. I 4 

T 250 Tex. Fab. Form. & Struc 3 

Hum.'Soc. Sci. (EB 301F 3 

Hum./ Soc. Sci. Elective^ 3 

Physical Education 1 



Spnng Semester Credit 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting 3 

PY 212 College Phvsics II or 

PY208 Phv. Engr. Sci. II 4 

ST 361(T) intra to Stat. Engr.' 3 

T 211 Intro, to Fiber Sci 3 

TMT 215 Intro, to Apparel Tech 3 

Physical Education 1 

I7 



16-17 



Fall Semester Credit 

EB 302 Inter. Macroeconomics 3 

T 301 Tech. Dye. & Finish 4 

TMT 315 Apparel Production I 3 

TMT 380 Mgmt. Cont. Text. Sys 3 

TMT 331 Qual. Cont. Tx. Prod. Mgmt 3 

Free Elective 3 

19 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Spring Semester 

EB 313 Marketing Methods or 



Credit 



TMT 382 Princ. Soft Goods Mkt 3 

EB 320 Financial Management 3 

ENG 331 Comm. Engr. Tech 3 

TMT 316 Apparel Production II 3 

TMT 480 Tex. Prod. Cost Cont 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. (PSY 307)- 3 

Is 



263 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credit 

IE 352 Work Anvl. & Design 3 

TMT 431 Fab. Perf. Text 3 

TMT 482 Text. Mkt. Mgmt 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective' 3 

Textile Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credit 

TMT 484 Mgmt. Dec. Mak. Text. Firm 3 

Hum./Soc. Sci. Elective- 3 

Textile Elective'' 3 

Textle Elective' 3 

Free Elective 3 

Is 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 134 

Note: 1. Credit gained for MA 111 will be considered as excess credit and not applicable toward satisfying the 134 
minimum hours required for graduation. 
2. A minimum grade of C is required in EB 201, TMT 380 and ACC 280. 
'ST 361 (T) Recommended for Textile Students (see Schedule of Classes) 

-Humanities and Social Sciences Electives— See statement under B.S. in Textile and Apparel Management— Textile 
Management Concentration. 
^Textile Electives— 12-V.i hours 
Students have the option of selecting anv four of the following courses: 

TES 305 3 

TES460 3 

TMT .320 4 

TMT .341 3 

TMT 351 3 

TMT 370 4 

TMT 383 3 

TMT 420 3 

TMT 425 3 

TMT 431 3 (Required for Apparel Manufacturing and Management Concentration) 




COLLEGE OF VETERINARY 
MEDICINE 

T. M. Curtin, Dean 

W. M. Adams, Associate Dean and Director of Veterinary Services 

D. R. Howard, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

C. E. Stevens, Associate Dean and Director of Graduate Studies & Research 

C. A. McPherson, Director of Laboratory Animal Resources 

T. J. Fischer, Librarian 

No specific undergraduate degree track is associated with a pre-professional veterinary 
medicine program. However, faculty members from the College of Veterinary Medicine 
and the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences serve as advisors to undergraduate 
students enrolled and pursuing a baccalaureate program usually in a science related field. 
Pre-professional course requirements are listed below. After completion of the required 
courses, students may be eligible to apply for the professional veterinary program. Course 
requirements may be changed annually and are determined by the Committee on Admis- 
sions in the College of Veterinary Medicine. For further information about admissions 
requirements and the professional program contact the College of Veterinary Medicine 
Office of Admissions (4700 Hillsborough St., 919-829-4200 or 4205). 

Undergraduate applicants with interests in veterinary medicine enrolled in the under- 
graduate programs at North Carolina State University at Raleigh are expected to be 
pursuing a baccalaureate degree (to include the social science and humanities requirements 
in the appropriate curriculum). Minimum requirements and course stipulations for cur- 
riculum planning should be followed through each of the departments or schools offering 
the appropriate degree. It is the responsibility of the students and their pre-professional 
advisors to be knowledgeable of those requirements. 

All courses listed below except nutrition and biochemistry must be completed by the first 
day of class. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 

Credits 

Languages (6 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Physical Sciences (1,3 Credits) 

MA 112 Analytical Geometry & Calculus A 4 

or. you may .substitute MA 113 for MA 112 

MA 113 Introduction to Calculus 4 

PY 211. 212 General Physics or 8 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry .4 

CH 221. 223 Organic Chemistry I. II 8 

BCH 451 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

Biological Sciences (H-15 Crediti) 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding 4 

or, you may substitute one of the following 
ANS (NTR. PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition or 

NTR 301 Modern Nutrition 3 

BS 100 General Bio]og>' 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

265 



Humanities and Social Science (12 Credits) 

Humanities Electives 6 

Social Science Electives 6 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM & CAREER OPPORTUNITIES 

Veterinary medicine is a science career dealing with the recognition, treatment, control 
and prevention of diseases in animals. Career options are unlimited and variable as animal 
health impacts upon the health and economic welfare of the nation. DVM candidates may 
select several career options upon graduation. Federal government, private industry, 
private practice, and research and teaching activities in a university setting are all possible 
for graduates and licensed doctors of veterinary medicine. Successful completion of the 
professional training program should prepare students for appropriate state licensing 
examination in the state of North Carolina and others. Persons interested in the profes- 
sional courses offered may receive a brochure by contacting the College of Veterinary 
Medicine. 

ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
AND RADIOLOGY 

Professor A. L. Aronson, Head of the Department 

Professors: R. Argenzio. P. Bentley. T. M. Curtin. J. E. Smailwood. C. E. Stevens. C. S. Teng. D. T\\Ta\\: Adjunct Professors: 
J. E. Schwetz. F. Walsh: Associate Professors: N. Olson. J. E. Riviere: Adjunct Associate Professors: T. E. Eling. S. 
Grosshandler. M. Negishi.C.T.Teng. E. W. Van Stee; Assistant Professors: S. A. Bai. L. M.Ballas. H. Berschneider.C. 
Brownie. L. N. Fleisher. J. E. Gadsby. L. Hudson. M. R. Metcalf. R. E. Meyer. L. Robinette. K. Spaulding, C. Swanson. 
S. Updike: Adjunct Assistant Professor: M. W. Dewhirst. 

MICROBIOLOGY, PATHOLOGY, AND 
PARASITOLOGY 

Professor L. Coggins, Head of the Department 

Professors: H. A. Berkhoff. T. T. Brown. P. Carter, R. C. Dillman. D. J. Moncol: Professor Emeritus: E. G. Batte: Associate 
Professors: W. T. Corbett. E. B. DeBuysscher. B. Hammerberg. M. G. Levy, D. J. Meuten; Assistant Professors: P. 
Cowen. J. M. Culien, F. J. Fuller. C. B. Grinden, J. S. Guy, J. MacLachlin, P. E. Orndoff, S. Tonkonogy. R. Walker: 
Adjunct Associate Professors: J. Hardistry, E. E. McConnell. C. A. Montgomery, R. Peiffer, T. B. Ryan. 

FOOD ANIMAL AND EQUINE 
MEDICINE 

Professor B. D. Harrington, Acting Head of the Department 

Professors: W. Adams. J. Barnes. D. Rives (Extension). B. D. Harrington, M. C. Roberts: Associate Professors:}. Fetrow. 
H. Hilley. M. Whitacre: Assistant Professors: K. Anderson, K. F. Bowman, B. Breuhaus. 
D. Bristol. G. P. Dial, S. Fleming, E. Henry, E, Hunt, D. Ley, L. Tate. C. Uhlinger, S. Van Camp. D. Wages. W. Duckett: 
Adjunct Associate Professors: L. Munger, S. Schmittle. 

COMPANION ANIMAL AND 
SPECIAL SPECIES MEDICINE 

Professor C. W. McPherson, Acting Head of the Department 

Professors: C. Betts. E. B. Breitschwerdt, D. R, Howard, J. N. Kornegay, C. W. McPherson: Associate Professors: D. 
De Young. R. Ford, E, A. Stone. M. S. Young: /l.s.si.s/(i»( Professors: J . Armstrong. S. Bunch. K. Flammer. E. Hardie. G, 
McCormick, T. Manning. M. Nasisse. E. Noga. R. Page. D. Richardson. S. Roberts. 



266 



OTHER ACADEMIC AND 
ADMINISTRATIVE UNITS 



Music Department 

Price Music Center 

J. P. Watson, Director of Music 

Assistant Directors: M. C. Bliss. F. M. Hammond. .J. C. Kramer. M. S. Lynch. R. B. Fetters. P. H. Vogel. E. B. Ward: 
Musician-in-Kesidcmr: filled by a new appointment each year 

The Music Department at North Carolina State University serves a unique function on a 
predominantly scientific and technological campus. The department helps students 
advance their musical competencies and assists them in developing their musical insights. 
Course offerings in orchestras, bands, and choral groups coupled with introductory and 
survey courses serve the entire student body, permitting them to develop their abilities as 
producers as well as consumers of music. 

Membership in any performing organization is through audition, thereby establishing 
minimum standards for participation. From symphony orchestra to brass quintet and from 
glee club to a voice class, ample opportunities exist for those who wish to maintain and 
improve their musical abilities. 

Military Education and Training 

The Department of Military Science (Army ROTC) and the Department of Aerospace 
Studies (Air Force ROTC) are separate academic and administrative subdivisions of the 
institution. Naval Science (Naval ROTC) is available through a cross-enrollment agree- 
ment with the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Students in the ROTC programs 
will receive free elective credit for Aerospace Studies (AS), Military Science (MS), or Naval 
Science (NS) courses up to the limit of free electives in their curriculum. 

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (ARMY ROTC) 

Professor: Lieutenant Colonel H. K. Fisher, Jr. 

Instructors: Captain W. G. Bickel. Captain J. M. Borland, Captain N. A. Fortuin. Captain W. A. Gregory. Captain H. J. 
Rogers, Captain S. L. Sharp. 

Mission. The mission of the Army ROTC Program is to train college men and women to 
become commissioned officers in sufficient numbers to meet Active Army, Reserve, and 
National Guard requirements. 

Program of Instruction. The Army ROTC program consists of a voluntary six- 
semester-hour Basic Course (freshmen and sophomore level) and a two-year Advanced 
Course (junior and senior level) which includes a six week camp in the summer prior to the 
senior year. 

One may enter the Advanced Course without participating in the Basic Course by any of 
the following methods: 

NEW ENTRY OPTION: The Army ROTC New Entry Option is designed for junior and 
community college graduates, students at four-year institutions who did not take ROTC 
their first two years of college, and students entering a two-year post graduate course of 
study. THe New Entry Option offers an opportunity to enhance one's education and gradu- 



267 



ate with more than a college diploma. Participants receive valuable leadership and man- 
agement training both in and outside the classroom along with $100 per month. Partici- 
pants develop new skills and gain the practical experience they need as an officer in the U.S. 
Army, and in their chosen civilian career. When participants finish the program and 
complete college, participants receive their first promotion— from student to second 
lieutenant. 

SIMULTANEOUS MEMBERSHIP PROGRAM (SMP): Persons or National Guard 
may take advantage of this program and, if accepted, enroll directly into the Advanced 
Course. SMP participants will be assigned to a unit near the school or home for part-time 
monthly officer training and will receive the ROTC Advanced Course subsistence payment 
of $100 per month, plus approximately $120 per month for the one weekend of Reserve or 
Guard training. In addition, two weeks of Annual Training will be required for which the 
individual will receive full pay. 

PRIOR SERVICE: Service veterans are eligible for placement into the Advanced 
Course. 

BASIC SUMMER CAMP: Successful completion of the six week basic summer camp, 
held at Ft. Knox, Kentucky, is an alternative to the basic course. 

TRANSFER CREDIT: Students entering as transfer students from other institutions 
may receive credit for work completed at other Senior ROTC units. 

JUNIOR ROTC: Students who have participated in a Junior ROTC in high school may 
receive placement credit as determined by the Professor of Military Science. 

Eligibility: All full time freshmen and sophomores may enroll in any Military Science 
Basic Course offering without obligation to the Army. To be eligible for participation in the 
Advanced Course, applicants must be in good academic standing, physically qualified and 
demonstrate satisfactory performance in the Basic Course. Additionally, applicants must 
be able to be commissioned by their 30th birthday; however, an age waiver may be obtained 
as long as the individual will be commissioned prior to his or her 34th birthday. A student 
must have a minimum of two years remaining as a full time student at either the under- 
graduate or graduate level. 

Delays for Graduate Study: Qualified ROTC graduates may delay their entry into 
active service in order to obtain advanced academic degrees. Fellowships for advanced 
academic study are available to selected ROTC graduates, allowing up to two years of 
graduate study while receiving full pay and allowances plus payment for tuition, all fees, 
textbooks and required supplies. 

Financial Aid: Army scholarships of two to four years, which pay for tuition, all fees and 
textbooks, are available on a competitive basis to students who are strongly motivated and 
academically qualified. Students in the Advanced Course receive a subsistence allowance 
of $100 per month (tax free) up to a maximum of $2000. All Advanced Course cadets are 
paid approximately one-half the basic pay of a second lieutenant, while attending the 
six-week Advanced Camp, plus travel allowances to and from camp. 

Service Opportunities: Scholarship recipients may serve four years active duty upon 
commissioning or eight years in the U.S. Army Reserve or National Guard. Non- 
scholarship commissioners must serve three years on active duty or eight years with the 
Army Reserve or National Guard. Service consists of one weekend drill per month and two 
weeks annual training. 

Program Features: Army ROTC classes are unique, offering instruction and a practi- 
cal, working knowledge of leadership. Students are challenged early in their ROTC train- 
ing to enable them to develop sound judgement, the desire to achieve, acceptance of 
responsibility, personal confidence, and to learn the principles of personnel management. 
The primary vehicle for this training during the academic year is Leadership Laboratory, 
where cadet officers and non-commissioned officers conduct instruction under the supervi- 
sion of the Military Science Department's faculty. The intensive summer Advanced Camp 
is extremely effective in developing one emotionally, mentally and physically. All Army 
ROTC training is focused on preparing the student to meet the challenges of tomorrow's 
society, whether in a military or civilian careers. 

Distinguished Military Students: The university names outstanding Army ROTC stu- 
dents as Distinguished Military Graduates. 

Uniforms: Uniforms for Army ROTC are provided by the federal government. 



268 



DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE STUDIES (AIR FORCE ROTC) 

Professor: Colonel James T. Ferrell 

Instnictorx: Captain Glenn R. Dennison, Captain James M. Gruden, Captain Randal J. Hudon. Captain David L. Sims 

Program. There is a four-year and a two-year program that leads to a commission in the 
United States Air Force. 

The four-year program allows freshman students to enroll in Aerospace Studies courses 
in the same manner as other college courses (GMC), students compete for the Professional 
Officer Course (POC) during the last two academic years. If accepted, students attend a 
four-week summer field training between the sophomore and junior years before entering 
the POC. 

The two-year program is available to those who do not take the first two years of Air Force 
ROTC and veterans. To be eligible for the POC, students must have two academic years 
remaining either at the undergraduate or graduate level or a combination of both. If 
accepted, students attend either a four-week or six-week summer field training encamp- 
ment before entering the POC. Upon graduation and satisfactory completion of the POC, 
the student is commissioned a second lieutenant in the USAF. The university names 
outstanding Air Force ROTC students as Distinguished Air Force ROTC graduates. 

The AFROTC unit conducts a flight instruction program (FIP). All AFROTC cadets who 
are qualified and have been selected for active duty pilot training receive ground school 
training and up to thirteen hours of flight instruction. This training is conducted during the 
junior year. 

Students desiring to enter the AFROTC program may obtain information on campus in 
Room 145, Revnolds Coliseum: or bv writing to: Professor of Aerospace Studies, Box 7308, 
NCSU, Raleigh, NC 27695-7308. 

Eligibility. There are no enrollment requirements for the GMC; however, to meet enroll- 
ment requirements for the POC all students must achieve a qualifying score on the Air 
Force Officer Qualification Test ( AFOQT) and the SAT/ACT; and meet necessary physical 
and academic requirements. Students must complete the POC before their 30th birthday to 
qualify for a commi,ssion. Veterans may obtain a waiver of maximum nonflying commis- 
sion age requirements up to age 35. 

Successful completion of one semester of English composition in the freshman or sopho- 
more years and one semester of mathematical reasoning is mandatory. 

Curriculum. The AFROTC educational program provides professional preparation for 
future Air Force officers. During the first two years courses will focus on a detailed study of 
the Air Force mission and organization, other military services, the development of Air- 
power, the evolution of Airpower concepts and doctrine, and the history of Airpower 
employment. During the last two years the focus will be on leadership and management and 
an in-depth examination of National Security, American defense strategy and policy and 
the methods for managing conflict. Throughout all four years, communicative skills and 
officership will be emphasized through military trips, social functions, leadership labs and 
cadet-centered programs. 

Students enrolled in AFROTC receive free elective credit. Credit is allowed for work at 
other institutions having AFROTC units established in accordance with the provisions of 
the National Defense Act and AFROTC regulations. 

Financial Aid. Air Force ROTC students enrolled in the program may qualify for two, 
two and one half, three, three and one half, and four-year scholarships. The majority of these 
scholarships pay tuition, fees, a textbook allowance and $100 (tax free) per month during 
the academic year. Scholarships are awarded by the Air Force based primarily upon 
academic achievement. A student must be enrolled in AFROTC to be eligible. 

Students in Air Force GMC, other than scholarship students, receive no monetary 
allowance. During summer field training students receive pay and travel allowances. All 
POC students receive a subsistence allowance of $100 (tax free) per academic month. 

Uniforms for Air Force ROTC are provided by the federal government. 

Organization. The AFROTC unit is organized as a cadet wing (commanded by a cadet 
colonel) with an appropriate number of squadrons that, in turn, are composed of flights and 
squads. The wing, squadron and flight commanders and their staff are cadet officers. They 

269 



are selected from cadets enrolled in the POC. All other positions are held by GMC cadets. 
Cadet officers plan and conduct the cadet wing operation with AFROTC faculty supervi- 
sion. Cadet social activities necessitate some personal expenses by cadets. 

NAVAL SCIENCE (NAVAL ROTC) CROSS-ENROLLMENT 
WITH UNC-CH 

Professor: Captain H. A. Bunch, Jr. 

Associate Professor: Commainder } . W. Bailey. /HxO-MWor.s; Major G.A.Clark.. Jr.. Lieutenant P. R. Dobbs. Lieutenant M. 
B. King. Lieutenant G. J. McCoy. 

Mission. The purpose of the Naval ROTC Program is to provide a source of highly 
qualified and motivated naval officers, both men and women, to serve on surface ships, in 
aircraft, in submarines, or in the Marine Corps. Midshipmen who satisfy academic and 
physical requirements are commissioned as either an Ensign in the Navy or Second 
Lieutenant in the Marine Corps. Midshipmen are cross-enrolled in the Naval Science 
Department at UNC Chapel Hill but take all ROTC courses on campus at N.C. State. 

4-Year NROTC Program. There are basically two NROTC Programs leading to a 
commission as a Navy or Marine Officer upon graduation, the Scholarship Program and 
the College Program. 

Scholarship Program. The Scholarship Program leads to a regular commission in the 
Navy or Marine Corps. For students who receive a Navy/Marine Corps scholarship, the 
Navy will pay tuition and fees, buy books, supply uniforms, and pay $100 per month 
tax-free subsistence allowance to help defray the cost of normal board at the university. 
During the summers between school years scholarship students will receive 4-6 weeks of 
at-sea training conducted on ships, submarines, and aircraft of the Navy's first line force. 
Upon graduation and commissioning, the scholarship students are obligated to serve a 
minimum of four years on active duty. 

College Program. For those students who are interested in a reserve commission and do 
not desire a scholarship, or for those who are seeking an opportunity to qualify for a 
scholarship after entering NCSU, the College Program is available. Selection for the 
College Program is made from students already enrolled at NCSU, with applications being 
accepted and considered by the staff of the NROTC unit. Students enrolled in the College 
Program are provided uniforms. Naval Science textbooks, and during the final two years of 
the program, receive a $100 per month subsistence allowance. College Program midship- 
men receive a single summer training cruise between their junior and senior year. Except 
for the administrative differences, no distinction is made between the Scholarship and 
College Program midshipmen. The minimum active duty commitment following gradua- 
tion for a College Program student is three years. 

Students in the College Program are eligible to compete for scholarships at regular 
intervals throughout the college year. Most College Program students who have demon- 
strated above average academic and professional performance in the unit have received 
scholarships. 

Two-Year Programs. The Two-Year Programs offer an opportunity to participate in 
NROTC during the final two years of university study. Both Scholarship and College 
Programs exist, offering the same advantages to the student as the respective four-year 
programs. Upon selection, the candidate attends a six-week training course at Newport, 
Rhode Island, during the summer between the sophomore and junior years so that he or she 
may receive instruction in the Naval Science subjects normally covered in the first two 
years at the unit. Participants in this training course receive uniforms, rooms, board and 
officer candidate pay during the period and, upon satisfactory completion of training, enter 
the NROTC program as third year students. Applications for this program must be 
completed by March 15 prior to the starting year. 

The Marine Option. A limited number of quotas are available for students who wish to 
enter either of the NROTC Programs as Marine Officer candidates. For others who may 
decide upon a Marine Corps commission after joining NROTC, selection for the Marine 
Option may be made in the sophomore year. A midshipman's status as a Marine Option will 
result in some modifications as to curriculum and the final summer training period. 

270 



Curriculum. Due to the increasingly advanced technologies being employed by the 
Navy, candidates for regular Navy Commissions are being encouraged to select academic 
majors in mathematics, engineering, and scientific disciplines. However, each student in 
the NROTC program is free to choose his area of major study. 

The NROTC training program emphasizes military indoctrination, physical fitness, and 
academics. All required NROTC courses are fully accredited and taken for free elective 
credit. Additional university courses may be required depending upon one's major; how- 
ever, all Navy option scholarship midshipmen must complete one year of calculus and 
physics. In addition to the courses taken for university credit, midshipmen will attend one 
laboratory/drill period each week. 

Midshipmen Life. Academic excellence is emphasized throughout the NROTC Pro- 
gram with commensurate participation in the full range of campus, extra curricular 
activities. Additionally, midshipmen have opportunities to examine all aspects of life in the 
Navy and Marine Corps through field trips, summer cruises, sail training, social activities, 
and participation in the midshipmen military organizations. 

Further information regarding application for and admission into the N.C. State Naval 
ROTC may be obtained on campus in Room 205 Peele Hall or bv writing to the Professor of 
Naval Science, Box 7310, NCSU, Raleigh, N.C, 27695. 



Graduate School 

Peele Hall 

D. W. Stewart. Dean 

D. A. Emery, Associate Dean 

A. M. Witherspoon, Associate Dean 

The Graduate School provides instruction and facilities for advanced study and research 
in the fields of agriculture and life sciences, design, education and psychology, engineering, 
forest resources, humanities and social sciences, physical and mathematical sciences, 
textiles and veterinary medicine. 

The school is currently composed of more than 1,600 graduate faculty members within 
the nine academic schools. Educated at major universities throughout the world and 
established both in advanced teaching and research, these scholars guide the university's 
graduate student body of some 3,800 men and women from all areas of the United States 
and about 90 other countries. 

The faculty and students have available exceptional facilities including libraries, labora- 
tories, modern equipment and special research areas. 

For a list of graduate degrees offered at North Carolina State University and details on 
programs and admissions, consult the Graduate Catalog. 



271 



University Extension 

Jane S. McKimmon Center 

W. L. Turner. Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

G. J. Andrews. Associate Vice Chancellor 

S. Parker, Assistant to the Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

R. K. White, Director, Adult Credit Program Development 

Campus-wide coordination and communications for extension, public service and con- 
tinuing education activities are provided by the Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public 
Service. In carrying out this responsibility the Vice Chancellor provides assistance and 
encouragement in the identification of educational needs for individuals and groups 
throughout the state, program development and implementation; program evaluation, and 
statewide coordination with the constituent members of the University of North Carolina. 
The Vice Chancellor is assisted in his campus-wide responsibilities by the Extension and 
Continuing Education Committee ofthe University which is composed of faculty represen- 
tatives from each of the schools. 

The office of the Vice Chancellor provides for the linkage for inter-school centers and 
institutes, other multidiscipline resources of the university and continuing education pro- 
grams to provide for the lifelong educational, public service, and technical assistance needs 
of the citizens of North Carolina. 

Extension offices carry teaching and applied research programs to each of North Caro- 
lina's 100 counties and to the Cherokee Indian Reservation. These programs cover such 
diverse fields as agriculture, design, education, forestry, engineering, humanities, marine 
science, textiles, urban affairs, and veterinary medicine. 

DIVISION FOR LIFELONG EDUCATION 

Office of Continuing Education and Professional Development 

K. R. Crump, Director 

D. S. Jackson, Associate Director 

R. M. Jones, Assistant Director 

Continuing Education Specialists: F. E. Emory. D. Shell. C. McElroy. L. Ray. A. S. Warren. B. Winston 

Office of Adult Credit Programs 

J. F. Cudd, Jr., Assistant Director for Adult Credit Programs 

Continuing Education Specialist: N. E. Polk 

The Division for Lifelong Education at NCSU is the statewide adult education service 
linking the university, its scholars, research, and resources with the people and communi- 
ties of the state. 

The division's programs are designed to meet the needs of any adult who can benefit from 
university-level study. The instructional staff consists of university faculty from NCSU and 
other institutions and authorities in specific fields. 

Only those programs appropriate to the standards of scholarship and instruction of 
NCSU are offered. Both credit and noncredit programs are offered on the university 
campus and in communities throughout the state, region, and nation. These programs are 
administered either by the Division's Office of Continuing Education and Professional 
Development or its Office of Adult Credit Programs. 

Credit and Noncredit Evening Classes— The Office of Adult Credit Programs regis- 
ters and provides student services to Undergraduate Studies (UGS) and Post-Bacca- 

272 



laureate Studies (PBS) students who enroll in the University's regularly-scheduled day and 
evening classes. These non-degree students may take any course offered by the University 
provided they satisfy any required prerequisites and space is available. Late afternoon and 
evening courses are provided primarily for the benefit of adults who are unable, because of 
time limitations, to attend day courses. Each semester, over 300 afternoon and evening 
courses are offered in over 45 subject areas. Twelve undergraduate and ten graduate 
degrees may be completed by individuals enrolled solely in evening classes. Approximately 
3,500 UGS and PBS students enroll each semester. 

Also available during evening hours is Lifelong Education's General Interest Course 
program which is made up of avocational, cultural and professional development non- 
credit courses. During 1987-1988, over 180 such courses were offered and approximately 
1,500 individuals enrolled. 

Off-Campus Credit Courses and Programs— Classes are offered across the State and 
throughout the U.S. by means of a variety of delivery systems. These include traditional, 
face-to-face instruction, videocassettes of on-campus classes, live transmissions of on- 
campus classes to industrial sites via Instructional Television Fixed Service (ITFS), deliv- 
ery to individual homes via cablevision, and throughout the nation via satellite. Total 
enrollment in off-campus credit courses for 1987-1988 was 1,579. 

Academic Telecommunications — Academic credit courses are now offered by the 
Division for Lifelong Education for distant learners by way of instructional television. 
Selected courses from the colleges of Engineering, Humanities and Social Sciences, Physi- 
cal Science and Mathematics, and Textiles are held in studio classrooms for live transmis- 
sion or videotaping for delivery to off-campus students. Currently courses are delivered by 
cable television public access in the Raleigh-Wake County area, by ITFS to the Research 
Triangle Park, by videocassettes to the North Carolina State Highway Patrol, and by 
satellite for students of the National Technological University. Efforts are now underway 
which will enable the University to expand its course offerings for distant learners through 
instructional television in the year ahead. 

Independent Study— More than 40 courses in 19 subject areas are offered through the 
Independent Study (correspondence) program. Administration of the program is handled 
by the Office of Independent Study of the Division of Extension and Continuing Education 
at UNC-Chapel Hill. Television-based home study courses are also occasionally offered in 
conjunction with the UNC-TV Network. 

Short Courses and Conferences— The Office of Continuing Education and Professional 
Development facilitates the university's efforts to meet its Land-Grant tradition of provid- 
ing education and training to all the people. The scope of the programs include: agriculture, 
communications, data processing, economics, education, engineering, forestry, manage- 
ment, the physical sciences, recreation, textiles, and veterinary medicine. Special efforts 
are made to meet the training needs of industry and government agencies. During 1987-88 
there were 1,017 courses offered with registrations totaling over 25,688. 

The university awards Continuing Education Units to participants in qualified pro- 
grams. Continuing Education Units are part of a nationwide recording system to provide a 
uniform measure of attainment in noncredit educational programs. One CEU at N.C. State 
is defined as "ten contact hours of participation in an organized continuing education 
experience under responsible sponsorship, capable direction and qualified instruction." 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

J. F. Cudd, Jr., Director 

N. E. Polk, Assistant Director 

The Summer Sessions at North Carolina State University offer an extensive educational 
program planned to meet the varied needs and interests of approximately 13,000 students. 
Sixty departments offer instruction in more than 700 courses, approximately 90% of which 
are at the undergraduate level. 

Each of the university's nine colleges and schools, with a combined faculty of more than 
500, participates in the Summer Sessions. The schedule includes two "regular" five-week 



273 



sessions, a ten-week session, as well as several dozen evening courses scheduled for the 
convenience of working adults. 

Summer courses and special programs are designed for the new student, the undergrad- 
uate wanting to advance his or her academic standing at State, the graduate desiring to 
continue study and research during the summer months and for visiting students pursuing 
degrees at other institutions. Teachers who need to earn credit toward renewal of teaching 
certificates or advanced degrees in education and persons in professional fields who wish to 
keep abreast of new developments and trends also take advantage of State's summer 
programs. 

For information regarding summer activities write: Director of Summer Sessions, Box 
7401, Raleigh, North Carolina 27695-7401. 

CENTER FOR URBAN AFFAIRS AND COMMUNITY SERVICES 

G. J. Andrews, Director 

P. Meyer, Associate Director 

S. Cameron, Assistant Director 

F. E. Emory, Sr., Assistant Director 

Group Managers: Y. S. Brannon, S. R. Mills 

The Center for Urban Affairs and Community Services brings the research, educational, 
and extension resources of NCSU to bear upon community problems associated with 
urbanization in North Carolina. In addition to providing direct services, such as applied 
research, education, and technical assistance, to local and state governments in the areas of 
social sciences, human services, policy analysis, and evaluation research, the center also: (1) 
provides experiential educational opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students 
and (2) develops and supports research opportunities for faculty and upper-level graduate 
students. 

The Center for Urban Affairs and Community Services coordinates its work with other 
members of the University of North Carolina's Urban Studies programs through the 
Urban Studies Council. The council enables universities and other institutions across the 
state to pool their efforts to encourage productivity and responsiveness of government and 
community institutions. 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE CENTER 

T. R. Brown, Director 

The International Trade Center offers programs to upgrade and improve the skills of 
executives, managers and professionals whose work involves international trade. Practical, 
in-depth seminars, workshops, short courses, and trade conferences provide instruction in 
areas of identified need, such as marketing, export, finance, documentation, and a variety 
of other aspects of world trade. The center offers briefings and updates on key markets 
abroad. The International Trade Center arranges specially designed in-house programs for 
individual companies and business groups. The Special International Luncheon Series 
brings international leaders to the area, providing timely and authoritative information on 
important international business and trade topics. Acting as a resource, the I.T.C. identifies 
and recruits speakers and instructors to address topical issues on international business, i.e. 
finance, law, governments, culture, countertrade, joint ventures, infrastructure, logistics, 
etc. With their experience and background, these experts provide the guidance and down- 
to-earth advice to meet current needs. International Trade Center programs attract a 
diverse group of people, including those from business and industry; professional firms; 
banks; service organizations; federal, state, and local government; and educational institu- 
tions. As a result of the expanded participation of North Carolina businesses in interna- 
tional markets, the International Trade Center is currently participating in the develop- 
ment of a World Trade Center for the Raleigh area which will underpin the international 
programs of area universities with business and industry acumen. 

274 



JANE S. McKIMMON CENTER FOR 
EXTENSION AND CONTINUING EDUCATION 

D. S. Jackson, Director 

The Jane S. McKimmon Center serves as the premier adult education facility in North 
Carolina. It provides program support services in pleasant surroundings conducive to the 
interchange of ideas and information. In the twelve years since opening in June, 1976, the 
Center's sixteen conference rooms have been used for 12,633 educational meetings — 
bringing a total of 750,1 10 adults from all walks of life to our campus for participation in an 
education activity. 

ADULT SERVICES OFFICE 

R. K. White, Interim Director 

J. Howard, Minorities Recruiter 

Located in the McKimmon Center, the Adult Services Office provides academically 
related services to adult students in the greater Raleigh area. Principally, the Office 
promotes University programs among adults and offers re-entry, career and academic 
counseling and advising, orientation, and other activities designed to meet specific needs of 
adult students. Currently, the Adult Services Office is charged with placing particular 
emphasis on the enrollment and retention of African-American adults at the University. 



University Libraries 

S. K. Nutter, Director 

D. S. Keener, Assistant Director for General Services 

N. L. Waltner, Assistant Director of Technical Services and Collection Management 

W. C. Lowe, Assistant Director for Reference Services 

W. M. High, Assistant Director for Personnel Sendees 

The NCSU Libraries consist of the D. H. Hill Library and five branch libraries. They 
contain more than 1.2 million volumes of books and bound journals, 800.000 federal 
government publications, and more than 2.5 million microforms. The collections are par- 
ticularly strong in the biological and physical sciences, engineering, agriculture, forestry, 
textiles and architecture, with the arts, humanities and social sciences also well repre- 
sented. The Libraries regularly receive more than 19,600 serials. Five special libraries— 
the Burlington Textiles Library in Nelson Hall, the Harrye B. Lyons Design Library in 
Brooks Hall, the College of Forest Resources Library in Biltmore Hall, the Veterinary 
Medical Library in Veterinary Medical Building and the Curriculum Materials Center 
in Poe Hall — serve the special needs of their respective school and colleges. 

The NCSU Libraries have been a depository for U.S. government publications since 1924 
and receives over 97 percent of these publications. The Libraries also receive the microfiche 
research reports published by the Department of Energy, the National Aeronautical and 
Space Administration (NASA), the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC), 
and the National Technical Information Services (NTIS). 

The BIS online, computer-based author, title and subject catalog permits rapid identifi- 
cation of monographs and serials in the collections of the NCSU Libraries as well as those of 
Duke University and UNC-Chapel Hill. This resource sharing greatly enhances the 
research capabilities of the NCSU Libraries. This is made possible through the Libraries 



275 



participation in the Triangle Research Libraries Network (TRLN). An automated circula- 
tion system introduced in 1989 provides quick, easy check-out of books by borrowers. 

On-line computer-based literature searches are offered by the library for a number of 
data bases such as ERIC, BIOSIS. AGRICOLA (Bibliography of Agriculture), and Psycho- 
logical Abstracts. Only direct costs are charged to the user. In addition, a number of 
bibliographic data bases are provided in CD-ROM and laser disk formats for computerized 
literature searching by users at no charge. 

Facilities and equipment are also available for both individual and group use of audio- 
visual media. The library's theatre can be scheduled for group media presentations, and 
films in the State Library's film collection can be borrowed by the D.H. Hill Library's 
Media Center for academic use by faculty and students. 

All areas of the library complex are air-conditioned and open to students and faculty. The 
Media Center is equipped with audio and video equipment for group and individual 
viewing and listening. The library has a growing collection of video and audio cassettes for 
individual and class use. 

CURRICULUM MATERIALS CENTER 

M. A. Link, Coordinator 

C. A. Cranford, Assistant Coordinator 

The Curriculum Materials Center, administered by the College of Education and Psy- 
chology, is located in 400 Poe Hall. The center maintains a collection of education materials 
with particular emphasis on teaching methods, research, administration and psychology 
and includes films, filmstrips, slides, audiotapes, video cassettes, simulation games, and 
computer software. Audiovisual equipment is available for previewing materials in the 
center. The center acquires textbooks adopted by the State Board of Education for secon- 
dary level subjects as well as other selected textbooks and reference materials. The mission 
of the center is to support programs in the College of Education and Psychology. Lending 
policies permit the use of certain materials by the larger campus community for instruc- 
tional and research purposes. 



University Computing 

H. E. Schaffer. Associate Provost for Academic Computing Services 
H. L. Buckmaster, Director, Administrative Computing Services 
C. W. Malstrom, Director, Computing Center 

The computer facilities at NCSU are comprised of two major components interconnected 
by a comprehensive data communications network. The local component, a large collection 
of both centralized and distributed computing resources, serves the academic and adminis- 
trative functions of our campus. The remote component is a large scale computing facility, 
owned by NCSU in conjunction with the University of North Carolina and Duke Univer- 
sity, that primarily serves the academic areas of instruction and research. This facility, the 
Triangle Universities Computing Center (TUCC) is located in the Research Triangle Park 
about L5 miles from the NCSU campus. 

TUCC is equipped with an IBM 3081 Model K computer system; a DEC VAX dedicated 
to communications service: and a variety of peripheral and telecommunications equipment. 
Data communication links to super-computers are also provided, and TUCC is a member of 
the Pittsburgh Supercomputer Consortium. TUCC also serves as a communications hub, 
providing current access to BITNET and other networks. A SURAnet (the southeastern 
portion of the NSFnet) node and a large variety of software and data bases are located at 
TUCC. 



276 



NCSU is affiliated with the CNSF national supercomputer center and is a principal 
participant in the North Carolina Supercomputer Center, to be located in the Research 
Triangle Park. The supercomputer and an Institute for supercomputer applications are to 
be located in a new building with operation planned for the fall of 1989. 

On campus the Computing Center has an IBM 3083 for administrative data processing, 
and an IBM 4381, which includes data communications to TUCC via Tl links, for academic 
use. The Computing Center also provides a large selection of central services, including a 
VAX 8700, terminal facilities, consulting, microcomputer support, data communications, 
and repair facilities for microcomputers and terminals. The center also provides support 
for a large number of minicomputers and microcomputers located in the academic 
departments. Access to the centralized facilities is provided by the data communications 
network provided on the campus and also by dial up lines. 

Other facilities in the Colleges of Education and Psychology, Engineering, Humanities 
and Social Sciences, Design, Veterinary Medicine, Forestry, Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences, and Agriculture and Life Sciences provide specialized educational and research 
computing. The Computer Science Department has a facility designed for undergraduate 
instruction in computing, which includes over 200 student workstations with arrays of 
microcomputers. The Leazar Hall facility also has a Data General MV8000 system. 

These extensive computing facilities provide students with the resources necessary to 
enhance their education and meet a wide variety of research requirements. Consequently, 
the university makes this range of computing facilities available for all disciplines and 
specialties. 



Research Triangle 



The unique "Research Triangle" in North Carolina has captured national and interna- 
tional attention. It is a complex of three major research universities and a research park. 
Because of this wealth of educational and research opportunities, the Triangle area con- 
tains the highest total of Ph.D. scientists and engineers on a per capita basis in the nation. 
The Triangle Universities— NCSU, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and 
Duke University— have a subsidiary campus in the park— the Research Triangle 
Institute — that has an annual research revenue of approximately $60 million. 

The park, which announced its first tenant in 1965, now has over 57 public and industrial 
research organizations situated on 6,650 acres of land. Over 25,000 people work in the 
research Triangle Park. Organizations in the park include the permanent headquarters of 
the National Institute of Environmental Health Services, the Environmental Protection 
Agency, and the National Center for the Humanities, as well as facilities of private compan- 
ies like IBM, Glaxo and Burroughs Wellcome. Two major new research complexes for 
microelectronics and biotechnology were recently built in the park and the North Carolina 
Supercomputer building is under construction. Faculty and graduate students from the 
universities work closely with many of the companies and agencies in the park and scien- 
tists from the park frequently hold adjunct appointments in one or another of the Triangle 
Universities. 

Research Centers 
and FaciHties 

BIOLOGY FIELD LABORATORY 

P. D. Doerr, Director 

The Biology Field Laboratory is located six miles from the university campus and 
comprises two small streams, a 20 acre pond, 50 acres of varied terrestrial habitats and 
several laboratory buildings. The facilities, used for laboratory and field instruction and for 

277 



undergraduate, graduate and faculty research, is particularly suited for use by advanced 
classes in several biological science departments. Qualities that make the Field Laboratory 
an attractive teaching and research site include habitat diversity, restricted public access 
and proximity to the campus. 

CENTER FOR ASEPTIC PROCESSING AND PACKAGING STUDIES 

Kenneth R. Swartzel, Director 

The Center for Aseptic Processing and Packaging Studies was established in October 
1987 to promote cooperative research between university and industrial researchers and to 
further scientific knowledge in areas of food and pharmaceutical aseptic processing and 
packaging. The center is funded by the National Science Foundation, North Carolina State 
University, and industrial members from food, pharmaceutical, and packaging industries. 
Charter members include Combibloc/PKL, International Paper Company, John Labott 
Foods, Kraft Inc., the North Carolina Biotechnology Center, Ralston Purina, and USDA- 
Agricultural Research Service. The objectives of the center are to support industrially 
relevant, fundamental research in aseptic processing and packaging, to enhance product 
quality and improve efficiency, and to communicate information gained from basic 
research to industry for development and marketing. 

Graduate students working on CAPPS projects will be exposed to industrial concerns 
and given the opportunity to work first-hand with industry in solving problems and making 
practical application of their research. The research involves faculty, visiting scientists, 
graduate students and technicians from the Departments of Food Science and Biological 
and Agricultural Engineering. Other departments and universities may participate as the 
need arises. 

CENTER FOR COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING 

Arne A. Nilsson, Acting Director 

In 1981, the National Science Foundation selected North Carolina State University as a 
site for an industry/university cooperative research Center for Communications and Signal 
Processing (CCSP). As of June 1988 CCSP members are: AIRMICS, AT&T, BellSouth, 
Carolina Power and Light, Digital Equipment Corp., General Electric Co., Harris Corpo- 
ration, International Business Machines, Kodak, Northern Telecom/BNR, UNISYS, 
United Technologies/Norden, and Westinghouse Electric Corp. CCSP has achieved 
national and international recognition as a center of excellence in communications and 
signal processing research. The objectives of the center are to conduct basic and applied 
research that can lead to products and services in the communications and signal process- 
ing fields and to strengthen industry/university relationships. In addition to providing 
useful research services to industrial participants, the center enhances the education of 
graduate students by providing them with practical, relevant research topics and the 
means for carrying out their research. 

CENTER FOR ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH 

Thomas S. Elleman, Director 

The Center for Electric Power Research is a university/industry cooperative research 
center established within the NCSU College of Engineering. The center is funded by the 
university and sponsoring organizations from the various sectors of the electric utility and 
power industry. The purpose of the center is to engage in collaborative efforts aimed at 
enhancing the excellence of research and graduate-level degree programs in electric power 
.systems engineering. This primary purpose is accomplished by providing support for 
interested faculty and students to be involved in basic and applied research directly 
relevant to the needs of the multifaceted electric power industry. Motivation to work with 
the center derives from the close university/industry interaction, the leverage afforded to 



278 



an industrial sponsor's membership dues and the enhanced professional and research 
opportunities provided to faculty and students in electric power engineering. 

While the current research program involves faculty from the Department of Electrical 
& Computer Engineering and the Department of Nuclear Engineering, the center will 
facilitate access to all the various resources of the university for all sectors of the electric 
power industry. 

CENTER FOR OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION 

J. R. Clary, Acting Director 

Established as a vocational education research and development center in 1965 under the 
provisions of the Vocational Education Act of 1963, the Center for Occupational Education, 
an integral unit within the College of Education and Psychology, was founded on the 
principle that the problems facing occupational education are so varied that no single field 
of research or single disciplinary orientation has the capability of providing all the answers. 
Studies and conferences in occupational education planning, work analysis, evaluation, 
labor and economics, policy analysis, personnel and leadership development, and education 
in rural areas have been included in the center's program. The center's programs are 
financed largely by grants and contracts from federal and state agencies. 

CENTER FOR SOUND AND VIBRATION 

R. F. Keltie. Director 

The Center for Sound and Vibration, established in 1969 and administered within the 
Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, comprises faculty pursuing the 
solution to a wide variety of vibration and sound problems occurring in machinery and 
aircraft design. Graduate programs exist at M.S. and Ph.D. levels in such fields as noise and 
vibration control, structural acoustics, aeroacoustics, hearing conservation, computer- 
aided machinery design, architectural and musical acoustics, and acoustic signal process- 
ing. Outstanding experimental facilities, which include large anechoic and reverberant 
rooms and computer graphics equipment, are available. The center's programs are 
financed largely by grants and contracts from industry and federal and state agencies. 

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE FACILITIES 

There are four electron microscope facilities at N.C. State available to graduate students 
and faculty for research purposes. The College of Agriculture and Life Sciences Center for 
Electron Microscopy is located in Gardner Hall, the Engineering Research Microscope 
Facility is in Burlington Engineering Labs and the Department of Wood and Paper Science 
Electron Microscopy Lab is in Biltmore Hall. The new SVM Electron Microscopy Labora- 
tory is located in the North Carolina State University School of Veterinary Medicine at 
4700 Hillsborough Street in Raleigh. 

J. M. MacKenzie, Jr., Coordinator, SALS Center for Electron Microscopy 

The SALS Center for Electron Microscopy has a Philips 400T transmission electron 
microscope with STEM capabilities in addition to three other transmission microscopes— a 
JEOL 100-S. Hitachi HUll-B. and a Hitachi HS-8. There are two scanning electron 
microscopes— a Philips 505T and a JEOL T-200. The center is fully equipped for most 
biological specimen preparation and has two darkrooms. 

Formal instruction is provided through the biological sciences curriculum in the prepa- 
ration of specimens, the use of electron microscopes, and the production of electron 
micrographs. 



279 



E. M. Gregory, Supervisor, Engineering, Analytical Instrumentation Facility 

The Engineering Research Analytical Instrumentation Facility is equipped with a 
scanning auger microprobe, an ion microscope, a 200kv analytical scanning transmission 
electron microscope (STEM), and a computer-controlled scanning electron microscope 
(SEM), the latter two equipped with energy dispersive X-ray analysis systems. These are 
suitable for examination of metallurgical, ceramic and electronic materials, textiles and 
organic specimens. The high voltage STEM enables the researcher to examine thicker 
specimens. The X-ray analytical capability is used in conjunction with high resolution 
imaging for qualitative and quantitative elemental analysis of small amounts of materials 
(down to cubic microns in bulk materials and a few hundred nanometers in thin samples). 
The scanning auger microprobe is capable of surface analysis of the top 3 atomic layers of a 
solid material in an area of 50 to 100 nanometers. The auger microprobe is equipped with an 
argon ion gun so that depth profiling may be done through thin films. The ion microprobe 
can perform elemental and isotope analysis to monolayer depths, with a lateral resolution of 
one micrometer. It can also do depth profiling, especially important for implanted semi- 
conductors. The facility is completely equipped for specimen preparation and technical 
photography in the physical sciences, is representative of the best modern microanalysis 
instrumentation, and is unique in this geographical area. 

E. A. Wheeler, Coordinator, WPS Microscopy Lab 

The Department of Wood and Paper Science Microscopy Lab is equipped with a 
Siemens Elmskop-1 A transmission electron microscope as well as other equipment neces- 
sary for the preparation and study of specimens. 

M.J. Dykstra, Director, SVM Electron Microscopy Laboratory 

The CVM Electron Microscopy Laboratory is a facility housing a Philips 410 LS 
transmission electron microscope for biological specimens and a JOEL JSM-35 scanning 
electron microscope. All the back-up equipment for preparing specimens to be viewed with 
either instrument are housed within the laboratory as well as complete darkroom facilities 
for the preparation of routine and publication materials. 

HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION 

R. C. Bruce, Director 

As an institutional member of the Highlands Biological Foundation, Inc., North Carolina 
State University helps support the Highlands Biological Station, an inland field station 
located 8,828 feet above sea level in the heart of North Carolina's southern Appalachians. 
The area has an extremely diverse biota and the highest rainfall in the eastern United 
States. 

Facilities are available throughout the year for pre- and post-doctoral research in ecol- 
ogy, botany, zoology, soils and geology. Field-oriented research is supported by a laboratory 
building with research rooms and cubicles, a well equipped library, and five cottages and a 
dining hall located on the edge of a six-acre lake. The station owns 16 acres surrounding the 
lake as well as several tracts of undisturbed forested land. Research grants available 
through the station provide stipends for room, board, and research expenses. 

INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS 

D. L. Solomon, Director 

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at Raleigh and the other at 
Chapel Hill. At North Carolina State University, the institute provides statistical consult- 
ing services to all branches of the institution, sponsors research in statistical theory and 
methodology, and coordinates the teaching of statistics at the undergraduate and graduate 
levels. The instructional and other academic functions are performed by the Departmentof 
Statistics, which forms a part of the institute. 

280 



INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 
INSTITUTE 

C. F. Zorowski. Director 

The Integrated Manufacturing Systems Engineering Institute has been established at 
North Carolina State University to provide a multifaceted educational, research, and 
technology transfer inititative in manufacturing systems engineering. The objectives of 
this program are to educate engineers in the theory and practice of advanced design and 
manufacturing methods: to conduct basic and applied research on topics related to contem- 
porary manufacturing problems: and to engage in technology transfer to increase produc- 
tivity and improve the quality of manufactured products. 

The central goals of the institute are to integrate computer-aided processes into the 
design and control of manufacturing facilities enabling them to produce manufactured 
goods of improved quality at lowered cost. Through both internally and externally funded 
research projects the institute helps solve generic design and manufacturing engineering 
problems and provides a vehicle for technology transfer. 

MATERIALS RESEARCH CENTER 

R. F. Davis. Director 

The Materials Research Center was established in 1984 at NCSU as an interdisciplinary 
program involving persons representing the Departments of Chemistry, Electrical and 
Computer Engineering, Materials Engineering and Physics. The principal thrust area of 
the center involves fundamental studies in the epitaxy of compound semiconductors. The 
center serves as a focal point for this cooperative research. However, the experimental 
efforts are conducted within the four departments noted above. 

MICROELECTRONICS CENTER OF NORTH CAROLINA 

A. Reisman, Vice-President for Semiconductor Research and Technology 

North Carolina State University is a participating member of the Microelectronics 
Center of North Carolina (MCNC) which has been established to support the academic and 
research programs in microelectronics. Other participating institutions are the University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Duke University. North Carolina Agricultural and 
Technical State University, the Research Triangle Institute and the University of North 
Carolina at Charlotte. 

MCNC consists of a Semiconductor Research and Integrated Circuit Design and Fabri- 
cation Facility located at the Research Triangle Park near Raleigh and a teaching and 
research Integrated Circuit Fabrication Facility located on the NCSU campus. These 
facilities are dedicated to the support of VLSI (Very Large-Scale Integration) microelec- 
tronics teaching and research programs at the participating institutions. Faculty and 
students at NCSU have access to the use of MCNC facilities on sponsored research projects 
and for formal academic courses including microelectronics design and fabrication labora- 
tories. Areas of interest include system design, systems engineering, integrated circuit 
technology, semiconductor materials and device physics. Departments at NCSU which are 
actively involved in the program include Electrical and Computer Engineering. Computer 
Science, Physics, Chemistry, and Materials Engineering. 

NORTH CAROLINA JAPAN CENTER 

J. Sylvester. Jr.. Director 

The North Carolina Japan Center was established in 1980 at North Carolina State 
University to strengthen academic, scientific, economic, and cultural ties between Japan 
and North Carolina. The center also helps conduct the formal exchange NCSU has with 
Nagoya University, a major national scientific university in Japan. 



281 



Under the North Carolina Japan Fellows program. 41 professors and staff have taken a 
year of Japanese language training and then worked in Japan for a half year with Japanese 
colleagues in their specialty. They use their Japanese experience in their teaching and 
research, and they participate in the activities of the center and of the state in its relations 
with Japan. 

The center offers introductory and advanced levels of Japanese language for students and 
gives special seminars for businessmen and others interested in Japan. Public lectures are 
given on Japan by members of the staff and the Fellows. Various films dealing with modern 
Japan, and North Carolina's ties with Japan have been prepared for teacher training, 
public television, and Japanese companies interested in investment in North Carolina. The 
center has raised an endowment in memory of former Provost Harry Kelly and his contri- 
bution to US-Japan scientific ties. The center also works with American companies selling 
to Japan and Japanese firms locating in North Carolina. 

NUCLEAR MEASUREMENTS AND ANALYSIS DIVISION 

J. N. Weaver, Manager 

Specialized nuclear service facilities are available to the university faculty, students, 
state and federal agencies, and industry. The purpose of these facilities is to further the use 
of nuclear energy in engineering research and in scientific and public service programs. 
The facilities include: a 1 megawatt steady-state, pool-type, research reactor (PULSTAR) 
with a variety of test facilities: a neutron activation analysis and radioisotope laboratory 
equipped with two ND6700 Gamma Spectrometry Systems coupled to nine GeLi solid-state 
detectors, two LEPD detectors and two 5" Nal detectors; a prompt gamma facility; a 
neutron depth profile facility; a neutron radiography facility, a low level counting labora- 
tory equipped with liquid scintillation systems, radon systems, alpha spectrometry systems 
and an oxidizer: intermediate hot laboratories with hoods, junior caves and glove boxes: 
transuranic nuclear materials laboratory and computing and photographic rooms. 

The 50.000 square-foot Burlington Engineering Laboratories complex houses the 
Department of Nuclear Engineering and the Department of Materials Science and Engi- 
neering with their associated offices and laboratories. All of the facilities including the 
reactor are on the North Carolina State University campus. 

PESTICIDE RESIDUE RESEARCH LABORATORY 

T. J. Sheets, Director 

The Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory is a facility in the College of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences devoted to research on pesticide residues in animals, plants, soils, water and 
other entities of man's environment. Although the laboratory is administered through the 
Department of Entomology, it provides pesticide residue analyses for research projects in 
all departments of the college. 

Not only does the laboratory perform interdepartmental residue research, but faculty in 
the laboratory also conduct independent pesticide research on persistence and decomposi- 
tion in soils and plants, absorption and translocation in plants, distribution in environment, 
and contamination of streams, estuaries and ground water. 

PLANT DISEASE AND INSECT CLINIC 

R. K. Jones, Director 

The Plant Disease and Insect Clinic (PDIC) provides a unique diagnostic and educational 
service to plant growers in North Carolina. It is an integral part of the extension program in 
the Plant Pathology and Entomology Departments. The PDIC receives approximately 
7,000 problem samples each year. County Agents, Extension Specialists and growers 
submit samples from agricultural crops, forests, urban gardens, house plants, etc. This 
provides an opportunity to observe and work with practical problems currently developing 
and causing damage. 



282 



There are constant and increasingly rapid changes taking place in agricultural technol- 
ogy. These changes require new types of assays and more sophisticated laboratory exami- 
nations. Plant problems must be correctly diagn'osed and proper control strategies 
employed as quickly as possible for growers to obtain maximum yields. The PDIC provides 
a vital link between the numerous highly specialized resources and faculty members at 
NCSU and the practical plant problems in the field. New or unusual outbreaks of plant 
diseases and insects can be quickly detected through the PDIC. 

PRECISION ENGINEERING CENTER 

Thomas A. Dow. Director 

The Precision Engineering Center, established in 1982, is a multidisciplinary research 
and graduate education program dedicated to providing new technology for high precision 
manufacturing. Current work involves the fabrication and assembly of optical systems 
used in such products as cameras, copy machines, laser bar-code scanners, and compact 
audio discs. Progress in precision is largely due to improvements in the ability to measure 
and control using high speed digital computers. The Precision Engineering Center 
attempts to integrate the measurement function into the manufacturing process. Skilled 
faculty, combined with government and industry support help the center develop new 
products that boost productivity and improve the manufacturing base of the country. 

REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY RESEARCH LABORATORY 

C. A. Lassiter, Director 

The Reproductive Physiology Research Laboratory, administered through the Depart- 
ment of Animal Science, conducts research on animals used in studies on reproduction. 
Facilities and equipment are available for surgery, in vitro growth of embryos, micromani- 
pulation and transfer of embryos between females. Recent emphasis has been on teaching 
and research in the area of mammalian biotechnology. 

SEA GRANT COLLEGE PROGRAM 

B. J. Copeland, Director 

The University of North Carolina Sea Grant College Program is a state/federal partner- 
ship program involving all campuses of the UNC system. A majority of its activities, 
however, are conducted at N.C. State University. Sea Grant combines the university's 
expertise in research, extension and education to focus on practical solutions to coastal 
problems. Graduate and undergraduate research opportunities rest with individual pro- 
ject directors on campus and with a special fellowship program administered by the 
program office. 

SOUTHEASTERN PLANT ENVIRONMENT LABORATORY- 
PHYTOTRON 

R. J. Downs, Director 

The Southeastern Plant Laboratory, commonly called a phytotron, is a laboratory espe- 
cially designed for research dealing with the response of biological organisms to their 
environment. The high degree of control makes it possible to duplicate any climate from 
tropical rain forests to arid desert. 

The North Carolina State unit concentrates on applied and basic research related to 
agricultural problems encountered in the southeastern United States, However, the ability 
to control all phases of the environment allows inclusion of research dealing with all aspects 
of plant science. 

The facilities are available to the resident research staff, participants in North Carolina 
State's graduate research program and to domestic and foreign visiting scientists. 



283 



TRIANGLE UNIVERSITIES NUCLEAR LABORATORY 

E. G. Bilpuch, Director 

TUNL is a laboratory for research in nuclear physics. Located on the campus of Duke 
University in Durham, the laboratory is staffed and operated by faculty members and 
students from the physics departments of Duke University, the University of North Caro- 
lina at Chapel Hill, and North Carolina State University. A variety of pure and applied 
research is performed, at lower energies with a small accelerator, and up to 17 MeV with a 
Tandem Van de Graaff accelerator. Extensive supporting facilities are available: on-line 
computers, polarized targets, polarized and pulsed beams, and ultra-high beam energy 
resolution. There is extensive collaboration with the numerous domestic and foreign visit- 
ing scientists. 

WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH INSTITUTE 

D. H. Moreau, Director 

The Water Resources Research Institute is a unit of the University of North Carolina 
System and is located on the campus of North Carolina State University. 

The institute was established to promote a multi-disciplinary attack on water problems, 
to develop and support research in response to the needs of North Carolina, to encourage 
strengthened educational programs in water resources, to coordinate research and educa- 
tional programs dealing with water resources, and to provide a link between the state and 
federal water resources agencies and related interests in the university. 

Research and educational activities are conducted through established departments and 
schools of the university system. All senior colleges and universities of North Carolina are 
eligible to participate in the institute's research program. 



University Development 

John T. Kanipe, Jr., Vice Chancellor for University Development 

H. Ken DeDominicis, AssiMant Vice Chancellor for University Development 

The Office of University Development is the principal private fund-raising division of the 
un i versity . It embraces the work of 18 organizations; including, the Board of Trustees of the 
Endowment Fund, the NCSU Alumni Association, and the NCSU Student Aid Asso- 
ciation. 

Board of Trustees of the Endowment Fund of North Carolina State 
University 

The Board of Trustees of the Endowment Fund was established under the Legislative Act 
creating the new University System October 30, 1971. The Board is charged with adminis- 
tering bequests, donations and gifts to the university. 

N.C. Agricultural Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina Agricultural Foundation, Inc., renders financial assistance in the 
development of strong teaching, research and extension programs in agriculture through 
the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences at North Carolina State University. 

N.C. Dairy Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina Dairy Foundation. Inc., promotes and improves all phases of dairy- 
ing in North Carolina through education, research and extension. A 48-member board of 



284 



directors handles the affairs of the foundation. These directors represent distributors, 
producers, and jobbers. 

N.C. Engineering Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina Engineering Foundation, Inc., gives financial assistance to the 
programs in the College of Engineering. 

N.C. Forestry Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina Forestry Foundation. Inc., was incorporated April 15, 1929. The 
foundation manages the Hofmann Forest (consisting of about 80,000 acres in Jones and 
Onslow counties), which is used as a demonstration and research laboratory for the College 
of Forest Resources at North Carolina State University. 

N.C. Physical and Mathematical Sciences Foundation, Inc. 

The College of Physical and Mathematical Sciences shared private support with the 
College of Engineering from the North Carolina Engineering Foundation for its first 25 
years. On April 11, 1983. the Physical and Mathematical Sciences Foundation, Inc. was 
organized for the exclusive enhancement of the College of Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences' teaching, research, and public service programs. 

N.C. Textile Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina Textile Foundation, Inc., was formed to promote the development of 
the College of Textiles, and was incorporated December 31, 1942. Funds for this foundation 
have been raised largely from textile fiber and apparel industries, individuals, and other 
corporations and industries closely allied with these industries. 

N.C. Tobacco Foundation, Inc. 

This foundation was organized in 1975 to enhance the state's long-established and highly 
successful tobacco improvement program. The foundation provides the means for agricul- 
tural leaders to invest in N.C. State tobacco research and extension activities. 

N.C. Veterinary Medical Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina Veterinary Medical Foundation, Inc., was formed May 18, 1978. 
Foundation funds are used to support the educational, research, and community service 
activities of the new College of Veterinary Medicine at North Carolina State University. 

N.C. 4-H Development Fund, Inc. 

The North Carolina 4-H Development Fund, Inc., was organized in 1959. Four-H Devel- 
opment Fund monies are used to promote and advance all areas of 4-H Club work in North 
Carolina. 

North Carolina State University Education Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina State University Education Foundation, Inc., was chartered on 
October 20, 1972. The foundation's principal purpose is to support through private funds 
the teaching, research, and extension programs of the School of Education at North 
Carolina State University. 

North Carolina State University Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina State University Foundation, Inc., was organized December 11, 
1942, to foster and promote the general welfare of North Carolina State University and to 
receive and administer gifts and donations for such purposes. 

285 



North Carolina State University Humanities Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina State University Humanities Foundation, Inc., was officially incor- 
porated on May 15, 1974. The foundation's objectives are to aid and promote, by financial 
assistance and otherwise, all types of education and research in the College of Humanities 
and Social Sciences at North Carolina State University. 

North Carolina State University Parents' Association 

This support organization provides a forum for the expression of ideas and concerns from 
the parents to the administration of the University. 

North Carolina State University School of Design Foundation, Inc. 

The North Carolina State University School of Design Foundation, Inc., was organized in 
January 1949. Foundation funds are used for the promotion and advancement of the School 
of Design at North Carolina State University. 

The Pulp and Paper Foundation, Inc. 

The Pulp and Paper Foundation, Inc., was incorporated December 19, 1954, by the 
leadership of the Southern pulp and paper mills to support the program of pulp and paper 
technology in the College of Forest Resources. 



University Relations 

Albert B. Lanier, Jr., Vice Chancellor University Relations 

The Office of University Relations plans and directs the University's public relations 
effort and institutional communications program by providing coordination of and support 
for the external marketing and communications activities of the various offices, colleges, 
and schools. Its organizational structure incorporates the Office of Information Services, 
the Office of Broadcast Services, and the Public Relations Committee. 

OFFICE OF INFORMATION SERVICES 

Lucy Coulbourn, Director 

The Office of Information Services oversees the areas of media relations, public informa- 
tion and University publications. In its role as a news service it provides news and feature 
materials to media about the academic programs, research and extension activities and the 
activities of students and faculty. Information Services is charged with the responsibility 
for communicating to the public through the media of the state and the nation, the many 
dimensions of the University and its contribution to the general public welfare. One of its 
many publications is Statelog, sent to more than 92,000 alumni and other University 
supporters. 

The office is located temporarily at 219 Oberlin Road. 

OFFICE OF BROADCAST SERVICES 

Ron Kemp, Director 

The Office of Broadcast Services produces broadcast radio and television materials for 
distribution to regional and national stations and networks. Broadcast Services works 
closely with the Office of Information Services and the coordinator of Electronic Media. 
The office develops and produces video news releases, television public service announce- 



286 



merits and the University video magazine as well as special projects highlighting academic 
and research accomplishments throughout the University. 

The office is located in Tompkins Hall. 

The University Closed Circuit Program, a maintenance and repair facility for campus 
television equipment, is housed in D. H. Hill Library and is a part of the Office of Broadcast 
Services. 

PUBLIC RELATIONS COMMITTEE 

An advisory committee of lay leaders, a number representing various media, the Public 
Relations Committee assists the University administration and the Development Board in 
assessing and conducting public relations. 



The Alumni Association 

Bryce R. Younts. Director of Alumni Relations 

The NCSU Alumni Association, a non-profit organization administered by the staff of the 
Office of ALumni Relations, functions to maintain ties between North Carolina State 
University and its alumni and to promote the progress of the University. 

The office's duties to alumni are to maintain alumni records, communicate with alumni 
through various publications, organize alumni activities such as reunions, tours, area 
meetings and special events, and inform alumni of educational opportunities and other 
services available to them from their alma mater. 

For the University, the Office of Alumni Relations administers programs of University 
support and, in conjunction with the Alumni Association, conducts the annual Alumni 
Loyalty Fund campaign. 

To the students of NCSU, the work of Alumni Relations and the Alumni Association 
means merit and need-based scholarships, including the prestigious John T. Caldwell 
Alumni Scholars Program; student loans; assistance for academically related student 
activities; sponsorship of the N.C. State Student Alumni Associates; and special services to 
freshmen and graduating seniors. 

For the faculty of NCSU, private support efforts provide professorships as well as 
teaching, extension and research awards. 

Library support and a University Advancement Fund are also part of the NCSU support 
program made possible by the Alumni Association and administered through the Office of 
Alumni Relations. 

The main vehicle of communication between North Carolina State University and its 
alumni is the North Carolina State Alumni Magazine, published five times a year by the 
Alumni Association. In addition to providing the traditional news of alumni and campus 
events, the magazine's aim is to entertain and inform readers by covering the views, 
challenges and achievements of NCSU people and by examining issues that relate to public 
affairs and higher education. 

Membership in the NCSU Alumni Association is open to all former students, regardless 
of their length of stay at N.C. State. Associate membership is available to all friends of the 
University. 

Students and parents are invited to visit the Office of Alumni Relations, located in the 
Alumni Memorial Building on Pullen Road. To inquire about programs of service, call 
1-919-737-3375 or 1-800-NCS-ALUM; or write the NCSU Office of Alumni Relations, Box 
7503. North Carolina State University, Raleigh. NC 27695-7503. 



287 




North Carolina 
State University 

through photos . . . 



■>^^ V -i??^-. i 





\f^% 






^ / 



A*' 



^- - r 



COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

The course descriptions are arranged first in alphabetical order according to course 
prefix reflecting the department or discipline of the course. Some courses are cross-listed, 
indicating that they are offered in two or more departments or disciplines. Within each of 
the prefix groups, the course descriptions are arranged by course number: numbers 
100-299 are courses intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; numbers 300-499 
are courses intended primarily for juniors and seniors; numbers 490-498 are seminar, 
project, or special topics courses; number 499 is for undergraduate research. 

This section contains all undergraduate courses, 100-level through 400-level, approved 
for the 1989 Spring Semester. It also contains selected 500-level graduate courses which are 
available to advanced undergraduates who have the required prerequisites. It does not 
contain any 600-level courses which are available to graduate students only. For a complete 
listing of 500- and 600-level courses, see the Graduate Catalog. 

A typical course description shows the prefix, number, and title followed by prerequisite, 
credit, and offering information. Prerequisites are courses or levels of achievement that a 
student is expected to have completed successfully prior to enrolling in a course. Corequi- 
sites are courses which should be taken concurrently by students who have not previously 
completed the corequisites. Prerequisites and corequisites for a given course may be 
waived by the instructor of the course or section. It is the student's responsibility to satisfy 
prerequisites, or obtain from the instructor written waiver of prerequisites, for any course 
in which he or she may enroll. Failure to satisfy prerequisites may result in removal from 
enrollment in the course. Consent of the department is required for all practicum and 
individual special topics or special problems courses as well as internships and thesis or 
dissertation research. Some courses also have restrictive statements, such as "Credit in 
both MA 141 and MA 131 is not allowed." Restrictive statements for a given course may be 
waived only by a college dean. 

An example of credit information is; 4(3-2) F, S, Sum. The 4 indicates the number of 
semester hours credit awarded for satisfactory completion of the course. The (3-2) normally 
indicates that the course meets for three hours of lecture or seminar each week and for two 
hours of laboratory, problem, or studio work each week. Some courses are offered for 
variable credit, and a listing of 1-6 indicates that from one to six semester hours of credit 
may be earned as arranged by the department offering the course. 

Offering information is shown as F, S, Sum, Alt. yrs. F indicates that the course is 
normally offered in the Fall Semester, S indicates the Spring Semester, Sum. indicates the 
Summer Terms, and Alt. yrs. indicates the course is normally offered in alternate years. 
The absence of offering information indicates that there is no fixed pattern, and students 
should check with the department concerning when a particular course will be offered. 

Other abbreviations used in the course descriptions are; CI, consent of instructor 
required; grad., graduate; undergrad., undergraduate; sr., senior; jr., junior; soph., sopho- 
more; fr., freshman; lab., laboratory; lect., lecture; and sem.. seminar. 



CONTENTS 




AC 


Agricultural Communications 


BS 


ACC 


Accounting 


CE 


ALS 


Agriculture and Life 


CFR 




Sciences 


CH 


ANS 


Animal Science 


CHE 


ANT 


Anthropology 


CL 


ARC 


Architecture 


CS 


AS 


Aerospace Studies 


CSC 


BAE 


Biological and 


CSE 




Agricultural Engineering 


DF 


BCH 


Biochemistry 


DN 


BMA 


Biomathematics 


E 


BO 


Botany 


EB 



Biological Sciences 
Civil Engineering 
Forest Resources 
Chemistry 

Chemical Engineering 
Comparative Literature 
Crop Science 
Computer Science 
Computer Studies 
Design Fundamentals 
Design 
Engineering 
Economics and Business 



303 



ECE Electrical and Computer 

Engineering 
ED Education 
ENG English 
ENT Entomology 
FL Foreign Languages and 

Literatures 
FLC Chinese Language and 

Literature 
FLE English for Foreign 

Students 
FLF French Language and 

Literature 
FLO German Language and 

Literature 
FLH Hebrew Language and 

Literature 
FLI Italian Language and 

Literature 
FLJ Japanese Language and 

Literature 
FLP Portuguese Language and 

Literature 
FLR Russian Language and 

Literature 
FLS Spanish Language and 

Literature 
FOR Forestry 
FS Food Science 
FW Fisheries and Wildlife 

Sciences 
GC Graphic Communications 
GN Genetics 
GRK Greek Language and 

Literature 
HA History of Art 
HI History 

HS Horticultural Science 
HSS Humanities and Social 

Sciences 
lA Industrial Arts 

IE Industrial Engineering 

LAR Landscape Architecture 
LAT Latin Language and 

Literature 
MA Mathematics 
MAE Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering 
MAT Materials Science and 

Engineering 



MB 


Microbiology 


MEA 


Marine, Earth, and 




Atmospheric Sciences 


MS 


Military Science 


MUS 


Music 


NE 


Nuclear Engineering 


NS 


Naval Science 


NTR 


Nutrition 


OR 


Operations Research 


PA 


Public Administration 


PD 


Product Design 


PE 


Physical Education 


PHI 


Philosophy 


PHY 


Physiology 


PM 


Pest Management 


PMS 


Physical and Mathematical 




Sciences 


PO 


Poultry Science 


PP 


Plant Pathology 


PS 


Political Science 


PSY 


Psychology 


PY 


Physics 


REL 


Religion 


RRA 


Recreation Resources 




Administration 


SOC 


Sociology 


SP 


Speech-Communication 


SSC 


Soil Science 


ST 


Statistics 


SW 


Social Work 


T 


Textiles 


TC 


Textile Chemistry 


TE 


Textile Engineering 


TES 


Textile Engineering and 




Science 


TMT 


Textile Management and 




Technology 


TOX 


Toxicology 


UNI 


University Studies 


VD 


Visual Design 


VMA 


Anatomy, Physiological Sciences 




& Radiology 


VMC 


Companion Animal and Special 




Species Medicine 


VMF 


Food Animal and Equine 




Medicine 


VMM 


Microbiology, Pathology, and 




Parasitology 


VMS 


Veterinary Medical Sciences 


WPS 


Wood and Paper Science 


ZO 


Zoology 



304 



AGRICULTURAL COMMUNICATIONS 

AC 311 Communication Methods and Media.. Preq: ENG 112. 3(3-0) F,S. Foundational 
frameworks of agricultural communications. The technologies of communication and the 
systematic approach to the development of communication materials. Development of 
applied skills in the areas of design, production, evaluation, and dissemination of informa- 
tion unique to the agriculturist. BOSTICK 

AC 470 Agricultural Communications. Preq: AC 311. Senior Standing. 3(3-0) S. The- 
ory, research and structure of informational techniques and delivery systems designed for 
Agricultural Communications producers and consumers. A study of the traditional to 
current needs and ramifications. BOSTICK 

AC (FW) 485 Natural Resources Advocacy. Preq: ENG 321. (3(2-3) S. Analysis of natural 
resources problems as they affect management agencies and user groups. Development of 
professional attitudes, policies, and skills needed for the management of sensitive natural 
resource issues through application of techniques in the field. Student presentations, 
demonstrations and development of natural resource planning models that integrate bio- 
logical skills with management alternatives and are critiqued by resource field staff. 

Selected 500-level Courses Open to Advanced Undergraduates 

AC 590 Special Topics in Agricultural Communications. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 
1-6. 

ACCOUNTING 

(Also see EB-Economics and Business) 

ACC 210 Accounting I — Concepts of Financial Reporting. Credit may not be received 
for both ACC 210 and 280 or 260. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. Financial reporting concepts, the 
information generating process, income measurement, resource valuation, corporate 
equity measurement, reporting practices, and the interpretation and analysis of financial 
statements. Basic accounting principles and concepts, the accounting cycle, purchase and 
sale transactions, internal controls dealing with cash, receivables and payables, inven- 
tories, and plant and equipment considerations. 

ACC 220 Accounting II— An Introduction to Managerial Accounting. Preq: ACC 

210. Credit may not be received for both ACC 220 and 280 or 261. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Analysisof 

accounting data that are useful in managerial decision making and in the control and 

evaluation of the decisions made within business organizations. An introduction to basic 

models, financial statement analysis, cost behavior analysis and cost control procedures. 

ACC 280 Managerial Accounting. Credit may not be received for both ACC 280 and 
ACC 210. 220 or ACC 265. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Principles underlying financial reporting. 
Analysis of cost and quantitative data for managerial decision making. The objective is to 
provide understanding of accounting measures and an appreciation of the uses of account- 
ing information. 

ACC 310 Intermediate Financial Accounting I. Preq: ACC 220. Credit may not be 
received for both ACC 310 and 360. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Asset valuation and analysis. The 
financial statement generation process along with the valuation and reporting problems 
relating to cash, accounts receivable, inventories and operating assets. Introduction to 
financial statement analysis, accounting theory, and professional standards. 

COX, FRAZIER, GRIFFIN 

ACC 311 Intermediate Financial Accounting II. Preq: ACC 310. Credit may not be 
received for both ACC 311 and 361. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Enterprise equities: valuation and 
analysis. Valuation and reporting problems relating to owners' equities, long-term invest- 
ments, and liabilities. Consolidations, partnership accounting, and related professional 
pronouncements. COX, FRAZIER, ROCKNESS, THORNE 



305 



ACC 320 Managerial Uses of Cost Data. Preq.ACC 220. Credit may not be received for 
both ACC 320 and 262. S(S-0} F,S,Sum. Managerial uses of cost data in planning, control- 
ling, and evaluating organizational activities and in making business decisions. Budgeting, 
cost behavior, product costing and pricing, and an introduction to production cost. 

FERRERI, McKEE, WILLIAMS 

ACC 330 An Introduction To Income Taxation. Preqs: ACC 210 and EB 201. Credit 
may not be received for both A CC SSO and S6Jk. 3(S-0) F,S. A conceptually oriented introduc- 
tion to federal income taxation in its political, social and economic contexts. The primary 
focus is the individual taxpayer. Capital gains and losses, and investment incentives are 
examined. Tax planning and tax research are introduced. 

CARRAWAY, MESSERE, PEACE 

ACC 340 Accounting Information Systems. Preqs: ACC 320, ACC SIO, CSC 200. 3(2-2) 
F,S. Systems concepts, including the theory, principles, and controls inherent inaccounting 
information systems analysis, design, and development. Subsystems of the total accounting 
system including sales/receivable, purchases/payable, cash receipts, cash disbursements, 
payroll, inventory, and production subsystems. Uses microcomputers. GRIFFIN 

ACC 410 Advanced Financial Accounting. Preq: ACC 311. Credit may not be received 
for both ACC JflO and Wl. 3(3-0) F. Complex income measurement issues and disclosure. 
Valuation and reporting problems related to revenue recognition, earnings per share, tax 
allocation, pensions, leases, foreign currency translation, accounting changes and error 
correction. Cash and fund flow reporting and the impact of price level and current value 
accounting. FRAZIER, THORNE 

ACC 420 Production Cost Analysis and Control. Preq: ACC 320 and EB 350. Credit 
may not be received for both ACC .^^20 and 362. 3(3-0) F,S. Managerial reporting practices for 
producing activities, development and use of cost standards and budgets, and cost measure- 
ment of productive inputs for units of productive outputs. Managerial use of cost data in 
analyzing, planning, and controlling business activity. Consideration of information sys- 
tems and internal controls. FERRERI, McKEE, ZUCKERMAN 

ACC 430 Advanced Income Taxation. Preg.sv A CC^iO, 330. Credit may not be received 
for both ACC U30 and U65. 3(3-0) F. A second course in federal taxation focusing on the tax 
treatment of taxpayers other than individuals, and on those property transfers subject to 
federal and state gift and death taxes. Tax planning— the legal minimization of the tax 
burden— is emphasized. Tax research methodology is explained and utilized to provide 
substantive answers to relevant tax problems. MESSERE, PEACE 

ACC 450 Auditing Finsinc\a.\lniorma,tion. Preq: ACC 3 11,EB (ST) 350. Creditmay not 

be received for both A CC Jf50 and 466. 3(3-0) S. Objectives, procedures, practices and theory 
of the examination of financial information; the professional standards and ethical codes of 
the public accounting profession; features of internal control and EDP systems and other 
professional topics including overview of internal and operational auditing and SEC 
requirements; extensive use of professional literature and authoritative pronouncements. 

McKEE, SKENDER 

ACC 460 Specialized Financial Reporting Theory and Practice. Preq: ACC 311. 
3(3-0) F. The specialized valuation and reporting problems relating to consolidated finan- 
cial statements, business combinations and reorganizations, governmental and nonprofit 
organizations, home office and branch relationships, foreign affiliates, estates and trusts, 
and business firms experiencing financial difficulties. Study of related professional 
publications. ROCKNESS, SKENDER 

ACC 470 Accounting Theory. Preqa: ACC 410, EB301, EB(ST)350. Credit may not be 
received for both ACC 470 and, 489. 3(3-0) S. Major concepts, problem areas and trends in 
accounting thought and practice, including a review of the most prominent controversies in 
current publications and the most recent relevant pronouncements of professional 
institutions. WILLIAMS 

ACC 480 Accelerated Survey of Financial and Management Accounting. Credit 
may not be received for both ACC 480 and ACC 220, 280 or 469. Intended for graduate 

306 



students and adranced undenfraduates not in Economics and Business. 3(3-0) F. Acceler- 
ated survey of basic concepts underlying accounting in profit-oriented firms: data measure- 
ment, summarization and reporting practices as a background for use of accounting 
information; content of published financial statements; and uses of accounting for man- 
agement decisions in product costing, budgeting, and operations. 

FRAZIER, ROCKNESS 

ACC 490 Senior Seminar in Accounting. Preqs: EB 301, 302, EB(ST) 350, ACC AW. 
3(3-0). Emphasis on summarizing and coordinating the students' professional education by 
increasing their capacity to apply appropriate accounting and economic methods to prob- 
lem resolution. Enrollment limited to permit individual instruction. 

ACC 495 Special Topics in Accounting. Preq: Consent of Instructor. 1-6. Presentation of 
material not normally available in regular course offerings, or offering of new courses on a 
trial basis. 

ACC 498 Independent Study in Accounting. 1-6. F,S,Sum. Detailed investigation of 
topics of particular interest to advanced undergraduates under faculty direction on a 
tutorial basis. Credits and content determined by faculty member in consultation with 
Associate Department Head. 

Selected 500-Level Course Open to Advanced Undergraduates 

ACC 520 Advanced Management Accounting. Preqs: A CC U80, EB (ST) 350 and EB 
501. 3(3-0) S. 

AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the Agricultural and Life Sciences. 1(1-0) F,S. Not 
open to seniors. Introduction to scope and objectives of University education. Emphasis on 
sciences, particularly as related to biology and agriculture. Guest lectures, departmental 
programs and career opportunities. CRAIG, MOORE, OBLINGER 

ALS 110 Agriculture and Life Sciences Scholars Forum. Preq: Enrollment limited to 
participants in the Agriculture and Life Sciences Scholars Program. 0(2-0) F. Interdiscipli- 
nary seminar series with presentations by distinguished faculty members and experts 
drawn from technical, academic, business and government communities. Discussions of 
major public issues and topics of contemporary concern. 

ALS 299H Agriculture and Life Sciences Honors Seminar. For freshmen and sopho- 
more honor students (GPA 3.00 or higher) in CALS. Enrollment by invitation. 1(1-0) S. A 
Seminar program for freshman and sophomore honor students in the College of Agricul- 
ture and Life Sciences. Topics for discussion selected by course participants in each section; 
generally contemporary issues. Resource persons from the faculty and/or the community 
included in the discussions. 

ALS 400 External Learning Experience. Preqs: Junior standing in CALS and prior 
arrangement. 1-6 F,S. A learning experience in agriculture and the life sciences within an 
academic framework that utilizes facilities and resources that are not available on the 
campus. 

ALS (HSS) 490 International Seminar. Preq: Junior standing. 1(1-0) S. Cultural, eco- 
nomic and social aspects of developing countries, focusing on factors involved in change and 
the process of development. McCLINTOK 

ALS 499H Honors Research/Teaching. Preq: For junior and senior students in Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences who have a GPA of 3.0 or higher. 1-3 F,S,Sum. An enrichment 
program in which Juniors and Seniors in Agriculture and Life Sciences work with a faculty 
member either on a research project of mutual interest or by assisting with teaching a 
course. Participation is by invitation. CRAIG 



307 



ANIMAL SCIENCE 

ANS 100 Perspectives in Animal Science. 1(1-0) F. Discussion of current status of 
animal agriculture, extension and research. Career opportunities and qualifications for 
employment in animal agriculture and related fields. 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science. Jt(-3-2) F,S. The fundamental principles of 
animal production. The importance of livestock and livestock products in the human diet 
and in the economy. ESBENSHADE, RAKES 

ANS 201 Techniques of Animal Care. Preq: ANS 200. 2(0-U) S. A laboratory course in 
the applied management of beef cattle, dairy cattle, swine and sheep with participatory 
assignments of common techniques utilized in animal production. 

ANS 202 Techniques of Horse Care. Preq: ANS 200. 2(0-Jt) F. A laboratory course 
providing students opportunities to learn applied management skills required in horse 
production. Participatory assignments of common techniques utilized in horse production 
will be emphasized. BARNETT 

ANS (PO) 204 Feeds and Feeding. Preq: Sophomore standing. M-i-3) S. Applied nutri- 
tion of livestock and poultry. Digestion and function of nutrients. Classification, processing 
and use of feedstuffs. Formulation of rations to meet nutritional requirements. Demonstra- 
tions of nutritional deficiencies. ORT, RAMSEY 

ANS 210 Microcomputers in Animal Production. Preq: ANS 200. 2(1-2) F,S. Use of 
microcomputers to better understand animal production and management concepts. Word 
processing, spreadsheets, data base management and specialized accounting and planning 
programs. WILK 

ANS 300 Animal Production Field Study Trip. Preq: ANS 200. 1(0-2) F.S. Animal 
agriculture and related agribusiness in North Carolina. Three-dav field trip with fee 
required. ROBISON 

ANS (FS, NTR) 301 Modern Nutrition. Preq: Sophomore standing. Food science majors 
may use as a free elective only. 3(3-0) F,S. (See NTR— Nutrition.) ASH 

ANS 302 Livestock and Dairy Evaluation. 3(2-3) S. Market classes and grades of beef 
cattle, swine, and sheep are used to study live animal— carcass value interrelationships. 
Breed histories, pedigrees and desirable characteristics of meat and dairy animals are 
discussed. 

ANS 303 Principles of Equine Evaluation. 2(1-3) S. Conformation as it relates to the 
function, performance and soundness of the horse. Breed standards, rules and regulations 
pertaining to evaluation, selection and performance. One or two overnight Id trips are 
required. BARNETT 

ANS 308 Advanced Livestock Judging. Preq: ANS 302 or ANS 303. May be repeated 
th ree times with one credit for each category of livestock covered. Intensive practice in judging 
market and purebred meat animals, dairy cattle, or horses. Extensive field trips. Some 
student expense. 

ANS 310 Basic Horse Husbandry. Cannot substitute for ANS UIO in fulfilling depart- 
mental requirements. 3(2-2) F. Basic principles of horse husbandry; origin, evolution, 
breeds and functions of horses; basics of feeding, breeding, disease prevention and man- 
agement. Field trips. CORNWELL 

ANS 311 Livestock Breeding and Improvement. Preq.'^: BS 100, ANS 200. 3(3-0) F. 
Principles of genetics applied to the improvement of domestic livestock. Principles of 
inheritance, phenotypic variation, selection response, breeding value estimation, heterosis, 
crossbreeding systems and genetic decisions in livestock production systems. 

ANS (FS, PO) 322 Muscle Foods and Eggs. Preq: BS 100. 3(2-3) F. Processing and 
preserving fresh poultry, red meats, seafoods, and eggs. Ante- and post-mortem events as 
they affect quality, yield and compositional characteristics of muscle tissues. BALL 



308 



ANS (FS) 324 Milk and Dairy Products. Preq: BS 100. 2(2-0) F. Composition of milk 
and dairy products, federal standards, raw milk procurement, cleaning and sanitizing and 
quality attributes. HANSEN 

ANS 330 Reproductive Physiology. Preq: Junior Standimj. S(2-S) F. Current concepts 
of reproductive physiology with emphasis on reproduction in farm animals. Anatomical 
and endocrine relationships as influenced by environmental and genetic factors. Manage- 
ment procedures for maximizing reproductive performance. BRITT 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management. Preq: ANS 20^. 3(2-3) S. Principles and practices of 
production, management and marketing of beef cattle. Modern management practices 
emphasizing the application of principles of genetics, nutrition, reproduction and animal 
health. HARVEY 

ANS 403 Swine Management. Preq: ANS 20If. 3(2-3) F. The economic, nutritional, 
genetic, physiological and managerial factors affecting the operation of modern swine 
enterprises. Practices for the commercial producer emphasized. Laboratory trips 
required. ESBENSHADE 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management. Preq: ANS 20i. 3(2-3) S. A study of practical dairy 
husbandry and management. Areas include: raising herd replacements, feed production 
and utilization, breeding and selection, milking procedures, records and housing. WILK 

ANS 405 Lactation. Preq: BS 100. 3(2-3) S. Gross and microscopic anatomy of the 
developing and the mature mammary gland. Physiological processes involved in milk 
secretion and the removal of milk from the gland. Research problem required. 

MOCHRIE 

ANS 406 Sheep Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. Alt. yrs. The economic, genetic, 
nutritional, physiological and managerial factors affecting the operation of the modern 
sheep enterprise. POND 

ANS 410 Horse Science. Preq: ANS 310. 3(2-2) S. Theory and practical work on the 
production, care and use of horses with emphasis on nutrition, reproduction, breeding and 
production in the South. Field trips. CORNWELL 

ANS 412 Applied Animal Breeding. Preq: ANS 3 11. Students may elect to take 1,2,3, or 
Jt of ANS U12 A, B, C, or D. 1-4 S. Breeding methods for improvement of specific classes of 
livestock presented as a series of mini-courses. ANS 412A, Applied Beef Cattle Breeding; 
ANS 412B, Applied Dairy Cattle Breeding; ANS 412C, Applied Swine Breeding; ANS 
412D, Genetics and Breeding— Selected Topics. 

ANS (NTH, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition. Preqs: CH 220 or both 221 and 223. 3(3-0) 
F. Principles of nutrition, including the classification of nutrients and the nutrient 
requirements of and species for health, growth, maintenance and productive functions. 

DONALDSON 

ANS (NTH) 419 Human Nutrition in Health and Disease. Preqs: BCH451, NTR415 or 
FS WO. 3(3-0) S. (See NTR— Nutrition.) 

ANS 490 Seminar in Animal Science. Preq: Junior standing. 1(1-0) F. Collection, 
evaluation, organization and oral presentation of information in animal science: resume 
writing; interview skills. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 
ANS 500 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. Preq: ANS 204 or ANS 415. 3(3-0) Alt. Sum. 
ANS (PHY) 502 Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates. Preq: ZO 421. 3(3-0) S. 
ANS (ON) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement. Preqs: GN 411. ST 511. 3(3-0) S. 

ANS 510 Advanced Livestock Munaigemeni. Preq: ANS 402 or ANS 403 or ANS 404. 

3(3-0) S. 

ANS (NTR) 516 Quantitative Nutrition. Preq: BCH 451 or NTR (ANS) 415 or NTR 
(ANS) 419 or FS 400. 3(1-6) S. 

309 



ANS 520 Tropical Livestock Production. Preq: Six hours ofANS at WO-level 3(3-0) F. 

ANS (NTR) 540 Ruminant Physiology and Metabolism. Preqs: BCH U51 or 551, ZO 
h21. S(3-0) F. Alt. ijrs. 

ANS (PHY) 580 Mammalian Endocrine Physiology. Preqs: BCH J^Sl, ZO 1,21. 3(3-0) 
F. 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science. Maximum 6 F,S. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see SOC-Sociology: SW— Social Work.) 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Introduction to the study of human 
evolution. Topics include the processes of evolution, human variation and race, behavior 
and morphology of nonhuman primates, and the fossil record. Emphasis is placed on the 
study of human biosocial adaptation, past and present, and on humans as culture-bearing 
primates. 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology. .if.i-OjF,S,S?/m. Comparative study of contemporary 
human culture, social institutions and processes that influence behavior. The range of 
human cultural variation shown throughout the world, including the student's own culture 
system. 

ANT 253 Prehistoric Archaeology. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey of archaeological methods and 
the evidence of the origin and growth of man's technology and culture from the Stone Age to 
the rise of urban civilization. Significant human developments in prehistoric times; such as, 
fire, big-game hunting, agriculture, warfare, metallurgy, permanent villages, are the basis 
for study. Prehistory of Africa, Europe and Asia will be emphasized. 

ANT 254 Language and Culture. 3(3-0) F,S. Focuses on the relationship among aspects 
of human language and between aspects of language and culture. Surveys such topics as: 
descriptive and comparative linguistics, structuralism, language and thought, sociolingu- 
istics, bilingualism, culture change and linguistic change. 

ANT (SOC) 261 Technology in Society and Culture. 3(3-0) F,S. Processes of social and 
cultural change with focus on role of technological innovation. Cross-cultural emphasis. 
Special attention to role of scientists and engineers in socio-cultural change. Social and 
cultural impact analysis of planned technological change. Topical case studies apply course 
concepts and principles. Includes core sociological concepts, methods, theories. 

ANT 310 Indians of North America. Preq: ANT 252 or ANT 311 or HI 365. 3(3-0). 
Indian peoples and cultures north of the Rio Grande. Theories of origin; selected prehistoric 
cultural manifestations; people and cultures at the time of European contact; concomitants 
and ramifications of post-contact cultural change; and contemporary Indian problems and 
prospects. Eskimos and Aleuts included. 

ANT 311 Archaeology of North America. Preqs: Three hours introductory anthropol- 
ogy or sophomore standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Reviews archaeological investigations in North 
America, beginning with the first Stone Age immigrants to cross the Bering Land Bridge 
and their expansion over the rest of the North American continent. The diversity of early 
Eskimo and Indian cultures, social and technological developments, and environmental 
adaptations during the 10,000 years prior to European arrival will be studied. 

ANT 325 Andean South America. Preqs: 3 hours ANT, or HI 215 or HI 216. 3(3-0). The 
societies, cultures, politics, economics and ecology of the Andean countries of South Amer- 
ica (Peru, Bolivia, Ecuador, Chile, Columbia). Special attention to agrarian systems. 

ANT 330 Peoples and Cultures of Africa. Preqs: Three hours cultural anthropology or 
HI 275 or HI 276. 3(3-0). Introduction to African peoples and life styles, especially in 
sub-Saharan Africa. Examines pre-Colonial cultural and social patterns, the various cul- 
ture areas, colonialism, and elements of change since independence. 



310 



ANT 373 The Human Fossil Record. Preq: Three hours physical anthropology or 
archaeology. 3(3-0). Analysis of the human fossil record and consideration of alternate 
theories of human evolution. 

ANT 416 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology. Preq: Six hours ANT. 3(3-0) 
Alt.. A systematic overview of cultural anthropological research methods including design- 
ing research projects, research techniques, field work methods, and cross-cultural compar- 
ison. Reviews relevant ethical questions and anthropologists' reports of their own field 
work. 

ANT 420 Biological Bases for Human Social Behavior. Preq: ANT 2.51 or 3 hours 
biological sciences. 3(3-0). Relevance and applicability of animal behavior to the study of 
human social behavior. Nature and uniqueness of human behavior in light of social behav- 
ior of animals, particularly the nonhuman primates. 

ANT 460 Urban Anthropology. Preq: ANT 252. 3(3-0). Anthropological study of cities. 
Examination of cross-cultural patterns of behavior in urban areas and adaptive strategies 
that urban dwellers employ. Introduction to major theoretical and methodological 
approaches relevant to an understanding of contemporary urbanization. 

ANT 498 Special Topics in Anthropology. Preq: Six hours ofSOC/ANTl-6 F,S,Sum. 
Detailed investigation of a special topic in anthropology. Topic and mode of study deter- 
mined by faculty members and students. Also offered as needed for new courses. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

ANT 505 Comparative Social Organization. Preq: ANT 501 or 6 hours in cultural 
anthropology. 3(3-0). 

ANT 508 Culture and Personality. Preq: ANT 501 or 6 hours in cultural anthropology. 

3(3-0). 

ANT 511 Anthropological Theory. Preqs: ANT 501 or 6 hours in cultural anthropology. 

3(3-0). 

ANT 512 Applied Anthropology. Preq: ANT 252 or CI. 3(3-0). 

ARCHITECTURE 

(Also see DN — Design.) 

ARC 244 History of American Architecture. Does not fulfill humanities elective for 
School of Design students. 3(3-0) S. Survey of American architecture from Colonial times to 
the Second World War. 

ARC 251 Principles of Architectural Structures. 3(2-2) F,S. Development of the prin- 
ciples of structural behavior. A survey of structural systems, both natural and man-made, 
with an emphasis on a qualitative examination of the forces, influences or purposes to which 
they respond. 

ARC 253 Environmental Control Systems. 3(3-0) F,S. Studies in thermal, visual and 
auditory comfort requirements for people and their implications in energy conscious 
architectural design. Mechanical and electrical systems for heating, cooling, ventilation, 
vertical transportation, and communication; water and waste, fire safety, and acoustics. 

ARC 254 Architectural Materials. 3(2-2) F,S. Building materials as they relate to 
design. Materials in terms of their design potentials, their physical properties, origins, 
chief uses in construction, and performance in relation to other materials. Factors of 
environment, use, workmanship and economics upon which decisions about building mate- 
rials are made. RAND 

ARC 261 Design Methods. 3(3-0) F. Description, comparison, and testing of methods 
available in design with emphasis on problem-solving techniques. TECTOR 



311 



ARC 263 The Profession of Architect ure. 1(1-0) F. Introduction to architecture as a 
profession. Historical evolution of the profession, concepts of professionalism and ethics, 
legal and institutional foundations, and case studies of professional roles in architecture. 

ARC 351 Architectural Structures I. Preq: or Coreq: DN 251. 3(2-2) F. An introduction 
to force systems, quantitative treatment of equilibrium conditions; analysis of forces in 
trusses, frames and beams; behavior of materials; stress-strain diagrams, ductility, brit- 
tleness, creep: mechanics of areas; column behavior; stresses and deflection in beams. 

ARC 352 Architectural Structures II. Preq: DN 351. 3(2-2) S. Selection of structural 
system and design of structural elements in wood, steel, concrete and aluminum. 

ARC 353 Building Design with Natural Energy. 3(2-3) F,S. Fundamentals of building 
design using natural energies including sun and shade, radiation and evaporation, air 
movement and diurnal temperature cycles, combined with an opportunity for application 
to building design. 

ARC 400 Architecture Studio. Preq: DF 102 or written approval of Dept. Head and 
Dean. 6(0-9) F.S.Sum. Studies in architectural design. Projects of many types and scales are 
employed to introduce basic issues in architecture and to develop skills in design. 

ARC 403 Pregraduate Architectural Design (Series). Track 3 M. ARCH students 
only. Maximum of 24 credit hourf;. 6(0-12) F.S. Studies in architectural design to prepare 
students with no formal background for entry into the ARC 600 studio sequence. Studio 
projects deal with typical issues of building design in a range of scales, with an emphasis on 
processes and skills. 

ARC 441 History of Contemporary Architecture. Preq: Junior standing or DN HI or 
DN U2. 3(3-0) F. A survey and critical examination of modern architecture from its origins 
in 19th century philosophy and technology to the most recent developments in world 
architecture. CLARK 

ARC 447 Ideas in American Architecture 1: 1865-1893. Preq: Junior .standing. 3(3-0) 
F. Alt. yrs. American architecture as a physical manifestation of social, economic, and 
ideological patterns from the end of the Civil War to the World's Columbian Exposition. 
Draws on literature, art, and philosophy of the period as a setting for buildings and as a 
background for design theory. WEINEL 

ARC 448 Ideas in American Architecture II: 1892-1918. Preg.JHH2orstond/«fir..ir^-0^ 

S. Alt. yrs. American architecture as a physical manifestation of the social, economic and 
ideological patterns from the World's Columbian Exposition to the First World War. 
Draws on literature, art, and philosophy of the period as a setting for buildings and as a 
background for design theory. WEINEL 

ARC 451 Illumination and Design. Preq: ARC 253. 3(2-2) S. Principles and design 
methods for the illumination of buildings and their interior spaces. Students employ model 
simulation to explore and evaluate alternative lighting designs for various architectural 
situations. RIFKI 

ARC 452 (DN 452) Environmental Control Systems and Design. Preq: ARC 2.53. 
3(2-2) S. Natural and mechanical systems for heating, cooling and ventilating buildings 
with emphasis on energy conscious design approaches. RIFKI 

ARC 457 Architectural Construction Systems. Preq: DN 25U. 3(2-3) S. Building con- 
struction systems related to architectural design. Historical and current building practi- 
ces. Implications for design and systems selection. Case studies. Field trips are required. 

RAND 

ARC 494 Internship in Architecture. Preq: Junior standing in architecture: 3.0 GPA or 
better; and written approval of department head. 3-6 F,S. Supervised field experience in 
architectural offices and organizations. BURNS 

ARC 495 Independent Study in Architecture. Preq: Junior standing in architecture; 
3.0 GPA or better; and approval of department head. 1-3 F,S. Special projects in architecture 
developed under the direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. BURNS 

312 



Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

ARC 501 Professional Architecture Studio I. Preqs: BEDA degree or equivalent and 
CI: 6(0-12). F,S. Design studio investigations aimed at the development of an under- 
standing of the major issues confronting the contemporary architect and at the expanding 
of problem-solving abilities in architectural design. 

ARC 502 Professional Architecture Studio II. Preqs: ARC 501; ARC 510 and CI. 

6(0-12) F,S. Design investigations aimed at the development of an understanding of the 
major issues confronting the contemporary architect and at the expanding of problem- 
solving abilities in architectural design. This is an individualized, final project studio. 

ARC 521, 522 Advanced Architectural Structures I, II. Preq: (521) DN 352: (522) 
ARC 521. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ARC 531, 532 Advanced Building Technology I, II. Preqs: DN 253, 25U. 2(1-3) F,S. 

ARC 542 Investigations in Recent World Architecture. Preq: CI. 3(2-1) F. 

ARC 544 Architectural Conversation. Preq: Advanced undergrad. in DN or grad. 

standing. 3(3-0) Alt. S. 

ARC 546 Theory of Building Types. Preq: Two ARC studios. 3(3-0) F. 

ARC 561 The Practice of Architecture. ^('^-Oj F. 

ARC 562 Project Processes in Architecture. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. 

ARC 570 Theory of Urban Form. Preq: Advanced undergrad. 3(3-0) Alt. F. 

ARC 571 Urban Housing. Preq: Advanced undergrad. 3(3-0) S. 

ARC 574 Place and Place Making. Preq: Advanced undergrad. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ARC 581, 582 Conceptual Issues in Architecture and Design. Preq: Grad. standing or 
advanced undergrad. 3(3-0) F,S. 

AEROSPACE STUDIES (AIR FORCE ROTC) 

(Also see MS— Military Science; NS— Naval Science.) 
GENERAL MILITARY COURSES 

AS 121 The Air Force Role in the Department of Defense 1. 1(1-1) F. Initial course in 
the four-year Air Force ROTC curriculum. Familiarizes student with the mission, organi- 
zation and doctrine of U.S. Air Force and U.S. Strategic Offensive Forces. Introduction to 
U.S. Strategic Defensive Forces. The laboratory, corps training, provides experience in 
drill movement, knowledge of customs and courtesies expected of an Air Force member, 
knowledge of Air Force career opportunities, and the life and work of the junior officer. 

AS 122 The Air Force Role in the Department of Defense II. Preq: AS 121 or 
equivalent. 1(1-1) S. Continues study of U.S. Strategic Defensive Forces. Familiarizes 
student with Aerospace Support Forces and U.S. General Purpose Forces, including those 
of the Army, Navy and Marines. Corps training stresses fundamentals needed to capably 
assume and discharge future responsibilities in AFROTC and the U.S. Air Force. 

AS 221 The Development ot Airpower I. Preq: AS 1 22 or equivalent. 1(1-1) F. Airpower 
from the early years of powered flight through World War II. Factors which have promp- 
ted research and technological change. Events which show the impact of airpower on 
strategic thought. Corps training and laboratory provide experiences designed to develop 
each student's leadership potential and serve as an orientation to active duty. 

AS 222 The Development of Airpower II. Preq: AS 221 or equivaleyit. 1(1-1) S. Air- 
power from the end of World War II to the present. Emphasis on technological change and 
the events which show the impact of airpower on strategic thought. Corps training and 
laboratory provide experiences designed to develop each student's leadership potential and 
serve as an orientation to active duty. 

313 



PROFESSIONAL OFFICER COURSES 

AS 321 Air Force Management and Leadership. Preqs: Four year AFROTC Cadet: 
AS 222. Two-year cadet: Satisfactory completion of six weeks summer camp. S(.i-l) F. A 
study of management from the point of view of the Air Force junior officer, including the 
subjects of military leadership and military law. Attention given to progressive develop- 
ment of communicative skills needed by junior officers. Practical experience in advanced 
military leadership activities. 

AS 322 Air Force Management and Leadership IL Preq:ASS21. 3(3-1) S. Class and 
laboratory study of and practical experience with management functions in the military 
environment. The planning, organizing, directing, controlling and coordinating functions 
of management: the command and staff functions in advising, problem solving and 
decision-making situations. Emphasis on developing communicative skills, leadership 
abilities and basic knowledge required of an Air Force junior officer. 

AS 421 American Defense Policy l.Preq:AS322. 3(3-1) F. The role of national security 
forces in contemporary American society. The professional military as it relates to the 
American political and social system. Formulation of military policy is examined in terms 
of international and domestic constraints. A treatment of the development of modern 
defense strateg\\ The student studies and practices communicative skills. Corps training 
provides for advanced leadership experience. 

AS 422 American Defense Policy IL Preq: AS U21. 3(3-1) S. Continues the study of 
national security forces in contemporary American society. Focuses on strategj' and man- 
agement of modern conflict and formulation and implementation of U.S. defense policy. 
Brief study of the Air Force Officer classification and assignment system. Students develop 
their communicative skills and participate in advanced leadership situations in corps 
training. 

AS 495 Special Topics in Aerospace Studies. Preq: CI. 2(2-0) F,S. Offered as needed to 
treat new or special subject matter relating to the Department of the Air Force. 

AS 499 Flight Instruction Program Ground School. 0(1-0) F. Develops aeronautical 
knowledge required by the Federal Aviation Administration for private pilots. It familiar- 
izes students with the appropriate general and visual flight rules of Part 91 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations, obtaining and evaluating of flight weather reports and flight plan- 
ning elements such as plotting courses, estimating time enroute and fuel requirements. 
Required in the Flight Instruction Program (FIP) for Air Force ROTC cadets. 

FIELD TRAINING COURSES 

AFROTC field training is offered during the summer months at selected Air Force bases 
throughout the United States. Students in the four-year program participate in four weeks 
of field training during the summer after their sophomore year. Students applying for 
entry into the two-year program must successfully complete six weeks of field training 
prior to enrollment in AFROTC. 

Major study areas in the four-week field training program include junior officer train- 
ing, aircraft and aircrew indoctrination, career-orientation, survival training, base func- 
tions and Air Force environment, and physical training. 

The six-week field training program covers all four-week training program areas plus all 
of the subject matter received by four-year program cadets during their freshman and 
sophomore years in the General Military Course, including corps training. 

BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

BAE 151 Elements of Biological and Agricultural Engineering I. Enrollment in 
SBE/SBA. 2(0:5) F. Topics basic to Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Basic sur- 
veying procedures, tool processes, fabrication procedures and properties of materials. 
Demonstrations and laboratory practice. BLUM 



314 



BAE 201 Shop Practices. 2(1-3) F,S. Materials, shop skills, and safety practices essen- 
tial to the operation and maintenance of a mechanized farm operation or related agricultu- 
ral industry. Demonstration and hands-on practice through laboratory activity. 

ROBERSON 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery. S(2-S) S. Operation, maintenance, and adjustment of farm 
machines. Functional and energy requirements related to economic considerations in 
ownership and efficient operation. BAUGHMAN 

BAE 241 Computer Applications in Agriculture and Life Sciences. Preq: MA 112 or 
MA IH. S(l-U) F,S. An introduction to electronic digital computers with emphasis on small 
low-cost computers and their applications in agriculture and life sciences. SOWELL 

BAE 252 Elements of Biological and Agricultural Engineering II. Preqs: BAE 151, 
MA 201. h{2-h) S. The traditional subject areas of agricultural engineering will be intro- 
duced and the computer will be used to solve typical problems in each of these areas. 

WISER 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion in Biological Systems. Pregrs. BS 100; MA 112 or 102; PY 
205 or 211. 2(2-0) S. Energy transformations and exchanges of plants and animals are 
studied on the basis of physical theories and principles. Discussion of examples in convec- 
tion, conduction, radiation, phase change, muscle work, photosynthesis, respiration and 
concentration of solutions. SUGGS 

BAE (PM) 312 Principles and Practices of Pesticide Application. Preqs; PY 211-212 
or PY221, and a course in crop production or crop protection. 3(2-3) F. Principles and use of 
application equipment for pesticides according to their purpose and mode of action. 
Equipment for application of liquid, solid, and gaseous pesticides; and state and federal 
laws on application and applicator licensing will be covered. Laboratory exercises will 
include equipment selection, calibration and operation, safety precautions for the applica- 
tors, and methods for preventing environmental contamination. BEASLEY 

BAE (SSC) 321 Water Management. Preq; Junior standing. M3-3) F. Water manage- 
ment principles applied to agriculture: hydrologic cycle, runoff, surface and subsurface 
drainage, soil conservation measures to reduce erosion and sedimentation, irrigation, pond 
construction, open channel flow, water rights, environmental laws pertaining to water 
management, and basic surveying principles. SNEED 

BAE 332 Farm Structures. Preg'.P7;2ii or 221. 3(2-3) S. Environmental relationships, 
design methods, materials, construction procedures and layout practices as they relate to 
current changes in agricultural production techniques. Problem situations relating to farm 
structures are investigated individually by each student in the laboratory. Emphasis on 
relating the theory to current applications. BLUM 

BAE 341 Farm Electrification and Utilities. Coreq; PY 212or221. M3-3) S. Practical 
and efficient use of electricity as an energy source for agricultural and home applications. 
Energy conservation, electric rates, farm and house wiring, circuit design, single phase 
and three-phase distribution systems, electric motors, lighting, heating, electric controls, 
safety and protective devices, and home water systems. GLOVER 

BAE 342 Agricultural Processing. Preqs; MA 301. MAE 301. MAE 308. i(3-2) S. 
Theory and application of heat and mass transfer to processing of agricultural crops. Topics 
include conduction, convection, radiation psychometrics, thin layer drying, deep-bed dry- 
ing, and continuous-flow drying. Problem sessions will demonstrate principles of air flow, 
fans, pumps, process control, and various drying systems. YOUNG 

BAE 361 Analytical Methods. Preqs; BAE 2.52, MAE 208, MAE 3U, MA 301. 3(2-2) S. 
Engineering problem solving through studies of topics in mechanical design. Topics 
include kinematic analysis of linkages, analysis and design/selection of machine structures 
and power transmission components, including hydraulics. STIKELEATHER 

BAE 391 Electrotechnology in Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Preq; 
ECE 211. 3(2-3) F. Fundamental concepts of AC power distribution, grounding, motor 
selection. Basic principles and characteristics of transducers, amplifiers, power supplies, 

315 



and read-out devices in measurement systems. Introduction of concepts for designing relay 
switching. Applications to agricultural problems. McCLURE 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery. Preqs: CH 101; BAE21 1; PY21 1 or 221. 3(2-3) 
S. Internal combustion engines, gasoline and diesel. Thermodynamic principles and their 
application to engine cycles, efficiency, design and operation. Fuel, electrical, cooling, 
lubrication and other engine systems needed for practical power production. Power trains 
and hydraulic systems used on farm tractors. Farm machinery power management 
princi'ples. ' BOWERS 

BAE 433 Processing Agricultural Products. Pi-eq: PY212. U(3-S) S. Application of the 
principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, refrigeration, psychrometrics, and materials han- 
dling to the processing of agricultural products. Pump sizing, heat exchanger selection, 
refrigeration analysis, fan sizing, crop drying, and selection of materials handling 
equipment. WILLITS, YOUNG 

BAE 451 Agricultural Engineering Design I. Preq: Senior standing. Completion of 
junior year BAE requirements in SBE/SBA curriculum. Ml-6) F. Design concepts are 
applied to current agricultural engineering problems. One major design project is com- 
bined with a variety of case studies and short term design problems. ROHRBACK 

BAE 452 Agricultural Engineering Design II. Preq: BAE JkSl. 2(0-U) S. Continuation 
of BAE 451. The major design problem solution is evaluated under actual problem condi- 
tions and the student is required to assess the effectiveness of the design. ROHRBACK 

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Systems. Preqs: MA lUorll2,EB212or 201. 3(2-2) 
F. Basic concepts, tools and methodology of systems analysis with application to agricul- 
tural problems. Economics of decision making, linear programming, and machinery man- 
agement, including cost analysis, scheduling, selection, and replacement. SOWELL 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines. Preq: BAE 361, Coreq: ST 361. 3(2-3) S. 
Design of modern farm tractors and field machines that make effective use of energy and 
labor in farm commodities production. Topics include (a) engine cycles, Nebraska test 
procedures, traction efficiencies, rolling resistances, and hitching of tractors and (b) prin- 
ciples and devices used to accomplish functional objectives in tillage, planting, pesticide 
application, and harvesting equipment. BOWEN, BOWERS 

BAE (CHE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Preqs: MA 202 or MA 212, 
PY212 orPY208. 3(3-0) S. (See chemical engineering). 

BAE 471 Soil and Water Engineering. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200, MAE 308. i(3-2) F. 
Aspects of hydrology, soil-water-plant relationships, soil and water conservation engineer- 
ing, drainage, irrigation, and agricultural water pollution. Applications of hydraulics, pipe 
flow and open channel flow principles in design of soil and water conservation structures, 
and agricultural water management. WESTERMAN 

BAE 481 Agricultural Structures and Environment. Preqs: BAE 3J,2, MAE 3U. 
M3-3) F. Principles of environmental control and structural analysis are combined with 
biological principles for the design of agricultural structures. Topics include structural 
analysis, load estimation, material selection, fasteners, physiological reactions of animals 
and plants to their environment, applications of heat transfer and psychrometrics in 
calculating ventilation requirements, heating or cooling loads, and farmstead planning. 

BAUGHMAN 

BAE 490 Special Topics in Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Preq: Consent 
of Instructor. 1-3 F,S,Sum. Offered as needed to present new or special Biological and 
Agricultural Engineering subject matter. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and Processing. Preqs: ECE 
331, MA 301. 2(1-3) F. McCLURE 

BAE (CE, MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. Preq: MB Wl or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. 



316 



BAE (CE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. Preq: Grad. or advanced underqrad. 
standing. S(2-S) Alt. F. SAFLEY 

BAE (FS) 585 Food Rheology. Preqs: FS 331 or MAE 3U. 3(2-3) Alt. F. 

BAE 590 Special Problems. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing in biological and agricultural 
engineering. Credits arranged. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

BCH 451 Introductory Biochemistry. Preq: CH 223. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Introduction to 
the fundamentals of biochemistry, dealing with the chemistry of living organisms, struc- 
tures and interactions of biomolecules. HORTON, KNOPP 

BCH 452 Introductory Biochemistry Laboratory. Preq. or Coreq: BCHU51. 2(1-3) F,S. 
Laboratory experience to complement BCH 451, including experiments from BCH 452A, 
plus additional experiments in buffer theory and applications, blood protein separations, 
chromatography and electrophoresis, antibody-binding, radioimmunoassay, nucleic 
acids. KAHN, KNOPP 

BCH 453 Introduction to Molecular Biology and Metabolism. Preq: BCHiSl. 3(3-0) 
S. Introduction to metabolic relationships (including nitrogen and lipid metabolism), 
molecular biology, and methodologies of recombinant DNA research. ARMSTRONG 

BCH 490 Special Studies in Biochemistry. Preq: Senior standing. 1-3 F,S,Sum. Indi- 
vidualized, advanced undergraduate studies in biochemistry. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry I. Preq: CH 223 or equivalent and one semester of 
introductory biochemistry (BCHlfSl or equivalent); one semester of physical chemistry would 
be helpful. 3(3-0) F. 

BCH 552 Experimental Biochemistry. Preq: CH 223; CH 315 recommended; Preq. or 
Coreq: BCH 551. 3(1-6) F. 

BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology. Preq: BCH iSl or CI. 2(1-3) Sum. 

BCH (GN) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. Preqs: BCH i51 or 551, GN^ll or 
505, MB MU or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 

BCH 590 Special Topics in Biochemistry. Preq: BCH U51 or equivalent. Credits 
arranged, maximum 3. F,S,Sum. 

BIOMATHEMATICS 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open to Advanced Undergraduates 

BMA (BO) 567 Modeling of Biological Systems. Preq: MA 112.M3-2) S. 

BMA(MA, ST)571 Bioma.thema.ticsI. Preq: Advanced calculus, reasonable background 
in biology or CI. 3(3-0) F. 

BMA (ST, MA) 572 Biomathematics II. Preq: BMA 571. 

BMA (ST, OR) 575 Decision Analytic Modeling. Preqs: MA 1,21 or STi21 and ST 507 
or ST 511 or ST 515. 

BMA 591 Special Topics. Preq: CI. Maximum 3. F,S,Sum. 



317 



BOTANY 

BO 200 Plant Life. i(S-.:i) F.S,Suni. An introduction to botany. Emphasis is placed on the 
structure, processes, and reproduction of the higher plants. Also treated are the diversity of 
the plant kingdom and principles of inheritance, ecology and evolution. May serve as a 
terminal course or as an introduction to further study in botany. STUCKY, VAN DYKE 

BO 213 Plants and Civilization. Preqs: BS 100, BS 105 or BO 200. 3(3-0) S. Economic, 
social, political, religious, and medical roles of plants and plant products in human civiliza- 
tion. Foods, beverages, drugs, fibers, oils, latexes, religious symbols and elements. 

BECKMANN 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology. Preq: A 200 level biology course. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
Relationships between organisms and environment, and interactions among organisms. 
Emphasis on basic principles, including energy flow, nutrient cycling, community struc- 
ture and organization, succession, and population dynamics. Ecological consequences of 
human activities. MOZLEY, WENTWORTH 

BO (ZO) 365 Ecology Laboratory. Coreq: BO (ZO) 360. 1(0-3) F,S,Sum. Laboratory 
coordinated with BO (ZO) 360 lecture, illustrates basic principles of environmental mea- 
surement, data analysis, limiting factors, adaptation, biogeography, succession, popula- 
tions, communities, ecosystems, and competition and predation by means of field trips and 
laboratory experiments. MOZLEY, WENTWORTH 

BO 400 Plant Diversity. Preq: BO 200. M3-3) F. A comprehensive survey of the vegeta- 
tive and reproductive diversity of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is placed on evolutionary 
trends, adaptive strategies, and bases for assumed phylogenetic relationships, considering 
fossil as well as living forms. HARDIN 

BO403 Systematic Botany.Preg.- 5SiC»Oori0.5or50^00. U(2-U)S. Systematic survey of 
vascular plants, emphasizing terminology, family characteristics, field identification, 
general evolutionary relationships, and mechanisms of plant speciation, HARDIN 

BO 413 Introductory Plant Anatomy. Preq: BO 200. U(3-3) S. Organelles, cells, tissue 
systems, and organs of flowering plants and selected gymnosperms. Microscope use on 
fresh, cryostat, and prepared plant sections. Histochemistry of plant cells and tissues. 

ANDERSON 

BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology. Preqs: CH223, PY212, Z0201, or 203. 3(3-0) F. (See zoology.) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology. Preqs: BSlOO, BS 105 or BO 200; one year of college chemistry. 
M3-3) F,S,Sum. Physiology of higher plants with emphasis on structure-function relation- 
ships, water and solute relationships, metabolism, photosynthesis, and nutrition. Plant 
growth and development as influenced by plant growth regulators and environmental 
factors. ' FITES, TROYER 

BO 495 Special Topics in Botany. Preqs: 8 hrs. of Botany courses. 1-6 F,S,Sum. Individ- 
ualized study, under faculty supervision, of botanical topics in the student's area of interest 
and not covered in existing courses. Development of a new course on a trial basis. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BO 5 1 Plant Anatomy. Preq: BO 200. M2-6) F. 

BO 522 Advanced Morphology and Phylogeny of Seed Plants. Preq: BO U03. 4(3-3) F. 
Odd yrs. 

BO 524 Grasses, Sedges, and Rushes. Preq: BO 403. 4(2-6) F. 

BO 544 Plant Geography. Preqs: BO 403, BO (ZO) 360, GN411or equivalents. 3(3-0) S. 
Even yrs. 

BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preqs: BO 421 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 

BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preq: BO 421 or equivalent and biochemistry. 
3(3-0) S. 

BO 553 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preq. or coreq: BO 551. 1(0-3) F. 
318 



BO 554 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preq. orcoreq: BO 552. 1(0-3) S. 

BO (ZO) 560 Principles of Ecology. Preq: Three semesters of college level biology courses. 
US-S) F. 

BO 561 Physiological Ecology. Preqs: BO V21 and BO (ZO) 560 or equivalent. M3-3) S. 
Odd ijrs. 

BO 565 Plant Community Ecology. Preq: BO (ZO) 560 or BO (ZO) 360 or equivalent. 
M3-3) F. 

BO (BMA) 567 Modeling of Biological Systems. Preq: MA 112. MS-2) F. 

BO (MB) 574 Phycology. Preq: BS 100 or BO 200. 3(1-J^) S. Odd yrs. 

BO (MB, PP) 575 The Fungi. Preq: BO 200 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 

BO (MB, PP) 576 The Fungi— Lab. Coreq: BO 575. 1(0-3) F. 

BO 590 Topical Problems. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

BS 100 General Biology. Students may not receive credit for both BS 100 and BS 105. 
M3-3) F,S,Sum. Basic principles and concepts of biology, including the structure and 
function of cells and organisms, development, heredity, evolution, and ecology. 

BECKMANN, FEAVER, LYTLE, PARKER 

BS 105 Biology in the Modern World. For non-science students. Sttidents may not receive 
credit for both BS 105 and BS 100. M3-3) F,S. Principles and concepts of biology including 
cellular structure and function, metabolism and energy transformation, homeostasis, 
reproduction, heredity, diversity of life, ecology, evolution and animal behavior. Emphasis 
on human affairs and human examples. FEAVER, MICKLE, WYNN 

BS 292 Special Topics in Life Science. Preq: Permission of Instrtictor. 1-3 F,S. Special 
interest courses and trial offerings of new or experimental courses in life science. 

WYNN 

BS 491 Seminar on Professional Development in Biological Sciences. 1(1-0) F. Plan- 
ning and analyzing strategies for professional development in the biological sciences 
utilizing discussion, guest lecturers, and field trips to nearby research laboratories and 
industrial plants. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors in any biological discipline. 

BS 495 Special Topics in Biology. 1-6 F,S,Sum. Independent study projects in biology 
conducted under the supervision of a faculty member and experimental courses in biologi- 
cal science. Student projects to be selected with the assistance of an appropriate faculty 
member and with the approval of the Coordinator of the Biological Science Program. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BS 510 Advanced Biology for Secondary Teachers. Preq: Two years of college biology. 
6(U-6) Sum. 

BS 590 Special Problems in Biological Instrumentation. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

CE 201 Elements of Plane Surveying. Preq: Soph, standing. Not for CEor CEC curricu- 
lum majors. 3(2-3) F. Theory and practice of plane surveying including precision specifica- 
tions, horizontal and vertical control, stadia surveys, area determinations, circular and 
compound curves, topographic mapping, earthwork, and construction surveys. 

CE 202 Computer Applications in Civil Engineering. Preq: MA 241. Must be taken not 
later than fifth semester ofCE department curriculum (first semester of junior year). 3(2-2) 
F.S.Sum. Introduction to methodical problem solving, emphasizing computer program- 
ming with applications in Civil Engineering specialty areas. GALLER 

319 



CE 213 Introduction to Mechanics. Coreq: MA 2U2. Not for CE department majors. 
■3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Introductory study of the state of rest or motion of bodies subjected to the 
action of forces. The nature and properties of force systems, free body diagrams, the 
concepts of equilibrium, the motion of particles, the role of Newton's laws, the conserva- 
tional principles in mechanics, and mechanical vibrations. HORIE 

CE 214 Engineering Mechanics-Statics. Preq: PY205; Coreq: MA 2h2. 3(3-0) F.S.Sm w. 
Basic force concepts and equilibrium analysis; distributed forces; centroids; moments of 
inertia: application to structural elements. BINGHAM 

CE 215 Engineering Mechanics-Dynamics. Preq: A grade of C or better in CE 2H; 
Coreq: MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S.Sum. Kinematics and kinetics of particles; plane kinematics and 
kinetics of rigid bodies; simple vibrations and selected topics from three-dimensional rigid 
body dynamics, steady and variable mass flow, and orbital motion. ELY 

CE 301 Engineering Surveying. Preq: CE 202 and jiniior standing in CEor CEC. 3(2-3) 
F.S. The elements of plane surveying, topographical surveying, horizontal and vertical 
curves, construction surveys, earthwork, photogrammetry, property and subdivision sur- 
veys, route surveying and state coordinate system. HORN 

CE 305 Traffic Engineering. Preq: CE 301. 3(2-2) F.S. Integrated approach to plan- 
ning, design, and operation of transportation systems with an emphasis on highway and 
street systems. Roadway design, traffic operations and performance, and control systems. 

CRIBBINS, STONE 

CE 313 Mechanics of Solids. Preq: A grade of Cor better in CE 2U; Coreq: MA 301. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. Elementary analysis of deformable solids subjected to force systems. Concepts of 
stress and strain; one, two and three-dimensional stress-strain relationships for the linear 
elastic solid. Statically determinate and indeterminate axial force, torsion and bending 
members. Stress transformations, pressure vessels, combined loadings. Introduction to 
column buckling. DOUGLAS 

CE 324 Structural Behavior Measurement. Preq: MAT 200; Coreqs: CE 215, CE 325. 
1(0-3) F.S, Sum. Introduction to experimental techniques: strain measurement in structu- 
ral members, strain and displacement measurements in frames and trusses, frequency and 
damping measurements in beams. Where appropriate, experimental results will be 
applied to theoretical predictions. BINGHAM, MATZEN 

CE 325 Structural Analysis. Preqs: CE 202 and CE313. 3(3-0) F.S. Analysis of internal 
forces of statically determinate trusses, beams and framed structures. Analysis of deforma- 
tions by methods of virtual work and conjugate beam. Indeterminate structural analysis of 
trusses, beams and rigid frames by force and displacement methods. 

BINGHAM, ELY, SMITH, TUNG 

CE327 Reinforced Concrete Design. Pregrs-CE" 5:25, CE332. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Behavior, 
strength, and design of reinforced concrete members subjected to moment, shear, and axial 
forces. Introduction to the design of reinforced concrete structures. 

AHMAD, NAU, SCHULTZ, SMITH 

CE 332 Materials of Construction. Preq.s: MAT 200 and CE 202. 3(2-3) F.S. Sum. 
Manufacture and properties of mineral and bituminous cements and mineral aggregates. 
Mechanical properties and durability of portland cement concrete, bituminous mixtures, 
masonrv units, timber products, and miscellaneous construction materials. Materials test- 
ing. KHOSLA 

CE 333 Properties of Construction Materials. Preq: CE 313. Not open to students 
enrolled in B.S. in Civil Engineering or Civil Engineering-Construction Option programs. 
A student may not receive credit for both CE 332 and CE 333. 3(2-3) F. Manufacture and 
properties of mineral and bituminous cements and mineral aggregates. Mechanical prop- 
erties, durability and testing of portland cement concrete, brick, bituminous mixtures, 
timber products, and steel. KHOSLA 

CE 342 Engineering Behavior of Soils and Foundations. Preq: CE313; Coreq: CE332. 
U3-2) F.S, Sum. Soil properties and mechanics of analysis related to engineering behavior 

320 



of soils. Includes soil identification, classification, index properties, effective stress con- 
cepts, settlement analysis, evaluation of shear strength and bearing capacity, and funda- 
mentals of foundation selection and design. BORDEN. LAMBE, RAHMAN 

CE 365 Construction Methods and Management. Preqs: CE 202 and Jr. standing. 
S(S-O) F.S. Introduction to construction engineering emphasizing heavy and highway 
construction: the construction industry, contract construction, project planning and sche- 
duling; construction equipment, methods and management; safety and environmental 
health in construction. FARID, RUST 

CE 375 Civil Engineering Systems. Preq: CE202; Coreqs: MA 301, IE 311. 3(3-0) F.S. A 
broad, systematic approach to civil engineering planning, analysis, and design for large 
scale projects in construction, structures, transportation, w^ater resources and other civil 
engineering areas. GALLER, McDONALD, STONE 

CE 382 Hydraulics. Preqs: CE 202. CE 215, MA 301 M3-3). Fluid properties; mass. 
energ>' and momentum conservation laws; dimensional analysis and modeling; laminar 
and turbulent flows; surface and form resistance; flow in pipes and open channels; elemen- 
tarv hvdrodvmanics; fluid measurements; characteristics of hydraulic machines. 

AMEiN, McDonald, overton 

CE 383 Hydrology and Urban Water Systems. Preq: CE 382. 3(3-0) F,S. Engineering 
hydrology and design of elements of urban water systems. Applications in stormwater 
collection, channel design, flood control and water supply. Effects of watershed develop- 
ment on quantity and quality of streamflow. FISHER, MALCOM 

CE 400 Transportation Engineering Project. Preqs: CE 375, CE W6. 3(1-U) F,S. 
Integrated team approach to design of major transportation engineering projects. Profes- 
sional topics in transportation engineering practice. CRIBBINS, HORN, STONE 

CE 406 Transportation Systems Engineering. Preq: CE 305. 3(3-0) F.S. Multi-modal 
transportation systems; railroads, airports, highways, and other modes. Planning, analysis, 
and design. Fundamental concepts; supply, demand, flows, impacts, and network optimi- 
zation. STONE 

CE 420 Structural Engineering Project. Preqs: CE 327, CE 375, CE U26. 3(2-2) F.S. 
Planning, analysis and design of complete structural systems composed of steel and rein- 
forced concrete. Professional topics in structural engineering practice. NAU, SMITH 

CE 425 Intermediate Structural Analysis. Preq: CE 325. 3(3-0) F.S. A rigorous treat- 
ment, at intermediate level, of indeterminate structural analysis. Coverage includes 
methods for calculating displacements, force and displacement methods of indeterminate 
analysis, approximate methods of indeterminate analysis, Maxwell-Betti reciprocal theo- 
rem, qualitative influence lines, and introduction to structural vibrations. MATZEN 

CE 426 Structural Steel Design. Preq: CE 325. 3(3-0) F,S. Design and behavior of 
structural steel members and their connections subjected to moment, shear, and axial 
forces. Introduction to the design of steel structures. NAU, SCHULTZ, SMITH 

CE428 Structural Design in Wood. Pre^.CE" ^25. 3(3-0) S. Structural behavior of wood 
under loads; design of structural elements in wood; mechanical properties of wood fasteners 
and connections; design projects using clear wood, plywood and glue-laminated wood. 

ZIA 

CE 440 Geotechnical Engineering Project. Preq: CE 375; Coreq: CE U3. 3(l-i) F,S. 
Integrated team approach to major geotechnical engineering projects involving site selec- 
tion, analysis and design of foundations and earth structures, establishment of performance 
criteria, economic analysis, identification of potential construction problems, and matters 
regarding professional practice and ethics. BORDEN, LAMBE, RAHMAN, WAHLS 

CE 443 Seepage, Earth Embankments and Retaining Structures. Preq: CE 3^2. 
3(3-0) F.S. Review of shear strength concepts; ground water hydraulics; slope stability; 
lateral earth pressure problems; placement of fills. LAMBE 



321 



CE 460 Construction Engineering Project. Preqs: CE 463, senior standing; Coreq: CE 
464. CE 466. F.S. Integrated approach by student teams to design, estimating, planning, 
scheduling, and management of construction projects. RUST 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control. Preq: CES6.5. S(2-S) F.S. Principles of cost engineer- 
ing, project estimating, bid procedures, construction cost analysis and control. 

FARID. JOHNSTON 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting. Preq: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) F.S. Legal aspects of 
contract documents, drawings and specifications: owner-engineer-constructor relation- 
ships and responsibilities; bids and contract performance: labor laws; governmental admin- 
istrative and regulatory agencies; torts; businessorganizations; ethics and professionalism. 

CE 466 Building Construction Engineering. Preqs: CE 327. CE 36.5; Coreq: CE 426. 
3(2-2) F.S. An introduction to building design and construction including organization and 
management, the building development process, materials and methods of building 
construction. JOHNSTON 

CE 480 Water Resources Engineering Project. Preqs: CE 305. CE 342. CE 375. CE 
383; Coreq: CE 484- 3(1-4) F.S. Engineering design of selected projects in water resources 
engineering, involving interactions with other CE specialty areas. Project subjects include 
sitework, floodwater reservoirs, and one selected by the student. Professional topics in 
water resources engineering practice. MALCOM 

CE 484 Water Supply and Waste Water Systems. Preq: CE 383. 3(3-0) F.S. The 
elements of the design of water supplv and wastewater disposal systems. 

CHAO, BORDEN 

CE 487 Introduction to Coastal and Ocean Engineering. Preqs: Senior standing and 
CE 382. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to design and analysis of civil engineering projects in the 
ocean and along the coastline. Basic wave mechanics, tides, and ocean dynamics as applied 
to the understanding of coastal erosion control and other marine problems. An optional 
two-dav field trip to the North Carolina Outer Banks at a nominal student expense is a 
regular feature of the course. FISHER, OVERTON 

CE 498 Special Problems in Civil Engineering. Preq: Sr. standing. 1-4 F.S. Directed 
reading in the literature of civil engineering, introduction to research methodology, 
seminar discussion dealing with special civil engineering topics of current interest. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CE 501 Transportation Systems Analysis. Preq: CE 406. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 502 Transportation Operations. Preq: CE 406. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 503 Transportation Design. Preq: CE 406. 3(2-3) S. 

CE 504 Water Transportation. Preq: CE 305. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis L Preq: Sr. standing. 8(2-3) S. 

CE 511, 512 Continuum Mechanics I, IL Preqs: CE 313 or MAE 314. CE 382 or MAE 
308. MAE 301. MA 405. (511) 3(.3-0) F; (512) 3(3-0) Alt. S. 

CE 513 Theory of Elasticity L Preq: CE 313 or MAE 314. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 514 Stress Waves. Preqs: MA 301; CE 313 or PY 411 or MA 401 orMEA 351. 3(3-0) F, 
Alt. Yrs. 

CE 521 Advanced Strength of Materials. Preq: CE 313 or MAE 314. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 522 Elastic Stability. Preqs: CE 521. MA 301. 405. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures. Coreq: CE 420. 3(3-0) Alt. F. 

CE 525 Matrix Structural Analysis.Preg.- CE 425. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 526 Finite Element Methods for Civil Engineering. Preqs: CE 425 and prior 

programming knowledge. 3(3-0) S. 



322 



CE 527 Analysis and Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads. Preq. or coreq: CE 525. 
3(3-0) F. 

CE 531 Structural Models. Preq: CE 420. 3(2-3) F. 

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design. Preq: CE U20. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete. Coreq: CE 420. 3(3-0) F. 

CE (MEA) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. Preq: MAE 308 or PY 411. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering. Preq: CE 342. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I. Preq: CE 342. 3(2-3) F. 

CE 551 Theory of Concrete Mixtures. Preq: CE 332. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 553 Asphalt and Bituminous Materials. Preq: CE 332. 3(2-3) S. 

CE 555 Highway and Airport Pavement Design. Preq: CE 406 or 443. 3(2-3) F. 

CE 561 Construction Planning and Scheduling. Preq: CE 463. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 562 Construction Productivity. Preq: CE 463 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 566 Building Construction Systems. Preq: CE 466 or CE 420 or grad. standing in 
ARC. 3(3-0) S. 

CE (BAE, MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. Preq: MB 401 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 576 Atmospheric Pollution. Preq: (xrad. or advanced undergrad. standing. 3(3-0) S. 

CE (BAE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. Preq: Grad. or advanced undergrad. 
standing. 3(2-3) Alt. F. 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels. Preq: CE 382. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 582 Coastal Hydrodynamics. Preq: CE 382 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 583 Engineering Aspects of Coastal Processes. Preq: CE 382 or equivalent. Coreq: 
MEA (CE) 541.3(3-0)8. 

CE 584 Hydraulics of Ground Water. Preq: CE 382 or 342 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 585 Urban Stormwater Management. Preq: CE 383. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 586 Engineering Hydrology. Preq: CE 383. 3(3-0) F, Alt. yrs. 

CE 589 Special Topics in Civil Engineering. 3(.3-0) F.S. 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects. 1-6 F,S. 



FOREST RESOURCES 

CFR 110-111 Forest Resources Scholars Forum. Enrollment limited to participants in 
the Scholar.'^ Program. 0(2-0) F.S. Interdisciplinary seminar series with presentations by 
distinguished faculty members and experts drawn from technical, academic, business and 
government communities. Discussions of major public issues and topics of contemporary 
concern. 

CFR 210-21 1 Forest Resources Scholars Forum. Enrollment lim ited to participants in 
the Scholars Program. 0(2-0) F.S. Interdisciplinary seminar series with presentations by 
distinguished faculty members and experts drawn from technical, academic, business and 
government communities. Discussions of major public issues and topics of contemporary 
concern. 



323 



CHEMISTRY 

CH 101 General Chemistry I. Preq: MA 111 with a grade of C or better. U3-S) F,S,Sum. 
Fundamental chemical concepts of composition and stoichiometry; atomic structure; bond- 
ing and molecular structure, including stereochemistry; chemical reactions; states of mat- 
ter, including solutions. Should be followed by CH 103, 105, or 107. 

CH 103 General Chemistry II. Preq: CH 101. MS-3) F,S,Sum. Terminal course for 
students in curricula which do not require full-year chemistry courses beyond the freshman 
level. Acid-base reactions, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria, electrochemistry, 
and descriptive aspects of inorganic, organic, nuclear and biochemistry. 

CH 104 Experimental Chemistry. Preq: CH 101; Coreq: CH 105. l(O-S) F,S,Sum. 
Laboratory supplement to CH 105. Required for CH 105 students who plan to take addi- 
tional chemistry courses. 

CH 105 Chemistry Principles and Applications. Preq: CH 101 with a grade of C or 
better. Credit cannot be received for both CH 105 and either CH 103 or CH 107. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. A continuation of CH 101, intended primarily for engineering students. Empha- 
sis on introductory chemical thermodynamics, equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical 
kinetics, and the application of basic chemical principles to the treatment of organic and 
inorganic systems. CH 105 serves as prerequisite for additional chemistry courses only if 
supplemented by CH 104. 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I. Coreq: CH lOlM. 1(0-3) F. Experiments and 
extended laboratory projects that involve a wide variety of techniques used in quantitative 
chemistry. Instrumentation introduced and maintenance of laboratory records included. 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry. Preq: CH 101 with a grade of C or better. U(3-3) F,S. 
Emphasizes detailed quantitative aspects of solution stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium, 
electrochemistry and thermodynamics and the treatment of acid-base chemistry. 

CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II. Coreq: CH 107M. 1(0-3) S. A supplement to the CH 
107 laboratory, for students majoring in Chemistry. Experiments and extended laboratory 
projects involving a wide variety of techniques used in quantitative chemistry. Instrumen- 
tation and computer applications and maintenance of laboratory records. 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry. M^-0) F,S,Sum. Designed to acquaint the non- 
science majors with the basic subject matter of chemistry and to indicate how this knowl- 
edge relates to their professions. Selected chemical concepts are developed in depth with 
both fundamental principles and practical consequences given nearly equal weight. 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry. Preqs: CH 103 or 107, or CH lOA in place of 
105. Credit is not allowed for both CH 220 and CH 221. M3-3) F,S,Sum. A one-semester 
course in the fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Preparation, reactions, and 
physical properties of alkanes, cycloalkanes, alcohols, alkyl halides, aromatic compounds, 
aldehydes, ketones, organic acids, acid derivatives, and amines. 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I. Preq: CH 107. Credit is not allowed for both CH 220 and 
CH221. 4(3-3) F\S,Sum. First half of two semester sequence in the fundamentals of modern 
organic chemistry. Structure and bonding, stereochemistry, reactivity and synthesis of 
carbon compounds. Detailed coverage of aliphatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, and alkyl 
halides. Introduction to spectral techniques. 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II. Preq: CH 221. M3-3) F,S,Sum. Second half of a two 
semester sequence in modern organic chemistry. Continuation of mechanistic approach to 
reactions and synthesis of organic compounds. Detailed coverage of carbonyl compounds 
(aldehydes, ketones, acids), aromatic chemistry and amines. Spectral techniques employed 
throughout. 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis. Preqs: CH 103 or 107, or CH UU-105. 4(3-3) F,S,Sum. 
Fundamental principles and modern techniques of chemical analyses: spectrochemical, 
electrochemical, and volumetric methods of analysis, modern chemical instrumentation, 
and interpretation of data. 

324 



CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry. Preqs: CH 103 or 107, or CH lOU-105; MA 
2U1 or 212: PY 205 or PY 211 or PY 221. U3-3) F,S. Basic physicochemical principles 
includingchemical thermodynamics, physical and chemical equilibrium, electrochemistry 
and reaction kinetics. For students who require only a single semester of physical 
chemistry. 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry. Coreq: CHU31 or CH331. 3(3-0) S. Survey of 
Inorganic Chemistry with emphasis on structure and bonding in inorganic substances. 
Valence bond, molecular orbital, and ligand field theories developed as tools for discussion 
of the electronic and geometric structure of inorganic compounds. Thermodynamics and 
kinetics of inorganic systems; chemistry of transition metal coordination compounds, 
including carbonyls and organometallic compounds. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I. Preq: CH iSi. Jf(2-6) F. Methods of quantitative analy- 
sis based on solution chemistry and an introduction to transducers and electronic compo- 
nents used in chemical instrumentation. The laboratory emphasizes the precision obtain- 
able with both classical and instrumental methods in analytical chemistry. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II. Preq: CH Ul. M2-6) S. A survey of instrumental 
methods in analytical chemistry. Emphasis is given to the physical-chemical basis for 
instrument operation as well as instrumental design. Electrochemistry, spectroscopy, and 
chromatography are the primary topics covered. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis. Preq: CH 223. 3(1-6) F,S. Introduction to the 
systematic identification and separation of organic compounds by the application of both 
physical and chemical techniques. Infrared and nuclear magnetic spectroscopy, chemical 
classification tests, and the preparation of derivatives are used to acquaint the student with 
organic research methods. 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I. Preqs: CH 107, MA 241, PY 203 or 208: Coreq: MA 3^1. 
3(3-1) F,S. An intensive study of physical chemical principles including states of matter, 
classical thermodynamics, physical and chemical equilibria, and electrochemistry. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II. Preqs: CH Jt31, MA 3il. Credit may not be claimed for 
both CH 433 and CH 437. 3(3-1). F,S. An intensive study of physical chemical principles 
including molecular spectroscopy, statistical thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, kinetic 
theory, and transport properties. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry Laboratory. Preq: CH 431: Coreq: CH 433. 2(0-4) F,S. A 
project-oriented course to acquaint students with modern physical chemistry techniques. 
Experiments in chemical thermodynamics, kinetics and molecular structure are carried 
out and analyzed. 

CH 435 Introduction to Quantum Chemistry. Prfgs.Myl 341: PY208orPY203. 3(3-0) 
F. An introduction to the basic principles of quantum theory and its application to atomic 
and molecular structure and spectroscopy. 

CH 437 Physical Chemistry for Engineers. Preqs: PY 208, CHE 315, MA 341. Credit 
may not be claimed for both CH 433 and CH 437. 4(4-0) F,S. Selected physiochemical 
principles including quantum theory, statistical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, trans- 
port phenomena and rates of chemical reactions. 

CH (TC) 461 Introduction to Fiber-Forming Polymers. Preq: CH 223. 3(3-0) F. (See 
textile chemistry.) 

CH 491 Honors Chemistry. Preq: Senior in Chemistry and admission to Honors Pro- 
gram. 1-3 F,S. Independent study and research projects in chemistry. Honors students 
must register for this course in both Fall and Spring Semesters of their senior year. 

CH 495 Special Topics in Chemistry. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. To serve needs not covered by 
existing courses. 

CH 499 Senior Research in Chemistry. Preq: Three years CH. Credits Arranged. 1-3 
F,S,Sum. Independent investigation of a research problem under the supervision of a 
chemistry faculty member. 



325 



Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CH 501 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I. Preq: CH JfS3. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 503 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II. Preq: CH 501. 3(3-0) S. 

CH 515 Chemical Instrumentation. Preq: CH A31; Coreq: CH Ul. 3(3-0) S. 

CH 517 Physical Methodsof Elemental Trace Analysis. Preg.C/f5i5 or 557. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I. Preqs: CH 223, A33 or 435. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 525 Physical Methods in Organic Chemistry. Preqs: CH 223 and Jk33 or 435. 3(3-0) 
S. 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics. Preqs: CH 433, MA 341. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics. Preqs: CH 433, MA 341. 3(3-0) Alt. S. 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena. Preqs: CH 433, MA 341. 3(3-0) Alt. S. 

CH 536 Chemical Spectroscopy. Preq: CH 435. 3(3-0) Alt. S. 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry. Preqs: MA 341, CH 435 or PY 407. 3(3-0) S. 

CH 539 Colloid Chemistry. Preq: CH 220, 315 or 331, or CI. 3(2-3) Alt. S. 

CH (TC) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers-Bulk Properties. Preq: CH220or 
223, CH 331 or 431. .i(3-0) F. 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles. Preqs: MA 241. PY 205, CH 107; Coreq: MA 
242. 4(3-2) F,S,Sum. Engineering methods of treating material balances, stoichiometry, 
phase equilibrium calculations, thermophysics, thermochemistry and the first law of 
thermodynamics. Introduction to computers and a computer language for solving prob- 
lems related to the course material. 

CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems. Preq: C or better in CHE 205; Coreq: MA 341. 
3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to methods of measuring chemical variables, analyzing process 
data, and formulating mathematical models of process systems. Instrumental measure- 
ment methods. Elementary statistical data analysis. Dynamic process system behavior. 
Computer simulation of steady-state and dynamic processes. 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I. Preqs: MA 341, PY 208, ayid a grade of C or better in 
CHE 205. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental aspects of momentum and heat transfer, and the use of 
these fundamentals in solving problems in transport operations. 

CHE 312 Transport Processes II. Preq: CHE 311: Coreq: CHE 316. 3(3-0) F,S. Funda- 
mental aspects of mass transfer and the use of these basic principles in solving problems in 
transport operations. 

CHE315 Chemical Process Thermodynamics. Pregs.iV/yl 34L Corbetterin CHE 205. 
3(3-0) F,S. Laws of thermodynamics and their application to chemical engineering prob- 
lems, both in theory and in practice. Criteria of equilibrium in physical and chemical 
changes. Behavior of real fluids, including mixtures. 

CHE 3 16 Thermodynamics of Chemical and Phase Equilibria. Preq: CHE 315. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Systematic study of chemical reaction equilibria and phase equilibrium. Use of 
fugacity, activity and chemical potential concepts for predicting the effect of such variables 
as temperature, pressure on equilibrium compositions. Methods for measuring and esti- 
mating thermodynamic properties important to equilibrium calculation in real systems. 

CHE (MAT) 325 Introduction to Polymeric Materials. Preq: CH 107. MAT 301; Coreq: 
MAT 324- 4(4-0) F. Fundamental concepts in polymer science and engineering including: 
polymer chemistry, synthesis, physical structure, morphology, structure-property rela- 
tionships, mechanical and thermal behavior, processing, and applications. 



326 



CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Lab I. Preq: CHE 225, CHE 31 1. 2(0-U) F,S. Labora- 
tory experiments in unit operations of heat transfer and fluid flow. Experimental planning 
and technical report writing are emphasized. 

CHE 331 Chemical Engineering Lab IL Preq: CHE 312, CHE 330. 2(0-U)F,S. Labora- 
tory experiments in mass transfer and reaction kinetics. Experimental planning, technical 
report writing and oral presentations are emphasized. 

CHE 421 Design and Analysis of Unit Operations. Preq: CHE 312. 3(3-0) F,S. Proce- 
dures for sizing unit operations commonly encountered in the chemical process industries. 
Operating characteristics, troubleshooting techniques and economic factors in sizing and 
setting operating variables of these types of equipment will be discussed. 

CHE 425 Process System Analysis and Control. Preq: CHE 225. 3(3-0) S. Dynamic 
analysis and continuous control of chemical engineering processes. Process modeling; 
stability analysis, design and selection of control schemes. Solution of differential equations 
using Laplace transform techniques. 

CHE 446 Design and Analysis of Chemical Reactors. Preq: CHE 315, Coreq: CHE 316. 
3(3-0) F,S. Characterization and measurement of the rates of homogeneous and hetero- 
geneous reactions. Design and analysis of chemical reactors. 

CHE 451 Chemical Engineering Design. Preqs: CHEU21, CHE U6. 3(2-2) S. Chemical 
process design and optimization. The interplay of economic and technical factors in process 
development, site selection, project design, construction and production management. 
Applications of cost accounting, cost estimation for new equipment, and measures of 
profitability. 

CHE (BAE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Preqs: MA 202 or MA 212, 
PY 208 or PY 212. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to certain engineering concepts and to their 
quantitative application to biomedical problems, such as flow in the cardiovascular and 
respiratory systems, transfer of materials through physiological tissues and membranes, 
and performance of organ replacement and assist devices. 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chemical Engineering. Coreq: Senior standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Pro- 
fessional aspects and topics of current interest. 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects L Preqs: Senior standing. 3(0-12) F,S,Sum. 
Introduction to chemical engineering research through experimental, theoretical and 
literature studies. Oral and written presentation of reports. 

CHE 498 Chemical Engineering Projects H. Preqs: Senior standing. 1-3 (0-variable 
3-12) F,S,Sum. Projects in research, design or development in various areas of chemical 
engineering. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CHE 511 Chemical Engineering Process Modeling. Preqs: CHE 311, CHE 327, MA 
3^1. 3(3-0) F. 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I. Preq: CHE 316. 3(3-0) F. 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena. Preq: CHE 311. 3(3-0) F. 

CHE 517 Chemical Reaction Engineering. Preq: CHE U6. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE 521 Separation Processes. Preq: CHE 312. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE 525 Chemical Process Control. Preq: CHE U25. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE (OR) 527 Optimization of Engineering Processes. Preqs: CHE U51 or OR 501, 
FORTRAN programming. 3(3-0) F. 

CHE 543 Technology of Polymers. Preq: CHE 325. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE 551 Biochemical Engineering. Preqs: CHE 312, U6. 3(3-0). 

CHE 561 Biomedical Engineering I: Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer. Preq: CHE 
(BAE) jk65 or equivalent background. 3(3-0) F. 

327 



CHE (TC) 569 Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal Materials. Preqs: CHE S16, CH 
228. S(S-O) F. 

CHE (TC) 570 Radiation Chemistry and Technology of Polymeric Systems. Preqs: 
CH 221. U31. 3(3-0) S. 



COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

CL 495 Special Topics in Comparative Literature. 3(3-0) S. Detailed investigation of a 
topic in comparative literature. Topic and modeof study determined by faculty member(s) 
in consultation with Comparative Literature Committee and heads of departments of 
English and Foreign Languages. 



CROP SCIENCE 

CS 21 1 An Introduction to the Crop Plant. Preq: BS 100 or BO 200. 2(A-0) F,S. Funda- 
mental morphological, physiological and reproductive features of crop plants are dis- 
cussed. First of a sequence of two half semester minicourses which may be taken in the same 
semester. FIKE 

CS212 Introduction to Crop Management. Prf'(^.CS 27 i.;^^4-0^F,S. Introduction to the 
management practices used for the economical production of field crops in North Carolina. 
Second of a sequence of two half semester minicourses which may be taken in the same 
semester. FIKE 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory. Preq. or Coreq: Any Crop Science course. 1(0-2) F,S. 
Evaluates methods of identifying crop seeds and plants. Deals with the problems of buying, 
evaluating, treating, and producing quality crop seeds. Includes field trips to experiment 
stations. Crops Garden, campus laboratories, and State Seed Testing facilities. Coverage 
varies from semester to semester according to season of year and current production 
problems. EMERY. FIKE 

CS 295 Special Topics in Crop Science. Preq: CS 211, CS 212, or BO 200. 1-6 F,S,Sum. 
Individual study of specific crop science principles or production practices. Also present 
topics of current interest. 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crop. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200 recommended. 3(3-0) S. 
Production and preservation of the principal forage crops, with attention to the establish- 
ment and maintenance of pastures. CHAMBLEE 

CS 315 Turf Management. Preq: BS 100. 3(2-2) S. Production, utilization, and manage- 
ment of turf grasses. Growth responses of different plant species to natural and imposed 
environmental factors are assessed. Interrelationships of climate, soil, biotic factors, and 
plants are examined in the field, laboratory, and classroom. DIPAOLA 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production. Preq: BO h21. 2(2-0) F. The 
productivity and quality of crops in relation to all environmental factors, including man. 
Disorders caused by physical and biotic environmental stresses and the role of these 
environmental factors in normal crop development are emphasized. Utilization and 
manipulation of the environment for the continued improvement of crops are discussed. 

PATTERSON 

CS 413 Plant Breeding. Preq: GN UU. 2(2-0) S. Discussion of reproductive systems of 
higher plants: the genetic basis for plant improvement and the selection, evaluation, and 
utilization of crop varieties. WYNNE 

CS 414 Weed Science. Preq: CH 220. U(3-2) F. History, current status and fundamentals 
of weed biology and cultural, biological, and chemical weed control; properties and uses of 



328 



herbicides; weed identification; proper use of herbicides and herbicide application equip- 
ment; and current weed management practices in crops and non-cropland situations. 

WORSHAM 

CS (SSC) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems. Preqs: CS 211, CS 212, CS iU, SSC 
SJfl, SSC S42. SSC 352, senior standing. 3(2-S) S. (See Soil Science). 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science. Preq: Senior in Agronomy. 1(1-0) S. Collection, 
organization, written preparation, and oral delivery of scientific information in crop 
science and related fields. WYNNE 

CS (HS) 492 Topics in Plant Breeding. Coreq: CSilS. 1(0-2) S. Plant breeding projects 
in the Department of Crop Science and Department of Horticultural Science at North 
Carolina State University are visited. The breeding objectives, hybridization methods, and 
the reproductive systems of field, fiber, forage, vegetable and/or fruit crops of North 
Carolina are discussed in relation to principles learned in CS 413 (Plant Breeding). 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 
CS 51 1 Tobacco Technology. Preq: BO U21 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production. Preq: BO h21. 3(3-0) S. Alt. yrs. 

CS (HS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science. Preq: CS UlA or equivalent. 

3(2-2) S. 

CS (BO, ENT, PM, PP) 525 Biological Control. Preqs: CSUU, ENT312orA25, PP315. 
U3-3)Alt.F. 

CS 591 Special Problems. Preq: CI. Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CSC 100 Computer Literacy. Credit for CSC 100 is not allowed if student has prior 
credit in any other computer science course or computer related course. Offered only through 
Independent study by Extension. 2(2-0). Survey of electronic data processing, computer 
hardware and software systems, and developments in information processing. Comprehen- 
sive overview of the computer: what it is, what it can and cannot do, how it operates, how it 
may be instructed to solve problems. Introduces both terminology and applications. 

HONEYCUTT 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming. Pre?.- MA 111 with a grade of Cor better. 3(2-2) 
F,S,Swm. Understanding algorithms, programs, computer organization and characteris- 
tics of computers. Fundamental algorithms associated with computing. Data representa- 
tion. Introductory programming and program structure. Debugging and verification of 
programs. Computer solutions of numerical and non-numerical problems using a higher- 
level programming language. 

CSC 102 Programming Concepts. Preq: CSC 101 (ivith Pascal). 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. An 
introduction to modern techniques for systematic problem analysis and program design, 
testing, debugging, and documentation. Management of larger projects and use of more 
advanced algorithms than in CSC 101. Projects and algorithms from non-numeric and 
data-processing applications. 

CSC 1 1 1 Introduction to FORTRAN Programming. 2(2-0) F,S,Sum. An introductory 
FORTRAN programming course for non-majors. Emphasis is on fundamental elements of 
problem-solving using the computer. Particular elements include: careful systematic 
development of algorithms; translation of algorithms into programs written in FORTRAN; 
documentation of programs, debugging, and testing; facilities of modern computer 
systems. 

CSC 200 Introduction to Computers and Their Uses. May not be used by CSC major as 
a restricted elective. 3(2-2) F,S.Sum. Computer history, hardware, systems analysis, secur- 
ity and legal issues. Software, including desirable characteristics of programs, the pro- 
gramming process, writing programs, and using a spreadsheet program. 

329 



CSC 201 Basic Computer Organization and Assembly Language. Preq: CSC 102. 
3(S-0) F,S,Sum. History of computing. Number systems, von Neuman machines, instruc- 
tion sets and maciiine code, data representation, assemblers and assembly language pro- 
gramming, compilers, external and internal processor organization, memory, I/O organi- 
zation and devices, and simple multi-processors. Detailed study of a contemporary 
processor. FOSTEL 

CSC 202 Concepts and Facilities of Operating Systems. Preq: Assembler Language. 
3(3-0) F,S. History and development of operating systems. Primary components and servi- 
ces of contemporary multi-processing systems; file systems, memory and process manage- 
ment, scheduling policies, virtual resources, terminal interface, command languages, link- 
ing and loading, program execution, event-driven kernel, device drivers, system per- 
formance, concurrency control, distributed systems. Detailed study and use of a contem- 
porary system. 

CSC 252 Principles of Programming— Cobol. Preq: CSC 101. 2(2-0) F.S.Sum. Intro- 
duction to the business-oriented programming language Cobol. Programming assign- 
ments cover general data processing, file maintenance and report generation. 

CSC 254 Principles of Programming— APL. Preq: MA W5. 1(1-0) S. Advanced pro- 
gramming concepts in APL and their application to a wide variety of computing problems. 
The APL reference language and locally available APL hardware representations. 

CSC 255 Principles of Programming— Snobol. 1(1-0) F. Syntax and semantics of the 
symbol manipulation language Snobol 4. Applications of the language to programming 
problems in non-numeric areas. 

CSC 295 Special Topics in Computer Science. 1-3. Special topics in CSC at the early 
undergraduate level. 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical Methods. Preqs: MA 202, CSC 101 or CSC 111. 
3(3-0) F,S. Numerical computations with digital computers: floating point arithmetic and 
implications of round-off error. Algorithms and computer techniques for the numerical 
solution of problems in: function evaluation; zeros of functions; interpolation; numerical 
differentiation and integration; linear systems of equations; curve fitting; solutions of 
non-linear equations; numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations. 

CSC 311 Data Structures. Preq: CSC 102. 3(3-0) F,S,Suyn. Fundamental algorithms 
associated with data structures. Topics include the sequential and linked allocation of 
linear lists, stacks, queues, circular lists, arrays, orthogonal lists, strings and trees. Binary 
trees and their transversal, double-linked lists and multilinked structures, generalized 
lists, garbage collection and dynamic storage allocation are also considered. The notion of 
computational complexity is introduced. 

CSC 312 Computer Organization and Logic. Preqs: CSC 201. Coreq: CSC 322. M3-2) 
F,S,Sum. Combinational logic circuits and their relation to Boolean algebra. Functional 
properties of combinational and sequential components and their realizations in integrated 
circuit forms. Organization of digital computer components; processors, control units, 
memories, switches, and peripherals. Architecture of computer systems. Computer arith- 
metic. Microprogrammed control. Interrupt mechanisms. Laboratory exercises involve 
logical, functional, and electrical properties of components from gates to microprocessors. 

CSC (MA) 322 Discrete Mathematical Structures. Preq: MA 202. 3(3-0) F.S. Review of 
sets and logic. Methods of proof, relations, functions, closure and partitions. Counting, 
algorithm analysis, countable and uncountable sets, cardinal numbers. Applications of 
some of these topics will be related to computer science. 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, Languages and Automata. Preq: CSC 322. 
3(3-0) F,S. An integrated development of the main results in the three areas of machines, 
languages, and computability. Chomsky's hierarchy of grammars and the automata that 
recognize the languages they generate. Major emphasis on finite-state automata and Tur- 
ing machines; the problems they can solve and their limitations. Equivalence of Turing 
machines and recursive functions. 



330 



CSC (MA) 416 Introduction to Combinatorics. Preqs: MA 202 and proficiency in a 
programming language. S(3-0). S Alt. yr.'i. 2(See Mathematics). 

CSC 417 Theory of Programming Languages. Preq: CSC 322. 3(3-0) F,S. Theory of 
design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include the definition, 
translation, and structure of programming languages. Formal languages and automata 
are introduced and their applications to language definition and translation are presented. 
The design and implementation of language features are discussed and existing program- 
ming languages are compared. 

CSC 421 Introduction to Management Information Systems. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Introduction to principles and techniques of information analysis and systems design 
as they relate to the development of management information systems (MIS). Information 
flow. Information requirements of management. Decision-making models. Operations 
analysis and modelling techniques. Organizational behavior. Systems design process. Sys- 
tems analysis tools. Management games. 

CSC 422 Management Information Systems. Preq: CSC U21. 3(3-0) S. Development of 
computer-based management information systems. Decision systems. Decision support 
systems. Interface considerations between management and the information systems. Data 
base concepts. Planning and programming management information systems. Cost- 
effectiveness and cost-benefits analysis. Management information systems project. 

CSC 423 Information Resources Management. Preq: CSC U21. 3(3-0) S. Information 
Resources Management is a process that encompasses strategic planning, the implementa- 
tion of new technology, dramatic changes to both the corporate Management Information 
Services and traditional information systems architecture, and the emerging role of end 
user computing to enable a business enterprise to operate effectively. 

SCHUR, HONEYCUTT 

CSC (MA) 427 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Preqs: MA 301 and program- 
ming language proficiency. 3(3-0) F. Theory and practice of computational procedures 
using a digital computer, including approximation of functions by interpolating poly- 
nomials, numerical differentiation and integration, and solution of ordinary differential 
equations including both initial value and boundary value problems. Computer applica- 
tions and techniques. 

CSC (MA) 428 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II. Preqs: MA h05 and program- 
ming language proficiency; MA (CSC) U27 is not a prerequisite. 3(3-0) S. Computational 
procedures using digital computers. Solution of linear and nonlinear equation, matrices 
and eigenvalue calculation; curve fitting and function approximation by least squares, 
smoothing functions, and minimax approximations. 

CSC 431 File Organization and Processing. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F,S. File organiza- 
tion and retrieval techniques. Command and query languages. Hardware characteristics of 
storage media. Basic file organizations including sequential, indexed sequential and 
direct. Searching techniques. Hashing. Inverted Files. Retrieval with primary and secon- 
dary keys. Superimposed coding. Storage structures including B-trees, AVL trees and 
tries. Introduction to data-base management systems. 

CSC 432 Database Management Systems. Preq: CSC ^31. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to 
database concepts. Data models: hierarchical, network and relational. Query languages. 
Query optimization. Database design. Implementation considerations. Concurrency and 
locking. Data integrity. Distributed databases. Database machines. Use of a commercial 
database system. A course project will be assigned. 

CSC (ECE) 440 Digital Systems Interfacing. Preq: ECE 318 or CSC 312. 3(2-2) S. 
Concepts of microcomputer system architecture and application to fundamental computer 
hardware. Theory and practical experience in digital system interfacing using a variety of 
microprocessor peripheral chips with specific microprocessor/microcomputer systems. 
Practical aspects of interfacing real-world devices to a microcomputer system both from 
hardware and software points of view. 



331 



CSC (IE) 441 Introduction to Simulation. Preqs: MA 202. ST 372, programming profi- 
ciency. S(S-O) F.S. Techniques and applications of simulation for problem solving, including 
random number generation, input data analysis, waiting lines, variance reduction tech- 
niques, model verification and validation, and output analysis. Use of a simulation lan- 
guage illustrates approaches for the study of systems. Problems of intere